<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 10, 1997.
REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
---------------------
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
---------------------
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 7372 41-1718445
(State or Other (Primary Standard (I.R.S. Employer
Jurisdiction Industrial Identification
of Incorporation or Classification Code Number)
Organization) Number)
</TABLE>
7905 GOLDEN TRIANGLE DRIVE, SUITE 190
EDEN PRAIRIE, MINNESOTA 55344-7227
(612) 833-3700
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of registrant's principal executive offices)
------------------------------
DONALD W. ANDERSON
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
7905 GOLDEN TRIANGLE DRIVE, SUITE 190
EDEN PRAIRIE, MINNESOTA 55344-7227
(612) 833-3700
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)
------------------------------
COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
JAY K. HACHIGIAN BRIAN D. WENGER THOMAS A. BEVILACQUA
RENEE F. LANAM BRETT D. ANDERSON CURTIS L. MO
WILLIAM E. GROWNEY, JR. LORI J. KETOLA ANNA A. RUIZ
Gunderson Dettmer Stough Briggs and Morgan MICHAEL F. CYRAN
Villeneuve Franklin & Professional Association Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP
Hachigian, LLP 2400 IDS Center, Two Embarcadero Place
155 Constitution Drive 80 South Eighth Street 2200 Geng Road
Menlo Park, CA 94025 Minneapolis, MN 55402 Palo Alto, CA 94303-0913
(650) 321-2400 (612) 334-8400 (650) 424-0160
</TABLE>
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
------------------------
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, check the following box. / /
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /______________
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /______________
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
------------------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED OFFERING PRICE (1) REGISTRATION FEE
<S> <C> <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value $28,750,000 $8,713
</TABLE>
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration
fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).
------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 10, 1997
[INFORMATION ADVANTAGE LOGO]
SHARES
COMMON STOCK
All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by
Information Advantage Software, Inc. ("Information Advantage" or the "Company").
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of
the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
will be between $ and $ per share. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the method of determining the initial public offering price. The
Company has applied to have the Common Stock approved for quotation on the
Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol "IACO."
----------------
The Common Stock offered hereby involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk
Factors" commencing on page 6.
----------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
THE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON
THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITING
PRICE TO DISCOUNTS AND PROCEEDS TO COMPANY
PUBLIC COMMISSIONS (1)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Per Share............................. $ $ $
Total (2)............................. $ $ $
</TABLE>
(1) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $ .
(2) The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
to an additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover
over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total
Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, and Proceeds to
Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See
"Underwriting."
----------------
The Common Stock is offered by the Underwriters as stated herein, subject to
receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in
whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of such shares will be made
through the offices of BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, San Francisco,
California, on or about , 1997.
BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
FIRST ALBANY CORPORATION
The date of this Prospectus is , 1997
<PAGE>
[GRAPHIC]
[Narrative description of the "intelligent enterprise" in front of
background with the Company's logo.]
[Graphic depicting the relationship between the Company's DecisionSuite
product and desktop applications, online analytical processing servers and
distributed data warehouses and data marts.]
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE
COMPANY, INCLUDING STABILIZING BIDS, SYNDICATE COVERING TRANSACTIONS AND THE
IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DISCUSSION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE
"UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE>
NO DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO
GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY
SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER
TO, OR A SOLICITATION OF, ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN OFFER OR
SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT
THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR
THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO
THE DATE HEREOF.
UNTIL , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
----------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
Summary........................................................................................ 4
Risk Factors................................................................................... 6
Use of Proceeds................................................................................ 16
Dividend Policy................................................................................ 16
Capitalization................................................................................. 17
Dilution....................................................................................... 18
Selected Consolidated Financial Data........................................................... 19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.......... 20
Business....................................................................................... 28
Management..................................................................................... 41
Certain Transactions........................................................................... 50
Principal Stockholders......................................................................... 52
Description of Capital Stock................................................................... 55
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................................................................ 57
Underwriting................................................................................... 59
Legal Matters.................................................................................. 61
Experts........................................................................................ 61
Additional Information......................................................................... 61
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
</TABLE>
----------------
The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports containing
audited consolidated financial statements examined by its independent public
accountants and quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements for
each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
As used in this Prospectus, each fiscal year of the Company is identified by
the calendar year in which it ends. Thus, references to "fiscal year 1997" or
"fiscal 1997" shall mean the fiscal year ended January 31, 1997.
DecisionSuite Server-TM- and the Company's logo are trademarks of the
Company and DecisionSuite-Registered Trademark- and Information
Advantage-Registered Trademark- are registered trademarks of the Company. All
other trademarks, service marks or trade names referred to in this Prospectus
are the property of their respective owners.
The address of the Company's principal executive offices is 7905 Golden
Triangle Drive, Suite 190, Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344-7227 and its telephone
number is (612) 833-3700. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this
Prospectus to the "Company" or "Information Advantage" refer to Information
Advantage Software, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, and its predecessor
Information Advantage, Inc., a Minnesota Corporation.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION, INCLUDING "RISK FACTORS" AND THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND NOTES THERETO, APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS
CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE
COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THE RESULTS DISCUSSED IN THE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT MIGHT CAUSE SUCH A DIFFERENCE INCLUDE,
BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS.
THE COMPANY
Information Advantage Software, Inc. (the "Company") develops, markets and
supports enterprise scalable on-line analytical processing ("OLAP") software
that is designed to allow a large number of users to access and analyze large
amounts of data to make quicker and more informed business decisions. The
Company's server-based solution, DecisionSuite, provides powerful, robust and
flexible analysis processing capabilities that transform raw data into
meaningful information from a wide range of desktop and Internet platforms.
Through the use of an advanced architecture, the Company designed DecisionSuite
to accommodate terabytes of data and thousands of active users. DecisionSuite
enables organizations to push effective decision making to all levels of users
thereby creating an "intelligent enterprise," one capable of quickly identifying
and reacting to market opportunities. DecisionSuite supports many popular UNIX
operating systems and employs relational database technology, allowing it to
access most popular databases, data warehouses and data marts.
In order to compete effectively in today's global environment, businesses
must quickly identify and respond to changing market conditions and are,
therefore, dependent upon their ability to rapidly collect, organize, access and
analyze large amounts of data. Organizations are now collecting not only
internal financial and operational data, but are also collecting large amounts
of historical data on their customers, suppliers and other external sources. At
the same time, to more quickly react to changing business conditions, many
organizations have been flattening their organizational structures and
empowering employees at all levels to make decisions, creating a need by more
people to access the vast amounts of business data collected each day and to
perform complex computational analysis on this data. To meet these challenges,
organizations have implemented a number of technology solutions, including data
warehouses and data marts, query and reporting tools and OLAP applications.
According to an independent industry analyst, the information access segment of
the data warehousing market alone is estimated to be growing from $664 million
in 1996 to $1.4 billion in 2000.
Although many of today's query and reporting tools, desktop OLAP solutions
and non-relational server-based OLAP solutions successfully address some of the
market requirements, these technologies fall short of effectively delivering
enterprise scalable OLAP capabilities. The Company's relational server-based
OLAP solution, DecisionSuite, supports large data sets, thousands of active
users, and simple as well as complex analysis. Moreover, DecisionSuite is
designed for efficient and cost effective deployment and maintenance, and
compliance with industry standards, thereby enabling integration with hardware
and software from a variety of vendors.
The Company licenses DecisionSuite to customers primarily in targeted
industries such as retail, consumer packaged goods, financial services,
insurance, telecommunications and healthcare. The Company sells its products
primarily through direct sales. The Company has direct sales offices in twelve
states, Canada, the United Kingdom and Germany, and has established strategic
relationships in South Africa, the Netherlands and Japan. The Company also
utilizes strategic partners to sell its products, including solution development
partners, such as IBM and DynaMark, sales affiliates, such as EDS and Cambridge
Technology Group, and marketing partners, such as HP and Sun.
To complement its advanced product offerings, the Company offers worldwide
training, consulting and support services to its customers directly through its
customer services group and indirectly through its solution development partners
and sales affiliates. The Company's training and consulting services consist of
technical support, education, implementation, prototyping workshops and other
advanced services. The Company also provides its customers with an extensive
array of ongoing support services, including software updates, documentation
updates, telephone support and product maintenance.
4
<PAGE>
THE OFFERING
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Common Stock Offered by the Company.......... shares
<S> <C>
Common Stock to be Outstanding after
the Offering............................... shares(1)
Use of Proceeds.............................. For repayment of bank indebtedness, general
corporate purposes, including working capital
and expansion of the Company's sales,
marketing and customer support
infrastructure, and potential acquisitions.
See "Use of Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol....... IACO
</TABLE>
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
PERIOD FROM ENDED
APRIL 14, 1992 YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, JULY 31,
(INCEPTION) TO ------------------------------------------ --------------------
JANUARY 31, 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
----------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
DATA:
Revenues............................... $ 1,751 $ 4,348 $ 3,817 $ 5,642 $ 11,746 $ 5,161 $ 10,148
Loss from operations................... (2,326) (1,147) (4,312) (3,795) (8,380) (2,815) (4,609)
Net loss............................... (2,377) (1,201) (4,395) (3,789) (8,476) (2,826) (4,649)
Pro forma net loss per share (2)....... $ (0.76) $ (0.42)
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
Shares used in computing pro forma net
loss per share (2)................... 11,101 11,163
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JULY 31, 1997
-------------------------------------------
ACTUAL PRO FORMA(3) AS ADJUSTED(4)
--------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital......................................................... $ 64 $ 64 $
Total assets............................................................ 9,159 9,159
Total liabilities....................................................... 8,542 8,542
Convertible redeemable preferred stock.................................. 24,410 --
Stockholders' equity (deficit).......................................... (23,793) 617
</TABLE>
- ----------------
(1) Based on the number of shares outstanding as of July 31, 1997. Excludes (i)
2,175,533 shares subject to outstanding options as of July 31, 1997 at a
weighted average exercise price of approximately $1.18 per share, (ii)
warrants to purchase 1,217,149 shares of common stock at an weighted average
exercise price of $1.88 per share, and (iii) 1,532,667 shares reserved for
issuance under the Company's stock plans. See "Management--1997 Equity
Incentive Plan," "-- 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan" and Notes 8, 9 and
14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
of the method used to determine the number of shares used in computing pro
forma net loss per share.
(3) Reflects the conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock into Common Stock
upon completion of the offering.
(4) Adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Company at an
assumed initial public offering price of $ per share and the application of
the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds" and
"Capitalization."
----------------
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS (I) ASSUMES
NO EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION, (II) REFLECTS A
1-FOR-2 1/2 REVERSE STOCK SPLIT, WHICH WILL BE EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OF
THIS OFFERING, (III) REFLECTS, EXCEPT IN THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS,
THE CONVERSION OF ALL OUTSTANDING SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK INTO COMMON STOCK
UPON COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AND (IV) GIVES EFFECT TO THE COMPANY'S
REINCORPORATION IN DELAWARE, WHICH WILL BE CONSUMMATED PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OF
THIS OFFERING.
5
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the following risk
factors should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its
business before purchasing shares of the Common Stock offered hereby. This
Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from the
results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause
such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk
Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; LACK OF PROFITABILITY
The Company was formed in 1992. Accordingly, the Company's prospects must be
considered in light of the risks and difficulties frequently encountered by
companies in the early stage of development, particularly companies in new and
rapidly evolving markets. To address these risks, the Company must, among other
things, respond to competitive developments, continue to attract, retain and
motivate qualified personnel, and continue to enhance and improve its products.
The Company has incurred net operating losses in each quarter since inception.
As of July 31, 1997, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $25.1 million.
The Company expects to incur additional net losses. The Company's operating
losses have been due in part to the commitment of significant resources to the
Company's technical support, research and development and sales and marketing
organizations. The Company expects to continue to devote substantial resources
in these areas and as a result will need to recognize significant quarterly
revenues to achieve profitability. In particular, the Company intends to
continue hiring a significant number of sales and research and development
personnel over the balance of fiscal 1998 and beyond. Future operating results
will depend on many factors, including, among others, demand for and acceptance
of the Company's products and services, including ongoing acceptance of
maintenance and other services purchased by existing customers, the level of
product and price competition, the ability of the Company to control costs and
to develop, market and deploy new products, the ability of the Company to expand
its direct sales force and indirect distribution channels both domestically and
internationally, the Company's success in attracting and retaining key
personnel, market acceptance of OLAP products and the ability of the Company to
successfully integrate technologies and businesses it may acquire in the future.
Although the Company's revenues have increased in recent periods, there can be
no assurance that the Company's revenues will grow in future periods or, if they
do grow, that they will grow at past rates, or that the Company will ever become
profitable. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS
The Company's limited operating history and the susceptibility of the
Company's operating results to significant fluctuations makes the prediction of
future operating results unreliable and the Company believes that
period-to-period comparisons of its operating results are not necessarily
meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.
The Company's operating results have in the past, and will in the future, vary
significantly due to factors such as demand for the Company's products, the size
and timing of significant orders and their fulfillment, the number, timing and
significance of product enhancements and new product announcements by the
Company and its competitors, changes in pricing policies by the Company or its
competitors, customer order deferrals in anticipation of enhancements or new
products offered by the Company or its competitors, the ability of the Company
to develop, introduce and market new and enhanced versions of its products on a
timely basis, changes in the Company's level of operating expenses and its
ability to control costs, budgeting cycles of its customers, product life
cycles, software defects and other product quality problems, hiring needs and
personnel changes, changes in the Company's sales incentive plans, changes in
the mix of domestic and international revenues, the level of international
expansion, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, performance of indirect
channel partners, changes in the mix of indirect channels through which the
Company's products are offered, the impact of consolidation by competitors and
indirect channel partners and general domestic and international economic and
political conditions. A significant portion of the
6
<PAGE>
Company's revenues have been, and the Company believes will continue to be,
derived from a limited number of orders placed by large organizations. The
timing of such orders and their fulfillment have caused, and are expected to
continue to cause, material fluctuations in the Company's operating results,
particularly on a quarterly basis. A significant portion of the Company's
revenues are derived from existing customers. To the extent that such customers
no longer require new licenses or ongoing support, the Company's business,
financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely
affected. The Company has, from time to time, often recognized a substantial
portion of its revenues in the last month of a quarter, with these revenues
frequently concentrated in the last two weeks of a quarter. In addition, the
Company does not operate with a large order backlog because its software
products are typically shipped shortly after orders are received, which makes
product revenues in any quarter substantially dependent on orders booked and
shipped throughout that quarter. Accordingly, revenues for any future quarter
are difficult to predict. The Company expects that as international sales
increase as a percentage of total sales it will experience weaker demand for
DecisionSuite during the summer months. Product revenues are also difficult to
forecast because the market for OLAP applications is rapidly evolving, and the
Company's sales cycle, which may last from six to twelve months or more, varies
substantially from customer to customer. The Company's expense level and plans
for expansion, including its plan to significantly increase its sales and
marketing and research and development efforts, are based in significant part on
the Company's expectations of future revenues and are relatively fixed in the
short-term. Consequently, if revenue levels are below expectations, operating
results are likely to be adversely and disproportionately affected. In addition,
the Company expects that sales derived through indirect channels, which are more
difficult to forecast and generally have lower gross margins than direct sales,
will increase as a percentage of total revenues. See "--Expansion of Indirect
Channels."
Based upon all of the factors described above, the Company believes that its
quarterly revenues, expenses and operating results are likely to vary
significantly in the future, that period-to-period comparisons of its operating
results are not necessarily meaningful and that, in any event, such comparisons
should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Accordingly, the
Company has limited ability to forecast future revenues, and it is likely that
in some future quarter the Company's operating results will be below the
expectations of public market analysts and investors. In the event that
operating results are below expectations, or in the event that adverse
conditions prevail or are perceived to prevail generally or with respect to the
Company's business, the price of the Company's Common Stock would likely be
materially adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
LENGTHY SALES AND IMPLEMENTATION CYCLES
The licensing of the Company's products by its customers typically involves
a significant commitment of capital and other resources, and are therefore
subject to delays frequently associated with customers' internal procedures to
approve large capital expenditures and to test and accept new technologies that
affect key operations. For these and other reasons, the sales cycle associated
with the licensing of the Company's products is typically six to twelve months
and subject to a number of significant risks that are beyond the Company's
control, including customers' budgetary constraints and internal acceptance
reviews. Because of the lengthy sales cycle and the large size of customers'
orders, if revenues forecasted from a specific customer for a particular quarter
are not realized in that quarter, the Company's operating results for that
quarter could be materially adversely affected. In addition, the time required
to deploy the Company's products can vary significantly with the needs of each
customer and the complexity of a customer's data processing needs. Accordingly,
deployment of the Company's products is generally a process that extends for
several months and may involve a pilot implementation, successful completion of
which is typically a prerequisite for full-scale deployment. In situations
involving a pilot implementation, revenue recognition is deferred until
execution of a final license and the other prerequisites for revenue recognition
have been fulfilled. The Company has experienced difficulty implementing
DecisionSuite in the past due to the complexity of customer requirements. The
Company generally relies upon internal resources to implement its products.
There can be no assurance that the Company will not experience delays in the
implementation of orders in the future or that third-parties will be able to
successfully install the Company's products. Any delays in the implementation of
DecisionSuite could have a
7
<PAGE>
material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition. In addition, any significant delay in the implementation of
a DecisionSuite could cause a customer to reject the Company's software, which
could impair the Company's reputation and a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. See
"--Fluctuations in Operating Results," "--Dependence on Service Revenues,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," "Business--Sales and Marketing" and "--Customer Support."
COMPETITION
The market in which the Company competes is intensely competitive, highly
fragmented and characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving
standards. The Company's current and prospective competitors offer a variety of
planning and analysis software solutions and generally fall within three
categories: (i) vendors of desktop OLAP software such as Cognos and Business
Objects; (ii) vendors of multidimensional OLAP software such as Oracle
(Express), Arbor Software, Seagate (Holos) and SAS; and (iii) vendors of
OLAP/relational database software such as MicroStrategy and Platinum Technology
(Prodea). The Company has experienced and expects to continue to experience
increased competition from current and potential competitors, many of whom have
significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
the Company. Such competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or
emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or devote greater
resources to the development, promotion and sales of their products than the
Company. Also, certain current and potential competitors, including companies
such as Microsoft, IBM, Sybase and Informix, may have greater name recognition
or more extensive customer bases that could be leveraged. These companies could
integrate competing OLAP/relational database software with other widely accepted
products resulting in a loss of market share for the Company. The Company
expects additional competition as other established and emerging companies enter
into the OLAP software market and new products and technologies are introduced.
Increased competition could result in price reductions, fewer customer orders,
reduced gross margins, longer sales cycles and loss of market share, any of
which would materially adversely affect the Company's business, operating
results and financial condition.
Current and potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or
establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties,
thereby increasing their ability to address the needs of the Company's
prospective customers. The Company's current or future indirect channel partners
may establish cooperative relationships with current or potential competitors of
the Company, thereby limiting the Company's ability to sell its products through
particular distribution channels. Accordingly, it is possible that new
competitors or alliances among current and new competitors may emerge and
rapidly gain significant market share. Such competition could materially
adversely affect the Company's ability to obtain new and maintenance and support
renewals for existing licenses on terms favorable to the Company. Further,
competitive pressures may require the Company to reduce the price of
DecisionSuite, which would materially adversely affect the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to compete successfully against current and future
competitors, and the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect upon
the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.
DEPENDENCE ON GROWTH OF MARKET FOR OLAP APPLICATIONS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WEB
Although demand for DecisionSuite has grown in recent years, the market for
OLAP software applications is still emerging and there can be no assurance that
it will continue to grow or that, even if the market does grow, businesses will
adopt the Company's products. Because a significant portion of the Company's
revenues are derived from existing customer upgrades, the failure of such
upgrades to occur due to the lack of continued adoption of OLAP applications by
its installed customer base, would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. The Company has
spent, and intends to continue to spend, considerable resources educating
potential customers about DecisionSuite and its functions and on-line analytical
processing generally. However, there can be no assurance that such expenditures
will enable DecisionSuite to achieve any additional degree of market acceptance,
and if the market for DecisionSuite fails to
8
<PAGE>
grow or grows more slowly than the Company currently anticipates, the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition would be materially
adversely affected. Historically, the software industry has experienced
significant periodic downturns, often in connection with, or in anticipation of,
declines in general economic conditions during which management information
systems budgets often decrease. As a result, the Company's business, operating
results and financial condition may in the future reflect substantial
fluctuations from period to period as a consequence of patterns and general
economic conditions in the software industry.
In addition, the success of the Company may be dependent on the acceptance
of the use of the World Wide Web as a means to disseminate information. The
Company has had limited large-scale deployment of its products for use on the
Web. If customers determine that the Company's products are not scalable or are
otherwise inadequate for Web-based use, or do not provide adequate security for
the dissemination of information over the Web, or if for any other reason
customers fail to accept the Company's products for use on the Web, the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition could be
materially adversely affected. See "Business--Industry Background," "--Customers
and Applications," "--Products and Technology" and "--Sales and Marketing."
LIMITED LARGE-SCALE DEPLOYMENT
The Company believes that DecisionSuite can accommodate terabytes of data
and thousands of active users; however, to date, the Company has had only a
limited number of customers who have deployed DecisionSuite in such
environments. If the Company's customers cannot successfully implement
large-scale deployments or determine for any other reason that the Company's
products cannot accommodate large-scale enterprise applications, or that such
products are not required or appropriate for such widespread use, the Company's
reputation and competitive advantage will be materially adversely affected,
which would, in turn, have a material adverse affect on the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition.
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE AND NEW PRODUCTS
The market for the Company's products is characterized by rapid
technological change, frequent new product introductions and enhancements,
uncertain product life cycles, changing customer demands and evolving industry
standards. The introduction of products embodying new technologies and the
emergence of new industry standards can render existing products obsolete and
unmarketable. The Company has focused its efforts on products that run on UNIX
operating systems and has not developed a product that runs on Windows NT or any
other operating system. As more of the Company's customers adopt Windows NT for
their businesses, the Company will need to develop a Windows NT version of
DecisionSuite. The development of a Windows NT product would require a
substantial investment of resources by the Company, and there is no assurance
that such a product could be introduced on a timely or cost effective basis or
at all. The Company believes that its future success will depend in large part
on its ability to support popular operating systems and databases, and on its
ability to maintain and improve its current product line and to develop new
products on a timely basis that achieve market acceptance, maintain
technological competitiveness and meet an expanding range of customer
requirements. As a result of the complexities inherent in OLAP, major new
products and product enhancements can require long development and testing
periods. In addition, customers may delay their purchasing decisions in
anticipation of the general availability of new or enhanced versions of the
Company's products. As a result, significant delays in the general availability
of such new releases or significant problems in the installation or
implementation of such new releases could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in developing and marketing, on a
timely and cost effective basis, product enhancements or new products that
respond to technological change, evolving industry standards or customer
requirements, that the Company will not experience difficulties that could delay
or prevent the successful development, introduction or marketing of these
enhancements or that the Company's new products and product enhancements will
achieve market acceptance. See "Business--Research and Development."
9
<PAGE>
PRODUCT AND CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION
All of the Company's revenues to date have been attributable to the
DecisionSuite line of products and related services and are currently expected
to account for substantially all of the Company's revenues for the foreseeable
future. The Company's future operating results are dependent upon continued
market acceptance of DecisionSuite and enhancements to these products.
Consequently, a decline in the demand for, or market acceptance of,
DecisionSuite as a result of competition, technological change or other factors,
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating
results and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business-- Products and
Technology."
A relatively small number of customers have accounted for a significant
percentage of the Company's revenues. In fiscal 1996, MasterCard International
Incorporated accounted for 13.6% of total revenues. In fiscal 1997, Tandy
Corporation accounted for 10.3% of total revenues. The Company expects that it
will continue to be dependent upon a limited number of new and existing
customers for a significant portion of its revenues in future periods, and such
customers are expected to vary from period to period. As a result, the failure
by the Company to successfully sell its products or services to one or more
targeted new or existing customers in any particular period, or the deferral or
cancellation of orders by one or more of these customers, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial
condition. The loss of a major customer, or any reduction in orders by such
customer, including reductions due to market or competitive conditions, would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition.
DEPENDENCE ON SERVICE REVENUES
The Company licenses software and provides related services, which consist
of maintenance, support, training, consulting and implementation. Total license
revenues and service revenues have increased from year to year. Service revenues
represented 52.2%, 52.4% and 44.7% of total revenues for the fiscal years ended
January 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and 42.8% and 50.6% for the
six-month periods ended July 31, 1996 and 1997. The Company anticipates that
service revenues will continue to represent a significant percentage of total
revenues. To a large degree, the level of service revenues is dependent upon the
ongoing acceptance of maintenance contracts by the Company's growing installed
customer base. If service revenues are less than anticipated, the Company's
operating results could be materially adversely affected. The Company's ability
to increase its service revenues will depend in large part on its ability to
increase the scale of its services organization, including its ability to
successfully recruit and train a sufficient number of qualified service
representatives. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
successfully expand its service organization. In addition, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in implementing its strategy or
that such products will achieve market acceptance, the failure of which could
have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial
condition. See "--Dependence on Key Personnel" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
EXPANSION OF INDIRECT CHANNELS
The Company intends to expand its relationships with strategic partners and
to increase the proportion of the Company's customers licensed through these
indirect channels. The Company's indirect channels have accounted for less than
25% of total revenues to date. There can be no assurance that the Company will
continue to be represented by any of its indirect channels. The Company is
currently investing, and intends to increasingly invest in the future,
significant resources to develop this channel, which could adversely affect the
Company's operating results if the Company's efforts do not generate significant
license revenues. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
attract strategic partners that will be able to market the Company's products
effectively and will be qualified to provide timely and cost-effective customer
support and service. The failure to recruit strategic partners could adversely
affect the Company's results of operations. The Company's ability to achieve
revenue growth in the future will depend in large part on its success in
maintaining
10
<PAGE>
and establishing additional relationships with strategic partners. In addition,
if it is successful in selling products through this channel, the Company's
gross margins will be negatively affected due to the lower unit prices that the
Company expects to receive when selling through indirect channels. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Overview" and "Business--Sales and Marketing."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL SALES AND OPERATIONS
During fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997, the Company derived 24.8%, 10.7%
and 9.5% of its total revenues, respectively, from sales outside the United
States. The Company anticipates that for the foreseeable future a significant
portion of its revenues will be derived from sources outside the United States.
The Company intends to continue to expand its sales and support operations
outside the United States and to enter additional international markets. In
order to successfully expand international sales, the Company must establish
additional foreign operations, expand its international channel management and
support organizations, hire additional personnel, recruit additional
international resellers and increase the productivity of existing international
resellers. To the extent that the Company is unable to do so in a timely and
cost-effective manner, the Company's growth, if any, in international sales will
be limited, and the Company's business, operating results and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. The Company also expects to
commit additional resources to customizing its products for selected
international markets and developing international channel sales and support
organizations. In addition, even if international operations are successfully
expanded and the Company's products are successfully customized, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to maintain or increase international
market demand for its products. See "Business--Sales and Marketing."
The Company's international operations are generally subject to a number of
risks, including costs of customizing products for foreign countries,
protectionist laws and business practices favoring local competition, dependence
on local vendors, compliance with multiple, conflicting and changing government
laws and regulations, longer sales and payment cycles, import and export
restrictions and tariffs, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign
operations, greater difficulty or delay in accounts receivable collection,
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, multiple and conflicting tax laws
and regulations and political and economic instability. To date, a majority of
the Company's revenues and costs have been denominated in U.S. dollars. However,
the Company believes that an increasing portion of the Company's revenues and
costs will be denominated in foreign currencies. Although the Company may from
time to time undertake foreign exchange hedging transactions to cover a portion
of its foreign currency transaction exposure, the Company does not currently
attempt to cover any foreign currency exposure. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH; NEED FOR ADDITIONAL QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
The Company has recently experienced a period of significant revenue growth
and an expansion in the number of its employees, the scope of its operating and
financial systems and geographic area of its operations. From January 31, 1995
to September 30, 1997, the Company has increased its headcount from 75 to 217.
Further significant increases in the number of employees are anticipated in
fiscal 1998 and beyond. For example, the Company currently plans to expand its
sales and marketing services and research and development efforts by, among
other things, significantly increasing the number of employees dedicated to
those areas. This growth has resulted, and will continue to result, in new and
increased responsibilities for management personnel and may place a strain upon
the Company's management, operating financial systems and resources. The Company
expects that planned expansion of international operations will lead to
increased financial and administrative demands, such as increased operational
complexity associated with expanded facilities, administrative burdens
associated with managing an increasing number of relationships with foreign
partners and expanded treasury functions to manage foreign currency risks. The
Company's future operating results will also depend on its ability to further
develop indirect channels to penetrate different and broader markets and expand
its support organization to accommodate growth in the Company's installed base.
The failure of the Company to manage its
11
<PAGE>
expansion effectively could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,"
"Business--Sales and Marketing" and "Management."
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company's success depends to a significant degree upon the efforts of
certain key management, technical support, sales, marketing, customer support
and research and development personnel. The loss of key personnel could
adversely affect the Company. The Company believes that its future success will
depend in large part upon its continuing ability to attract and retain highly
skilled managerial, sales, marketing, customer support and research and
development personnel. Like other software companies, the Company faces intense
competition for such personnel, and the Company has at times experienced and
continues to experience difficulty in recruiting qualified personnel. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be successful in attracting, assimilating
and retaining qualified personnel in the future. The loss of the services of one
or more of the Company's key individuals, or the failure to attract and retain
additional qualified personnel, could have a material and adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. See
"Business--Employees" and "Management."
RISK OF SOFTWARE DEFECTS
Software products as complex as those offered by the Company may contain
errors or defects, particularly when first introduced, when new versions or
enhancements are released or when configured to individual customer computing
systems. The Company has in the past encountered system configuration problems
at certain customer sites. Although to date, the Company has not experienced
material adverse effects resulting from any such defects or problems, there can
be no assurance that, despite testing by the Company, defects and errors will
not be found in current versions, new versions or enhancements of its products
after commencement of commercial shipments, resulting in loss of revenues or
delay in market acceptance, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. See "Business--
Research and Development."
LIMITED PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY; RISKS OF INFRINGEMENT; USE OF
LICENSED TECHNOLOGY
The Company relies primarily on a combination of copyright and trademark
laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to
protect its proprietary technology. For example, the Company licenses its
software pursuant to signed license agreements, which impose certain
restrictions on licensees' ability to utilize the software. In addition, the
Company seeks to avoid disclosure of its trade secrets, including requiring
those persons with access to the Company's proprietary information to execute
confidentiality agreements with the Company and restricting access to the
Company's source code. The Company seeks to protect its software, documentation
and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws, which afford
only limited protection.
Despite the Company's efforts to protect its proprietary rights,
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of the Company's products or to
obtain and use information that the Company regards as proprietary. Policing
unauthorized use of the Company's products is difficult, and while the Company
is unable to determine the extent to which piracy of its software products
exists, software piracy can be expected to be a persistent problem. In addition,
the laws of many countries do not protect the Company's proprietary rights to as
great an extent as do the laws of the United States. There can be no assurance
that the Company's means of protecting its proprietary rights will be adequate
or that the Company's competitors will not independently develop similar
technology.
To date, the Company has not been notified that the Company's products
infringe the proprietary rights of third parties, but there can be no assurance
that third parties will not claim infringement by the Company with respect to
current or future products. The Company expects that data warehouse and data
mart software product
12
<PAGE>
developers will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of
products and competitors in the Company's industry segment grows and the
functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Any such
claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly
litigation, cause product shipment delays or require the Company to enter into
royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if
required, may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all,
which could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business,
operating results and financial condition.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded to
accept only two digit entries in the date code field. These date code fields
will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from
20th century dates. As a result, in less than three years, computer systems and
software used by many companies may need to be upgraded to comply with such
"Year 2000" requirements. Although the Company's products are Year 2000
compliant, the Company believes that the purchasing patterns of customers and
potential customers may be affected by Year 2000 issues as companies expend
significant resources to correct or patch their current software systems for
Year 2000 compliance. These expenditures may result in reduced funds available
to purchase software products such as those offered by the Company, which could
result in a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results
and financial condition.
PRODUCT LIABILITY
Although the Company's license agreements with its customers typically
contain provisions designed to limit the Company's exposure to potential product
liability claims, it is possible that such limitation of liability provisions
may not be effective as a result of existing or future laws or unfavorable
judicial decisions. The Company has not experienced any product liability claims
to date, however the sale and support of the Company's products may entail the
risks of such claims which are likely to be substantial in light of the use of
the Company's products in business-critical applications. A product liability
claim brought against the Company could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. See
"Business--Products and Technology" and "--Research and Development."
NO PRIOR TRADING MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK; POTENTIAL VOLATILITY OF STOCK
PRICE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price will be
determined by negotiation among the Company and the representatives of the
Underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the
open market. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors to be considered
in determining the initial public offering price.
The market price of the Common Stock is likely to be highly volatile and may
be significantly affected by factors such as actual or anticipated fluctuations
in the Company's operating results, announcements of technological innovations,
new products or new contracts by the Company or its competitors, developments
with respect to copyrights or proprietary rights, conditions and trends in the
software and other technology industries, adoption of new accounting standards
affecting the software industry, changes in financial estimates by securities
analysts, general market conditions and other factors. In addition, the stock
market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume
fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices for the common
stocks of technology companies. In the past, following periods of volatility in
the market price of a particular company's securities, securities class action
litigation has often been brought against such company. There can be no
assurance that such litigation will not occur in the future with respect to the
Company. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of
management's attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect
upon the Company's business, operating results and financial condition. See
"Underwriting."
13
<PAGE>
CONTROL OF COMPANY BY EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND FIVE PERCENT
STOCKHOLDERS
Upon the consummation of this offering, the executive officers, directors,
five percent stockholders and their affiliates in the aggregate will
beneficially own approximately % of the outstanding Common Stock ( % if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). As a result, these
stockholders will be able to exercise control over all matters requiring
stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of
significant corporate transactions. Such concentration of ownership may have the
effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company. See
"Principal Stockholders."
EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS; ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION, BYLAWS AND DELAWARE LAW
The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the "Certificate of
Incorporation"), and Bylaws, as amended ("Bylaws"), contain certain provisions
that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in
control of the Company or unsolicited acquisition proposals that a stockholder
might consider favorable, including provisions authorizing the issuance of
"blank check" preferred stock, requiring the consent of at least 80% of the
Company's capital stock to amend the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws,
eliminating the ability of stockholders to act by written consent or call a
special meeting of stockholders and providing for a Board of Directors with
staggered, three-year terms. In addition, certain provisions of Delaware law and
the Company's 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "1992 Plan") may also have the effect
of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company or
unsolicited acquisition proposals. See "Management" and "Description of Capital
Stock-- Preferred Stock" and "--Antitakeover Effects of Provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law."
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock after the offering
could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock and could impair the
Company's ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities. Upon
completion of the offering, the Company will have outstanding shares of
Common Stock ( shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in full), assuming no exercise of options after July 31, 1997. Of these shares,
the shares offered hereby ( shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or
further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), unless purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that term
is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Rule 144") described below.
The remaining 10,586,553 shares of Common Stock outstanding upon completion of
the offering will be "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule
144.
Restricted Shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if
they qualify for an exemption from the registration under Rule 144, 144(k) or or
701 promulgated under the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual
restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701,
additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
(i) 28,770 shares will be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this
Prospectus, (ii) 2,299 shares will be eligible for sale 90 days after the date
of this Prospectus and, (iii) 10,555,484 shares will be eligible for sale upon
expiration of lock-up agreements between certain stockholders of the Company and
the representatives of the Underwriters 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus. In addition to the foregoing, as of July 31, 1997, there were
outstanding under the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") and its
predecessor plan, options to purchase an aggregate of 2,175,533 shares of Common
Stock. The shares underlying such options will be eligible for sale upon
expiration of the lock-up provisions contained in the Plan and its predecessor
plan the "Plan Stand-off Agreements" beginning 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus, subject in certain cases to such shares underlying outstanding
options becoming eligible for sale more than 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus as such options vest. The Company has agreed not to release shares
from the lock-up provisions of the Plan Stand-Off Agreements without the prior
written consent of BancAmerica Robertson Stephens. In addition, the Company
intends to register, following this offering, approximately 3,708,200 shares of
Common Stock subject to outstanding options
14
<PAGE>
or reserved for issuance under the Company's stock and option plans. Further,
certain stockholders holding approximately 10,685,503 shares of Common Stock
(assuming the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock held by holders of
registration rights) are entitled to demand registration of their shares of
Common Stock. By exercising their demand registration rights, such stockholders
could cause a large number of securities to be registered and sold in the public
market, which could have an adverse effect on the market price of the Common
Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the book
value per share of the outstanding Common Stock. As a result, investors
purchasing Common Stock in this offering will incur immediate and substantial
dilution. In addition, the Company has issued options to acquire Common Stock at
prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent such
outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution. See
"Dilution" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
UNCERTAINTY AS TO USE OF PROCEEDS
The primary purposes of this offering are to increase the Company's equity
capital, to create a public market for the Company's Common Stock and to
facilitate future access to public markets. As of the date of this Prospectus,
the Company has no specific plans to use the net proceeds from this offering
other than for the repayment of indebtedness to a bank, general corporate
purposes, including working capital and expansion of the Company's sales,
marketing and customer support infrastructure, and potential future acquisitions
of businesses, products and technologies that complement the Company's business.
Accordingly, the Company's management will retain broad discretion as to the
allocation of a substantial portion of the net proceeds from this offering.
Pending any such uses, the Company plans to invest the net proceeds in
investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. See "Use of Proceeds."
15
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
to be sold by the Company in this offering are estimated to be $ million ($
million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by the Company.
The Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds for repayment of
all amounts outstanding under a $2.0 million revolving line of credit expiring
in September 1998. On October 6, 1997, the Company borrowed $1.0 million under
this revolving line of credit, bearing an annual interest rate of at 1.75% over
the bank's prime lending rate. The Company also expects to use a portion of the
net proceeds for repayment of a term loan, bearing an annual interest rate of
13.5%, undertaken to finance its capital expenditure commitments, which totaled
approximately $400,000 at July 31, 1997.
The Company expects to use the remainder of the net proceeds for general
corporate purposes, including working capital and expansion of the Company's
sales, marketing and customer support infrastructure. Furthermore, from time to
time the Company expects to evaluate the acquisition of businesses, products and
technologies that complement the Company's business, for which a portion of the
net proceeds may be used. Currently, however, the Company does not have any
understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any such acquisitions.
Pending use of the net proceeds for the above purposes, the Company plans to
invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade
obligations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common
Stock and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. The Company
anticipates that all future earnings, if any, generated from operations will be
retained by the Company to develop and expand its business. Any future
determination with respect to the payment of dividends will be at the discretion
of the Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, the
Company's operating results, financial condition and capital requirements, the
terms of then-existing indebtedness, general business conditions and such other
factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. In addition, the terms of the
Company's credit facility prohibit the payment of cash dividends without the
lender's consent.
16
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the total capitalization of the Company as of
July 31, 1997, (i) on an actual basis after giving effect to a subsequent
1-for-2 1/2 reverse stock split, (ii) on a pro forma basis to reflect the filing
of a Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the closing of this offering
and (iii) on such pro forma basis as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares
of Common Stock offered hereby (assuming an offering price of $ per share) and
the application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds." This table
should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial
Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JULY 31, 1997
-------------------------------------
ACTUAL PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
--------- ------------- -----------
(IN
THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Long-term debt, less current portion...................................... $ 1,030 $ 1,030 $ 1,030
Convertible redeemable preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 22,066,396 shares
authorized, 9,483,334 shares issued and outstanding actual; no shares
authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma and as adjusted............. 24,410 -- --
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
Preferred stock: $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued or
outstanding actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or
outstanding, pro forma and as adjusted................................ -- -- --
Common stock: $0.01 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized, 1,103,219
shares issued and outstanding actual; 60,000,000 shares authorized,
10,586,553 shares issued and outstanding pro forma and as adjusted
(1)................................................................... 11 106
Additional paid-in capital.............................................. 1,260 25,575
Accumulated deficit..................................................... (25,075) (25,075) (25,075)
Cumulative translation adjustment....................................... 11 11 11
--------- ------------- -----------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit).................................... (23,793) 617
--------- ------------- -----------
Total capitalization.................................................. $ 1,647 $ 1,647 $
--------- ------------- -----------
--------- ------------- -----------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes approximately 2,175,533 shares subject to outstanding options as of
July 31, 1997 at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $1.18
per share, and warrants to purchase 1,217,149 shares of common stock at a
weighted average exercise price of $1.88 per share. Also excludes 1,532,667
shares reserved for issuance under the Company's stock plans. See
"Management--1997 Equity Incentive Plan," "--1997 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan" and Notes 8, 9 and 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
17
<PAGE>
DILUTION
The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company's Common Stock as of
July 31, 1997, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the closing of this offering, was
$617,000, or approximately $0.06 per share. "Pro forma net tangible book value"
per share represents the amount of total tangible assets of the Company less
total liabilities, divided by the 10,586,553 shares of Common Stock outstanding.
Dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid
by purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the offering made hereby and the pro
forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock immediately after
completion of the offering. After giving effect to the sale of shares of
Common Stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom,
the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of July 31, 1997 would
have been $ , or $ per share. This represents an immediate
increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to
existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to
purchasers of Common Stock in the offering. Investors participating in this
offering will incur immediate, substantial dilution. This is illustrated in the
following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.................................................. $
---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of July 31, 1997................................ $ 0.06
Increase per share attributable to new investors...............................................
---------
Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share as of July 31, 1997.........................
---------
Dilution per share to new investors.............................................................. $
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of July 31, 1997,
the difference between the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the
Company, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by
existing stockholders and by the new investors before deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable
by the Company at the assumed initial offering price of $ per share.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION
------------------------- -------------------------- AVERAGE PRICE
NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT PER SHARE
------------ ----------- ------------- ----------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Existing stockholders.............................. 10,586,553 % $ 25,417,315 % $ 2.40
New stockholders(1)................................ 100.0%
------------ ----- ------------- -----
Totals........................................... 100.0% $ 100.0%
------------ ----- ------------- -----
------------ ----- ------------- -----
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) As of July 31, 1997, there were 2,175,533 shares subject to outstanding
options at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $1.18 per share
and warrants to purchase 1,217,149 shares of common stock at a weighted average
exercise price of $1.88 per share. Also excludes 1,532,667 shares reserved for
issuance under the Company's stock plans. To the extent outstanding options are
exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. See
"Management--1997 Equity Incentive Plan," "--1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan"
and Notes 8, 9 and 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
18
<PAGE>
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto and
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Fiscal 1993 is the
Company's first fiscal year subsequent to its inception and is not a full fiscal
year. The consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended
January 31, 1993 and 1994 and the consolidated balance sheet data at January 31,
1993, 1994 and 1995 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements
not included herein and in the opinion of the Company, include all adjustments,
consisting solely of normal recurring accruals, which are necessary to present
fairly the data for such periods and as of such dates. The consolidated
statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended January 31, 1995, 1996
and 1997, and the consolidated balance sheet data at January 31, 1996 and 1997
are derived from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for
the six months ended July 31, 1996 and 1997 and the consolidated balance sheet
data at July 31, 1997 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the opinion of the
Company, include all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring
accruals, which are necessary to present fairly the data for such periods and as
of such date. The results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of
results to be expected for the year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX
MONTHS
PERIOD FROM APRIL FISCAL YEAR ENDED ENDED
14, 1992 JANUARY 31, JULY 31,
(INCEPTION) TO ------------------------------------------ ---------
JANUARY 31, 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1996
----------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
License.................................... $ 213 $ 2,704 $ 1,826 $ 2,686 $ 6,491 $ 2,952
Service.................................... 1,538 1,644 1,991 2,956 5,255 2,209
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total revenues........................... 1,751 4,348 3,817 5,642 11,746 5,161
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Cost of revenues:
License.................................... 16 49 72 118 132 58
Service.................................... 1,103 2,266 1,636 2,129 3,308 1,380
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total cost of revenues................... 1,119 2,315 1,708 2,247 3,440 1,438
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross margin................................. 632 2,033 2,109 3,395 8,306 3,723
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing........................ 593 1,431 3,406 3,854 11,350 4,320
Research and development................... 495 1,158 2,162 2,089 3,189 1,265
General and administrative................. 1,870 591 853 1,247 2,147 953
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total operating expenses................. 2,958 3,180 6,421 7,190 16,686 6,538
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Loss from operations......................... (2,326) (1,147) (4,312) (3,795) (8,380) (2,815)
Other income (expense), net.................. (51) (54) (83) 6 (96) (11)
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Loss before provision for income taxes....... (2,377) (1,201) (4,395) (3,789) (8,476) (2,826)
Provision for income taxes................... 0 0 0 0 0 0
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net loss..................................... $ (2,377) $ (1,201) $ (4,395) $ (3,789) $ (8,476) $ (2,826)
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Pro forma net loss per share(1)............ $ (0.76)
---------
---------
Shares used in computing pro forma net loss
per share(1)............................. 11,101
---------
---------
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------
<S> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
License.................................... $ 5,009
Service.................................... 5,139
-------------
Total revenues........................... 10,148
-------------
Cost of revenues:
License.................................... 77
Service.................................... 3,424
-------------
Total cost of revenues................... 3,501
-------------
Gross margin................................. 6,647
-------------
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing........................ 7,728
Research and development................... 2,355
General and administrative................. 1,173
-------------
Total operating expenses................. 11,256
-------------
Loss from operations......................... (4,609)
Other income (expense), net.................. (40)
-------------
Loss before provision for income taxes....... (4,649)
Provision for income taxes................... 0
-------------
Net loss..................................... $ (4,649)
-------------
-------------
Pro forma net loss per share(1)............ $ (0.42)
-------------
-------------
Shares used in computing pro forma net loss
per share(1)............................. 11,163
-------------
-------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JULY 31,
JANUARY 31, 1997
------------------------------------------------------------- ---------
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 ACTUAL
----------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).................. $ (1,020) $ (544) $ (2,071) $ 1,097 $ (2,102) $ 64
Total assets............................... 980 1,839 1,599 4,321 5,918 9,159
Total liabilities.......................... 2,167 2,256 3,428 2,791 7,823 8,542
Convertible redeemable preferred stock..... -- 2,337 5,337 12,487 17,410 24,410
Stockholders' equity (deficit)............. (1,187) (2,755) (7,165) (10,957) (19,315) (23,793)
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA(2)
-------------
<S> <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit).................. $ 64
Total assets............................... 9,159
Total liabilities.......................... 8,542
Convertible redeemable preferred stock..... --
Stockholders' equity (deficit)............. 617
</TABLE>
- --------------------
(1) Pro forma net loss reflects the conversion of all outstanding Preferred
Stock into Common Stock prior to the closing of this offering. See Note 2 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation of the method
used to determine the number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss
per share.
(2) Reflects the assumed conversion of outstanding Preferred Stock into Common
Stock upon completion of the offering.
19
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following description of the Company's financial condition and results
of operations should be read in conjunction with the information included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. This description contains certain forward-looking
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results
could differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking
statements as a result of certain of the risk factors set forth below and
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
OVERVIEW
Information Advantage Software, Inc. (the "Company") develops, markets and
supports enterprise scalable OLAP software that is designed to allow a large
number of users to access and analyze large amounts of data to make quicker and
more informed business decisions. The Company's server-based solution,
DecisionSuite, provides powerful, robust and flexible analysis processing
capabilities that transform raw data into meaningful information from a wide
range of desktop and Internet platforms. Through the use of an advanced
architecture, the Company designed DecisionSuite to accommodate terabytes of
data and thousands of active users. DecisionSuite enables organizations to push
effective decision making to all levels of users thereby creating an
"intelligent enterprise," one capable of quickly identifying and reacting to
market opportunities. DecisionSuite supports many UNIX operating systems and
employs relational database technology, allowing it to access most popular
databases, data warehouses and data marts.
To date, all of the Company's revenues have been derived from licenses of
DecisionSuite and related services. The Company expects that sales of
DecisionSuite and related services will continue to account for all of the
Company's revenues for the foreseeable future. The Company's license revenues
are derived from one-time licenses for the right to use DecisionSuite in
perpetuity and are determined on a per server, per named user and database size
basis. The Company's service revenues, which have accounted for approximately
one-half of the Company's total revenues for the past three years, include fees
for maintenance, training and consulting services. The Company anticipates that
service revenues will continue to account for a significant portion of the
Company's total revenues.
Revenues derived from software licenses are recognized upon execution of a
license agreement, delivery of the software product and fulfillment of other
delivery requirements. Revenues from software provided for demonstration or
pilot purposes are not recognized until execution of a license agreement and
fulfillment of other delivery requirements. Revenues derived from maintenance
contracts, which are bundled with the initial licenses, and all revenues from
extended maintenance contracts are deferred and recognized ratably over the term
of the maintenance contract. Revenues from maintenance contracts are included in
service revenues. Revenue from training and consulting services are recognized
as the services are performed. The Company's revenue recognition policy is in
compliance with the provisions of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants' Statement of Position 91-1, "Software Revenue Recognition."
The Company licenses its software through its direct sales force and
increasingly through or in conjunction with solution development partners, sales
affiliates and marketing partners. Revenues from indirect sales involving
strategic partners accounted for approximately 18.1%, 11.5%, 12.7% and 22.8% of
the Company's license revenues for fiscal 1995, 1996, 1997 and the six months
ended July 31, 1997, respectively. The Company intends to expand its strategic
relationships, thereby increasing the revenues generated from indirect channels
as a percentage of total license revenues. The Company intends to expand its
international operations and has committed, and continues to commit, significant
management time and financial resources to developing direct and indirect
international sales and support channels. See "Risk Factors--Expansion of
Indirect Channels," "--Risks Associated with International Sales and
Operations."
Since inception, the Company has made significant strategic investments in
building an infrastructure to support long-term growth. The Company has nearly
tripled its headcount from 75 at January 31, 1995 to 217 at September 30, 1997,
reflecting personnel increases throughout the Company. As a result, although the
20
<PAGE>
Company's revenues have increased in each of the last six quarters, the Company
has incurred net losses in each quarter since inception, and had an accumulated
deficit of $25.1 million as of July 31, 1997. The Company expects to incur
additional net losses.
The Company's limited operating history makes the prediction of future
operating results difficult and unreliable. In addition, given its limited
operating history and recent rapid growth, historical growth rates in the
Company's revenues should not be considered indicative of future revenue growth
rates or operating results. There can be no assurance that any of the Company's
business strategies will be successful or that the Company will be able to
achieve profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. See "Risk Factors--Limited
Operating History; Lack of Profitability" and "--Fluctuations in Operating
Results."
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth certain statement of operations data as a
percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JULY
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 31,
----------------------------------- ---------------------
1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
License............................... 47.8% 47.6% 55.3% 57.2% 49.4%
Service............................... 52.2 52.4 44.7 42.8 50.6
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total revenues...................... 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Cost of revenues:
License............................... 1.9 2.1 1.1 1.1 0.8
Service............................... 42.9 37.7 28.2 26.8 33.7
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total cost of revenues.............. 44.8 39.8 29.3 27.9 34.5
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross margin............................ 55.2 60.2 70.7 72.1 65.5
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing................... 89.2 68.3 96.6 83.7 76.2
Research and development.............. 56.6 37.0 27.2 24.5 23.2
General and administrative............ 22.4 22.1 18.3 18.5 11.5
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total operating expenses............ 168.2 127.4 142.1 126.7 110.9
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Loss from operations.................... (113.0) (67.2) (71.4) (54.6) (45.4)
Other income (expense), net............. (2.2) 0.0 (0.8) (0.2) (0.4)
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Loss before provision for income
taxes................................. (115.2) (67.2) (72.2) (54.8) (45.8)
Provision for income taxes.............. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net loss................................ (115.2)% (67.2)% (72.2)% (54.8)% (45.8)%
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
----------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth, for each component of revenues, the gross
margin associated with such component of revenues for the period indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, JULY 31,
------------------------------- --------------------
1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Gross margin:
License.............................................. 96.1% 95.6% 98.0% 98.0% 98.5%
Service.............................................. 17.8 28.0 37.1 37.5 33.4
</TABLE>
21
<PAGE>
REVENUES
LICENSE. License revenues are recognized upon execution of a license
agreement and shipment of the product if no other significant obligations
remain, payments are due within twelve months and collection of the resulting
receivable is probable. License revenues were $1.8 million, $2.7 million and
$6.5 million in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, representing increases
of 47.1% from fiscal 1995 to fiscal 1996, and 141.7% from fiscal 1996 to fiscal
1997. License revenues were $3.0 million and $5.0 million for the six months
ended July 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, representing an increase of 69.7%.
The increase in the Company's license revenues in each period was attributable
primarily to increased market acceptance of DecisionSuite, an increase in the
average revenues derived from each license as the average number of seats per
customer has increased, and an increase in sales headcount. The Company does not
believe that the historical percentage growth rates of license revenues will be
sustainable or are indicative of future results.
SERVICE. Service revenues include fees from maintenance contracts, training
and consulting services. Fees for maintenance, training and consulting services
are charged separately from the license of DecisionSuite. Maintenance fees are
for ongoing support and product updates, and are recognized ratably over the
life of the contract. Revenues from training are recognized upon completion of
the related training class. Consulting revenues are recognized when the services
are performed. Service revenues were $2.0 million, $3.0 million and $5.3 million
in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, representing increases of 48.5%
from fiscal 1995 to fiscal 1996, and 77.8% from fiscal 1996 to fiscal 1997.
Service revenues accounted for 52.2%, 52.4% and 44.7% of the Company's total
revenues in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Service revenues were $2.2
million and $5.1 million for the six months ended July 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively, representing an increase of 132.6%, and accounting for 42.8% and
50.6% of the Company's total revenues for these periods. In particular,
maintenance revenues accounted for 16.3%, 22.6% and 26.6% of service revenues in
fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and 25.5% and 25.8% of service
revenues for the six months ended July 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The
Company anticipates that service revenues will continue to account for a
significant percentage of the Company's total revenues and that revenues from
maintenance will increase as a percentage of service revenues as additional
licenses are sold.
INTERNATIONAL REVENUES. International revenues include all revenues other
than from the United States. International revenues from the Company's direct
sales organizations in Europe and export sales to or through strategic partners
in Europe and other areas outside of the United States accounted for 24.7%,
10.7% and 9.5% of total revenues in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively,
and 2.7% and 9.3% for the six months ended July 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
The high percentage of international sales for fiscal 1995 was the result of a
single large consulting contract in the United Kingdom. The Company expects that
international license and related service revenues will continue to account for
a significant portion of its total revenues in the future.
COST OF REVENUES
LICENSE. Cost of license revenues consists primarily of salaries, product
packaging, documentation and production. Cost of license revenues was $72,000,
$118,000 and $132,000 in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, representing
3.9%, 4.4% and 2.0% of license revenues for these years. Cost of license
revenues was $58,000 and $77,000 for the six months ended July 31, 1996 and
1997, respectively, representing 2.0% and 1.5% of license revenues for these
periods.
SERVICE. Cost of service revenues consists primarily of personnel-related
and facilities costs incurred in providing customer support, training and
consulting services, as well as third-party costs incurred in providing training
and consulting services. Cost of service revenues was $1.6 million, $2.1 million
and $3.3 million in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, representing
82.2%, 72.0% and 62.9% of service revenues for these years. Cost of service
revenues were $1.4 million and $3.4 million for the six months ended July 31,
1996 and 1997, respectively, representing 62.5% and 66.6% of service revenues
for these periods. The decrease in cost of service revenues as a percentage of
service revenues in fiscal 1996 and 1997 was primarily due to improved economies
of scale of the technical support center and increased productivity from a
significant number of newly hired
22
<PAGE>
training, support and consulting personnel. The increase in cost of service
revenues as a percentage of the related revenues for the six months ended July
31, 1997, resulted from the addition of new training, support and consulting
personnel over this period.
OPERATING EXPENSES
SALES AND MARKETING. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of
salaries, commissions and bonuses earned by sales and marketing personnel, field
office expenses, travel and entertainment and promotional expenses. Sales and
marketing expenses were $3.4 million, $3.9 million and $11.4 million in fiscal
1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and were $4.3 million and $7.7 million for
the six months ended July 31, for these periods, respectively. The increase in
sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to the hiring of additional sales
and marketing personnel, the increase in the number of sales offices and
expanded promotional activities. Sales and marketing expenses represented 89.2%,
68.3% and 96.6% of total revenues for these periods in fiscal 1995, 1996 and
1997, respectively, and 83.7% and 76.2% of total revenues in the six months
ended July 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The changes in sales and marketing
expenses as a percentage of total revenues were primarily due to the timing of
hiring additional sales personnel. The Company expects that sales and marketing
expenses will continue to increase in dollar amounts as the Company continues to
hire additional sales and marketing personnel, establish additional sales
offices and increase promotional activities.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development expenses consist
primarily of salaries and benefits of software engineering personnel, payments
to contract programmers and expendable equipment purchases. The Company believes
that a significant level of investment for research and development is required
to remain competitive. Research and development expenses were $2.2 million, $2.1
million and $3.2 million in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and were
$1.3 million and $2.4 million for the six months ended July 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. These increases were primarily attributable to additional hiring
of research and development personnel. Research and development expenses
represented 56.6%, 37.0% and 27.2% of total revenues in fiscal 1995, 1996 and
1997, respectively, and 24.5% and 23.2% of total revenues for the six months
ended July 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The Company anticipates that it will
continue to devote substantial resources to research and development and that
these expenses will increase in future periods. Because all costs incurred in
the research and development of software products and enhancements to existing
software products have been expensed as incurred, cost of license revenues
includes no amortization of capitalized software development costs. See Note 2
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses were
$853,000, $1.2 million and $2.1 million in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively, and were $953,000 and $1.2 million for the six months ended July
31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. These increases were primarily due to increased
staffing and associated expenses necessary to manage and support the Company's
increased scale of operations. General and administrative expenses represented
22.4%, 22.1% and 18.3% of total revenues in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively, and 18.5% and 11.5% of total revenues in the six months ended July
31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The Company believes that its general and
administrative expenses will increase in future periods as a result of an
expansion of the Company's administrative staff to support its growing
operations and as a result of an increase in expenses associated with being a
public company.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET. Other income (expense), net, represents
interest earned by the Company on its cash and short-term investments, offset by
interest expense on long-term debt and capitalized leases. See Notes 4 and 5 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES. The Company accounts for income taxes in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting
for Income Taxes." The Company incurred net losses and consequently paid no
federal or state income taxes in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997. At January 31,
1997, the Company had approximately $16.0 million in federal net operating loss
carryforwards. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire
in the year 2007 if not utilized. In addition, the Tax Reform Act of 1986
contains certain provisions that may limit the net operating loss carryforwards
available for use in any given
23
<PAGE>
period upon the occurrence of certain events, including a significant change in
ownership interests. Based upon management's estimates, a change in ownership
has not occurred as of July 31, 1997, and the proposed initial public offering
will not result in a change of ownership.
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" (SFAS No. 128). SFAS No. 128 applies to entities
with publicly held common stock and is effective for financial statements issued
for periods ending after December 15, 1997. Under SFAS No. 128, the presentation
of primary earnings per share is replaced with a presentation of basic earnings
per share. SFAS No. 128 requires dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings
per share for entities with complex capital structures. Basic earnings per share
includes no dilution and is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to
common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of
securities that could share in the earnings of an entity, similar to fully
diluted earnings per share. Management believes the adoption of SFAS No. 128
will not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" (SFAS No. 130). SFAS No. 130 is effective
for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
This standard defines comprehensive income as the changes in equity of an
enterprise except those resulting from stockholder transactions. All components
of comprehensive income are required to be reported in a new financial
statement. Management believes the adoption of SFAS No. 130 will not have a
material effect on the Company's financial statements.
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board also issued Statement
No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information"
(SFAS No. 131). SFAS No. 131 is effective for financial statements for periods
beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for
disclosures about operating segments, products and services, geographic areas
and major customers. Management believes the adoption of SFAS No. 131 will not
have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.
The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' has approved,
pending issuance, a new Statement of Position which will supersede Statement of
Position 91-1, "Software Revenue Recognition." Management has assessed this new
statement and believes that its adoption will not have a material effect on the
timing of the Company's revenue recognition or cause changes to its revenue
recognition policies.
24
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following tables set forth certain unaudited consolidated statement of
operations data for the six quarters ended July 31, 1997, as well as such data
expressed as a percentage of the Company's total revenues for the periods
indicated. This data has been derived from unaudited consolidated financial
statements that, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair
presentation of such information when read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTER ENDED
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL YEAR 1997 FISCAL YEAR 1998
-------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
APR. 30 JULY 31 OCT. 31 JAN. 31 APR. 30 JULY 31
1996 1996 1996 1997 1997 1997
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
License................................... $ 1,134 $ 1,819 $ 1,834 $ 1,704 $ 2,138 $ 2,871
Service................................... 1,126 1,083 1,419 1,627 2,207 2,932
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total revenues.......................... 2,260 2,902 3,253 3,331 4,345 5,803
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Cost of revenues:
License................................... 24 34 36 38 36 41
Service................................... 642 735 883 1,048 1,546 1,878
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total cost of revenues.................. 666 769 919 1,086 1,582 1,919
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Gross margin................................ 1,594 2,133 2,334 2,245 2,763 3,884
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing....................... 2,225 2,424 3,252 3,449 3,616 4,112
Research and development.................. 616 651 877 1,045 1,096 1,259
General and administrative................ 439 515 581 612 566 607
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total operating expenses................ 3,280 3,590 4,710 5,106 5,278 5,978
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Loss from operations........................ (1,686) (1,457) (2,376) (2,861) (2,515) (2,094)
Other income (expense), net................. 17 (28) (30) (55) (23) (17)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Loss before provision for income taxes...... (1,669) (1,485) (2,406) (2,916) (2,538) (2,111)
Provision for income taxes.................. 0 0 0 0 0 0
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net loss.................................... $ (1,669) $ (1,485) $ (2,406) $ (2,916) $ (2,538) $ (2,111)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES:
Revenues:
License................................... 50.2% 62.7% 56.4% 51.2% 49.2% 49.5%
Service................................... 49.8 37.3 43.6 48.8 50.8 50.5
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total revenues.......................... 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Cost of revenues:
License................................... 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 0.8 0.7
Service................................... 28.4 25.3 27.2 31.5 35.6 32.4
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total cost of revenues.................. 29.5 26.5 28.3 32.6 36.4 33.1
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Gross margin................................ 70.5 73.5 71.7 67.4 63.6 66.9
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing....................... 98.4 83.5 99.9 103.5 83.2 70.8
Research and development.................. 27.3 22.4 27.0 31.4 25.2 21.7
General and administrative................ 19.4 17.8 17.9 18.4 13.1 10.5
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total operating expenses................ 145.1 123.7 144.8 153.3 121.5 103.0
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Loss from operations........................ (74.6) (50.2) (73.1) (85.9) (57.9) (36.1)
Other income (expense), net................. 0.8 (1.0) (0.9) (1.7) (0.5) (0.3)
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Loss before provision for income taxes...... (73.8) (51.2) (74.0) (87.6) (58.4) (36.4)
Provision for income taxes.................. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net loss.................................... (73.8)% (51.2)% (74.0)% (87.6)% (58.4)% (36.4)%
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE>
The Company's limited operating history and the susceptibility of the
Company's operating results to significant fluctuations makes the prediction of
future operating results unreliable and the Company believes that
period-to-period comparisons of its operating results are not necessarily
meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.
The Company's operating results in any given period can vary due to factors such
as demand for the Company's products, the size and timing of significant orders
and their fulfillment, the number, timing and significance of product
enhancements and new product announcements by the Company and its competitors,
changes in pricing policies by the Company or its competitors, customer order
deferrals in anticipation of enhancements or new products offered by the Company
or its competitors, the ability of the Company to develop, introduce and market
new and enhanced versions of its products on a timely basis, changes in the
Company's level of operating expenses, budgeting cycles of its customers,
product life cycles, software defects and other product quality problems, hiring
needs and personnel changes, changes in the Company's sales incentive plans,
changes in the mix of domestic and international revenues, the level of
international expansion, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations,
performance of indirect channel partners, changes in the mix of indirect
channels through which the Company's products are offered, the impact of
acquisitions of competitors and indirect channel partners, the Company's ability
to control costs and general domestic and international economic and political
conditions. A significant portion of the Company's revenues have been, and the
Company believes will continue to be, derived from a limited number of orders
placed by large organizations, and the timing of such orders and their
fulfillment has caused and are expected to continue to cause material
fluctuations in the Company's operating results, particularly on a quarterly
basis. A significant portion of the Company's revenues are derived from existing
customers. To the extent that such customers no longer require new licenses, or
ongoing support, the Company's business, financial condition and operating
results could be materially adversely affected. The Company has, from time to
time, often recognized a substantial portion of its revenues in the last month
of a quarter, with these revenues frequently concentrated in the last two weeks
of a quarter. In addition, the Company does not operate with a large order
backlog because its software products are typically shipped shortly after orders
are received, which makes product revenues in any quarter substantially
dependent on orders booked and shipped throughout that quarter. Accordingly,
revenues for any future quarter are difficult to predict. The Company also
expects that as international sales increase as a percentage of sales it will
experience weaker demand for DecisionSuite during the summer months. Product
revenues are also difficult to forecast because the market for OLAP applications
is rapidly evolving, and the Company's sales cycle, which may last from six to
twelve months or more, varies substantially from customer to customer. The
Company's expense level and plans for expansion, including its plan to
significantly increase its research and development efforts, are based in
significant part on the Company's expectations of future revenues and therefore
are relatively fixed in the short term. If revenue levels are below
expectations, operating results are likely to be adversely and
disproportionately affected because only a small portion of the Company's
expenses vary with its revenues. In addition, the Company expects that sales
derived through indirect channels, which are more difficult to forecast and
generally have lower gross margins than direct sales, will increase as a
percentage of total revenues. See "Risk Factors--Management of Growth; Need for
Additional Qualified Personnel" and "--Expansion of Indirect Channels."
Based upon all of the factors described above, the Company believes that its
quarterly revenues, expenses and operating results are likely to vary
significantly in the future, that period-to-period comparisons of its operating
results are not necessarily meaningful and that, in any event, such comparisons
should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Accordingly, the
Company has limited ability to forecast future revenues, and it is likely that
in some future quarter the Company's operating results will be below the
expectations of public market analysts and investors. In the event that
operating results are below expectations, or in the event that adverse
conditions prevail or are perceived to prevail generally or with respect to the
Company's business, the price of the Common Stock would likely be materially
adversely affected.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company has funded its operations to date primarily through the private
sale of equity securities and the use of long-term debt and equipment leases.
The Company has a revolving credit line of $2.0 million with a
26
<PAGE>
bank and a $1.5 million term loan with an equipment lessor. The Company's
sources of liquidity at July 31, 1997 consisted principally of cash and cash
equivalents of $3.1 million. See Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Net cash used in operating activities was $3.2 million, $3.6 million and
$6.4 million in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and $4.1 million for
the six months ended July 31, 1997. For such periods, net cash used in operating
activities resulted primarily from net operating losses and increases in
accounts receivable associated with increases in revenues, partially offset by
increases in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and deferred revenues.
Since 1995 the Company's investing activities have consisted primarily of
purchases of property and equipment. Capital expenditures, including those under
capital leases, totaled $355,000, $335,000 and $1,078,000 in fiscal 1995, 1996
and 1997, respectively, and $485,000 for the six months ended July 31, 1997.
Capital leases are used to acquire property and equipment, primarily computer
hardware, for the Company's growing employee base. The Company expects that its
capital expenditures will continue to increase as the Company's employee base
grows. At July 31, 1997, the Company had material commitments for capital
expenditures totaling approximately $400,000, which the Company intends to
finance initially through a bank term loan for a period not to exceed three
years. If amounts are outstanding under such term loan as of the date of
completion of this offering, the Company intends to repay such bank loan from
the proceeds of the offering.
The Company's financing activities provided $3.4 million, $5.4 million and
$6.0 million in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, and $6.5 million for
the six months ended July 31, 1997. In fiscal 1995, the cash provided by
financing activities was comprised primarily of $2.5 million received in
connection with the sale of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock and
$1.0 million in proceeds from notes payable to certain stockholders, offset
partially by principal payments on long-term debt. In fiscal 1996, the cash
provided by financing activities was comprised primarily of $5.1 million
received in connection with the sale of Series B convertible redeemable
preferred stock and $1.0 million in proceeds from notes issued to shareholders,
offset by repayments of notes payable to a bank of $435,000 and principal
payments on long-term debt of $217,000. In fiscal 1997, the cash provided by
financing activities was comprised primarily of $4.9 million received in
connection with the sale of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock and
$1.5 million in proceeds from long-term debt, offset by principal payments on
long-term debt of $502,000. For the six month period ended July 31, 1997, cash
provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $6.9 million received in
connection with the sale of Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock,
offset by principal payments on long-term debt of $399,000.
Total borrowings under the revolving credit line are limited generally to
the lesser of 70% of eligible accounts receivable or $2.0 million. On October 6,
1997, the Company borrowed $1.0 million under the revolving line, bearing an
annual interest rate of 1.75% over the bank's prime lending rate. The Company
expects to use proceeds from this offering to repay such indebtedness. The
Company's line of credit contains certain financial covenants and restrictions
as to various matters including the Company's ability to pay cash dividends and
effect mergers or acquisitions without the bank's prior approval. The Company is
currently in compliance with such financial covenants and restrictions. The
Company has granted a first priority security interest in substantially all of
its assets as security for its obligations under its credit line which expires
in September 1998.
On April 12, 1996, the Company issued a subordinated promissory note in
favor of Comdisco, Inc. in the principal amount of $1,500,000, which bears
interest at an annual rate of 13.5% (the "Note"). The Note is due in varying
monthly installments through April 1999. As of September 30, 1997, the
outstanding indebtedness under such note was $1,103,910. The Note will remain
outstanding following the closing of this offering. See Note 5 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Company believes that the net proceeds from the offering and its
existing cash and cash equivalents will be adequate to meet its cash needs for
at least the next 12 months. Thereafter, the Company may require additional
funds to support its working capital requirements or for other purposes and may
seek to raise such additional funds through public or private equity financing
or from other sources. There can be no assurance that additional financing will
be available at all or that, if available, such financing will be obtainable on
terms favorable to the Company or will not be dilutive.
27
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
The following description of the Company's business should be read in
conjunction with the information included elsewhere in this Prospectus. This
description contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ significantly from the
results discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain of
the factors set forth below and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
OVERVIEW
Information Advantage Software, Inc. (the "Company") develops, markets and
supports enterprise scalable OLAP software that is designed to allow a large
number of users to access and analyze large amounts of data to make quicker and
more informed business decisions. The Company's server-based solution,
DecisionSuite, provides powerful, robust and flexible analysis processing
capabilities that transform raw data into meaningful information from a wide
range of desktop and Internet platforms. Through the use of an advanced
architecture, the Company designed DecisionSuite to accomodate terabytes of data
and thousands of active users. DecisionSuite enables organizations to push
effective decision making to all levels of users thereby creating an
"intelligent enterprise," one capable of quickly identifying and reacting to
market opportunities. DecisionSuite supports many UNIX operating systems and
employs relational database technology, allowing it to access most popular
databases, data warehouses and data marts.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
In order to compete effectively in today's global environment, businesses
must quickly identify and respond to changing market conditions and are,
therefore, dependent upon their ability to rapidly collect, organize, access and
analyze large amounts of data. Organizations are now collecting not only
internal financial and operational data, but are also collecting large amounts
of historical data on their customers, suppliers and other external affiliates.
At the same time, to more quickly react to changing business conditions, many
organizations have been flattening their organizational structures and
empowering employees at all levels to make decisions. The desire to distribute
decision making throughout all levels of an organization has created a need by
more people to access the vast amounts of business data collected each day. In
addition to data access, organizations also face the challenges of performing
complex computational analysis on the collected data, and disseminating
information broadly to employees, customers, suppliers and others.
To meet these challenges, organizations have implemented a number of
technology solutions, including data warehouses and data marts, query and
reporting tools and OLAP applications. According to an independent industry
analyst, the information access segment of the data warehousing market alone is
estimated to be growing from $664 million in 1996 to $1.4 billion in 2000. Data
warehouses and data marts are repositories of summarized historical data often
extracted from disparate departmental or enterprise databases. Data warehouses
and data marts store data in a format optimized for analysis and are frequently
implemented in conjunction with query and reporting tools designed to provide
end users with a means to retrieve data and perform certain pre-defined queries
and simple calculations. This level of analysis, however, is limited (for
example, query and reporting tools generally are not designed to perform
time-series analysis such as calculations of the weekly changes in market share
by region) and these tools often require users to understand the technical
aspects of data storage and data structures. As a result, the use of data query
and reporting tools is often limited to highly trained technical users.
In recent years, OLAP solutions have emerged to provide a means to analyze
complex data along a more intuitive set of business rules and dimensions (for
example, profitability analysis by product, channel, geography, customer or
fiscal period). In addition, by insulating the user from the technical aspects
of data storage and data structures, OLAP solutions enable less technically
sophisticated users within an organization to perform their own analysis.
Typically, OLAP solutions also provide more complex computational capabilities,
including sophisticated time-series analysis, as well as ad hoc, drill-down and
interactive analysis (for example, a
28
<PAGE>
marketing manager identifying a market share reduction can drill down to isolate
the problem to a specific product at a specific store).
Today, two primary OLAP architectures exist: desktop OLAP and server-based
OLAP. Desktop OLAP provides a quick, low-cost solution for applications that do
not require complex analytical capabilities and involve small data sets that do
not require frequent updates. Desktop OLAP solutions are designed for a limited
number of active users and are typically used for personal analysis.
Server-based OLAP solutions are better suited for larger data sets and more
complex analysis. Because server-based OLAP does not require the movement of
large amounts of data to the desktop, it provides greater security and reduces
network traffic, thereby accommodating a larger number of active users. One
approach to server-based solutions utilizes proprietary, non-relational,
highly-indexed database technology. This approach is best suited for workgroups
and departments requiring fast access to medium-sized data sets (e.g., tens of
gigabytes of data) but often is not scalable to accommodate a large number of
concurrent users, is not capable of loading, storing or analyzing large amounts
of data (e.g., hundreds of gigabytes to terabytes of data) and cannot
efficiently update data sets on a frequent basis. In addition, these solutions
often require the data to be loaded in a pre-defined structure thereby limiting
the ability to perform ad hoc queries. The second approach to server-based OLAP
employs existing relational database technology. This approach allows access to
larger amounts of data and provides greater flexibility in performing ad hoc
queries than non-relational database technologies.
At the same time OLAP has emerged as a means to collect, organize, access
and analyze large amounts of data, the emergence of client/server and Internet
technologies has enabled organizations to create infrastructures through which
they can disseminate information throughout their enterprise as well as to
external sources. Client/server computing has provided many employees in an
organization with desktop access to critical information resources through
easy-to-use graphical user interfaces. The emergence of Internet technologies
has provided organizations with a less expensive means to reach an even larger
audience in real time and to securely disseminate information not only to
employees, but also to external business affiliates, such as customers,
suppliers and others.
Organizations are seeking ways to extend the benefits of OLAP in order to
empower employees and other users at all levels to make better business
decisions and react faster to market opportunities. To effectively deliver OLAP
capabilities throughout the enterprise, the solution must support large data
sets, thousands of active users, and simple as well as complex analysis.
Moreover, organizations require enterprise OLAP solutions with efficient and
cost effective deployment and maintenance, and compliance with industry
standards, thereby enabling integration with hardware and software from a
variety of vendors.
THE INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOLUTION
Information Advantage develops, markets and supports enterprise scalable
OLAP software that is designed to allow large numbers of users to access and
analyze large data sets. The Company's relational server-based solution,
DecisionSuite, provides powerful, robust and flexible analysis processing
capabilities that transform raw data into meaningful information from a wide
range of desktop and Internet platforms. Through the use of an advanced
architecture, the Company designed DecisionSuite to accommodate terabytes of
data and thousands of active users. DecisionSuite enables organizations to push
effective decision making to all levels of users thereby creating an
"intelligent enterprise," one capable of quickly identifying and reacting to
market opportunities. Key attributes of the DecisionSuite solution include:
LARGE AMOUNTS OF DATA. DecisionSuite employs relational database technology
which the Company believes is the only available database technology suitable
for supporting large databases (e.g., hundreds of gigabytes to terabytes of
data) or databases that require frequent updates and access to terabytes of
centralized or distributed data. DecisionSuite processes data on the server and
disseminates the derived results to the user.
LARGE NUMBER OF USERS. The DecisionSuite architecture uses sophisticated
partitioning technology to balance the data processing between the database and
the application server. Application partitioning is designed to maximize the
performance and analytical capabilities as the database grows and the number of
29
<PAGE>
concurrent users increases. DecisionSuite's calculation processor is designed to
perform sophisticated business calculations on raw data without overburdening
the relational database with the use of inefficient temporary tables, thereby
increasing the number of users who can concurrently access the data.
POWERFUL ANALYTICAL CAPABILITY. DecisionSuite includes a powerful C++ OLAP
calculation processor that provides comprehensive multidimensional, yet
intuitive, analysis capabilities using advanced formula-based business rules. By
avoiding an overreliance on structured query language ("SQL") for business
calculations, DecisionSuite is designed to provide powerful analytical
capabilities in a scalable architecture. DecisionSuite allows users to join data
from multiple distributed relational databases and create agents that
automatically inform them of changes in market data or from user-defined norms.
MASS DEPLOYMENT FOR THE INTELLIGENT ENTERPRISE. The Company provides for
efficient and cost-effective deployment and maintenance of DecisionSuite by
using a thin-client architecture where minimal application code is deployed to,
and maintained on, the user's desktop. As a result, organizations can more
effectively deploy and support DecisionSuite over thousands of networked users.
OPEN ARCHITECTURE. DecisionSuite was designed to integrate with most
popular tools, databases and platforms provided by other vendors. DecisionSuite
runs on the following server operating systems: HP-UX, Sun Solaris, IBM AIX, NCR
SVR4, SGI IRIX, Sequent DYNIX/ptx and Unisys SVR4; and accesses the following
relational database platforms: Oracle, Red Brick Warehouse, HP--Intelligent
Warehouse, IBM DB2 6000, IBM DB2 Parallel Edition, Informix, NCR Teradata DBS,
Sybase, Sybase IQ and Tandem Non-Stop SQL. As a result, organizations
implementing DecisionSuite can leverage their often significant investment in
existing operating systems and database technologies.
To complement its advanced product offerings, the Company has developed a
highly trained customer support staff with technical competencies in a variety
of areas, including UNIX operating systems, database management, distributed
computing and multidimensional analysis. The Company believes that to enable its
customers to effectively develop and deploy OLAP applications, it must provide
training and consulting services in these and other areas. Accordingly, the
Company has established an extensive customer services group consisting of
technical support, education, implementation, prototyping workshops and other
advanced services (including customized enhancements, content development and
performance assessment).
STRATEGY
The Company's strategy is to establish Information Advantage as the leading
provider of enterprise scalable OLAP software solutions. Key elements of the
Company's strategy include:
EXTEND TECHNOLOGY LEADERSHIP. Since inception, the Company has focused its
research and development efforts on developing core technologies that address
the requirements of data warehousing applications involving large amounts of
data, large numbers of concurrent users, complex analysis and heterogeneous
environments. The Company's solution integrates a number of technologies,
including sophisticated agent technology, flexible information sharing and
dissemination, multidimensional analysis, multi-level security and an
architecture that permits a large number of concurrent users. The Company has
leveraged these technologies to develop DecisionSuite, a proven enterprise
scalable OLAP software solution for the intelligent enterprise. DecisionSuite is
designed to access and analyze terabytes of data. Of the Company's customers,
three are in production, and five are currently building, terabyte-sized
applications. The Company intends to extend its technology leadership by
continuing to devote significant resources to research and development efforts,
and by forming strategic relationships that will enable the Company to further
enhance DecisionSuite's functionality and performance.
EXPAND VERTICAL MARKET FOCUS. The Company targets industries that routinely
collect, organize, access and analyze large amounts of business-critical data.
These industries include retail, consumer packaged goods, financial services,
insurance, telecommunications and the healthcare industries. The Company has
developed significant vertical market expertise through the deployment of
software applications for its customers in these
30
<PAGE>
industries. The Company believes that by focusing on the needs of these specific
industries and by continuing to recruit solution development partners in these
industries, it can improve the efficiency and effectiveness of its sales and
marketing efforts in these vertical markets. The Company intends to continue
leveraging its experience to address the specific needs of organizations in
these industries and to expand to other targeted industries.
EXPAND GLOBAL DISTRIBUTION. The Company sells its products primarily
through direct sales. The Company also uses strategic partners to sell its
products in targeted markets. The Company has direct sales offices in twelve
states, Canada, the United Kingdom and Germany, and has established strategic
relationships in South Africa, Netherlands and Japan. The Company is presently
localizing DecisionSuite for the French and German markets. The Company intends
to expand its direct sales and pre-sales support organizations and to develop
additional strategic relationships both in its existing markets and in other
locations worldwide. To facilitate its international expansion, the Company
anticipates localizing DecisionSuite for additional foreign markets in the
future.
EXPAND STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS. The Company's strategy is to supplement its
direct sales organization with strategic relationships, including solution
development partners, sales affiliates and marketing partners. The Company's
solution development partners, such as DynaMark, VIPS and IBM, have developed
industry specific software applications in which DecisionSuite is embedded. The
Company sells its products directly to solution development partners who
integrate and sell solutions to customers. The Company also has relationships
with sales affiliates, such as Cambridge Technology Group, EDS, Ernst & Young
and KPMG, who help identify and qualify sales prospects, work closely with the
Company during the sales and implementation cycles and provide after-market
support. In addition, the Company has strategic relationships with marketing
partners, such as HP, Red Brick, Sun, SPSS and Brio, who provide complementary
marketing programs designed to promote product awareness for DecisionSuite.
These relationships provide additional sales and marketing channels, thereby
enhancing the Company's position as the leading provider of enterprise scalable
OLAP software solutions. The Company's objective is to increase license revenues
from strategic relationships as a percentage of total license revenues, by
enhancing its current strategic relationships and adding additional strategic
partners.
FOCUS ON SUCCESSFUL CUSTOMER IMPLEMENTATION. The Company's strategy is to
deliver technology and services that enable its customers to quickly and cost
effectively implement and maintain applications for the intelligent enterprise.
The Company's success is dependent upon its customers' successful
implementations of its products. The Company believes that its comprehensive
consulting, implementation, support and training services enable customers to
successfully implement DecisionSuite and contribute to customer satisfaction,
strong customer references and long-term relationships. The Company offers
worldwide training, consulting and support services for its customers directly
through its customer services group and indirectly through its solution
development partners and sales affiliates. In addition to its advanced training
and consulting services, the Company provides its customers with an extensive
array of ongoing support services, including software updates, documentation
updates, telephone support and product maintenance. A significant portion of the
Company's revenues each period is derived from upgrades and services provided to
its installed customer base. The Company intends to maintain its focus on
customer success and to continue to invest in support services designed to
ensure such success.
31
<PAGE>
CUSTOMERS AND APPLICATIONS
The Company believes that the following is a representative list of the
Company's customers in a variety of industries as of September 30, 1997.
RETAIL
Ahold USA, Inc.
Dayton Hudson Corporation
DFS Group, Ltd.
Fabri-Center of America, Inc.
Longs Drug Stores California, Inc
National Grocers Co., Limited
Neiman-Marcus
J. Sainsbury PLC
Sears Canada, Inc.
Sears Roebuck, & Co.
Shopper's Drug Mart
The Southland Corp.
The Stop & Shop Supermarket Company
Superdrug Stores, PLC
SuperValu
Tandy Corporation
Dayton Hudson Corporation, Target
Stores Division
Gap Inc.
Quill Corporation
Tupperware Corporation
Tyson Foods, Inc.
Wearguard Corporation
The Warehouse Ltd.
Proffitt's Inc.
Fingerhut Corporation
PACKAGED GOODS
Birds Eye Walls, Inc.
ConAgra Frozen Foods
Dominick's Fine Foods
Land O'Lakes, Inc.
Nabisco, Inc.
The Quaker Oats Company
Sara Lee Corporation/Sara Lee Meats
Van Den Bergh Foods
Brunswick Corporation
FINANCIAL SERVICES
Banc One Services Corporation
DynaMark, Inc.
Fidelity Investments
Green Tree Financial Corporation
Honor Technologies, Inc.
MasterCard International Incorporated
NOVUS Services, Inc.
T. Rowe Price Investment
Technologies, Inc.
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
HEALTH CARE
Fairview Health Systems
MCC Behavioral Care
TheraTx, Inc.
United HealthCare Corporation
VIPS (a division of First Data Corp.)
INSURANCE
Medical Service Bureau of Idaho/Blue Shield of
Idaho
Liberty Health
The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
The Prudential Insurance Company of America
The St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
Cigna-Intercorp, Inc.
TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATIONS
60 DEG. Communications Company
Aerial Communications, Inc.
APAC Teleservices, Inc.
CCC Information Services, Inc.
Pacific Bell Communications
Pacific Bell Video Services
PrimeStar Partners, LP
Silicon Graphics Inc.
GOVERNMENT
Inland Revenue (UK)
State of Washington Department of
Social and Health Services
Utah Courts
United States Customs Service
University of California, Berkeley
MANUFACTURING
Amgen, Inc.
Mattel, Inc.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company
Polaroid Corporation
Rockwell International Corporation
The Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company
OTHER
Acxiom Corporation
Cargill, Inc.
Electronic Data Systems Corporation
Federal Express Corporation
IBM Consumer Driven Solutions
NTT Data
Perseco
The Reader's Digest Association, Inc.
Regie Media Belge S.A.
KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP
Northwest Airlines, Inc.
Dana Computer Corporation
Excel Corporation
Oshawa Holdings Limited
32
<PAGE>
DecisionSuite can be used across a range of industries and is typically used
in three types of applications: (a) customer analysis, including applications
for analyzing customer buying patterns, database marketing and campaign
management; (b) product analysis, including sales analysis, inventory management
and promotion management; and (c) operational analysis, including financial
analysis, activity-based costing, forecasting and budgeting. The following
illustrates the variety of ways customers have deployed DecisionSuite:
FINANCIAL SERVICES: An international credit card company sought to
differentiate itself from its competitors by offering its 22,000 member
financial institutions the ability to access and analyze credit card transaction
activity and trends online. The goal was to provide member financial
institutions with customer usage data to facilitate and evaluate target
marketing campaigns. This customer's Oracle database contains approximately 1.6
terabytes of data and uses NCR servers. Because of the number of potential
users, the size of the data warehouse and the fact that over 11 million
transactions are added to the database daily, scalability was paramount.
DecisionSuite was selected to provide the OLAP engine necessary to build this
application. The Company believes that DecisionSuite was chosen because of the
expertise of its support personnel and the proven scalability, security and ease
of use of the product for the end-user. The first application of DecisionSuite
was available for deployment to members within six months of the date
DecisionSuite was selected and now allows the customer's clients to track usage
patterns and focus their efforts accordingly.
INSURANCE: A provider of auto insurance claim software, data and services
sought to offer over 350 auto insurance companies the ability to access and
analyze insurance claim data via the Web as an extranet. This customer uses a
Red Brick database and a Sun server. The Company believes that DecisionSuite was
selected primarily for its Web and agent capabilities and its ability to
efficiently manage large amounts of data at a granular level. DecisionSuite
allows the customer's sales associates to analyze the claims data for potential
clients via the Web as a tool in the sales process. Upon complete
implementation, this application will also allow auto insurance companies to
access and analyze the customer's nationwide insurance claim data, including
repair cycle times and amounts paid for vehicle parts, and to compare their
claims resolution performance against industry averages and historical trends.
RETAIL: A multi-billion dollar retailer of electronics with over 6,800
retail stores nationwide sought to deliver online analysis of its consumer and
product data throughout the organization. The customer's warehouse includes
consumer and census data, as well as behavioral and point-of-sale information
from its retail stores. The consumer database alone includes profiles of over
150 million consumers, making the customer's database one of the most
comprehensive marketing databases in the world. This customer uses a Red Brick
database and an HP server. The Company believes that DecisionSuite was selected
for its complex analytical capabilities, its Web accessibility and its ability
to handle terabytes of data. DecisionSuite provides online analysis of the
databases and allows the customer's headquarters to analyze the retail stores'
performance, improve inventory controls and target promotional mailings. In
addition, this customer plans to make this application available to its retail
store managers using a standard Web browser, thereby enabling these teams to
participate in the decision making process to improve the store's performance.
PACKAGED GOODS: A leading packaged food company, with more than 200 brands
and 1,000 products in 85 countries, sought to provide better and faster sales
and product information to its sales representatives. Its application required
not only the ability to access multiple, disparate databases (Red Brick and DB2)
that used IBM servers, but it required the ability to deliver both detailed and
summarized key account information to thousands of users. The client selected
DecisionSuite and has currently deployed the system to approximately 2,500 sales
representatives throughout the organization. Using DecisionSuite, the customer's
sales representatives are now able to access and analyze online product sales
by, among other things, location and season. This enables the customer to
anticipate inventory fluctuations, thereby improving inventory controls, and
provides the sales representatives with timely decision making information, such
as which products are likely to sell and when, that often leads to new business
opportunities.
33
<PAGE>
PRODUCTS AND TECHNOLOGY
The Company's DecisionSuite products are comprised of a server capable of
handling large data sets or large numbers of concurrent users, several desktop
products designed to deliver information to variously skilled end users over
client/server and Internet architectures, and several systems management,
connectivity and database driver modules. The Company also offers an advanced
tool kit for the rapid assembly of custom OLAP applications. The Company's
products are available on most popular UNIX platforms, including HP-UX, Sun
Solaris, IBM AIX, NCR SVR4, SGI IRIX, Sequent DYNIX/ptx and Unisys SVR4, and are
able to access the following databases: Oracle, Red Brick Warehouse,
HP--Intelligent Warehouse, IBM DB2 6000, IBM DB2 Parallel Edition, Informix, NCR
Teradata DBS, Sybase, Sybase IQ and Tandem Non-Stop SQL. The Company designed
DecisionSuite's architecture to be well suited for localization in foreign
markets. The Company licenses its DecisionSuite software for a one-time license
fee determined on a per server, per named user, and database size basis. The
current list price for each named user or each gigabyte of data is $2,400.
[Diagram of product architecture]
34
<PAGE>
DECISIONSUITE SERVER
The DecisionSuite Server is a multi-user product designed to allow large
numbers of users to access and analyze large data sets. The DecisionSuite Server
delivers enhanced OLAP services including: agent and exception reporting
functions to push personalized information directly to users; security based on
individual, workgroup and enterprise level user privileges; and group or
personal query controls to minimize system performance degradation caused by
either individuals or user groups. DecisionSuite Server augments SQL with an
efficient and sophisticated C++ calculation processor that is scalable to
thousands of active users and terabytes of data. The DecisionSuite Server's
CONCURRENT SESSION MANAGER is designed to add, manage and delete concurrent
processes initiated by requests from multiple users or agents, allowing
customers to scale DecisionSuite across the enterprise. The DecisionSuite
Server's METADATA model centralizes maintenance and isolates users from
technical complexities by mapping database structures and business rules with
intuitive business descriptions, thereby simplifying user interactions with the
system.
DECISIONSUITE DB DRIVERS. DecisionSuite DB Drivers are designed to provide
organizations with the option of connecting DecisionSuite to target relational
databases with either native drivers or ODBC drivers. Each DB Driver accounts
for the unique SQL syntax and query optimizer of each target database while
allowing organizations to easily switch database vendors' products independently
of deployed DecisionSuite applications. DecisionSuite provides DB Drivers for
Oracle, Red Brick Warehouse, HP-- Intelligent Warehouse, IBM DB2 6000, IBM DB2
Parallel Edition, Informix, NCR Teradata DBS, Sybase, Sybase IQ, and Tandem
Non-Stop SQL.
DISTRIBUTED OLAP ENGINE. DecisionSuite's OLAP Engine uses distributed
processing technology to maximize user concurrency and analytical functionality.
In particular, the Company's calculation processor performs sophisticated
business analysis on raw data without overburdening the database with use of
inefficient temporary tables. This capability enables intensive application
processing to be off-loaded from the database so that organizations can
effectively scale to large numbers of users. This capability also allows support
of hundreds of business calculations and functions that are not currently
supported in SQL.
ENTERPRISE OLAP SERVICES. DecisionSuite provides essential services
required for enterprise-scale deployments including:
WORKGROUP SECURITY. The partitioned, server software design of
DecisionSuite allows additional levels of security provided by an
application server account. In this manner, users with similar
requirements are easily added to the system without risk of improper
information access. Reports, report components and database views are
secured at personal, workgroup and enterprise levels.
COLLABORATION. The Company's use of object technology enables report
data and logic to be shared among users. Each report contains the data,
assumptions and processing logic so that users can interactively exchange
and build on each other's analysis. This technology facilitates live
information sharing among users of the Company's product.
REPORT CASTING. The Company's use of report template technology allows
power users or information technology personnel to efficiently create a
few report models for thousands of different reports. Each report
template contains the instructions and parameters required to generate a
single request. Upon access, the user profile is used to map the
appropriate parameters into the instruction set at run-time so that each
user receives a personalized report. This capability enables the
administrator to build and maintain a relatively small number of
automatically adapting report templates, rather than tens of thousands of
user specific reports.
AGENTS. The Company's server-centric architecture and multi-user,
multi-tasking server technology allows DecisionSuite users to design
autonomous intelligent agents, the results of which can be shared by
multiple users. These agents are created by users and reside on the
server. The agents also can be
35
<PAGE>
triggered by areas of opportunity or trouble, without affecting desktop
performance. The results of the agents may be delivered in real time to
one or more users via e-mail, pager telephone and the Internet so their
assumptions and results can be explored and challenged, as well as shared
to reduce the use of system resources for repetitive batch processing.
DECISIONSUITE DESKTOPS
DecisionSuite Desktops include an array of products positioned to meet the
varying needs and skill levels of employees in an organization.
WEBOLAP. WebOLAP is intended for all users seeking OLAP capability over the
Internet. This product provides ad hoc reporting and OLAP capability using only
a browser, a DecisionSuite user name and a password. WebOLAP's Universal Access
functionality allows users direct access to the DecisionSuite Server from search
engines for seamless integration into corporate Web sites. WebOLAP's codeless
desktop architecture enables it to be used from any desktop with a Web browser,
without requiring a plug-in or extension, eliminating installation and reducing
administration costs in large user environments. Complete integration with the
DecisionSuite Server also allows WebOLAP users to seamlessly share secure,
interactive reports, and collaborate with co-workers using any DecisionSuite
Desktop.
NEWSLINE. NewsLine is intended for active users to deliver and receive live
information, reports, alerts and intelligent agents. Users of this product can
be alerted to the latest opportunities and problems affecting their business by
software agents that monitor, analyze and filter information 24 hours a day,
seven days a week. For example, users have the ability to drill up, down or
across business dimensions anywhere in the data warehouse then pivot and export
results with a spreadsheet hot-link. NewsLine allows experienced users the
ability to securely view and modify all assumptions underlying the analysis,
including calculations and filters. Users may drag and drop calculations and
filters to review the entire data warehouse. NewsLine has robust business
charting capabilities and can be integrated with external applications,
including operational systems, catalogs and powerful GIS mapping systems.
ANALYSIS. Analysis is intended for power users and provides authoring and
publishing capabilities in addition to all the functionality of NewsLine. This
product allows users to start with a "blank sheet of paper," then point and
click to author and publish filters, calculations, calculation templates,
reports, report templates, distributed intelligent agents, triggers and alerts
as well as navigate throughout the entire data warehouse. Alerts can be directed
and broadcast as "live" interactive reports and as messages via e-mail, pager,
telephone and the Internet. Users are presented information in business terms so
that they can explore gigabytes of information without the technical knowledge
of database structures or SQL.
DECISIONSUITE WORKBENCH
The DecisionSuite Workbench allows database and system administrators to
define, manage and support user profiles, security, and group or personal query
controls, as well as to customize and distribute desktop profiles across the
network. Developers can also use DecisionSuite Workbench to create more
sophisticated intelligent agents, custom applications and add-in functionality,
and to integrate DecisionSuite with operational systems. With DecisionSuite's
thin-client architecture, all applications are centrally managed from the
server, thereby reducing cost of ownership and allowing database and systems
administrators to improve DecisionSuite's efficiency.
DECISIONSUITE CONNECTIONS
DecisionSuite Connections provide connectivity with complementary OLAP and
productivity tools. To date, the Company has developed DecisionSuite Connections
for Microsoft Excel, Lotus 123 and Brio. These connections provide users of
DecisionSuite Desktops with the ability to automatically download data into
desktop tools. For example, Brio Connection provides users with the ability to
generate a small data cube that is automatically downloaded into Brio's OLAP
desktop, enabling the user to perform interactive analysis, formatting and
charting while disconnected from the network.
36
<PAGE>
SALES AND MARKETING
SALES
The Company sells its products in North America and the United Kingdom
primarily through its direct sales and services organizations. The Company
employs highly skilled engineers and technically proficient sales persons
capable of serving the sophisticated needs of its customers' information and
business management staffs. The Company has domestic sales or support staff
located in California, Colorado, Georgia, Illinois, Massachusetts, Michigan,
Minnesota, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Texas, Virginia, and international
offices in Toronto, Canada; London, England; and Koln, Germany.
To date, a majority of the Company's sales have been generated from its
direct sales force. The Company intends to supplement its sales efforts by
implementing and supporting its products through a network of solution
development partners, sales affiliates and marketing partners. The Company's
strategic partners are independent organizations that perform some or all of the
following functions: sales and marketing; systems implementation and
integration; software development and customization; and ongoing consulting,
training, service and technical support.
The Company has an ongoing program to recruit major systems integrators and
to train and support them in identifying sales opportunities and implementing
the Company's products. The Company is working with several of these affiliates
to develop additional applications for targeted markets, such as finance and
banking, insurance, telecommunications and retail. The Company offers such sales
affiliates discounts on products and training, a cooperative marketing program,
and field level assistance from the Company's direct sales force. The Company
currently has such a relationship with Cambridge Technology Group, EDS, Ernst &
Young, and KPMG.
The Company believes that its strategic partners have significant influence
over product choices by customers and that its relationships with these partners
are an essential element in its marketing, sales and implementation efforts.
Through its partner network, the Company is able to obtain leads and provide
customers with trained and knowledgeable software professionals who are
available locally to implement its systems as well as provide ongoing service
and support. Some of the Company's strategic partners customize the Company's
solutions to fit individual business needs and develop industry-specific
software applications that integrate with and extend the functionality of the
Company's products. The Company currently has solution development partnerships
with DynaMark, VIPS and IBM.
MARKETING
The Company is focused on building market awareness and acceptance of the
Company and its products as well as on developing strategic partnerships. The
Company has a comprehensive marketing strategy with several key components:
image and awareness building, direct marketing to both prospective and existing
customers, a strong Web presence, broad-scale events with strategic partners and
local marketing with partners. The Company's corporate image strategy includes
trade shows, as well as analyst and press tours. The Company's direct marketing
includes ongoing direct mail efforts to existing and prospective customers. For
prospective customers, the Company also offers seminars to assist them in
selecting enterprise scalable OLAP solutions. Seminars are offered in
conjunction with strategic partners in their local or industry-specific markets.
The Company's Web-based marketing is designed to generate new leads for the
Company. The Company increases product awareness by sponsoring large scale
events and seminars for prospective customers with key industry partners.
Finally, the Company's marketing strategy is designed to take advantage of the
Company's partnership network by including cooperative marketing programs
designed for partners' local markets. The Company's marketing partners include
HP, Red Brick, Sun, SPSS and Brio.
As of September 30, 1997, the Company's sales and marketing organization
consisted of 79 employees compared to 18, 28 and 70 employees at January 31,
1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
The Company believes that providing superior customer service is critical
for customer success. The Company's strategy is to deliver technology and
services that enable its customers to implement OLAP
37
<PAGE>
applications quickly. Its focused experience in designing and implementing
decision support applications is a significant factor in enabling the Company to
implement this strategy. The Company intends to continue to invest in
specialized training of its personnel to provide superior customer service. Most
of the Company's customers currently have maintenance agreements that entitle
them to technical support and periodic upgrades. The Company also offers
additional training and consulting services on a fee basis.
MAINTENANCE AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT. The Company has established a
centralized corporate maintenance and technical service group that is supported
by the consulting and research and development groups. The Company provides
customers with a comprehensive array of services, including software updates,
documentation updates, telephone support, product maintenance and emergency
response. The annual fee for such services is typically 18% of the list price of
the software products licensed and supported.
EDUCATION. The Company offers a series of business and technical courses to
meet the education and training requirements of all levels of professionals
associated with data warehousing and decision support. These courses are
designed to provide the knowledge, skills and confidence to implement
enterprise-wide decision support and enhance the use of DecisionSuite. The
Company offers several modular courses that can be tailored to specific customer
needs. Education specialists meet with customers to design an education plan to
meet organizational goals. Regularly scheduled courses are offered at the
Company's training facility located in Eden Prairie, Minnesota. End user
customer courses are provided at customers' facilities.
IMPLEMENTATION SERVICES. The Company offers a wide range of customer
services to support the implementation requirements of the DecisionSuite line of
products and promote customer self-sufficiency. The Company utilizes a
proprietary methodology for implementation support, called DecisionPath.
DecisionPath was developed internally and incorporates the Company's extensive
implementation experience. Because of the varying needs of its customers, the
Company offers modular services in the following areas: business application
design; data warehouse architecture design; DecisionSuite implementation;
end-user content and delivery; and DecisionSuite optimization.
DECISIONCENTER. The Company offers a series of prototyping workshops in its
DecisionCenter facility. DecisionCenter is a fully equipped prototyping
environment, staffed with knowledgeable business and technical personnel. Each
workshop utilizes the customer's own data, making the prototyping experience as
realistic as possible. The Company believes that a successful implementation of
new technology can be traced to a successful prototype. These prototype systems
use actual company data to assist the business users in identifying the
questions they need to ask but have been unable to visualize. The time and
effort to set up an evaluation environment can be expensive and fraught with
technical infrastructure complexities. The Company provides its customers with
the training benefits of prototyping but shields them from such complexities.
ADVANCED SERVICES. The advanced services group assists in the initial
development of specific solutions for OLAP applications, including
activity-based costing, forecasting, health care analysis and customer
segmentation. This group often provides consultation in the early stages of
modeling and solution-design, combining their strong, technical OLAP expertise,
their in-depth hands-on experience with APIs, and their proven creativity in
architecture and functionality design. Their solutions address the more complex
needs of enterprise OLAP while also focusing on usability and performance for
the end users. Their extensive experience with the APIs have led to the
development of a series of DecisionSuite extensions. These extensions are
optional programs that offer functionality not otherwise available within the
core DecisionSuite product. Extensions consist of either tools for the system
administrator or for the end user.
As of September 30, 1997, the Company's services organization consisted of
64 employees compared to 23, 26 and 41 employees at January 31, 1995, 1996 and
1997, respectively.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Research and development has provided the foundation for the Company's
success in the marketplace, and the Company intends to continue to make
substantial investments in research and development and related activities to
maintain and enhance its product lines. The Company believes that its future
success will, in large part, depend on its ability to maintain and improve
current products, and to develop new products that meet
38
<PAGE>
emerging decision support needs. Research is focused in three areas: identifying
market needs, designing applications for these needs and implementing such
solutions in a reliable and easy-to-use fashion. Current development activities
are focused on product enhancements in several key areas: OLAP engine, Windows
client delivery systems, Internet delivery systems, agent technology and
forecasting. The development group infrastructure provides a full suite of
documentation, quality assurance, delivery and support capabilities (in addition
to its design and implementation functions) for the Company's products.
As of September 30, 1997, the Company's research and development
organization consisted of 58 employees compared to 26, 32 and 48 employees at
January 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. From inception through July 31,
1997 the Company has spent $11.4 million on research and development. Most of
the senior members of the Company's research and development organization have
been employed by the Company since its inception.
COMPETITION
The market in which the Company competes is intensely competitive, highly
fragmented and characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving
standards. The Company's current and prospective competitors offer a variety of
planning and analysis software solutions and generally fall within three
categories: (i) vendors of desktop OLAP software such as Cognos and Business
Objects; (ii) vendors of multidimensional OLAP software such as Oracle
(Express), Arbor Software, Seagate (Holos) and SAS; and (iii) vendors of
OLAP/relational database software such as MicroStrategy and Platinum Technology
(Prodea). The Company has experienced and expects to continue to experience
increased competition from current and potential competitors, many of whom have
significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
the Company. Such competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or
emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or devote greater
resources to the development, promotion and sales of their products than the
Company. Also, certain current and potential competitors, including companies
such as Microsoft, IBM, Sybase and Informix may have greater name recognition or
more extensive customer bases that could be leveraged. These companies could
integrate competing OLAP/relational database software with other widely accepted
products resulting in a loss of market share for the Company. The Company
expects additional competition as other established and emerging companies enter
into the OLAP software market and new products and technologies are introduced.
Increased competition could result in price reductions, fewer customer orders,
reduced gross margins, longer sales cycles and loss of market share, any of
which would materially adversely affect the Company's business, operating
results and financial condition.
Current and potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or
establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties,
thereby increasing the ability of their products to address the needs of the
Company's prospective customers. The Company's current or future indirect
channel partners may establish cooperative relationships with current or
potential competitors of the Company, thereby limiting the Company's ability to
sell its products through particular distribution channels. Accordingly, it is
possible that new competitors or alliances among current and new competitors may
emerge and rapidly gain significant market share. Such competition could
materially adversely affect the Company's ability to obtain new contracts and
maintenance and support renewals for existing contracts on terms favorable to
the Company. Further, competitive pressures may require the Company to reduce
the price of DecisionSuite, which would materially adversely affect the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully against current
and future competitors, and the failure to do so would have a material adverse
effect upon the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.
The Company competes on the basis of certain factors, including data
scalability, user scalability, open architecture, analytical capabilities,
product features, product performance, product quality, time to market, ease of
use, customer support and price. The Company believes it presently competes
favorably with respect to each of these factors. However, the Company's market
is still evolving and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
compete successfully against current and future competitors, and the failure to
do so successfully will have a material adverse effect upon the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition.
39
<PAGE>
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
The Company relies primarily on a combination of copyright and trademark
laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to
protect its proprietary technology. For example, the Company licenses its
software pursuant to signed license agreements, which impose certain
restrictions on licensees' ability to utilize the software. In addition, the
Company seeks to avoid disclosure of its trade secrets, including requiring
those persons with access to the Company's proprietary information to execute
confidentiality agreements with the Company and restricting access to the
Company's source code. The Company seeks to protect its software, documentation
and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws, which afford
only limited protection. Despite the Company's efforts to protect its
proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of the
Company's products or to obtain and use information that the Company regards as
proprietary. Policing unauthorized use of the Company's products is difficult,
and while the Company is unable to determine the extent to which piracy of its
software products exists, software piracy can be expected to be a persistent
problem. In addition, the laws of many countries do not protect the Company's
proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States.
There can be no assurance that the Company's means of protecting its proprietary
rights will be adequate or that the Company's competitors will not independently
develop similar technology.
To date, the Company has not been notified that the Company's products
infringe the proprietary rights of third parties, but there can be no assurance
that third parties will not claim infringement by the Company with respect to
current or future products. The Company expects that data warehouse and data
mart software product developers will increasingly be subject to infringement
claims as the number of products and competitors in the Company's industry
segment grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments
overlaps. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming,
result in costly litigation, cause product shipment delays or require the
Company to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing
agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company
or at all, which could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's
business, operating results and financial condition.
The Company provides its products to end users under non-exclusive licenses,
which generally are non-transferable and have a perpetual term. The Company
generally licenses its products solely for the customer's internal operations.
The Company also licenses its software on an enterprise-wide basis. The Company
has entered into source code escrow agreements for its products. Generally,
customers are required to obtain separate licenses for the database management
systems they select directly from the RDBMS vendors. Furthermore, customers must
obtain separate licenses for any spreadsheets or other PC tools they use
directly from such other vendors.
EMPLOYEES
As of September 30, 1997, the Company had a total of 217 employees, of which
193 were based in the United States, 18 were based in the United Kingdom, 3 were
based in Canada and 3 in Germany. Of the total, 79 were engaged in sales and
marketing, 58 were in research and development, 64 were in services, and 16 were
in finance, administration and operations. The Company's future performance
depends in significant part upon the continued service of its key technical,
sales and senior management personnel, 6 of whom are bound by employment
agreements. None of the Company's employees is represented by a labor union. The
Company has not experienced any work stoppages and considers its relations with
its employees to be good.
FACILITIES
The Company's principal administrative, sales, marketing, support, and
research and development facility is located in approximately 36,500 square feet
of space in Eden Prairie, Minnesota. The lease on this office space expires on
June 30, 2002. The Company also leases other domestic sales offices throughout
the United States, as well as international offices in Canada, the United
Kingdom and Germany. The Company believes that suitable additional or
alternative space will be available in the future on commercially reasonable
terms as needed.
LITIGATION
The Company is not currently subject to any material legal proceeding.
40
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
BOARD MEMBERS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The directors and executive officers of the Company are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- ------------------------------------ --- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Larry J. Ford....................... 56 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Richard L. Tanler................... 47 Chairman of the Board, Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning
and Marketing
Donald W. Anderson.................. 44 Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Mark Furtney........................ 51 Vice President, Engineering
Richard S. Parker................... 41 Vice President, Marketing
Robin L. Pederson................... 38 Vice President, Worldwide Sales
Rory C. (Butch) Terrien............. 37 Senior Vice President, Research and Development
Mary K. Trick....................... 42 Vice President, Customer Services
Fredric R. (Rick) Boswell(1)........ 53 Director
Ronald E.F. Codd(2)................. 42 Director
Promod Haque(1)..................... 49 Director
Donald R. Hollis(1)................. 61 Director
Jay H. Wein(2)...................... 65 Director
William H. Younger, Jr.(2).......... 47 Director
</TABLE>
- --------------
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
LARRY J. FORD has been President, Chief Executive Officer and Director since
May 1995. From August 1991 to November 1994, Mr. Ford served as Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of Systems Software Associates, a Chicago-based,
enterprise-wide, vertically integrated applications software company
specifically targeting the manufacturing sector. Prior to August 1991, Mr. Ford
held several executive positions at IBM including President of the Latin America
Division, Vice President of Marketing for mid-range computing, and Vice
President of Information and Telecommunications Systems. Mr. Ford serves as a
director of Telular Corporation, where he serves on the Compensation and Audit
Committees. Mr. Ford holds a B.S. in Mathematics and Economics from Claremont
Men's College.
RICHARD L. TANLER has been Chairman of the Board of Directors and Senior
Vice President, Strategic Planning and Marketing since May 1995. Mr. Tanler is a
founder of the Company and served as President and Chief Executive Officer from
June 1992 through May 1995. Prior to this position, Mr. Tanler served as
Director of Services, Business Unit at Metaphor Computer Systems, Inc., a
software company ("Metaphor"). Mr. Tanler holds a B.S. in Business Quantitative
Systems from Arizona State University.
DONALD W. ANDERSON has been Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
November 1996. From May 1996 to November 1996, Mr. Anderson served as Vice
President, Finance for the School Product Unit of The Learning Company, Inc., an
educational software company that merged with his previous employer, the
Minnesota Educational Computing Corporation ("MECC"). Mr. Anderson served as
Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of MECC from August
1988 to May 1996 and held various positions at MECC since he joined MECC in
1980, including Vice President, Operations. Mr. Anderson holds a B.A. in
Accounting from Metropolitan State University.
MARK FURTNEY has been Vice President, Engineering since July 1997. From 1988
to July 1997, Dr. Furtney worked for Cray Research, Inc., a superconductor
supplier, in a variety of positions, including Senior Director of Technology.
Dr. Furtney holds a Ph.D. in Computer Science from the University of Virginia,
an M.S. in Nuclear
41
<PAGE>
Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a B.S. in
Mechanical Engineering from Clarkson University.
RICHARD S. PARKER has been Vice President of Marketing since January 1994.
He is a founder of the Company and served as Director of Marketing from April
1990 through December 1993. From September 1984 to April 1990, Mr. Parker was
employed with Metaphor in a variety of positions, including Director of Data
Management, Marketing Manager and Manager of Business Development for the
Metaphor Consulting Group. Mr. Parker attended the University of Minnesota,
majoring in Business Administration.
ROBIN L. PEDERSON has been Vice President, Worldwide Sales for the Company
since April 1996. From June 1995 to April 1996, Mr. Pederson was Senior Vice
President, Worldwide Sales, Marketing and Support for Great Plains Software,
Inc., a financial applications software company. From October 1990 to June 1995,
Mr. Pederson worked for Banyan Systems, Inc., a network software provider, in a
variety of positions including Vice President, Americas. Mr. Pederson holds a
B.S. in Business Administration from the University of North Dakota.
RORY C. (BUTCH) TERRIEN has been Senior Vice President, Research and
Development since June 1992. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Terrien was
employed with Metaphor as the Development Manager for the Metaphor Consulting
Group. Mr. Terrien holds a B.S. in both Mechanical Engineering and Computer
Science from Northwestern University and an M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from
the University of Minnesota.
MARY K. TRICK has been Vice President, Customer Services since June 1995.
From November 1992 to July 1995, Ms. Trick was employed by Keane, Inc., a
technical consulting firm, in a variety of positions including Branch Manager
for the Minneapolis Branch. From October 1980 to November 1992, Ms. Trick was
employed by Wang Industries, a hardware and software firm, in a variety of
positions including business consultant, presales, Practice Manager and Services
Director for various regions. Ms. Trick attended the University of Minnesota.
FREDRIC R. (RICK) BOSWELL has been a director of the Company since March
1993. Since April 1989 Dr. Boswell has served as the Executive Vice President of
St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc., a venture capital firm. From September 1985 to
May 1989, Dr. Boswell served as President and Chief Operating Officer of ADC
Telecommunications, Inc., a manufacturer of telecommunications equipment and
systems. Prior to September 1985, Dr. Boswell served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of the E.F. Johnson Company, a manufacturer of components,
equipment and systems for wireless communications. Dr. Boswell has served as a
director of the Telecommunications Industry Association and the Minnesota High
Technology Council and as a member of the Executive Advisory Board of the
National Communications Forum. Dr. Boswell holds a B.S. in electrical
engineering and an M.S. and a Ph.D. in computer engineering from Case Western
Reserve University as well as an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.
RONALD E.F. CODD has been a director of the Company since August 1997. Mr.
Codd has worked at PeopleSoft, Inc. since 1991, and has served as the Senior
Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer. From
March 1989 to August 1991, Mr. Codd served as Corporate Controller of MIPS
Computer Systems, Inc. Mr. Codd holds a B.S. in Accounting from the University
of California, Berkeley and an M.M. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of
Management, Northwestern University.
PROMOD HAQUE has been a director of the Company since March 1993. Dr. Haque
joined Norwest Venture Capital Management, Inc., a venture capital firm, in
November 1990 and is currently a General Partner of Norwest Equity Partners V,
L.P. and a General Partner of Norwest Equity Partners IV, L.P. Dr. Haque
currently serves as a director of Optical Sensors, Inc., Prism Solutions, Raster
Graphics, Inc., Connect, Inc., Transaction Systems Architects, Inc. and several
privately held companies. Dr. Haque holds a B.S.E.E. from the University of
Delhi, India, an M.S.E.E. and a Ph.D.E.E. from Northwestern University, and an
M.M. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern
University.
DONALD R. HOLLIS has been a director of the Company since August 1996. Mr.
Hollis is President of DRH Strategic Consulting, Inc., a consulting firm, where
he has been employed since March 1996. Prior to
42
<PAGE>
January 1996, Mr. Hollis served as an Executive Vice President of First Chicago
Corporation/First National Bank of Chicago. Mr. Hollis serves as a director of
Deluxe Corporation, Teltrend, Inc., Open Port Technology and the Cambridge
Assessment Center. Mr. Hollis holds a B.B.A. from Kent State University.
JAY H. WEIN has been a director of the Company since June 1992. Mr. Wein has
worked as an independent investor and business consultant since August 1989.
From June 1992 to May 1995, Mr. Wein served as Chairman of the Board of the
Company. Between July 1974 and August 1989 Mr. Wein worked at Arthur Andersen &
Co., where he served in a variety of positions, including Managing Partner of
the Minneapolis/St. Paul office. Mr. Wein serves as a director of Great Hall
Investment Funds, Inc. and of several private companies and non-profit
organizations. Mr. Wein holds a B.S.B.A. from the University of South Dakota.
WILLIAM H. YOUNGER, JR. has been a director of the Company since July 1995.
Since 1992, Mr. Younger has been a general partner of Sutter Hill Ventures, a
California Limited Partnership which is a venture capital management firm. Mr.
Younger currently serves as a director of COR Therapeutics, Inc., Celeritek,
Inc., Oacis Healthcare Systems, Inc. and Forte Software, Inc. Mr. Younger holds
a B.S.E.E. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from Stanford
University.
COMMITTEES
The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Codd, Wein and Younger. The Audit
Committee makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the
selection of independent accountants, reviews the results and scope of audit and
other services provided by the Company's independent accountants and reviews and
evaluates the Company's audit and control functions.
The Compensation Committee consists of Drs. Boswell and Haque and Mr.
Hollis. The Compensation Committee makes recommendations regarding the Company's
1997 Equity Incentive Plan and makes decisions concerning salaries and incentive
compensation for employees and consultants of the Company.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Directors currently do not receive any cash compensation from the Company
for their services as members of the Board of Directors, although members are
reimbursed for certain expenses in connection with attendance at Board of
Directors and Committee meetings. Messrs. Hollis and Wein also serve as
part-time consultants to the Company for which they have been compensated
separately. Non-employer directors will also receive periodic option grants
under the Company's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan. See "Management--1997 Equity
Incentive Plan."
43
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth information with respect to compensation for
the fiscal year ended January 31, 1997 paid by the Company for services to the
Company by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the Company's four other
highest-paid executive officers whose total salary and bonus for such fiscal
year exceeded $100,000 (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers"):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
-------------------
AWARDS
ANNUAL -------------------
COMPENSATION SECURITIES
--------------------- UNDERLYING ALL OTHER
SALARY($) BONUS($) OPTIONS(#) COMPENSATION($)(1)
---------- --------- ------------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Larry J. Ford ................................... $ 175,000 $ 74,100 0 $ 25,000
President and Chief Executive Officer
Richard L. Tanler ............................... 150,000 42,400 0 0
Chairman and Senior Vice President, Strategic
Planning and Marketing
Robin L. Pederson(2) ............................ 119,423 56,250 172,000 15,612
Vice President, Worldwide Sales
Mary K. Trick ................................... 120,000 29,375 38,000 0
Vice President, Customer Services
Rory C. (Butch) Terrien ......................... 110,000 33,500 28,000 0
Senior Vice President, Research and Development
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Consists of moving expenses.
(2) Mr. Pederson's employment started on April 18, 1996 at an annual base salary
of $150,000.
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
The following table sets forth each grant of stock options during the fiscal
year ended January 31, 1997 to each of the Named Executive Officers. No stock
appreciation rights were granted during such fiscal year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
---------------------------------------------------------- VALUE AT ASSUMED
NUMBER OF ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
SECURITIES PERCENT OF TOTAL PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
UNDERLYING OPTIONS GRANTED EXERCISE OPTION TERM($)(4)
OPTIONS TO EMPLOYEES IN PRICE EXPIRATION ----------------------
NAME GRANTED(#)(1) FISCAL 1997(2) ($/SHARE)(3) DATE 5% 10%
- -------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Larry J. Ford................... 0 -- -- -- -- --
Richard L. Tanler............... 0 -- -- -- -- --
Robin L. Pederson............... 172,000 23.3% $ 1.125 4/19/06 $ 121,691 $ 308,389
Mary K. Trick................... 12,000 1.6 1.125 7/23/06 8,490 21,516
26,000 3.5 1.125 7/26/06 18,395 46,617
Rory C. (Butch) Terrien......... 28,000 3.8 1.125 8/15/06 19,810 50,203
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Generally, 20% of these options vest on each of the next five anniversaries
of the date of grant. These options have a ten year term, subject to earlier
termination in the event of the optionee's cessation of service with the
Company.
(2) Based on an aggregate of 736,120 shares subject to options granted to
employees of the Company under the 1992 Stock Option Plan.
44
<PAGE>
(3) The exercise price may be paid in cash, in shares of the Company's Common
Stock valued at fair market value on the exercise date or any other method
approved by the Board.
(4) The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the option
at the time of grant (ten years). Stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% is
assumed pursuant to rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange
Commission and does not represent the Company's prediction of its stock
price performance. The potential realizable values at 5% and 10%
appreciation are calculated by assuming that the exercise price on the date
of grant appreciates at the indicated rate for the entire term of the option
and that the option is exercised at the exercise price and sold on the last
day of its term at the appreciated price.
OPTION VALUES
The following table sets forth information concerning the unexercised
options that are held by the Named Executive Officers as of the end of fiscal
year 1997. No options were exercised by the Named Executive Officers in fiscal
year 1997. No stock appreciation rights were exercised by the Named Executive
Officers in fiscal year 1997 or were outstanding at the end of that year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
OPTIONS AT FY-END(#) FY- END($)(1)
-------------------------- ----------------------------------
NAME EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ------------- ------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Larry J. Ford.............................................. 147,295 343,687 0 0
Richard L. Tanler.......................................... 93,738 151,752 2,700 0
Robin L. Pederson.......................................... 0 172,000 0 0
Mary K. Trick.............................................. 6,000 62,000 0 0
Rory C. (Butch) Terrien.................................... 39,600 60,400 1,500 0
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Based on the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at fiscal
year-end (January 31, 1997) ($1.13 per share), as determined by the
Company's Board of Directors, less the exercise price payable for such
shares.
STOCK PLANS
1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
The Company's 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") was adopted by the
Board on September 23, 1997, subject to stockholder approval. The number of
shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan is equal to (i)
1,000,000 plus (ii) 332,667 the aggregate number of shares remaining available
for grants under the Company's 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "Predecessor Plan")
on July 31, 1997. As of February 1 of each year, commencing with the year 1999,
the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan will be increased
automatically by the lesser of (i) 3.5% of the total number of shares of Common
Stock then outstanding or (ii) 400,000 shares. As of September 24, 1997, no
options had been granted under the Plan. Under the Plan, employees, non-employee
members of the Board ("Outside Directors") and consultants may be awarded
options to purchase shares of Common Stock, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"),
restricted shares or stock units (collectively, the "Awards"). Options may be
incentive stock options designed to satisfy Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") or nonstatutory stock options not designed
to meet such requirements. If restricted shares or shares issued upon the
exercise of options granted under this Plan or the Predecessor Plan are
forfeited, then such shares will again become available for awards under the
Plan. If stock units, options or SARs granted under this Plan or the Predecessor
Plan are forfeited or terminate for any other reason before being exercised,
then the corresponding shares will again become available for awards under the
Plan.
The Plan is administered by the Company's Compensation Committee (the
"Committee"). The Committee has the complete discretion to determine which
eligible individuals are to receive any award, determine the
45
<PAGE>
type, number, vesting requirements and other features and conditions of such
award, interpret the Plan and make all other decisions relating to the operation
of the Plan.
The exercise price for non-qualified and incentive stock options granted
under the Plan may not be less than 85% or 100%, respectively, of the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the option grant date and may be paid in
cash or in outstanding shares of Common Stock. Options may also be exercised by
using a cashless exercise method, a pledge of shares to a broker or promissory
note. The payment for the award of newly issued restricted shares will be made
in cash, by promissory note or the rendering of past or future services.
The Committee has the authority to modify, extend or assume outstanding
options and SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options or SARs
in return for the grant of new options or SARs for the same or a different
number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price.
Each Outside Director who first becomes a member of the Board after the date
of the offering will receive a one-time option grant for 8,000 shares of Common
Stock upon taking office. This option grant for 8,000 shares will become
exercisable with respect to 20% of the shares upon the completion of twelve
months of Board service and with respect to the balance of the shares in equal
installments on a monthly basis thereafter for the next four years of service.
Upon the conclusion of each regular annual meeting of the Company's stockholders
held in the 1998 calendar year and thereafter, each Outside Director who will
continue to serve as a Board member will receive an option for 1,600 shares of
Common Stock, except that an Outside Director will not receive an annual grant
for 1,600 shares in the same year he or she received the one-time option grant
for 8,000 shares. The option for 1,600 shares will become exercisable upon the
completion of sixty months of Board service. The exercisability of each
8,000-share or 1,600-share option granted to an Outside Director will accelerate
in the event of the optionee's death, disability or retirement at age 65 and may
accelerate in the event of a Change in Control (as defined below).
The Board may decide to implement a program that allows an Outside Director
to elect to receive his or her annual retainer payments and meeting fees from
the Company in the form of cash, options, restricted shares, stock units or a
combination thereof. The number and terms of such options, restricted shares or
stock units to be granted to Outside Directors in lieu of annual retainers and
meeting fees will be calculated in a manner determined by the Board.
Upon a Change in Control, an Award will become fully exercisable as to all
shares subject to such Award if such Award is not assumed by the surviving
corporation or its parent and the surviving corporation or its parent does not
substitute such Award with another award of substantially the same terms. In the
event of an involuntary termination within 12 months following a Change in
Control, the vesting of an Award will accelerate, as if the holder of the Award
performed services for the Company for one additional year.
A Change in Control includes (i) a merger or consolidation of the Company
after which the Company's then current stockholders own less than 50% of the
surviving corporation, (ii) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company, (iii) a proxy contest that results in replacement of more than
one-third of the directors over a 24-month period or (iv) acquisition of 50% or
more of the Company's outstanding stock by a person other than a trustee of any
of the Company's employee benefit plans or a corporation owned by the
stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their stock
ownership in the Company. In the event of a merger or other reorganization,
outstanding options, SARs, restricted shares and stock units will be subject to
the agreement of merger or reorganization, which may provide for the assumption
of outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent, for their
continuation by the Company (if the Company is a surviving corporation), for
accelerated vesting and accelerated expiration, for settlement in cash or for
cancellation of the outstanding Awards.
The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time. Amendments may be
subject to stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable laws.
46
<PAGE>
1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The Board adopted the Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"Purchase Plan") on September 23, 1997, subject to stockholder approval. A total
of 200,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the
Purchase Plan. The Purchase Plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the
Code. Each calendar year, two overlapping offering periods each with a duration
of 18 months will commence on and (except that the first offering
period will commence on the effective date of the offering and end on July 31,
1999). Each offering period contains three six-month accumulation periods, with
purchases occurring at the end of each six-month accumulation period. However,
the initial accumulation period will begin on the effective date of the offering
and end on 1998. The Purchase Plan will be administered by the Committee.
Each employee will be eligible to participate if he or she is (i) employed by
the Company for at least 20 hours per week for more than five months per year
and (ii) is an employee on the effective date of the offering or has been
employed by the Company for at least three consecutive months. The Purchase Plan
permits each eligible employee to purchase Common Stock through payroll
deductions, which may not exceed 15% of an employee's compensation, nor more
than 500 shares on any purchase date. The price of each share of Common Stock
purchased under the Purchase Plan will be 85% of the lower of (i) the fair
market value per share of Common Stock on the date immediately prior to the
first date of the applicable offering period (except that in the case of the
first offering period, the price per share will be the price offered to the
public in the offering) or (ii) the date at the end of the applicable
accumulation period. Employees may end their participation in the Purchase Plan
at any time during the accumulation period, and participation ends automatically
upon termination of employment with the Company.
In the event of a Change in Control, all offering periods and accumulation
periods will terminate and each outstanding purchase right will be exercised.
The Board may amend or terminate the Purchase Plan at any time. However, the
Board may not, without stockholder approval, increase the number of shares of
Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan.
401(K) PLAN
The Company has adopted a 401(k) retirement savings plan referred to as the
"Information Advantage, Inc. Employees 401(k) Plan." This plan is available to
all employees who have attained age 21 and have completed six months of service.
An employee may contribute, on a pre-tax basis, up to 20% of the employee's
wages from the Company to limitations specified under the Internal Revenue Code.
Under the terms of the Information Advantage, Inc. Employees 401(k) Plan, the
Company may match employee contributions up to six percent of the employee's
compensation and may make discretionary profit sharing contributions, but has
not elected to do either. Contributions are allocated to each employee's
individual account and are, at the employee's election, invested in one, all, or
some combination of the investment funds available under this 401(k) plan.
Employee contributions are fully vested and non-forfeitable. Employees will vest
in any Company contributions at the rate of 20% for each year of service.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE IN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
The Company does not currently have any employment contracts in effect with
any Named Executive Officers other than Richard L. Tanler, Chairman of the Board
and Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and Marketing; Larry J. Ford,
President and Chief Executive Officer; Robin L. Pederson, Vice President,
Worldwide Sales; and Rory C. (Butch) Terrien, Vice President, Product
Development.
The Company and Mr. Tanler are parties to an employment agreement and an
amendment thereto dated June 11, 1992 and April 27, 1995, respectively,
governing his employment with the Company. The agreement sets forth Mr. Tanler's
compensation level and eligibility for salary increases, bonuses, benefits and
option grants under the 1992 Stock Option Plan. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr.
Tanler's employment is voluntary and may be terminated by the Company or Mr.
Tanler at any time with 30 days prior written notice, provided however, that if
the Company terminates Mr. Tanler's employment without cause, Mr. Tanler shall
receive an amount equal to
47
<PAGE>
his base salary per month at the end of each of the six months immediately
following the date of termination but in no event shall he receive any such
payments after he gains employment elsewhere. The Company may immediately
terminate Mr. Tanler's employment for cause upon written notice with no further
obligation to Mr. Tanler.
The Company and Mr. Ford are parties to an employment agreement and an
amendment thereto dated April 19, 1995 and May 23, 1995, respectively, governing
his employment with the Company. The agreement sets forth Mr. Ford's
compensation level and eligibility for salary increases, bonuses, benefits and
option grants under the 1992 Stock Option Plan. Mr. Ford's employment with the
Company under the agreement is voluntary and may be terminated by the Company or
Mr. Ford at any time with 30 days prior written notice, provided that if the
Company terminates Mr. Ford's employment for reasons other than cause, Company
shall pay to Mr. Ford a sum equal to his current base salary for a period of six
months following such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Mr. Ford's
employment is terminated (for reasons other than cause) due to a "change in
control of the Company" (defined to mean the acquisition by a person not
currently a stockholder of the Company of shares of Company stock representing
more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding shares), Mr. Ford shall
receive a sum equal to his then current base salary for an additional 12 month
period. The Company may terminate Mr. Ford's employment for cause without notice
and without any further obligation to Mr. Ford. The agreement also provides for
full acceleration of vesting of his unvested stock options or shares if one of
the following events shall occur: (i) the sale by the Company of all or
substantially all of its assets and the discontinuance of its business; or (ii)
a change in control of the Company (as previously defined) resulting in the
termination of Mr. Ford's employment with the Company, a substantial change in
the scope of Mr. Ford's employment responsibilities, or job relocation.
The Company and Mr. Anderson are parties to a letter agreement executed on
November 4, 1996 governing his employment with the Company. The agreement sets
forth Mr. Anderson's compensation level and eligibility for salary increases,
bonuses, benefits and option grants under the 1992 Stock Option Plan. Pursuant
to the agreement, Mr. Anderson is entitled to receive, in the event of
termination of employment for reasons other than cause or if Mr. Anderson is not
employed in a capacity comparable to his then current position due to a change
of ownership of the Company, a sum equal to 12 months of base compensation. The
agreement also provides for accelerated vesting of unvested stock options if a
change of ownership of the Company occurs. If the change of ownership occurs
within the first two years of Mr. Anderson's first day of employment with the
Company and the Company is still privately owned, 75% of the unvested options or
shares shall vest, up to a maximum gain to Mr. Anderson of $1.2 million.
Conversely, if the change of ownership occurs after an initial public offering
of Company shares, all his unvested options shall immediately vest.
The Company and Mr. Parker are parties to an employment agreement dated June
11, 1992 governing his employment with the Company. The agreement sets forth Mr.
Parker's compensation level and eligibility for salary increases, bonuses,
benefits and option grants under the 1992 Stock Option Plan. Pursuant to the
agreement, Mr. Parker's employment is voluntary and may be terminated by the
Company or Mr. Parker at any time with 30 days prior written notice, provided
however, that if the Company terminates Mr. Parker's employment without cause,
Mr. Parker shall receive an amount equal to his base salary per month at the end
of each of the six months immediately following the date of termination but in
no event shall he receive any such payments after he gains employment elsewhere.
The Company may immediately terminate Mr. Parker's employment for cause upon
written notice with no further obligation to Mr. Parker.
The Company and Mr. Pederson are parties to a letter agreement dated March
6, 1996 governing his employment with the Company. The agreement sets forth Mr.
Pederson's compensation level and eligibility for salary increases, bonuses,
benefits and option grants under the 1992 Stock Option Plan. Pursuant to the
agreement, Mr. Pederson is entitled to receive, in the event of termination of
Mr. Pederson's employment with the Company (for reasons other than cause) or if
Mr. Pederson is not employed in a capacity comparable to his then current
position due to a change in ownership of the Company, a sum equal to 12 months
of base compensation. The agreement also provides for accelerated vesting of any
unvested stock options or shares in the event of a change in ownership of the
Company. If Mr. Pederson is employed by the acquiring or surviving
48
<PAGE>
entity in a capacity comparable to his then current position, 50% of his
unvested stock options or shares shall immediately vest; the remaining 50% shall
vest over the subsequent 24 months at a rate of 50% per year. Conversely, if Mr.
Pederson's employment with the acquiring or surviving entity is terminated (for
reasons other than cause) or if Mr. Pederson is not retained by such acquiring
or surviving entity in a capacity comparable to his then current position with
the Company, all his unvested stock options shall immediately vest, up to a
maximum gain to Mr. Pederson of $4.0 million.
The Company and Mr. Terrien are parties to an employment agreement dated
June 11, 1992 governing his employment with the Company. The agreement sets
forth Mr. Terrien's compensation level and eligibility for salary increases,
bonuses, benefits and option grants under the 1992 Stock Option Plan. Pursuant
to the agreement, Mr. Terrien's employment is voluntary and may be terminated by
the Company or Mr. Terrien at any time with 30 days prior written notice,
provided however, that if the Company terminates Mr. Terrien's employment
without cause, Mr. Terrien shall receive an amount equal to his base salary per
month at the end of each of the six months immediately following the date of
termination but in no event shall he receive any such payments after he gains
employment elsewhere. The Company may immediately terminate Mr. Terrien's
employment for cause upon written notice to Mr. Terrien.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The Compensation Committee of the Company's Board was formed in 1993, and
the members of the Compensation Committee are Drs. Boswell and Haque and Mr.
Hollis. None of these individuals was at any time during the year ended January
31, 1997, or at any other time, an officer or employee of the Company. No member
of the Compensation Committee of the Company serves as a member of the board of
directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive
officers serving as a member of the Company's Board or Compensation Committee.
49
<PAGE>
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS AND 5% STOCKHOLDERS
Since the Company's inception, the Company has raised capital primarily
through the sale of its Preferred Stock. In June 1995 the Company sold 3,010,515
shares of Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock at a price of $2.38
per share. In March 1996, the Company sold 1,514,837 shares of Series C
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock at a price of $3.25 per share. In
February 1997 the Company sold 1,399,992 shares of Series D Convertible
Redeemable Preferred Stock at a price of $5.00 per share. The following table
summarizes the shares of Preferred Stock purchased by executive officers,
directors and 5% stockholders of the Company and persons associated with them
since September 1994.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SERIES B SERIES C SERIES D
PREFERRED PREFERRED PREFERRED
INVESTOR STOCK STOCK STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Entities affiliated with Norwest Equity Partners(1).............................. 519,665 461,538 501,123
Entities affiliated with St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc.(2)....................... 519,665 183,579 200,000
Pathfinder Venture Capital Fund III.............................................. 223,827 61,538 50,000
Entities affiliated with Sutter Hill Ventures(3)................................. 863,469 99,147 197,568
Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures(4)....................................... 842,105 93,651 100,000
Entities affiliated with Weiss, Peck & Greer(5).................................. -- 615,384 121,049
Donald R. Hollis................................................................. -- -- 40,000
William H. Younger, Jr.(6)....................................................... 59,497 6,621 12,784
Donald W. Anderson............................................................... -- -- 20,000
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) Includes shares purchased by Norwest Equity Partners IV, a Minnesota Limited
Partnership and Norwest Equity Partners V, a Minnesota Limited Partnership.
Dr. Haque is a partner of Itasca Partners and Itasca Partners V, which are
the General Partners of Norwest Equity Partners IV and Norwest Equity
Partners V, respectively.
(2) Includes shares purchased by The St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
and St. Paul Venture Capital IV, L.L.C. Dr. Boswell is the Executive Vice
President of St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc., which is an affiliate of The
St. Paul Fire and Marine Company and the managing member of St. Paul Venture
Capital IV, L.L.C.
(3) Includes shares purchased by Sutter Hill Ventures, a California Limited
Partnership, William H. Younger, Jr. and 15 other individuals and entities
associated with Sutter Hill Ventures. Mr. Younger is a General Partner of
Sutter Hill Ventures.
(4) Includes shares purchased by Menlo Ventures VI, L.P. and Menlo Entrepeneur
Fund VI, L.P.
(5) Includes shares purchased by WPG Enterprise Fund II, L.P. and Weiss, Peck &
Greer Venture Associates III, L.P.
(6) Includes shares purchased by Mr. Younger as Trustee of a living trust.
In April 1996, the Company loaned $70,000 to Richard L. Tanler, the
Company's Chairman of the Board and Senior Vice President of Strategic Planning
and Marketing. In conjunction with the loan, Mr. Tanler issued a promissory note
to the Company for $70,000, bearing interest at the rate of 5.33% per annum,
which note is payable 60 days after demand by the Company. As of October 9,
1997, there had been no payments on the loan and the aggregate indebtedness
under the loan was $75,581.
In August 1996, Donald R. Hollis, a director of the Company, was granted an
option to purchase 8,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.13
per share in conjunction with becoming a director. Also in
50
<PAGE>
August 1996, Mr. Hollis received an option to purchase 2,000 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $1.13 per share in conjunction with entering into
a consulting agreement with the Company.
In July 1997, in connection with the acceptance of an employment offer, Mark
Furtney, the Company's Vice President, Engineering, was granted an option to
purchase 40,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of
$2.13 per share.
In August 1997, the Company granted Ronald E.F. Codd an option to purchase
8,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.75 per share in
conjunction with becoming a director.
The Company also has granted additional options to certain of its executive
officers. Such options are described further in the Management Section under
"Executive Compensation" and "Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year."
The Company believes that all of the transactions set forth herein were made
on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have been obtained from
unaffiliated third parties. All future transactions, including loans (if any),
between the Company and its officers, directors, and principal stockholders and
their affiliates will be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors,
including a majority of the independent and disinterested outside directors of
the Board of Directors, and will be on terms no less favorable to the Company
than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
The Company has entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Ford,
Tanler, Anderson, Parker, Pederson and Terrien. See "Management--Employment
Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements."
INDEMNIFICATION
The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of
its directors for monetary damages arising from a breach of their fiduciary duty
as directors, except to the extent otherwise required by the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Such limitation of liability does not affect the availability
of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.
The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its directors
and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including in
circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware
law. The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers
and directors containing provisions that may require the Company, among other
things, to indemnify such officers and directors against certain liabilities
that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers
(other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature),
to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as
to which they could be indemnified, and to obtain directors' and officers'
insurance if available on reasonable terms.
51
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information known to the Company
regarding beneficial ownership of its Common Stock as of July 31, 1997, and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of shares offered hereby and the conversion of all
outstanding shares by Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, by (i) each
person who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than five percent of
the Company's Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors, (iii) each of
the Named Executive Officers and (iv) all current executive officers and
directors as a group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENT BENEFICIALLY
NUMBER OF OWNED(1)(2)(3)
SHARES --------------------
BENEFICIALLY BEFORE AFTER
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1) OWNED(1)(2) OFFERING OFFERING
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------ --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Entities affiliated with Norwest Equity Partners(4)............................ 3,048,700 27.86%
2800 Piper Jaffray Tower
222 South Ninth Street
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Entities affiliated with St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc.(5)..................... 2,469,618 22.57
8500 Normandale Lake Blvd.
Suite 1940
Bloomington, MN 55437
Pathfinder Venture Capital Fund III(6)......................................... 1,253,445 11.57
Suite 585, One Corporate Center
7300 Metro Blvd.
Edina, MN 55439
Entities affiliated with Sutter Hill Ventures(7)............................... 1,201,968 11.35
755 Page Mill Road, Suite A-200
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Entities affiliated with Menlo Ventures(8)..................................... 1,035,756 9.78
3000 Sand Hill Road
Bldg. 4, Suite 100
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Entities affiliated with Weiss, Peck & Greer(9)................................ 736,433 6.96
555 California Street
Suite 3130
San Francisco, CA 94104
Larry J. Ford(10).............................................................. 196,392 1.82
Robin L. Pederson.............................................................. 34,400 *
Richard L. Tanler(11).......................................................... 157,247 1.47
Mary K. Trick(12).............................................................. 19,600 *
Rory C. (Butch) Terrien(13).................................................... 50,000 *
Ronald E.F. Codd............................................................... 0 *
Fredric R. (Rick) Boswell(5)................................................... 2,469,618 22.57
Promod Haque(4)................................................................ 3,048,700 27.86
Donald R. Hollis(14)........................................................... 42,000 *
Jay H. Wein(15)................................................................ 333,359 3.14
William H. Younger, Jr.(7)..................................................... 1,201,968 11.35
All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)(16)............... 7,588,484 68.80
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock.
52
<PAGE>
(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting or investment power
with respect to securities. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for
each listed stockholder is c/o Information Advantage Software, Inc., 7905
Golden Triangle Drive, Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344-7227. To the Company's
knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant
to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have
sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common
Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned includes
shares issuable pursuant to warrants and stock options that are exercisable
within 60 days of July 31, 1997.
(2) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. See
"Underwriting."
(3) Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 10,586,553 shares of Common
Stock outstanding as of July 31, 1997 and shares of Common Stock to
be outstanding after the closing of this offering. Shares issuable pursuant
to warrants and stock options are deemed outstanding for computing the
percentage of the person holding such warrants or options but are not
deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.
(4) Includes 1,575,799 shares held by Norwest Equity Partners IV, a Minnesota
Limited Partnership, 1,117,908 shares held by Norwest Equity Partners V, a
Minnesota Limited Partnership and 354,993 shares of Common Stock issuable
pursuant to warrants held by Norwest Equity Partners IV, a Minnesota
Limited Partnership which may be exercised within 60 days after July 31,
1997. Dr. Haque is a partner of Itasca Partners and Itasca Partners V,
which are the General Partners of Norwest Equity Partners IV, a Minnesota
Limited Partnership and Norwest Equity Partners V, a Minnesota Limited
Partnership, respectively. Dr. Haque disclaims beneficial ownership of the
shares held by Norwest Equity Partners IV, a Minnesota Limited Partnership
and Norwest Equity Partners V, a Minnesota Limited Partnership, except to
the extent of his pecuniary interest therein arising from his partnership
interests in Itasca Partners and Itasca Partners V.
(5) Includes 1,914,625 shares held by The St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance
Company, 200,000 shares held by St. Paul Venture Capital IV, L.L.C. and
354,993 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to warrants held by The
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company which may be exercised within 60
days after July 31, 1997. Dr. Boswell is the Executive Vice President of
St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc., which is an affiliate of The St. Paul Fire
and Marine Insurance Company and a managing member of St. Paul Venture
Capital IV, L.L.C. Dr. Boswell disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares
held by The St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company and St. Paul Venture
Capital IV, L.L.C.
(6) Includes 251,414 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to a warrant
which may be exercised within 60 days after July 31, 1997.
(7) Includes 716,632 shares of Common Stock held by Sutter Hill Ventures, a
California Limited Partnership ("Sutter Hill"), 78,902 shares held by Mr.
William H. Younger, Jr. as Trustee of a living trust and 406,434 shares
held of record for 15 other individuals and entities associated with Sutter
Hill. Mr. Younger is a General Partner of Sutter Hill and shares voting and
investment power with respect to the shares held by Sutter Hill. Mr.
Younger disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Sutter Hill
and the individuals and entities associated with Sutter Hill, except as to
the shares held of record in his name and as to his partnership interest in
Sutter Hill.
(8) Includes 1,020,449 shares held by Menlo Ventures VI, L.P. and 15,307 shares
held by Menlo Entrepreneur Fund VI, L.P.
(9) Includes 334,340 shares of Common Stock shares held by Weiss, Peck & Greer
Venture Associates III, L.P., and 402,093 shares of Common Stock shares
held by WPG Enterprise Fund II, L.P.
(10) Includes 196,392 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to stock options
which may be exercised within 60 days after July 31, 1997.
53
<PAGE>
(11) Includes 128,676 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to stock options
which may be exercised within 60 days after July 31, 1997.
(12) Includes 19,600 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to stock options
which may be exercised within 60 days after July 31, 1997.
(13) Includes 50,000 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to stock options
which may be exercised within 60 days after July 31, 1997.
(14) Includes 2,000 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to stock options
which may be exercised within 60 days after July 31, 1997.
(15) Includes 18,000 shares of Common Stock held in the aggregate by Douglas C.
Wein, Steven L. Wein and Patricia J. Bazany, children of Mr. Wein, over
which Mr. Wein retains voting power. Also includes 12,000 shares of Common
Stock issuable pursuant to stock options and 16,666 shares of Common Stock
issuable pursuant to warrants, all of which may be exercised within 60
days after July 31, 1997.
(16) Includes 443,868 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to stock
options, and 978,066 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to warrants,
all of which may be exercised within 60 days after July 31, 1997. If the
over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number and percentage of
shares beneficially owned will be and %, respectively.
54
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
Upon the closing of this offering, the authorized capital stock of the
Company will consist of 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, and
5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value.
COMMON STOCK
As of July 31, 1997, there were 10,586,553 shares of Common Stock
outstanding that were held of record by approximately 72 stockholders. There
will be shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option and assuming no exercise after July 31,
1997, of outstanding options) after giving effect to the sale of the shares of
Common Stock to the public offered hereby and the conversion of the Company's
Preferred Stock into Common Stock at a one-to-one ratio.
The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock are
entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time
to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. See
"Dividend Policy." In the event of the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up
of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all
assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution
rights of Preferred Stock, if any, then outstanding. The Common Stock has no
preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no
redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All
outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the
shares of Common Stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be
fully paid and nonassessable.
PREFERRED STOCK
The Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes 5,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors has the authority to issue the Preferred
Stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion
rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation
preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation
of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance
of Preferred Stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in control of the Company without further action by the stockholders and
may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock.
The issuance of Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely
affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock, including the loss of
voting control to others. At present, the Company has no plans to issue any of
the Preferred Stock.
ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS
AND DELAWARE LAW
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that, upon the closing
of this offering, the Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of
directors, with each class serving a staggered three-year term. The
classification system of electing directors may tend to discourage a third party
from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the
Company and may maintain the incumbency of the Board of Directors, as the
classification of the Board of Directors generally increases the difficulty of
replacing a majority of the directors. The Certificate of Incorporation also
provides that, effective upon the closing of this offering, all stockholder
actions must be effected at a duly called meeting and not by a consent in
writing. The Company's Bylaws, effective upon the closing of this offering, will
not permit stockholders of the Company to call a special meeting of
stockholders. Further, provisions of the Bylaws and the Certificate of
Incorporation provide that the stockholders may amend the Bylaws or certain
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation only with the affirmative vote of
80% of the Company's capital stock. These provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and
could delay or prevent a change in control of the Company. These provisions are
intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the
composition of the Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by the
Board of Directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may
involve an actual or threatened change of control of the Company. These
55
<PAGE>
provisions are designed to reduce the vulnerability of the Company to an
unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage
certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could
have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for the
Company's shares and as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the
market price of the Company's shares that could result from actual or rumored
takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing
changes in the management of the Company. See "Risk Factors--Effect of Certain
Charter Provisions; Antitakeover Effects of Certificate of Incorporation,
Bylaws, and Delaware Law."
DELAWARE TAKEOVER STATUTE
The Company is subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law ("Section 203"), which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware
corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder
became an interested stockholder, unless: (i) prior to such date, the board of
directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the
transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
(ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder
becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least
85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the
transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of
shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also
officers and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not
have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the
plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (iii) on or subsequent
to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and
authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written
consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting
stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
Section 203 defines business combination to include: (i) any merger or
consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (ii) any
sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the
corporation involving the interested stockholder; (iii) subject to certain
exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the
corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; (iv)
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the
proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation
beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or (v) the receipt by the
interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees,
pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. In
general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person
beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by such entity or person.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
After this offering, the holders of approximately 10,685,503 shares of
Common Stock (assuming the exercise of all warrants to purchase Common Stock
held by holders of registration rights) will be entitled to certain rights with
respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. Under the
terms of the agreement between the Company and the holders of such registrable
securities, if the company proposes to register any of its securities under the
Securities Act, either for its own account or for the account of other security
holders exercising registration rights, such holders are entitled to notice of
such registration and are entitled to include share of such Common Stock
therein. Additionally, such holders are also entitled to certain demand
registration rights pursuant to which they may require the Company to file a
registration statement under the Securities Act at its expense with respect to
their shares of Common Stock, and the Company is required to use its best
efforts to effect such registration. Further, holders may require the Company to
file additional registration statements on Form S-3 at the Company's expense.
All of these registration rights are subject to certain conditions and
limitations, among them the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit
the number of shares included in such registration.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association, and its telephone number is (612) 450-4064.
56
<PAGE>
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have shares of Common
Stock outstanding. Of this amount, the shares offered hereby will be
available for immediate sale in the public market as of the date of this
Prospectus. Approximately additional shares will be available for sale in
the public market following the expiration of 180-day lockup agreements with the
Representatives of the Underwriters or the Company, subject in some cases to
compliance with the volume and other limitations of Rule 144.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APPROXIMATE SHARES
DAYS AFTER DATE OF ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE
THIS PROSPECTUS SALE COMMENT
- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------- --------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Upon Effectiveness.......................... Freely tradable shares sold in offering and
shares salable under Rule 144(k) that are
not subject to 180-day lockup
90 days..................................... 2,299 Shares salable under Rule 144, 144(k) or 701
that are not subject to 180-day lockup.
180 days.................................... 10,555,484 Lockup released; shares salable under Rule
144, 144(k) or 701
</TABLE>
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares for at least one
year is entitled to sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the greater
of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately
shares immediately after the offering) or (ii) the average weekly trading volume
during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale, subject to the filing of a
Form 144 with respect to such sale. A person (or persons whose shares are
aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at any
time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale who has beneficially
owned his or her shares for at least two years is entitled to sell such shares
pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described above.
Persons deemed to be affiliates must always sell pursuant to Rule 144, even
after the applicable holding periods have been satisfied.
The Company is unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold
under Rule 144, since this will depend on the market price for the Common Stock
of the Company, the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock,
and there can be no assurance that a significant public market for the Common
Stock will develop or be sustained after the offering. Any future sale of
substantial amounts of the Common Stock in the open market may adversely affect
the market price of the Common Stock offered hereby.
The Company, its directors, executive officers, stockholders with
registration rights and certain other stockholders and optionholders have agreed
pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and other agreements that they will not
sell any Common Stock without the prior consent of BancAmerica Robertson
Stephens for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus (the "180-day
Lockup Period"), except that the Company may, without such consent, grant
options and sell shares pursuant to the Company's stock plans.
Any employee of or consultant to the Company who purchased his or her shares
under the 1992 plan or pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract is
entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, which permits
nonaffiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the
public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of
Rule 144 and permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to
comply with the Rule 144 holding period restrictions, in each case commencing 90
days after the date of this Prospectus. As of July 31, 1997, the holders of
options exercisable into approximately 2,175,553 shares of Common Stock will be
eligible to sell their shares upon the expiration of the 180-day Lockup Period,
subject in certain cases to vesting of such options.
The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act to register 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock subject to
outstanding stock options or reserved for issuance under the 1997 Plan and the
Purchase Plan within 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, and thereafter
up to 2,508,200
57
<PAGE>
Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding stock options or reserved for
issuance under the 1992 Stock Option Plan thus permitting the resale of such
shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the
Securities Act.
In addition, after this offering, the holders of approximately 10,685,483
shares of Common Stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to
registration of such shares under the Securities Act. Registration of such
shares under the Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely
tradable without restriction under the Securities Act (except for shares
purchased by affiliates of the Company) immediately upon the effectiveness of
such registration. See "Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."
58
<PAGE>
UNDERWRITING
The Underwriters named below, acting through their representatives,
BancAmerica Robertson Stephens, Piper Jaffray Inc. and First Albany Corporation
(the "Representatives"), have severally agreed with the Company, subject to the
terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase the number of
shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their respective names below. The
Underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all shares if any are
purchased. In the event of default by an Underwriter, the Underwriting Agreement
provides that, in certain circumstances, purchase commitments of the
non-defaulting Underwriters may be increased or the Underwriting Agreement may
be terminated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER SHARES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
BancAmerica Robertson Stephens....................................................
Piper Jaffray Inc.................................................................
First Albany Corporation..........................................................
----------
Total...........................................................................
----------
----------
</TABLE>
The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters propose
to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public at the initial public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at
such price less a concession of not in excess of $ per share, of which
$ may be reallowed to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price, concession, and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by
the Representatives. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be
received by the Company as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable during
the 30-day period after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
additional shares of Common Stock at the same price per share as will be
paid for the shares that the Underwriters have agreed to purchase. To the
extent that the Underwriters exercise such option, each of the Underwriters will
have a firm commitment, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same percentage of such additional shares that the number of shares of
Common Stock to be purchased by it shown in the above table represents as a
percentage of the shares offered hereby. If purchased, such additional
shares will be sold by the Underwriters on the same terms as those on which the
shares are being sold.
The Underwriting Agreement contains covenants of indemnity among the
Underwriters and the Company against certain civil liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of
representations and warranties contained in the Underwriting Agreement.
Each officer and director who holds shares of the Company, each holder
(including such officers and directors) of shares of Common Stock and all
warrantholders of the Company and optionholders of the Company holding options
exercisable within the 180-day Lockup Period have agreed, for the 180 day Lockup
Period, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer to sell, contract to sell,
or otherwise sell (including without limitation in a short sale), dispose of,
loan, pledge or grant any rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock, any
options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock, or any securities
convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock
owned as of the date of this Prospectus directly by such holders or with respect
to which they have the power of disposition, without the prior written consent
of BancAmerica Robertson Stephens. However, BancAmerica Robertson Stephens may,
in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time without notice,
release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements.
There are no agreements between the Representatives and any of the Company's
stockholders providing consent by the Representatives to the sale of shares
prior to the expiration of the 180-day Lockup Period.
In addition, the Company has agreed that during the 180-day Lockup Period,
the Company will not, without the prior written consent of BancAmerica Robertson
Stephens, subject to certain exceptions, issue, offer
59
<PAGE>
to sell, sell, contract to sell (including without limitation in a short sale),
dispose of, loan, pledge or grant any rights with respect to any shares of
Common Stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock or
any securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock other than the Company's sale of shares in this offering, the
issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of outstanding options, and the
Company's issuance of options and shares under existing employee stock option
and stock purchase plans. See "Shares Eligible For Future Sale."
The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which
they exercise discretionary authority.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common
Stock offered hereby will be determined through negotiations among the Company
and the Representatives. Among the factors to be considered in such negotiations
are prevailing market conditions, certain financial information of the Company,
market valuations of other companies that the Company and the Representatives
believe to be comparable to the Company, estimates of the business potential of
the Company and the industry in which it competes, an assessment of the
Company's management, its past and present operations, the prospects for, and
timing of, future revenues of the Company, the present state of the Company's
development and other factors deemed relevant. There can be no assurance that an
active trading market will develop for the Common Stock or that the Common Stock
will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering at or above the
initial offering price.
The Representatives have advised the Company that, pursuant to Regulation M
under the Securities Act, certain persons participating in the Offering may
engage in transactions, including stabilizing bids, syndicate covering
transactions or the imposition of penalty bids which may have the effect of
stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the Common Stock at a level above
that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. A "stabilizing bid" is a
bid for or the purchase of the Common Stock on behalf of the Underwriters for
the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the Common Stock. A "syndicate
covering transaction" is the bid for or the purchase of the Common Stock on
behalf of the Underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the
Underwriters in connection with the Offering. A "penalty bid" is an arrangement
permitting the Representatives to reclaim the selling concession otherwise
accruing to an Underwriter or syndicate member in connection with the Offering
if the Common Stock originally sold by such Underwriter or syndicate member is
purchased by the Representatives in a syndicate covering transaction and has
therefore not been effectively placed by such Underwriter or syndicate member.
The Representatives have advised the Company that such transactions may be
effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.
The Underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering
price, up to 5% of the Common Stock offered hereby for certain individuals
designated by the Company who have expressed an interest in purchasing such
shares of Common Stock in the offering. The number of shares available for sale
to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such
reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered
hereby.
60
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, Menlo
Park, California. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be
passed upon for the Company by Briggs and Morgan, Professional Association,
Minneapolis, Minnesota. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering
will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP,
Palo Alto, California.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements as of January 31, 1996 and 1997 and
for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 1997 included in
this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission"), Washington, D.C. 20549, a Registration Statement on Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This
Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedules to the Registration Statement. For
further information with respect to the Company and such Common Stock offered
hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement. Statements contained in
this Prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document
referred to are not necessarily complete; reference is made in each instance to
the copy of such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement. Each such statement is qualified in all respects by such reference to
such exhibit. The Registration Statement, including exhibits and schedules
thereto, may be inspected without charge at the Commission's principal office in
Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from
such office after payment of fees prescribed by the Commission. The Commission
maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
Commission at http://www.sec.gov.
61
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
Report of Independent Accountants..................................................... F-2
<S> <C>
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 31, 1996 and 1997 and July 31, 1997
(Unaudited)....................................................................... F-3
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Years Ended January 311995, 1996 and
1997 and for the Six Months Ended July 31, 1996 and 1997 (Unaudited).............. F-4
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended January
31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and for the Six Months Ended July 31, 1997 (Unaudited).... F-5
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 31, 1995, 1996 and
1997 and for the Six Months Ended July 31, 1996 and 1997 (Unaudited).............. F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................... F-7
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Information Advantage Software, Inc.
The stock split and reincorporation described in Note 14 to the consolidated
financial statements have not been consummated at October 8, 1997. When they
have been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:
"In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' deficit and of cash
flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Information Advantage Software, Inc. and its subsidiary at January 31, 1997
and 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended January 31, 1997, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted
our audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above."
/s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 25, 1997, except as to
Note 14, which is as of
October 8, 1997
F-2
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31,
--------------------
1996 1997
--------- --------- JULY 31, 1997
------------------------
ACTUAL PRO FORMA
----------- -----------
(UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)
(NOTE 2)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents......................................... $ 1,939 $ 874 $ 3,100 $ 3,100
Accounts receivable............................................... 1,562 3,215 3,796 3,796
Receivable from officer........................................... -- 70 72 72
Prepaid expenses and other current assets......................... 112 318 608 608
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Total current assets............................................ 3,613 4,477 7,576 7,576
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Furniture and equipment............................................. 611 1,294 1,460 1,460
Other assets........................................................ 97 147 123 123
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
$ 4,321 $ 5,918 $ 9,159 $ 9,159
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Current portion--long-term debt................................... $ 275 $ 790 $ 868 $ 868
Accounts payable.................................................. 419 580 627 627
Accrued expenses.................................................. 552 1,838 2,305 2,305
Deferred revenue.................................................. 1,270 3,371 3,712 3,712
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Total current liabilities....................................... 2,516 6,579 7,512 7,512
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Long-term debt, less current portion................................ 275 1,244 1,030 1,030
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Total liabilities............................................... 2,791 7,823 8,542 8,542
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTES 6 and 8)
Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value.... 5,337 5,337 5,337 --
Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value.... 7,150 7,150 7,150 --
Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value.... -- 4,923 4,923 --
Series D convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value.... -- -- 7,000 --
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized;
979,268, 1,059,148, 1,103,219 and 10,586,553 shares issued and
outstanding, respectively....................................... 10 11 11 106
Additional paid-in-capital........................................ 847 1007 1260 25,575
Cumulative translation adjustments................................ 19 19 11 11
Accumulated deficit............................................... (11,833) (20,352) (25,075) (25,075)
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)................................ (10,957) (19,315) (23,793) 617
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
$ 4,321 $ 5,918 $ 9,159 $ 9,159
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
--------- --------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, JULY 31,
-------------------------------- ---------------------
1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
License..................................................... $ 1,826 $ 2,686 $ 6,491 $ 2,952 $ 5,009
Service..................................................... 1,991 2,956 5,255 2,209 5,139
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Total revenues........................................ 3,817 5,642 11,746 5,161 10,148
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Cost of revenues:
License..................................................... 72 118 132 58 77
Service..................................................... 1,636 2,129 3,308 1,380 3,424
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Total cost of revenues................................ 1,708 2,247 3,440 1,438 3,501
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Gross margin.................................................. 2,109 3,395 8,306 3,723 6,647
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing......................................... 3,406 3,854 11,350 4,320 7,728
Research and development.................................... 2,162 2,089 3,189 1,265 2,355
General and administrative.................................. 853 1,247 2,147 953 1173
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Total operating expenses.............................. 6,421 7,190 16,686 6,538 11,256
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Loss from operations.......................................... (4,312) (3,795) (8,380) (2,815) (4,609)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense............................................ (102) (110) (244) (114) (122)
Interest income............................................. 19 116 148 103 82
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Total other income (expense).......................... (83) 6 (96) (11) (40)
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Net loss...................................................... $ (4,395) $ (3,789) $ (8,476) $ (2,826) $ (4,649)
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
--------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share........................ $ (0.76) $ (0.42)
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
Shares used in computing unaudited pro forma net loss per
share....................................................... 11,100,635 11,162,615
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL CUMULATIVE TOTAL
---------------------- PAID-IN TRANSLATION ACCUMULATED STOCKHOLDERS'
SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS DEFICIT DEFICIT
--------- ----------- ----------- --------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, January 31, 1994............... 973,659 $ 10 $ 841 $ -- $ (3,606) $ (2,755)
Preferred stock issuance costs........ -- -- -- -- (17) (17)
Stock options......................... 2,000 -- 2 -- -- 2
Translation adjustments............... -- -- -- -- -- --
Net loss.............................. -- -- -- -- (4,395) (4,395)
--
--------- ----------- --- ------------- -------------
Balance, January 31, 1995............... 975,659 10 843 -- (8,018) (7,165)
Preferred stock issuance costs........ -- -- -- -- (26) (26)
Stock options......................... 3,600 -- 4 -- -- 4
Translation adjustments............... -- -- -- 19 -- 19
Net loss.............................. -- -- -- -- (3,789) (3,789)
--
--------- ----------- --- ------------- -------------
Balance, January 31, 1996............... 979,259 10 847 19 (11,833) (10,957)
Preferred stock issuance costs........ -- -- -- -- (43) (43)
Stock options......................... 79,880 1 160 -- -- 161
Translation adjustments............... -- -- -- -- -- --
Net loss.............................. -- -- -- -- (8,476) (8,476)
--
--------- ----------- --- ------------- -------------
Balance, January 31, 1997............... 1,059,139 11 1,007 19 (20,352) (19,315)
Preferred stock issuance costs
(unaudited)......................... -- -- -- -- (74) (74)
Stock options (unaudited)............. 44,080 -- 253 -- -- 253
Translation adjustments (unaudited)... -- -- -- (8) -- (8)
Net loss (unaudited).................. -- -- -- -- (4,649) (4,649)
--
--------- ----------- --- ------------- -------------
Balance, July 31, 1997 (unaudited)...... 1,103,219 $ 11 $ 1,260 $ 11 $ (25,075) $ (23,793)
--
--
--------- ----------- --- ------------- -------------
--------- ----------- --- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, JULY 31,
------------------------------- --------------------
1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss............................................................ $ (4,395) $ (3,789) $ (8,476) $ (2,826) $ (4,649)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization..................................... 242 193 470 123 523
Interest expense converted to preferred stock..................... -- 58 -- -- --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable............................................. 256 (801) (1,653) (188) (581)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets....................... (111) (1) (276) (170) (291)
Accounts payable................................................ 53 15 162 97 46
Accrued expenses................................................ 267 27 1,286 229 467
Deferred revenue................................................ 431 670 2,101 609 342
Other........................................................... 71 (18) (50) (14) 15
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net cash used by operating activities......................... (3,186) (3,646) (6,436) (2,140) (4,128)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Additions to furniture and equipment................................ (231) (32) (592) (231) (222)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net cash used by investing activities............................... (231) (32) (592) (231) (222)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from exercise of stock options............................. 2 4 86 20 49
Proceeds from sale of convertible redeemable preferred stock, net
of expenses....................................................... 2,483 5,067 4,880 4,880 6,926
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable-stockholders................ 1,000 1,000 -- -- --
Borrowings of note payable--bank.................................... 90 -- -- -- --
Repayments of note payable--bank.................................... -- (435) -- -- --
Proceeds from long-term debt........................................ -- -- 1,500 1,500 --
Principal payments on long-term debt................................ (170) (217) (502) (209) (399)
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities........................... 3,405 5,419 5,964 6,191 6,576
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents.................. (12) 1,741 (1,064) 3,820 2,226
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period........................ 210 198 1,939 1,939 874
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.............................. $ 198 $ 1,939 $ 874 $ 5,759 $ 3,100
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for interest.............................. $ 105 $ 132 $ 234 $ 103 $ 111
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 1--ORGANIZATION
Information Advantage develops, markets and supports enterprise scalable
on-line analytical processing software that is designed to allow large numbers
of users to access and analyze large amounts of data to make quick and more
informed business decisions. The Company's relational server-based solution,
DecisionSuite, provides powerful, robust and flexible analysis processing
capabilities that transform raw data into meaningful information from a wide
range of desktop and Internet platforms. The Company also provides a
comprehensive range of related training, consulting and customer support
services.
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements include accounts of the Company and
Information Advantage International, Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary operating
in the United Kingdom. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated.
Information as of July 31, 1997 and for the six months ended July 31, 1996
and 1997 is unaudited. The information furnished in the unaudited July 31, 1996
and 1997 financial statements includes all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring accruals, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary
for a fair presentation of such financial statements.
PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)
If the offering contemplated by this Prospectus is consummated, all of the
convertible redeemable preferred stock outstanding at the closing date will be
converted share for share into shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma
balance sheet as of July 31, 1997, reflects the conversion of outstanding
convertible redeemable preferred stock at July 31, 1997 into 9,483,334 shares of
common stock.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
All assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign subsidiary are
translated from foreign currencies to U.S. dollars at period end rates of
exchange, while the consolidated statement of operations is translated at the
average exchange rates during the period. Translation adjustments arising from
the translation of net assets located outside of the United States into U.S.
dollars are recorded as a separate component of stockholders' equity.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to
be cash equivalents.
F-7
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Cash and cash equivalents are valued at amounts which approximate fair
value. The fair value of all other financial instruments approximates cost as
stated.
REVENUE RECOGNITION AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
Revenues derived from software licenses are recognized upon execution of a
license agreement, delivery of the software product and fulfillment of other
revenue recognition requirements. For software provided for demonstration or
pilot purposes, or where significant post-delivery obligations exist, revenues
are not recognized until execution of a license agreement and fulfillment of all
revenue recognition requirements. Revenues derived from maintenance contracts
which are bundled with the initial licenses and all revenues from extended
maintenance contracts are deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the
maintenance contract. Revenues from maintenance contracts are included in
services revenues. Revenue from training and consulting services are recognized
as the services are performed. The Company's policy is in compliance with the
provisions of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Statement
of Position 91-1, "Software Revenue Recognition."
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to credit risk
consist primarily of accounts receivable. The Company grants credit to customers
in the ordinary course of business. Three different customers accounted for
approximately 49% of total revenues during 1995. Different individual customers
accounted for approximately 14% and 10% of revenues during 1996 and 1997,
respectively. Receivables from the individual significant customer in 1996
represented approximately 9% of total receivables at January 31, 1996. There are
no other significant concentrations of receivables.
Accounts receivable are stated net of the related allowance for doubtful
accounts of $21 and $101 as of January 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Expenditures for research and software development are expensed as incurred.
Such costs are required to be expensed until the point that technological
feasibility of the product is established and the realizability of any
capitalized costs is determined. The period between achieving technological
feasibility and the general availability to the public of such software has been
short. Consequently, costs otherwise capitalizable after technological
feasibility is achieved have been expensed because they have been insignificant
to both total assets and net loss.
FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT
Furniture and equipment, including those assets acquired under capital
leases, consists of computers and office equipment, and is depreciated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which
generally range from 3 to 5 years. Significant additions or improvements
extending asset lives are
F-8
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.
Amortization of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.
The amount of leased equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31,
----------------------
1996 1997
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Equipment cost....................................................... $ 441 $ 927
Less: Accumulated amortization....................................... (130) (336)
---------- ----------
$ 311 $ 591
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
INCOME TAXES
Income taxes are accounted for on the liability method in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes." Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities
are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax
bases of assets and liabilities reduced by a valuation allowance, as necessary.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER SHARE
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share is based on the unaudited pro forma
weighted average number of shares of common stock and common equivalent shares
outstanding for the period. The unaudited pro forma weighted average number of
shares assumes the conversion of the Company's convertible redeemable preferred
stock into 9,483,334 shares of common stock which will occur upon completion of
the offering. Because of the significant impact of the assumed conversion on the
Company's capital structure and earnings per share, historical earnings per
share have been excluded from the financial statements. Pursuant to certain
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletins, all common
stock, warrants and options issued by the Company with exercise prices below the
initial public offering (IPO) price during the 12-month period preceding the
date of the initial filing of the Registration Statement have been included in
the calculation of net loss per share, using the treasury stock method based on
the assumed IPO price, as if they were outstanding for all prior periods
presented.
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" (SFAS No. 128). SFAS No. 128 applies to entities
with publicly held common stock and is effective for financial statements issued
for periods ending after December 15, 1997. Under SFAS No. 128 the presentation
of primary earnings per share is replaced with a presentation of basic earnings
per share. SFAS No. 128 requires dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings
per share for entities with complex capital structures. Basic earnings per share
includes no dilution and is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to
common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of
securities that could share in the earnings of an entity, similar to fully
diluted earnings per share. Management believes the adoption of SFAS No. 128
will not have a material effect on the financial statements.
F-9
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 3--FINANCIAL STATEMENT COMPONENTS
Furniture and equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31,
--------------------
1996 1997
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Computer equipment......................................................... $ 785 $ 1,615
Furniture and office equipment............................................. 474 722
Less: Accumulated depreciation............................................. (648) (1,043)
--------- ---------
$ 611 $ 1,294
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31,
--------------------
1996 1997
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Accrued wages and benefits................................................. $ 365 $ 1,294
Other accrued expenses..................................................... 187 544
--------- ---------
$ 552 $ 1,838
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
NOTE 4--LINE OF CREDIT
The Company has a $2.0 million working capital line of credit with a bank.
Borrowings are limited to the lesser of $2.0 million or 70% of eligible accounts
receivable. Borrowings bear interest at an annual rate of 1.75% above the bank's
prime rate (8.25% at January 31, 1997). The agreement expires on September 3,
1997 and is collateralized by all of the Company's assets. No borrowings were
outstanding under this line at January 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The line
of credit agreement contains certain covenants pertaining to operating results
and certain other financial ratios. At January 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company
was in compliance with these covenants or had obtained the necessary waivers.
See Note 14.
F-10
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 5--LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31,
--------------------
1996 1997
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Subordinated note payable; bears interest at 13.5% per annum; due in varying
monthly installments through April 1999; secured by certain Company
assets.................................................................... $ -- $ 1,397
Capital lease obligations; bears interest at 8.0% to 13.5% per annum; due in
varying monthly installments through November 1999........................ 382 581
Notes payable; bears interest at 10% per annum; due in quarterly
installments of $28, plus accrued interest, through June 1997............. 168 56
--------- ---------
550 2,034
Current portion--long-term debt............................................. (275) (790)
--------- ---------
$ 275 $ 1,244
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
Future payments of long-term debt are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING JANUARY 31,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1998................................................................................. $ 992
1999................................................................................. 861
2000................................................................................. 503
---------
2,356
Less: Amount representing interest................................................... (322)
---------
$ 2,034
---------
---------
</TABLE>
NOTE 6--OPERATING LEASES
The Company leases equipment and office space in several facilities under
non-cancelable operating leases which expire on various dates through January
2002. Rental expense under such leases were $571, $547 and $721, for the years
ended January 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Future minimum payments
under the lease agreements are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING JANUARY 31,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1998................................................................................... $ 440
1999................................................................................... 104
2000................................................................................... 67
2001................................................................................... 60
2002................................................................................... 64
---
$ 735
---
---
</TABLE>
F-11
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 7--INCOME TAXES
At January 31, 1997, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $16 million for income tax purposes. The net operating loss
carryforwards will begin to expire in 2007. Utilization of these net operating
loss carryforwards in the future by the Company may be limited or deferred
subject to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. No future tax benefit for
such carryforwards or other temporary differences has been recognized since
utilization of such benefits is not presently deemed by management to be more
likely than not based on the weight of available evidence.
Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 31,
--------------------
1996 1997
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
Tax depreciation in excess of financial reporting....................... $ 36 $ 37
--------- ---------
Deferred tax assets:
Accounts receivable allowance........................................... 8 33
Amortization............................................................ 168 49
Net operating loss carryforward......................................... 3,638 6,284
Research and development credit carryforward............................ -- 48
Vacation and other accruals............................................. 313 851
--------- ---------
Total deferred tax assets............................................. 4,127 7,265
--------- ---------
Valuation allowance....................................................... (4,091) (7,228)
--------- ---------
Total net deferred income taxes......................................... $ -- $ --
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
NOTE 8--CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The Company has the following authorized capital stock: 60,000,000 common
shares, 4,000,000 Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares, 4,000,000
Series B convertible redeemable preferred shares, 1,633,198 Series C convertible
redeemable preferred shares, 1,400,000 Series D convertible redeemable preferred
shares, 4,000,000 Series E convertible redeemable preferred shares, 4,000,000
Series F convertible redeemable preferred shares, 1,633,198 Series G convertible
redeemable preferred shares, and 1,400,000 Series H convertible redeemable
preferred shares (collectively, the Preferred Shares), all of which have $0.01
par value. The Preferred Shares are convertible, at the option of the holder,
into common stock on a share for share basis, have certain voting rights and
provide for certain liquidation preferences. The conversion feature is automatic
upon the closing of an initial public offering of the Company's common stock in
which the sales price to the public is at least $12.50 per share (for Series A,
B, D, E, F and H) or at least $6.50 per share (for Series C and G) and the gross
proceeds from such offering is at least $15.0 million.
One-fourth of the Series A and E convertible redeemable preferred shares are
subject to redemption during each of the fiscal years from 1998 through 2000,
with the balance to be redeemed during fiscal year 2001. One-fourth of the
Series B and F convertible redeemable preferred shares are subject to redemption
during each of the fiscal years from 2000 through 2002, with the balance to be
redeemed during fiscal year 2003. One-
F-12
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 8--CAPITAL STRUCTURE (CONTINUED)
fourth of the Series C and G convertible redeemable preferred shares are subject
to redemption during each of the fiscal years from 2001 through 2003, with the
balance to be redeemed during fiscal year 2004. One-fourth of the Series D and H
convertible redeemable preferred shares are subject to redemption during each of
the fiscal years from 2002 through 2004, with the balance to be redeemed during
fiscal year 2005. The redemption price shall equal the per share issuance price
plus any unpaid and accumulated or accrued dividends on the preferred stock. The
Preferred Shares are recorded at redemption value. In the event any dividend or
distribution is declared or made with respect to the common stock, a comparable
dividend or distribution must be simultaneously declared or made with respect to
the Preferred Shares. There have been no dividends declared or paid through
January 31, 1997.
Future redemptions of the Series A, B and C convertible redeemable preferred
shares outstanding as of January 31, 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING JANUARY 31,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1998........................................................... $ 1,334
1999........................................................... 1,334
2000........................................................... 3,122
2001........................................................... 4,353
2002........................................................... 3,018
Thereafter..................................................... 4,249
---------
$ 17,410
---------
---------
</TABLE>
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
During March 1993, the Company issued 1,558,000 shares of Series A
convertible redeemable preferred stock for $1.50 per share. Total proceeds were
$2,310, net of expenses. As part of this sale, preferred stockholders were
issued warrants to purchase 779,000 shares of common stock at $1.50 per share.
These warrants expire on March 10, 1998. Using an option-pricing model the fair
value of the warrants was immaterial.
During February 1994, the Company completed the sale of an additional
1,999,990 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $1.50 per
share. In anticipation of this sale, certain preferred stockholders had, as of
January 31, 1994, advanced $500 to the Company. In February 1994, these advances
were applied to the purchase price of the shares acquired. Total proceeds from
the sale, including the initial stockholder advances, were $2,983, net of
expenses. Total proceeds from the sales of all shares of Series A convertible
redeemable preferred stock were $5,293, net of expenses, with 3,558,000 shares
outstanding.
SERIES B CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
During June 1995, the Company completed the sale of 3,010,515 shares of
Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock at $2.375 per share to
substantially all of the preferred stockholders who purchased preferred stock in
February 1994 and several new investors. In anticipation of this sale, certain
preferred stockholders had, as of January 31, 1995, advanced $1,000 to the
Company. Such advances were reflected as notes payable-- stockholders in the
balance sheet at January 31, 1995. Additionally during February 1995, the
Company obtained an additional $1,000 of advances from the preferred
stockholders. As a condition of the advances, such stockholders received
warrants to purchase 294,734 common shares at $2.375 per share for a period of
four years
F-13
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 8--CAPITAL STRUCTURE (CONTINUED)
from the date of issuance. Using the fair value method prescribed in SFAS No.
123, the fair value of the warrants was immaterial. In June 1995, these advances
were applied to the purchase price of the shares acquired. Total proceeds from
the sale were $7,124, net of expenses.
SERIES C CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
During March 1996, the Company sold 1,514,837 shares of Series C convertible
redeemable preferred stock at $3.25 per share to substantially all existing
preferred stockholders and several new investors. Total proceeds from the sale
were $4,880, net of expenses.
OTHER WARRANTS
In conjunction with certain bank financing activities, the Company issued a
warrant in March 1995 to its bank to purchase 15,000 common shares at $2.00 per
share. The warrant expires on March 30, 2000. In conjunction with certain other
financings in fiscal 1996 and 1997, the Company issued warrants to a different
lender to purchase 33,683 Series B convertible redeemable preferred shares at
$2.375 per share. The warrants expire on September 29, 1999 (13,473 shares) and
November 20, 2000 (20,210 shares). In addition, the Company issued an additional
warrant to this lender in fiscal 1997 to purchase 94,736 Series C convertible
redeemable preferred shares at $3.25 per share, which expires on April 12, 2003.
Using the fair value method prescribed in SFAS No. 123, the fair value of the
warrants was immaterial.
Warrants to purchase convertible redeemable preferred shares will convert to
warrants to purchase common shares on a one-for-one basis upon the successful
completion of an initial public offering.
NOTE 9--STOCK OPTION PLAN
The Company has a stock incentive plan that reserves a total of 2,000,000
shares of common stock for issuance of stock options to employees, officers and
directors. The option price for stock options granted is determined by the
Company's Board of Directors on the date of grant. Canceled options are
available for future grant and unvested options issued to employees are canceled
when their employment with the Company terminates. Generally, options granted to
employees vest over a five-year period and expire ten years after the date of
grant.
The Company records compensation related to stock options using the
intrinsic value method of APB No. 25. Compensation related to stock options
granted below fair market value through July 31, 1997 approximates $1.1 million.
Such compensation is considered deferred compensation and amortized over the
vesting period of the related options.
The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123. For
purposes of the pro forma disclosures below, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. Had
compensation cost for the Company's stock plan been determined based on the
minimum value at the grant date for awards during fiscal 1996 and 1997
consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Company's net losses would
have been increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Net loss--as reported............................................ $ (3,789) $ (8,476)
Net loss--pro forma.............................................. (3,830) (8,595)
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 9--STOCK OPTION PLAN (CONTINUED)
The minimum value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants in fiscal 1996 and 1997, respectively; dividend
yield of 0%; risk-free interest rates of 6.7% and 6.4%; and expected lives of
8.5 years. Volatility factors are not applicable to non-public companies.
A summary of the stock option activity is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICE EXERCISE
OPTIONS PER SHARE PRICE
---------- ----------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding at January 31, 1994.................... 257,600 $0.875 - $1.125 $ 1.05
Granted............................................ 340,640 $1.125 $ 1.13
Exercised.......................................... (2,000) $0.875 - $1.125 $ 1.10
Canceled........................................... (26,600) $0.875 - $1.125 $ 1.13
----------
Outstanding at January 31, 1995.................... 569,640 $0.875 - $1.125 $ 1.10
Granted............................................ 767,634 $1.125 $ 1.13
Exercised.......................................... (3,600) $0.875 - $1.125 $ 1.03
Canceled........................................... (60,040) $0.875 - $1.125 $ 1.13
----------
Outstanding at January 31, 1996.................... 1,273,634 $0.875 - $1.125 $ 1.10
Granted............................................ 736,120 $1.125 $ 1.13
Exercised.......................................... (79,880) $0.875 - $1.125 $ 1.08
Canceled........................................... (153,220) $0.875 - $1.125 $ 1.13
----------
Outstanding at January 31, 1997.................... 1,776,654 $0.875 - $1.125 $ 1.13
----------
----------
</TABLE>
Subsequent to year-end, the Company has granted 704,300 options at exercise
prices ranging from $1.125 to $7.50 per share.
Stock options exercisable at January 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 were 112,120,
220,040 and 409,986, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of options
granted during fiscal 1996 and 1997 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model
was $0.22 and $0.46 per share, respectively.
The following table summarizes information about fixed-price stock options
outstanding at January 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
----------------------------------------- OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
WEIGHTED- ------------------------
NUMBER AVERAGE WEIGHTED- NUMBER WEIGHTED-
OUTSTANDING REMAINING AVERAGE EXERCISABLE AVERAGE
AT JANUARY CONTRACTURAL EXERCISE AT JANUARY EXERCISE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES 31, 1997 LIFE PRICE 31, 1997 PRICE
- ------------------------------ ----------- --------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$0.875 - $1.125 1,776,654 8.45 $ 1.125 409,986 $ 1.10
</TABLE>
F-15
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 10--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION
At January 31, 1997, the Company has a $70 receivable from an officer. The
receivable bears interest at 5.3%, is secured by 28,572 shares of Company common
stock and is due sixty days after demand by the Company.
NOTE 11--BENEFIT PLAN
The Company offers its employees a 401(k) savings plan. Eligible employees
may elect to contribute a portion of their salaries up to limits defined by the
Internal Revenue Code. The Company may, at its sole discretion, match up to 6%
of employee contributions. There have been no employer contributions to date.
The Company also offers employees of its subsidiary in the United Kingdom a
defined contribution plan. The Company does not offer other post-retirement or
post-employment benefits.
NOTE 12--SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
The Company operates in one industry segment, the development and marketing
of business analysis software products for data warehouse applications and
related services. International operations include operations in the United
Kingdom by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Information Advantage
International, Ltd. (IAI, Ltd). IAI, Ltd. sells the Company's software products
and services in Europe. The following table presents a summary of operating
information and certain year-end balance sheet information by geographic region:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Domestic operations......................................... $ 2,872 $ 5,037 $ 10,629
International operations.................................... 945 605 1,117
--------- --------- ---------
Consolidated.................................................. $ 3,817 $ 5,642 $ 11,746
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss):
Domestic operations......................................... $ (4,404) $ (3,437) $ (7,495)
International operations.................................... 9 (352) (981)
--------- --------- ---------
Consolidated.................................................. $ (4,395) $ (3,789) $ (8,476)
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
Identifiable assets:
Domestic operations......................................... $ 1,200 $ 3,809 $ 4,942
International operations.................................... 399 512 976
--------- --------- ---------
Consolidated.................................................. $ 1,599 $ 4,321 $ 5,918
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
NOTE 13--NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS
During 1995, 1996, 1997, and during the six months ended July 31, 1996 and
1997, the Company acquired $124, $303, $486, $280 and $263, respectively, of
fixed assets through capital leases.
During 1996, $2 million of notes payable--stockholders was converted to
Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.95 per share.
F-16
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NOTE 13--NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
During 1995, $500 of notes payable--stockholders was converted to Series A
convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.60 per share.
NOTE 14--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
During February 1997, the Company sold 1,399,992 shares of Series D
convertible redeemable preferred stock at $5.00 per share to both existing and
several new investors. Total proceeds from the sale were $6,926, net of
expenses.
Effective September 3, 1997, the Company's revolving line of credit
agreement was extended through September 2, 1998 under terms substantially the
same as the Company's previous agreement.
In September 1997, the Company's Board of Directors adopted, subject to
stockholder approval, the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The number of
shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan is equal to
1,000,000, plus the number of remaining shares available for grant under the
Company's 1992 Stock Option Plan (See Note 9) at the effective date of the
offering. Beginning February 1, 1999 and each year thereafter, the number of
shares reserved for issuance will automatically increase by the lesser of
400,000 shares or 3.5% of the total number of shares of common stock then
outstanding.
In September 1997, the Board of Directors adopted, subject to stockholder
approval, the Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan").
Under the Purchase Plan, eligible employees may purchase on each purchase date,
as defined, shares of common stock at 85% of its fair market value, up to the
lesser of 500 shares or 15% of the employee's compensation. In addition, 200,000
shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan.
In September 1997, subject to certain conditions, the Board of Directors
authorized the reincorporation of the Company in Delware, increased the
authorized shares of the Company and designated a par value of $0.01 for common
and convertible, redeemable preferred shares. All applicable share data included
in the financial statements has been adjusted to give retroactive effect to such
action. In addition, the Company authorized 5,000,000, $.01 par value preferred
shares to be effective subsequent to the closing of an initial public offering.
On October 8, 1997, the Company's Board of Directors approved a reverse
1-for-2 1/2 stock split effective upon filing of an amended Certificate of
Incorporation. The effect of the reverse stock split has been reflected for all
periods presented in the accompanying financial statements.
On October 8, 1997, the Company's Board of Directors increased, subject to
stockholder approval, the number of options which may be granted under the
Company's stock option plan to 2,640,000.
F-17
<PAGE>
[INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE , INC. LOGO]
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Company in connection
with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except
the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fees.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SEC Registration fee.............................................. $ *
NASD fee.......................................................... *
Nasdaq National Market listing fee................................ *
Printing and engraving expenses................................... *
Legal fees and expenses........................................... *
Accounting fees and expenses...................................... *
Blue sky fees and expenses........................................ *
Transfer agent fees............................................... *
Miscellaneous fees and expenses................................... *
---------
Total........................................................... $ *
---------
---------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* To be completed by amendment.
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to
award or a corporation's Board of Directors to grant indemnification to
directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such
indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including
reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"). Article VII, Section 6, of the Registrant's
Bylaws provides for mandatory indemnification of its directors and officers and
permissible indemnification of employees and other agents to the maximum extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Registrant's Restated
Certificate of Incorporation provides that, pursuant to Delaware law, its
directors shall not be liable for monetary damages for breach of the directors'
fiduciary duty as directors to the Company and its stockholders. This provision
in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not eliminate the directors'
fiduciary duty, and in appropriate circumstances equitable remedies such as
injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under
Delaware law. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to
liability for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company for acts
or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing
violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the
director, and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or
redemptions that are unlawful under Delaware law. The provision also does not
affect a director's responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal
securities laws or state or federal environmental laws. The Registrant has
entered into Indemnification Agreements with its officers and directors, a form
of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 hereto and incorporated herein by
reference. The Indemnification Agreements provide the Registrant's officers and
directors with further indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law." The Registrant maintains directors and
officers liabilities insurance. Reference is made to Section 8(b) of the
Underwriting Agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, indemnifying officers
and directors of the Registrant against certain liabilities.
II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
The following transactions reflect the issuance during the previous three
years of securities not registered under the Securities Act:
1. As of July 31, 1997, the Company had issued and sold 129,560 shares of
its Common Stock to employees and consultants at a price of $.875 or $1.125 per
share pursuant to exercises of options under its 1992 Stock Option Plan.
2. On June 2, 1995, the Company issued 3,010,515 shares of Series B
Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7,150,000 to a
group of 27 investors.
3. On March 13, 1996, the Company issued 1,514,837 shares of Series C
Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4,925,000 to a
group of 22 investors.
4. On February 28, 1997, the Company issued 1,399,992 shares of Series D
Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000 to a group of 29
investors.
5. On October 20, 1994 and February 28, 1995, the Company issued warrants
to purchase a total of 294,734 shares of Common Stock to a group of three
investors in conjunction with loans made by such investors to the Company with
an aggregate exercise price of approximately $700,000.
6. On March 31, 1995, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 15,000
shares of Common Stock to a lender of the Company with an aggregate exercise
price of $30,000.
7. On September 29, 1995, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 13,473
shares of Series B Preferred Stock with an aggregate exercise price of
approximately $32,000 to a lender.
8. On April 12, 1996, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 94,736
shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company with an aggregate exercise
price of approximately $308,000 to a lender.
9. On November 20, 1996, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 20,210
shares of Series B Preferred Stock with an aggregate exercise price of
approximately $48,000 to a lender.
The issuances described in Items 15(1) - (9) were deemed exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated
under the Securities Act or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The issuances of
the securities described in Items 15(1) - (9) were deemed to be exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of such Act as
transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. In addition, the
recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intentions
to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale
in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed
to the share certificates issued in such transactions. All recipients had
adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information
about the Registrant.
II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
- ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1* Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended to date.
3.2* Form of Certificate of Incorporation to be filed upon the closing of the offering made hereby.
3.3 Bylaws of the Registrant.
3.4* Form of Bylaws to be filed upon the closing of the offering made hereby.
4.1 Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4.
4.2* Specimen Common Stock certificate.
4.3 1993 Stock Purchase Agreement.
5.1* Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.
10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.2 1992 Stock Option Plan.
10.3 1997 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.5 Employment Agreement between the Company and Larry J. Ford, dated April 19, 1995 ("Ford Agreement").
10.6 Amendment to the Ford Agreement, dated May 23, 1995.
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and Richard L. Tanler, dated June 11,
10.7 1992.
10.8 Promissory Note between the Company and Richard Tanler, dated April 11, 1996.
10.9 Employment Agreement between the Company and Richard S. Parker, dated June 11, 1992.
10.10 Employment Agreement between the Company and Rory Torrien, dated June 11, 1992
10.11 Offer Letter to Robin L. Pederson, dated March 6, 1996.
10.12 Offer Letter to Donald W. Anderson, executed November 4, 1996.
Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank, dated
10.13 September 3, 1997.
10.14 Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Comdisco, Inc., dated April 12, 1996.
11.1 Pro forma Net Loss Per Share.
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1 Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.
Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit
23.2* 5.1.
24.1 Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
27.1 Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* To be filed by amendment.
II-3
<PAGE>
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth
therein is not applicable or is readily available in the financial statements or
notes thereto.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the
closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Restated
Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Registrant, the Underwriting
Agreement, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of
the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In
the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of
any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder,
the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.
The Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be deemed
to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein,
and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Eden
Prairie, State of Minnesota, on this 10th day of October, 1997.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
By: /s/ LARRY J. FORD
-----------------------------------------
Larry J. Ford
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Larry J. Ford and Donald W. Anderson, and
each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power
of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the
same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is to be effective
upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of
1933, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and
thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or
their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ -------------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ LARRY J. FORD
- ------------------------------ October 10, 1997
Larry J. Ford President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
(Principal Executive
Officer)
/s/ DONALD W. ANDERSON
- ------------------------------ October 10, 1997
Donald W. Anderson Chief Financial Officer,
Vice President (Principal
Financial and Accounting
Officer)
/s/ RICHARD L. TANLER
- ------------------------------ October 10, 1997
Richard L. Tanler Chairman of the Board of
Directors and Senior Vice
President, Strategic
Planning and Marketing
</TABLE>
II-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME TITLE DATE
- ------------------------------ -------------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ PROMOD HAQUE
- ------------------------------ October 10, 1997
Promod Haque Director
/s/ FREDRIC R. BOSWELL
- ------------------------------ October 10, 1997
Fredric R. Boswell Director
- ------------------------------
Donald R. Hollis Director
/s/ JAY H. WEIN
- ------------------------------ October 10, 1997
Jay H. Wein Director
/s/ WILLIAM H. YOUNGER
- ------------------------------ October 10, 1997
William H. Younger, Jr. Director
/s/ RONALD E.F. CODD
- ------------------------------ October 10, 1997
Ronald E.F. Codd Director
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
- ------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1* Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended to date.
3.2* Form of Certificate of Incorporation to be filed upon the closing of the offering made hereby.
3.3 Bylaws of the Registrant.
3.4* Form of Bylaws to be filed upon the closing of the offering made hereby.
4.1 Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4.
4.2* Specimen Common Stock certificate.
4.3 1993 Stock Purchase Agreement.
5.1* Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.
10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.2 1992 Stock Option Plan.
10.3 1997 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.5 Employment Agreement between the Company and Larry J. Ford, dated April 19, 1995 ("Ford Agreement").
10.6 Amendment to the Ford Agreement, dated May 23, 1995.
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and Richard L. Tanler, dated June 11,
10.7 1992.
10.8 Promissory Note between the Company and Richard Tanler, dated April 11, 1996.
10.9 Employment Agreement between the Company and Richard S. Parker, dated June 11, 1992.
10.10 Employment Agreement between the Company and Rory Torrien, dated June 11, 1992
10.11 Offer Letter to Robin L. Pederson, dated March 6, 1996.
10.12 Offer Letter to Donald W. Anderson, executed November 4, 1996.
Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank, dated
10.13 September 3, 1997.
10.14 Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Comdisco, Inc., dated April 12, 1996.
11.1 Pro forma Net Loss Per Share.
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1 Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.
Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit
23.2* 5.1.
24.1 Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
27.1 Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* To be filed by amendment.
<PAGE>
BYLAWS
OF
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
ARTICLE I
Office and Records
Section 1.1 Delaware Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Section 1.2 Other Offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Section 1.3 Books and Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
ARTICLE II
Stockholders
Section 2.1 Annual Meeting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Section 2.2 Special Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Section 2.3 Notice of Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Section 2.4 Quorum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Section 2.5 Voting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Section 2.6 Proxies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Section 2.7 Notice of Stockholder Business and
Nominations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Section 2.8 Inspectors of Elections; Opening and
Closing the Polls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Section 2.9 List of Stockholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Section 2.10 No Stockholder Action by Written
Consent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ARTICLE III
Directors
Section 3.1 General Powers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Section 3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Section 3.3 Vacancies and Newly Created
Directorships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Section 3.4 Resignation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Section 3.5 Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Section 3.6 Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Section 3.7 Quorum and Voting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
i
<PAGE>
Page
----
Section 3.8 Written Consent of Directors in Lieu of a
Meeting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Section 3.9 Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Section 3.10 Committees of the Board of Directors. . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ARTICLE IV
Officers
Section 4.1 Elected Officers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Section 4.3 Resignation and Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Section 4.4 Compensation and Bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 4.5 Chairman of the Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 4.6 President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 4.7 Vice Presidents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 4.8 Treasurer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 4.9 Secretary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Section 4.10 Assistant Treasurers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Section 4.11 Assistant Secretaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Section 4.12 Delegation of Duties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ARTICLE V
Indemnification and Insurance
Section 5.1 Right to Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Section 5.2 Right to Advancement of Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Section 5.3 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Section 5.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Section 5.5 Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Section 5.6 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of
the Corporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Section 5.7 Contract Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ii
<PAGE>
Page
----
ARTICLE VI
Common Stock
Section 6.1 Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Section 6.2 Transfers of Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Section 6.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. . . . . . . . . . 15
Section 6.4 Stockholder Record Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
ARTICLE VII
Waiver of Notice
Section 7.1 Waiver of Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ARTICLE VIII
Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc.
Section 8.1 Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
Section 9.1 Amendments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
iii
<PAGE>
BYLAWS
OF
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
---------------------------
ARTICLE I
OFFICE AND RECORDS
SECTION 1.1 DELAWARE OFFICE. The principal office of the Corporation
in the State of Delaware shall be located in the City of Wilmington, County of
New Castle, and the name and address of its registered agent is The Corporation
Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware.
SECTION 1.2 OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may have such other
offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of
Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to
time require.
SECTION 1.3 BOOKS AND RECORDS. The books and records of the
Corporation may be kept at the Corporation's principal executive offices at 7905
Golden Triangle Drive, Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344 or at such other locations
outside the State of Delaware as may from time to time be designated by the
Board of Directors.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
SECTION 2.1 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of stockholders of
the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place as
may be fixed by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Subject to the rights of the holders
of any series of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation
(the "Preferred Stock"), or any other series or class of stock as set forth in
the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate of
Incorporation") to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, a
special meeting of the holders of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on
any business to be considered at any such meeting may be called only by the
Chairman of the Board of the Corporation, and shall be called by the Secretary
of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors pursuant to a
resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the
Corporation would at the time have if there were no vacancies (the "Whole
Board"). The Board of Directors may designate the place of meeting
<PAGE>
for any special meeting of the stockholders, and if no such designation is
made, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive offices of the
Corporation.
SECTION 2.3 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required
or permitted to take any action at a meeting, unless notice is waived as
provided in Section 7.1 of these Bylaws, a written notice of the meeting shall
be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the
case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called.
Unless otherwise provided by law, and except as to any stockholder
duly waiving notice, the written notice of any meeting shall be given personally
or by mail, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date
of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed,
notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid,
directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records
of the Corporation. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be
postponed by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given prior
to the time previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.
When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not
be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at
the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the
Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the
original meeting. If, however, the adjournment is for more than thirty (30)
days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of
record entitled to vote at the meeting.
SECTION 2.4 QUORUM. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, at any meeting of stockholders
the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the
Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting
Stock"), either present or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of any business at such meeting, except that when specified
business is to be voted on by a class or series voting as a class, the holders
of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of such business. The chairman of the meeting or a majority
of the voting power of the shares of Voting Stock so represented may adjourn the
meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum (or in the case
of specified business to be voted on as a class or series, the chairman or a
majority of the shares of such class or series so represented may adjourn the
meeting with respect to such specified business). No notice of the time and
place of adjourned meetings need be given except as provided in the last
paragraph of Section 2.3 of these Bylaws. The stockholders present at a duly
organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a
quorum.
2
<PAGE>
SECTION 2.5 VOTING. Except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate
of Incorporation with respect to the right of any holder of any series of
Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock to elect additional
directors under specified circumstances, whenever directors are to be elected at
a meeting, they shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the meeting
by the holders of stock entitled to vote. Whenever any corporate action, other
than the election of directors, is to be taken by vote of stockholders at a
meeting, such corporate action shall, except as otherwise required by law or by
the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, be authorized if the votes
cast by the holders of stock entitled to vote thereon in favor of such corporate
action exceed the votes cast against such corporate action.
Except as otherwise provided by law, or by the Certificate of
Incorporation, each holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to
vote on any matter at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote
for each share of such stock standing in the name of such holder on the stock
ledger of the Corporation on the record date for the determination of the
stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting.
Upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote, the vote for
directors or the vote on any other matter at a meeting shall be by written
ballot, but otherwise the method of voting and the manner in which votes are
counted shall be discretionary with the presiding officer at the meeting.
SECTION 2.6 PROXIES. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting
of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by
proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from
its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be
signed by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney. Such proxy must
be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or his or her representative at
or before the time of the meeting.
SECTION 2.7 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AND NOMINATIONS.
(A) ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS.
(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of
the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the
stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (a) by or at the
direction of the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors pursuant to a
resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or (b) by any stockholder of
the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting with respect to the
election of directors or the business to be proposed by such stockholder, as the
case may be, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in clauses (2)
and (3) of paragraph (A) of this Section 2.7 and who is a stockholder of record
at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation as
provided below.
3
<PAGE>
(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before
an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (b) of paragraph (A)(1) of
this Section 2.7, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in
writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must be a proper
subject for stockholder action under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the
"GCL"). To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the
Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior
to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by
more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than sixty (60) days, from such
anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered
not earlier than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and not
later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day prior
to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public
announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Such stockholder's
notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to
nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to
such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for
election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case, pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), including such person's written consent to being named in the
proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to
any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a
brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the
reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in
such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose
behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and
the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made
(i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the
Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class and number
of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such
stockholder and such beneficial owner.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of
paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 2.7 to the contrary, in the event that the
number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and
there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or
specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation
at least eighty (80) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's
annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this
Section 2.7 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees
for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the
Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day
following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the
Corporation.
(B) SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS. Nominations of persons for
election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of
stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of
the Chairman of the Board or the
4
<PAGE>
Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
Whole Board or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to
vote at the meeting with respect to the election of directors, who complies
with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (B) and who is a
stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary
of the Corporation as provided below. Nominations by stockholders of persons
for election to the Board of Directors may be made at such a special meeting
of stockholders if the stockholder's notice as required by paragraph (A)(2)
of this Section 2.7 shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at
the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the
ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the
close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such
special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public
announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the
nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.
(C) GENERAL. (1) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with
the procedures set forth in this Section 2.7 shall be eligible to serve as
directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders
as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures
set forth in this Section 2.7.
(2) Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or this Section 2.7, the chairman of the meeting shall have the
power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be
brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth
in this Section 2.7 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in
compliance with this Section 2.7, to declare that such defective nomination or
proposal shall be disregarded.
(3) For purposes of this Section 2.7, "public announcement" shall
mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service,
Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly
filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7, a
stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange
Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set
forth in this Section 2.7. Nothing in this Section 2.7 shall be deemed to
affect any rights (i) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the
Corporation's proxy materials with respect to a meeting of stockholders pursuant
to Rule 14a-8 under Exchange Act or (ii) of the holders of any series of
Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation to elect directors under specified circumstances or
to consent to specific actions taken by the Corporation.
SECTION 2.8 INSPECTORS OF ELECTIONS; OPENING AND CLOSING THE POLLS.
5
<PAGE>
(A) The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more
inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the
Corporation in other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers,
employees, agents or representatives of the Corporation, to act at the meeting
and make a written report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as
alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector
or alternate has been appointed to act, or if all inspectors or alternates who
have been appointed are unable to act, at a meeting of stockholders, the
chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the
meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and
sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of his or her ability. The
inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by the GCL.
(B) The chairman of the meeting shall fix and announce at the meeting
the time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which
the stockholders will vote at a meeting.
SECTION 2.9 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS. The officer who has charge of the
stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days
before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders
entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the
address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of
each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any
stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business
hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a
place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be
specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place
where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at
the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.
The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the
stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this
Section or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any
meeting of stockholders.
SECTION 2.10 NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. Subject to
the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series
or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation to elect
additional directors under specified circumstances or to consent to specific
actions taken by the Corporation, following the closing of the Corporation's
initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the sale of Common Stock of the
Corporation (the "Initial Public Offering"), any action required or permitted to
be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be taken at an annual or
special meeting of the stockholders and may not be taken by any consent in
writing by such stockholders.
6
<PAGE>
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
SECTION 3.1 GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the
Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of
Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly
conferred upon it, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the
Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done
by the stockholders.
SECTION 3.2 NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. Subject to the rights
of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of
stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation to elect directors under
specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to
time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole
Board, but shall consist of not more than eleven nor less than three directors.
Following the Initial Public Offering, the directors, other than those who may
be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series
or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be
divided into three classes, and designated as Class I, Class II and Class III.
Class I directors shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the first
annual meeting of stockholders following the initial public offering, Class II
directors shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the second annual
meeting of stockholders following the initial public offering and Class III
directors shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the third annual
meeting of stockholders following the initial public offering. Members of each
class shall hold office until their successors shall have been duly elected and
qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders of the
Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that
meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual
meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their
election, and until their successors are elected and qualified.
SECTION 3.3 VACANCIES AND NEWLY CREATED DIRECTORSHIPS. Subject to the
rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or
class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation to elect
additional directors under specified circumstances, vacancies resulting from
death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other
cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the
authorized number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of
Directors, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the
annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which
they have been elected expires and until such director's successor shall have
been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized
directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent
director.
7
<PAGE>
SECTION 3.4 RESIGNATION. Any director may resign at any time upon
written notice to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at
the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt
thereof, and the acceptance of such resignation, unless required by the terms
thereof, shall not be necessary to make such resignation effective.
SECTION 3.5 REMOVAL. Subject to the rights of the holders of any
series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in
the Certificate of Incorporation to elect additional directors under specified
circumstances, following the Initial Public Offering, any director may be
removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of the then
outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.
SECTION 3.6 MEETINGS. Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or
special, may be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware.
Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board
of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such
committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment
by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other,
and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person
at such meeting. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held at
the same place and immediately following each annual meeting of stockholders,
and no further notice thereof need be given other than this Bylaw. The Board of
Directors may fix times and places for additional regular meetings of the Board
of Directors and no further notice of such meetings need be given. A special
meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman
of the Board or by a majority of the Whole Board, at such time and place as
shall be specified in the notice or waiver thereof. The person or persons
authorized to call special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the place
and time of the meetings. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each
director at his or her business or residence in writing or by telegram or by
telephone communication. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately
delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage
thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting. If by telegram,
such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered
to the telegraph company at least twenty-four hours before such meeting. If by
facsimile transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty-four
hours before such meeting. If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least
twelve hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board
of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for
amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Section 9.1 of these Bylaws.
SECTION 3.7 QUORUM AND VOTING. A whole number of directors equal to
at least a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if there
be less than a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the
meeting from time to time, and no further notice
8
<PAGE>
thereof need be given other than announcement at the meeting which shall be
so adjourned. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of
Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the vote of a majority of the directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the
Board of Directors.
SECTION 3.8 WRITTEN CONSENT OF DIRECTORS IN LIEU OF A MEETING. Any
action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of
Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all
members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or of such committee.
SECTION 3.9 COMPENSATION. Directors may receive compensation for
services to the Corporation in their capacities as directors or otherwise in
such manner and in such amounts as may be fixed from time to time by the Board
of Directors.
SECTION 3.10 COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The Board of
Directors may from time to time, by resolution passed by majority of the Whole
Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or
more directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or
more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent
or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. The resolution of the
Board of Directors may, in addition or alternatively, provide that in the
absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members
thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not
he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or
disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the
resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers
and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and
affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be
affixed to all papers which may require it, except as otherwise provided by law.
Unless the resolution of the Board of Directors expressly so provides, no such
committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to
authorize the issuance of stock. Any such committee may adopt rules governing
the method of calling and time and place of holding its meetings. Unless
otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, a majority of any such committee
(or the member thereof, if only one) shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the members of such
committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of
such committee. Each such committee shall keep a record of its acts and
proceedings and shall report thereon to the Board of Directors whenever
requested so to do. Any or all members of any such committee may be removed,
with or without cause, by resolution of the Board of Directors, passed by a
majority of the Whole Board.
ARTICLE IV
9
<PAGE>
OFFICERS
SECTION 4.1 ELECTED OFFICERS. The elected officers of the
Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, a Secretary and a
Treasurer, and may also include one or more Vice Presidents, one or more
Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers. All officers chosen
by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally
pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this
Article IV, together with such other powers and duties as from time to time may
be conferred by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. The Chairman
of the Board shall be chosen from among the directors. Any number of such
offices may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute,
acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity. The Board of
Directors may appoint, and may delegate power to appoint, such other officers,
agents and employees as it may deem necessary or proper, who shall hold their
offices or positions for such terms, have such authority and perform such duties
as may from time to time be determined by or pursuant to authorization of the
Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.2 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The elected officers of the
Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the regular
meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the
stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting,
such election shall be held as soon thereafter as convenient. Subject to
Section 4.3 of these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his or her
successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his or
her death or until such officer shall resign.
SECTION 4.3 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL. Any officer may resign at any
time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any elected officer may be removed
by a majority of the members of the Whole Board, with or without cause, at any
time. The Board of Directors may delegate such power of removal as to officers,
agents and employees not elected by the Board of Directors. Such removal shall
be without prejudice to a person's contract rights, if any, but the appointment
of any person as an officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall not of
itself create contract rights.
SECTION 4.4 COMPENSATION AND BOND. The compensation of the officers
of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, but this power may
be delegated to any officer in respect of other officers under his or her
control. The Corporation may secure the fidelity of any or all of its officers,
agents or employees by bond or otherwise.
SECTION 4.5 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall
preside at all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The
Chairman shall make reports to the Board of Directors and the stockholders and
shall perform all duties incidental to such office which may be required by law
and all such other duties as are properly required by the Board of Directors.
Except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of
the Board shall possess the same power as the President to sign
10
<PAGE>
all certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which
may be authorized by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall
see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any
committee thereof are carried into effect.
SECTION 4.6 PRESIDENT. The President shall act in a general
executive capacity and shall be responsible for the administration and operation
of the Corporation's business and general supervision of its policies and
affairs. The President shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to
act of the Chairman of the Board, perform all duties of the Chairman of the
Board and preside at all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors.
The President may sign, alone or with the Secretary or any other proper officer
of the Corporation authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates, contracts
and other instruments of the Corporation as authorized by the Board of
Directors.
SECTION 4.7 VICE PRESIDENTS. Each Vice President shall have such
powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the absence or
inability to act of the President, unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise
provide, the Vice President who has served in that capacity for the longest time
and who shall be present and able to act, shall perform all the duties and may
exercise any of the powers of the President.
SECTION 4.8 TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have charge of all funds
and securities of the Corporation, shall endorse the same for deposit or
collection when necessary and deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation
in such banks or depositaries as the Board of Directors may authorize. He or
she may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf
of the Corporation and may sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to
the Corporation. He or she shall have all such further powers and duties as
generally are incident to the position of Treasurer or as may be assigned to him
or her by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.9 SECRETARY. The Secretary shall record all the
proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and directors in a book to be
kept for that purpose and shall also record therein all action taken by written
consent of directors in lieu of a meeting. He or she shall attend to the giving
and serving of all notices of the Corporation. He or she shall have custody of
any seal of the Corporation and shall attest the same by his or her signature
whenever required. He or she shall have charge of the stock ledger and such
other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct, but he or she may
delegate responsibility for maintaining the stock ledger to any transfer agent
appointed by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have all such further
powers and duties as generally are incident to the position of Secretary or as
may be assigned to him or her by the President or the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.10 ASSISTANT TREASURERS. In the absence or inability to
act of the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer may perform all the duties and
exercise all the powers
11
<PAGE>
of the Treasurer. An Assistant Treasurer shall also perform such other
duties as the Treasurer or the Board of Directors may assign to him or her.
SECTION 4.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. In the absence or inability to
act of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform all the duties and
exercise all the powers of the Secretary. An Assistant Secretary shall also
perform such other duties as the Secretary or the Board of Directors may assign
to him or her.
SECTION 4.12 DELEGATION OF DUTIES. In case of the absence of any
officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors
may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may confer for the time being the
powers or duties, or any of them, of such officer upon any other officer or upon
any director.
ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
SECTION 5.1 RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. Each person who was or is made
a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she
or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director
or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation
or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service
with respect to any employee benefit plan (hereinafter an "indemnitee"), whether
the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a
director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a
director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by
the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the GCL, as the same exists
or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the
extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader
indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior
to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including, without
limitation, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and amounts
paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in
connection therewith; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that except as provided in Section 5.3
with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the
Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee seeking indemnification in
connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only
if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 5.2 RIGHT TO ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. The right to
indemnification conferred in Section 5.1 shall include the right to be paid by
the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in defending
any such proceeding in advance of its final
12
<PAGE>
disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that, if the GCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an
indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any
other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee,
including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be
made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an
"undertaking"), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so
advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from
which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a "final
adjudication") that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for
such expenses under this Section 5.2 or otherwise.
SECTION 5.3 RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO BRING SUIT. If a claim under
Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty
(30) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in
the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable
period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter
bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.
If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the
Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an
undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of
prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee
to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by
the indemnitee to enforce a right of an advancement of expenses) it shall be a
defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an
advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation
shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the
indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in
the GCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of
Directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in the GCL, nor an actual determination
by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel
or stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of
conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the
applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the
indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to
enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder,
or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to
the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not
entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this
Article V or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
SECTION 5.4 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The right to indemnification
and the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article V shall not be
exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire
under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, provision of
these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise. In the event of a conflict between the rights to indemnification and
advancement of expenses conferred in this Article V and any such rights
13
<PAGE>
granted to an indemnitee pursuant to an agreement entered into between such
indemnitee and the Corporation, the terms of any such agreement shall prevail.
SECTION 5.5 INSURANCE. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at
its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,
liability or loss under the GCL.
SECTION 5.6 INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS OF THE
CORPORATION. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by
the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to the
advancement of expenses, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the
fullest extent of the provisions of this Article V with respect to the
indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the
Corporation.
SECTION 5.7 CONTRACT RIGHTS. The rights to indemnification and to
the advancement of expenses conferred in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 shall be
contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has
ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the
benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators.
ARTICLE VI
CAPITAL STOCK
SECTION 6.1 CERTIFICATES. Certificates for stock of the Corporation
shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors and shall
be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the
President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer,
or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Such certificates may be sealed
with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. Any of or all the
signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer
agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed
upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or
registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation
with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or
registrar at the date of issue.
SECTION 6.2 TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Transfers of stock shall be made
only upon the books of the Corporation by the holder, in person or by duly
authorized attorney, and on the surrender of the certificate or certificates for
the same number of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed
thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such proof of the authenticity
of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require. The
Board of Directors shall have the power to make all such rules and regulations,
not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws and the
14
<PAGE>
GCL, as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate concerning the issue,
transfer and registration of certificates for stock of the Corporation. The
Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or registrars of
transfers, or both, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature
of either or both.
SECTION 6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. The Corporation
may issue a new stock certificate in the place of any certificate theretofore
issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the
Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate
or his or her legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to
indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the
alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of
any such new certificate. The Board of Directors may require such owner to
satisfy other reasonable requirements as it deems appropriate under the
circumstances.
SECTION 6.4 STOCKHOLDER RECORD DATE. In order that the Corporation
may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting
of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of
any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock,
or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a
record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the
resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and
which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten (10) days before the date
of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.
If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, (1) the record
date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting
of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the
date on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business
on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and (2) the
record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the
close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the
resolution relating thereto.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.
Only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date
so fixed shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, such meeting and any
adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend or other
distribution, or to exercise such rights in respect of any such change,
conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such action, as the case
may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the
Corporation after any record date so fixed.
ARTICLE VII
15
<PAGE>
WAIVER OF NOTICE
SECTION 7.1 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever notice is required to be
given to any stockholder or director of the Corporation under any provision of
the GCL or the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver
thereof, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or
after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such
notice. In the case of a stockholder, such waiver of notice may be signed by
such stockholder's attorney or proxy duly appointed in writing. Attendance of
a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,
except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at
the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the
stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified
in any written waiver of notice.
ARTICLE VIII
CHECKS, NOTES, DRAFTS, ETC.
SECTION 8.1 CHECKS, NOTES, DRAFTS, ETC. Checks, notes, drafts,
acceptances, bills of exchange and other orders or obligations for the payment
of money shall be signed by such officer or officers or person or persons as the
Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may from time to time
designate.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
SECTION 9.1 AMENDMENTS. These Bylaws may be amended, added to,
rescinded or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of the
stockholders, PROVIDED that notice of the proposed change was given in the
notice of the meeting and, in the case of the Board of Directors, in a notice
given no less than twenty-four hours prior to the meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that, in the case of amendments by stockholders, notwithstanding any other
provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit
a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders
of any particular class or series of stock required by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
80 percent of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock,
either present or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class, shall
be required to alter, amend or repeal any Section 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 2.7 or 2.10 of
Article II, Section 3.2, 3.3 or 3.5 of Article III or this Article IX of these
Bylaws.
16
<PAGE>
-------------------
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
-------------------
March 9, 1993
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
1. Authorization of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Sale and Purchase of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3. Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4. Restriction on Transfer of Securities . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.1 Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.2 (a) Legend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(b) Stop Transfer Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.3 Removal of Legend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.4 Register of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. Representations and Warranties by Company . . . . . . . . 4
5.1 Organization, Standing, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5.2 Qualification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5.3 Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5.4 Tax Returns and Audits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
5.5 Changes, Dividends, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
5.6 Title to Properties and Encumbrances . . . . . . . . 6
5.7 Litigation; Governmental Proceedings . . . . . . . . 6
5.8 Compliance with Applicable Laws and Other
Instruments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
5.9 Preferred Shares and Conversion Stock; Warrants
and Warrant Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
5.10 Securities Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
5.11 Patents and Other Intangible Rights. . . . . . . . . 7
5.12 Capital Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
5.13 Outstanding Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
5.14 Schedule of Assets and Contracts . . . . . . . . . . 8
5.15 Corporate Acts and Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.16 Accounts Receivable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.17 Inventories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.18 Purchase Commitments and Outstanding Bids. . . . . . 10
5.19 Insurance Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.20 No Brokers or Finders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.21 Conflicts of Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.22 Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.23 Registration Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.24 Retirement Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
i
<PAGE>
Page
----
5.25 Environmental and Safety Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.26 Employees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.27 Absence of Restrictive Agreements. . . . . . . . . . 12
5.28 Small Business Concern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.29 Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
6. Representations and Warranties of Purchasers. . . . . . . 12
6.1 Investment Intent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
6.2 Location of Principal Office and Qualification
as Accredited Investor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6.3 Acts and Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6.4 No Brokers or Finders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
7. Conditions of Each Purchaser's Obligation . . . . . . . . 13
7.1 No Errors, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
7.2 Compliance with Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
7.3 Certificate of Officers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
7.4 Opinion of Company's Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
7.5 No Event of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
7.6 Qualification Under State Securities Laws. . . . . . 17
7.7 Proceedings and Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
7.8 Stockholder Voting Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
7.9 Co-Sale Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
7.10 Key Person Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
7.11 Execution of SBA Form 480. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
7.12 Execution of SBA Form 652-D. . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
7.13 Employee Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
7.14 Employee Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
8. Affirmative Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
8.1 Corporate Existence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
8.2 Books of Account and Reserves. . . . . . . . . . . . 18
8.3 Furnishing of Financial Statements and
Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
8.4 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
8.5 Preparation and Approval of Budgets. . . . . . . . . 21
8.6 Payment of Taxes and Maintenance of Properties . . . 21
8.7 Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
8.8 Payment of Indebtedness and Discharge of
Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
8.9 Directors' and Stockholders' Meetings. . . . . . . . 22
8.10 Replacement of Warrants or Certificates
Representing Preferred Shares or Conversion Stock
or Warrant Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
ii
<PAGE>
Page
----
8.11 Application of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
8.12 Retirement Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
8.13 Filing of Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
8.14 Patents and Other Intangible Rights. . . . . . . . . 24
8.15 Insurance on Lives of Key Personnel. . . . . . . . . 24
8.16 Rights to Purchase Additional Securities . . . . . . 24
8.17 Bank Line of Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
9. Negative Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
9.1 Dividends on or Redemption of Junior Stock . . . . . 25
9.2 Future Registration Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
9.3 Other Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
9.4 Board Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
10. The Preferred Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
10.1 Conversion of Preferred Shares . . . . . . . . . . . 26
10.2 Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares. . . . . . . 26
10.3 Adjustment of Number of Shares and Conversion
Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
10.4 Mandatory Conversion of Preferred Shares . . . . . . 27
10.5 Redemption of Preferred Shares . . . . . . . . . . . 27
11. The Warrants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
11.1 Exercise of Warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
11.2 Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares. . . . . . . 27
11.3 Adjustment of Number of Shares and Purchase Price. . 27
12. Registration of Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
12.1 Required Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
12.2 Incidental Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
12.3 Registration Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
12.4 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
12.5 Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
13. Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
13.1 Events of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
13.2 Remedies Upon Events of Default. . . . . . . . . . . 34
13.3 Designation of Majority of Board of Directors. . . . 35
13.4 Notice of Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
13.5 Suits for Enforcement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
iii
<PAGE>
Page
----
13.6 Remedies Cumulative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
13.7 Remedies not Waived. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
14. Termination of Certain Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
15. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
16. Consents; Waivers and Amendments. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
17. Changes, Waivers, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
18. Payment of Fees and Expenses of Purchasers. . . . . . . . 38
19. Understanding Among Purchasers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
20. Sale of Purchased Stock by Purchasers . . . . . . . . . . 38
21. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
22. Survival of Representations and Warranties, etc.. . . . . 39
23. Parties in Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
24. Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
25. Choice of Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
26. Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Schedule A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1
Exhibit 1 - Amended Capital Stock Provisions
Exhibit 2 - Form of Warrant
Exhibit 3 - Exception Schedule
Exhibit 4 - Financial Statements
Exhibit 5 - Schedule of Assets and Contracts
Exhibit 6 - Form of Stockholder Voting Agreement
Exhibit 7 - Form of Co-Sale Agreement
Exhibit 8 - Key Person Life Insurance
iv
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
March 9, 1993
To Each of the Persons Named in
Schedule A to this Agreement
(the "Purchasers")
Gentlemen:
In consideration of the agreement of the Purchasers to
purchase the Preferred Shares and the Warrants (as hereinafter
defined), as provided for herein, the undersigned Information
Advantage, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), hereby
agrees with each of the Purchasers as follows:
1. AUTHORIZATION OF SECURITIES. The Company proposes
to authorize, issue and sell an aggregate of up to 3,894,999
series A convertible preferred shares, to be issued pursuant to
and be entitled to the benefits of the provisions of an amendment
to the Articles of Incorporation of the Company (the "Amendment")
substantially as set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. The term
Preferred Shares as used herein shall mean the series A
convertible preferred shares set forth in Schedule A hereto and
all preferred shares of the Company issued in exchange or
substitution therefor.
The Preferred Shares shall be convertible into shares
of the Company's Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) (such
shares of Common Stock into which the Preferred Shares are
convertible and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issued
in exchange or substitution therefor being hereinafter sometimes
referred to as the "Conversion Stock"), initially at the rate of
one share of Conversion Stock for each Preferred Share (subject
to adjustment as hereinafter provided), all as more fully set
forth in the Amendment. The Preferred Shares shall be subject in
all respects to all of the other provisions of the Amendment.
The Company also proposes to authorize, issue and sell
to the Purchasers warrants to purchase an aggregate of up to
2,749,410 shares of Common Stock (which number of shares may be
increased, as described in Exhibit 2, to a maximum of 6,677,143
if certain specified goals are not attained), such warrants to be
substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto. The term Warrants
as used herein shall mean the warrants to be delivered pursuant
to this Agreement and all warrants issued in exchange or
substitution therefor; and the term Warrant Stock as used herein
shall mean the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
the Warrants and all shares of Common Stock issued in exchange or
substitution therefor.
2. SALE AND PURCHASE OF SECURITIES. Subject to the
terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to sell to each
Purchaser, and each Purchaser agrees to purchase from the
Company, the number of Preferred Shares and Warrants to purchase
the number of shares of Warrant Stock set forth opposite such
Purchaser's name in Schedule A hereto, at the purchase price set
forth
<PAGE>
opposite such Purchaser's name in Schedule A hereto. The parties
hereto agree that of such purchase price, $.01 per share of Warrant
Stock covered by the Warrants shall be allocated to the purchase of
the Warrants.
3. CLOSING. The closing of the sale to, and purchase
by, the Purchasers of the Preferred Shares and the Warrants (the
"Closing") shall occur at the offices of Faegre & Benson, 2200
Norwest Center, 90 South Seventh Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota,
at the hour of 10 A.M., Minneapolis time, on March 10, 1993 or on
such other day or at such other time or place as the Purchasers
and the Company shall agree upon (the "Closing Date").
At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the
Purchasers certificates representing the Preferred Shares and the
Warrants being purchased by the Purchasers, registered in their
respective names as stated in Schedule A hereto (or in the names
of their respective nominees as may be specified to the Company
at least 48 hours prior to the Closing Date), against delivery to
the Company of their checks in the amounts set forth after their
respective names in Schedule A hereto, in payment of the total
purchase price of the Preferred Shares and the Warrants being
purchased by the Purchasers.
Each of the Purchasers acknowledges and agrees that
during the period commencing with the Closing Date and ending on
May 31, 1993 the Company may sell an additional number of
series A convertible preferred shares, not to exceed the
difference between 3,894,999 and the number of Preferred Shares
issued on the Closing Date, and additional warrants to purchase
an additional number of shares of Common Stock, not to exceed the
difference between 2,749,410 and the number of shares of Warrant
Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants issued on the
Closing Date, to the James T. Dunn Co. Pension Plan and Trust,
Carl R. Bergquist, Jr., Gordon Siegel and Clari Wechter, as Joint
Tenants, Dale S. Hanson and Edward Ruch on the same terms as the
sale of the Preferred Shares and the Warrants to the Purchasers
on the Closing Date, upon execution of counterparts of this
Agreement by such additional purchasers who shall thereupon
become bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.
Such additional purchasers shall, by executing counterparts of
this Agreement, become Purchasers for all purposes of this
Agreement, and Schedule A hereto shall be deemed to be
appropriately amended. The series A convertible preferred shares
of the Company thus sold to such additional purchasers shall be
deemed to be Preferred Shares and Purchased Stock as such terms
are defined in this Agreement; and the warrants thus sold shall
be deemed to be Warrants and Purchased Stock as those terms are
defined in this Agreement. The sale of such additional
securities may be subject to such conditions as are consistent
with those set forth in Section 7 hereof and are agreed to among
the Company and such additional purchasers. Each of the
Purchasers also acknowledges and agrees that such additional
purchasers, upon execution by them of counterparts of the Co-Sale
Agreements referred to in Section 7.9 hereof, shall become
Purchasers as that term is defined in such Co-Sale Agreements and
shall be entitled to the benefits of such Co-Sale Agreements, and
that Schedule A to such Co-Sale Agreements shall be deemed to be
appropriately amended.
-2-
<PAGE>
4. RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF SECURITIES.
4.1 RESTRICTIONS. The Preferred Shares and the
Conversion Stock, and the Warrants and the Warrant Stock, are
transferable only pursuant to (a) a public offering registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), (b) Rule 144 (or any similar rule then in effect) adopted
under the Securities Act, if such rule is available, and
(c) subject to the conditions elsewhere specified in this
Section 4, any other legally available means of transfer.
4.2 (a) LEGEND. Each certificate representing
Preferred Shares and each of the Warrants shall be endorsed with
the following legend:
"The securities evidenced hereby may not be
transferred without (i) the opinion of
counsel satisfactory to the Company that such
transfer may be lawfully made without
registration under the Federal Securities Act
of 1933 and all applicable state securities
laws or (ii) such registration."
Upon the conversion of any Preferred Shares or upon the exercise
of any Warrant, unless the Company receives an opinion of counsel
from the holder of such a security satisfactory to the Company to
the effect that a sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or
distribution of the Conversion Stock or Warrant Stock issuable
upon such conversion or exercise may be made without
registration, or unless such Conversion Stock or Warrant Stock is
being disposed of pursuant to registration under the Securities
Act and any applicable state act, the same legend shall be
endorsed on the certificate evidencing such Conversion Stock or
Warrant Stock.
The aforesaid legend shall be removed with respect to
securities held for at least three years (including, with respect
to the Conversion Stock and any Common Stock issued upon the
exercise of the Conversion Right described in paragraph 12 of
Exhibit 2 hereto, the period during which the related converted
Preferred Shares or Warrants had been held) by a person who has
not been an affiliate of the Company (as defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act) during the three months preceding the
request for removal of such legend. The foregoing legend removal
requirement is based on Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act as
currently in force, and assumes that such Rule (or a successor
thereto) in substantially its current form shall be in effect at
the time of any such request for legend removal.
(b) STOP TRANSFER ORDER. A stop transfer order shall
be placed with the Company's transfer agent preventing transfer
of any of the securities referred to in paragraph (a) above
pending compliance with the conditions set forth in any such
legend (except as otherwise provided in paragraph (a) above).
4.3 REMOVAL OF LEGEND. Any legend endorsed on a
certificate or instrument evidencing a security pursuant to
Section 4.2 hereof shall be removed, and the Company shall issue
a certificate or instrument without such legend to the holder of
such security, (a) in accordance with Section 4.2(a) hereof,
(b) if such security is being disposed of pursuant to
registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state
acts or pursuant to Rule 144 or any similar rule then in effect,
or (c) if such holder provides the Company with an opinion of
counsel
-3-
<PAGE>
satisfactory to the Company to the effect that a sale, transfer,
assignment, offer, pledge or distribution for value of such
security may be made without registration and that such legend is
not required to satisfy the applicable exemption from registration.
4.4 REGISTER OF SECURITIES. The Company or its
duly appointed agent shall maintain a separate register for the
Preferred Shares and the Warrants in which it shall register the
issuance and transfer of all Preferred Shares and Warrants. All
transfers of Preferred Shares and Warrants shall be recorded on
the register maintained by the Company or its agent, and the
Company shall be entitled to regard the registered holder of such
securities as the actual owner of the securities so registered
until the Company or its agent is required to record a transfer
of such securities on its register. The Company or its agent
shall be required to record any such transfer when it receives
(a) the security to be transferred duly and properly endorsed by
the registered holder thereof or by its attorney duly authorized
in writing, and (b) the opinion of counsel referred to in
Sections 4.2 and 4.3 hereof or evidence of compliance with the
registration provisions referred to in those Sections.
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY COMPANY. Except
as disclosed in Exhibit 3 hereto, the Company represents and
warrants to the Purchasers that:
5.1 ORGANIZATION, STANDING, ETC. The Company is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and has the requisite
corporate power and authority to own its properties and to carry on
its business in all material respects as it is now being conducted.
The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to
issue the Preferred Shares and the Conversion Stock, and the
Warrants and the Warrant Stock, and to otherwise perform its
obligations under this Agreement and the Warrants. The copies of
the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company delivered
to the Purchasers or their agents prior to the execution of this
Agreement are true and complete copies of the duly and legally
adopted Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company in
effect as of the date of this Agreement. The Company does not have
any direct or indirect equity interest in any other firm,
corporation, partnership, joint venture association or other
business organization except as set forth in Exhibit 3 hereto. If
any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) is listed on Exhibit 3
hereto, the representations and warranties set forth in this
Section 5 are being hereby restated with respect to such Subsidiary.
5.2 QUALIFICATION. The Company is duly qualified
or licensed as a foreign corporation in good standing in each
jurisdiction wherein the nature of its activities or of its
properties owned or leased makes such qualification or licensing
necessary and failure to be so qualified or licensed would have a
material adverse impact on its business.
5.3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Attached hereto as
Exhibit 4 are (a) an unaudited balance sheet at December 31,
1992, together with the related statements of operations,
stockholders' equity and cash flow for the fiscal year then
ended, prepared by the Company, and (b) an unaudited balance
sheet at January 31, 1993 (the "Balance Sheet Date"), and the
related statements of operations and cash flow for the one month
then ended, prepared by the Company. Such financial statements
(i) are in accordance with the books and records of the Company,
(ii) present fairly the financial condition of the Company at the
balance sheet dates and the results
-4-
<PAGE>
of its operations for the periods therein specified, and (iii)
have, in all material respects, been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis
consistent with prior accounting periods. Specifically, but not by
way of limitation, the balance sheets or notes thereto disclose all
of the debts, liabilities and obligations of any nature (whether
absolute, accrued or contingent and whether due or to become due)
of the Company at December 31, 1992 and at the Balance Sheet Date
which, individually or in the aggregate, are material and which in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles would be
required to be disclosed in such balance sheets, and the omission
of which would, in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on
the Company. The balance sheets include appropriate reserves for
all taxes and other liabilities accrued at such date but not yet
payable.
5.4 TAX RETURNS AND AUDITS. All required federal,
state and local tax returns or appropriate extension requests of
the Company have been filed, and, to the knowledge of the Company,
all federal, state and local taxes required to be paid with respect
to such returns have been paid or due provision for the payment
thereof has been made. The Company is not delinquent in the
payment of any such tax or in the payment of any assessment or
governmental charge. The Company has not received notice of any
tax deficiency proposed or assessed against it, and has not
executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on the assessment
or collection of any tax. None of the Company's tax returns has
been audited by governmental authorities in a manner to bring such
audits to the Company's attention. To the knowledge of the
Company, the Company does not have any tax liabilities except those
reflected in Exhibit 4 hereto and those incurred in the ordinary
course of business since the Balance Sheet Date.
5.5 CHANGES, DIVIDENDS, ETC. Except for the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, since the Balance
Sheet Date the Company has not: (a) incurred any debts,
obligations or liabilities, absolute, accrued or contingent and
whether due or to become due, except current liabilities incurred
in the ordinary course of business, which (individually or in the
aggregate) will not materially and adversely affect the business,
properties or prospects of the Company; (b) paid any obligation or
liability other than, or discharged or satisfied any liens or
encumbrances other than those securing, current liabilities, in
each case in the ordinary course of business; (c) declared or made
any payment or distribution to its stockholders as such, or
purchased or redeemed any of its shares of capital stock or other
securities, or obligated itself to do so; (d) mortgaged, pledged or
subjected to lien, charge, security interest or other encumbrance
any of its assets, tangible or intangible, except in the ordinary
course of business; (e) sold, transferred or leased any of its
assets except in the ordinary course of business; (f) cancelled or
compromised any debt or claim, or waived or released any right of
material value; (g) suffered any physical damage, destruction or
loss (whether or not covered by insurance) materially and adversely
affecting the properties, business or prospects of the Company; (h)
entered into any transaction other than in the ordinary course of
business; (i) encountered any labor difficulties or labor union
organizing activities; (j) issued or sold any shares of capital
stock or other securities or granted any options, warrants or other
purchase rights with respect thereto other than as contemplated by
this Agreement; (k) made any acquisition or disposition of any
material assets or become involved in any other material
transaction, other than for fair value in the ordinary course of
business; (l) increased the compensation payable, or to become
payable, to any of its directors or employees, or made any bonus
payment or similar arrangement with any directors or employees or
increased the scope or nature of
-5-
<PAGE>
any fringe benefits provided for its employees or directors; or (m)
agreed to do any of the foregoing other than pursuant hereto.
There has been no material adverse change in the financial
condition, operations, results of operations or business of the
Company since the Balance Sheet Date.
5.6 TITLE TO PROPERTIES AND ENCUMBRANCES. The
Company has good and marketable title to all its owned properties
and assets, including without limitation the properties and assets
reflected in Exhibit 4 hereto and the properties and assets used in
the conduct of its business, except for property disposed of in the
ordinary course of business since the Balance Sheet Date, which
properties and assets are not subject to any mortgage, pledge,
lease, lien, charge, security interest, encumbrance or restriction,
except (a) those which are shown and described in Exhibit 4 hereto
or the notes thereto, and (b) Permitted Liens (as hereinafter
defined). The plant, offices and equipment owned and leased by the
Company have been kept in good condition and repair in the ordinary
course of business, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and the
Company has not been threatened with any action or proceeding under
any building or zoning ordinance, law or regulation.
5.7 LITIGATION; GOVERNMENTAL PROCEEDINGS. There
are no legal actions, suits, arbitrations or other legal,
administrative or governmental proceedings or investigations
pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the
Company, its properties, assets or business, and the Company is not
aware of any facts which are likely to result in or form the basis
for any such action, suit or other proceeding. The Company is not
in default with respect to any judgment, order or decree of any
court or any governmental agency or instrumentality. The Company
has not been threatened with any action or proceeding under any
business or zoning ordinance, law or regulation.
5.8 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS AND OTHER
INSTRUMENTS. To the knowledge of the Company, the business and
operations of the Company have been and are being conducted in
accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of all
governmental authorities. Neither the execution nor delivery of,
nor the performance of or compliance with, this Agreement nor the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will, to the
knowledge of the Company, conflict with, or, with or without the
giving of notice or passage of time, result in any breach of, or
constitute a default under, or result in the imposition of any lien
or encumbrance upon any asset or property of the Company pursuant
to, any applicable law, administrative regulation or judgment,
order or decree of any court or governmental body, any agreement or
other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it or
any of its properties, assets or rights is bound or affected, and
will not violate the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the
Company. The Company is not in violation of its Articles of
Incorporation or its Bylaws nor in violation of, or in default
under, any lien, indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, instrument,
commitment or arrangement in any material respect.
5.9 PREFERRED SHARES AND CONVERSION STOCK; WARRANTS
AND WARRANT STOCK. The Preferred Shares and the Warrants, when
issued and paid for pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, will
be duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid,
nonassessable and free and clear of all pledges, liens,
encumbrances and restrictions, except as set forth in Section 4
hereof, and the shares of Conversion Stock and Warrant Stock
issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares or exercise of the
Warrants have been reserved for issuance based upon the initial
-6-
<PAGE>
Conversion Price or Purchase Price (as hereinafter defined), and
when issued upon conversion or exercise will be duly authorized,
validly issued and outstanding, fully paid, nonassessable and free
and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances and restrictions,
except as set forth in Section 4 hereof. The Warrants and the
certificates representing the Preferred Shares to be delivered by
the Company hereunder, and the certificates representing the
Conversion Stock and Warrant Stock to be delivered upon the
conversion of the Preferred Shares or exercise of the Warrants,
will be genuine, and the Company has no knowledge of any fact which
would impair the validity thereof.
5.10 SECURITIES LAWS. Based in part upon the
representations and warranties contained in Section 6 hereof, no
consent, authorization, approval, permit or order of or filing with
any governmental or regulatory authority is required under current
laws and regulations in connection with the execution and delivery
of this Agreement or the offer, issuance, sale or delivery of the
Preferred Shares or the Warrants or the offer of the Conversion
Stock or the Warrant Stock other than the qualification thereof, if
required, under applicable state securities laws, which
qualification has been or will be effected as a condition of these
sales. The Company has not, directly or through an agent, offered
the Preferred Shares or the Conversion Stock, or the Warrants or
the Warrant Stock, or any similar securities for sale to, or
solicited any offers to acquire such securities from, persons other
than the Purchasers and other accredited investors. Under the
circumstances contemplated hereby, the offer, issuance, sale and
delivery of the Preferred Shares and the Warrants and the offer of
the Conversion Stock and the Warrant Stock will not under current
laws and regulations require compliance with the prospectus
delivery or registration requirements of the Securities Act.
5.11 PATENTS AND OTHER INTANGIBLE RIGHTS. To the
knowledge of the Company, the Company (a) owns or has the exclusive
right to use, free and clear of all material liens, claims and
restrictions, all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names,
copyrights, licenses and rights with respect to the foregoing, used
in the conduct of its business as now conducted, (b) is not
obligated or under any liability whatsoever to make any payments of
a material nature by way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any
owner of, licensor of, or other claimant to, any patent, trademark,
trade name, copyright or other intangible asset, with respect to
the use thereof or in connection with the conduct of its business
or otherwise, (c) owns or has the unrestricted right to use all
trade secrets, including know-how, inventions, designs, processes,
computer programs and technical data necessary to the development,
operation and sale of all products and services sold or proposed to
be sold by it, free and clear of any rights, liens or claims of
others, and (d) is not using any confidential information or trade
secrets of others. The Company is not, to its knowledge, nor has it
received notice with respect to, infringing upon or otherwise
acting adversely to any known right or claimed right of any person
under or with respect to any patents, trademarks, service marks,
trade names, copyrights, licenses or rights with respect to the
foregoing.
5.12 CAPITAL STOCK. The authorized capital stock of
the Company consists of 10,000,000 shares, of which 2,947,030
common shares are issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Company were duly authorized and
validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. There are no
outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, contracts,
demands, commitments, Convertible Securities (as hereinafter
defined) or other agreements or arrangements of any character or
nature whatever, except as otherwise disclosed in
-7-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3 hereto or as contemplated by this Agreement, under which
the Company is or may be obligated to issue capital stock or other
securities of any kind representing an ownership interest or
contingent ownership interest in the Company. Neither the offer nor
the issuance or sale of the Preferred Shares or the Conversion
Stock, or the Warrants or the Warrant Stock, constitutes an event,
under any anti-dilution provisions of any securities issued or
issuable by the Company or any agreements with respect to the
issuance of securities by the Company, which will either increase
the number of shares issuable pursuant to such provisions or
decrease the consideration per share to be received by the Company
pursuant to such provisions. No holder of any security of the
Company is entitled to any preemptive or similar rights to purchase
securities from the Company except as otherwise contemplated by
this Agreement, provided, however, that nothing in this Section
5.12 shall affect, alter or diminish any right granted to the
Purchasers in this Agreement. All outstanding securities of the
Company have been issued in full compliance with an exemption or
exemptions from the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act and from the registration and
qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws.
5.13 OUTSTANDING DEBT. The Company has no
Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (as hereinafter defined) except as
otherwise set forth in Exhibit 4 hereto or the notes thereto. The
Company is not in default in the payment of the principal of or
interest or premium on any such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money,
and no event has occurred or is continuing under the provisions of
any instrument, document or agreement evidencing or relating to any
such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money which with the lapse of time
or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of
default thereunder.
5.14 SCHEDULE OF ASSETS AND CONTRACTS. Attached
hereto as Exhibit 5 is a Schedule of Assets and Contracts
containing:
(a) Annex A: a listing of all real properties
owned by the Company;
(b) Annex B: a listing of each indenture, lease,
sublease, license or other instrument under which the
Company claims or holds a leasehold interest in real
property;
(c) Annex C: a listing of all written and oral
contracts, agreements, subcontracts, purchase orders,
commitments and arrangements involving payments
remaining to or from the Company in excess of $5,000
and other agreements material to the Company's business
to which the Company is a party or by which it is
bound, under which full performance (including payment)
has not been rendered by any party thereto;
(d) Annex D: a listing of all collective
bargaining agreements, employment agreements,
consulting agreements, noncompetition agreements,
nondisclosure agreements, executive compensation plans,
profit sharing plans, bonus plans, deferred
compensation agreements, employee pension retirement
plans and employee benefit stock option or stock
purchase plans and other employee benefit plans,
entered into or adopted by the Company;
-8-
<PAGE>
(e) Annex E: a listing of all deeds of trust,
mortgages, security agreements, pledge agreements and
other agreements or arrangements whereby any of the
assets or properties of the Company are subject to any
lien, encumbrance, security interest or charge;
(f) Annex F: a listing of all leases of personal
property involving payment remaining to or from the
Company in excess of $5,000;
(g) Annex G: a listing of all bank accounts (or
accounts with other financial institutions) maintained
by the Company, together with the persons authorized to
make withdrawals from such accounts;
(h) Annex H: the name of each employee of the
Company whose annual compensation is in excess of
$20,000 and the remuneration currently payable to each
such employee;
(i) Annex I: the name of each stockholder of the
Company and the number of shares owned by such
stockholder;
(j) Annex J: a listing of all insurance policies
in force and referred to in Section 5.19 hereof; and
(k) Annex K: a listing of all patents (including
applications therefor), royalty and license agreements,
trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights
owned by and relating to Company products.
Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall provide
legal counsel for the Purchasers with a true and complete copy of
each document referred to above which such counsel requests to
examine.
The Company has in all material respects substantially
performed all obligations required to be performed by it to date
and is not in default in any material respect under any of the
contracts, agreements, leases, documents, commitments or other
arrangements to which it is a party or by which it is otherwise
bound. All instruments referred to above are in effect and
enforceable according to their respective terms (except as the
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and except for
judicial limitations on the enforcement of the remedy of specific
performance and other equitable remedies), and there is not under
any of such instruments any existing material default or event of
default or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both,
would constitute an event of default thereunder. To the
knowledge of the Company, all parties having material contractual
arrangements with the Company are in substantial compliance
therewith and none are in material default in any respect
thereunder. All plans or arrangements listed pursuant to
clause (d) above are fully funded to the extent that such funding
is required by generally accepted accounting principles.
-9-
<PAGE>
5.15 CORPORATE ACTS AND PROCEEDINGS. This Agreement
has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on
behalf of the Company, and has been duly executed and delivered by
authorized officers of the Company. All corporate action necessary
to the authorization, creation, issuance and delivery of the
Preferred Shares and the Conversion Stock, and the Warrants and the
Warrant Stock, has been taken on the part of the Company, or will
be taken by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date. This
Agreement is, and each of the Warrants when issued pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement will be, a valid and binding agreement of
the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and except for judicial
limitations on the enforcement of the remedy of specific
enforcement and other equitable remedies.
5.16 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. To the extent that they
exceed the reserves for doubtful accounts set forth in Exhibit 4
hereto, the accounts receivable of the Company which are reflected
in Exhibit 4 hereto and all of its accounts receivable which have
arisen since the Balance Sheet Date (except such accounts
receivable as have been collected since the Balance Sheet Date) are
valid and enforceable claims, and the goods and services sold and
delivered which gave rise to such accounts were sold and delivered
in conformity with the applicable purchase orders, agreements and
specifications. Such accounts receivable are subject to no valid
defense or offsets except routine customer complaints or warranty
demands of an immaterial nature. The reserve for doubtful accounts
that is included in Exhibit 4 hereto is adequate.
5.17 INVENTORIES. The inventories of the Company
which are reflected in Exhibit 4 hereto and all inventory items
which have been acquired since the Balance Sheet Date consist of
raw materials, supplies, work-in-process and finished goods of such
quality and in such quantities as are currently useable or saleable
in the ordinary course of its business.
5.18 PURCHASE COMMITMENTS AND OUTSTANDING BIDS. No
purchase commitment of the Company is in excess of normal, ordinary
and usual requirements of its business, or was made at any price in
excess of the then current market price, or contains terms and
conditions more onerous than those usual and customary in the
industry. To the knowledge of the Company, there is no outstanding
material bid, sales proposal, contract or unfilled order of the
Company which (a) will, or could if accepted, require the Company
to supply goods or services at a cost to the Company in excess of
the revenues to be received therefrom, or (b) quotes prices which
do not include a mark-up over reasonably estimated costs consistent
with past mark-ups on similar business or market conditions current
at the time.
5.19 INSURANCE COVERAGE. There are in full force
policies of insurance issued by insurers of recognized
responsibility insuring the Company, its properties and business
against such losses and risks, and in such amounts, as in the
Company's best judgment, after advice from its insurance broker,
are acceptable for the nature and extent of its business and the
Company's resources.
5.20 NO BROKERS OR FINDERS. No person, firm or
corporation has or will have, as a result of any act or omission of
the Company, any right, interest or valid claim against or
-10-
<PAGE>
upon the Company or any Purchaser for any commission, fee or other
compensation as a finder or broker, or in any similar capacity, in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
The Company will defend and indemnify and hold each Purchaser
harmless against any and all liability with respect to any such
commission, fee or other compensation which may be payable or
determined to be payable in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.
5.21 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. No officer, director or
stockholder of the Company or any affiliate (as such term is
defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of any such person
has any direct or indirect interest (a) in any entity which does
business with the Company, or (b) in any property, asset or right
which is used by the Company in the conduct of its business, or (c)
in any contractual relationship with the Company other than as an
employee. For the purpose of this Section 5.21, there shall be
disregarded any interest which arises solely from the ownership of
less than a 1% equity interest in a corporation whose stock is
regularly traded on any national securities exchange or in the
over-the-counter market.
5.22 LICENSES. To the knowledge of the Company, the
Company possesses from the appropriate agency, commission, board
and government body and authority, whether state, local or federal,
all licenses, permits, authorizations, approvals, franchises and
rights which (a) are necessary for it to engage in the business
currently conducted by it, and (b) if not possessed by the Company
would have an adverse impact on the Company's business. The
Company has no knowledge that would lead it to believe that it will
not be able to obtain all licenses, permits, authorizations,
approvals, franchises and rights that may be required for any
business the Company proposes to conduct.
5.23 REGISTRATION RIGHTS . Other than under this
Agreement, the Company has not agreed to register any of its
authorized or outstanding securities under the Securities Act.
5.24 RETIREMENT PLANS. The Company does not have
any retirement plans in which any employees of the Company
participate that is subject to any provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and of the regulations
adopted pursuant thereto ("ERISA").
5.25 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY LAWS. To the best of
its knowledge, the Company is not in violation of any applicable
statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or
occupational health and safety, and no material expenditures are or
will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute,
law or regulation.
The operations of the Company do not involve any
asbestos, urea-formaldehyde foamed-in-place insulation,
polyclorinated biphenyls ("PCBs") or any other hazardous substances
or materials including, but not limited to, hazardous substances or
materials under the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act, as amended by the Superfund
Amendments and Reauthorization Act, the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act, the Minnesota Environmental Response and Liability
Act, or any other federal, state or local statute, regulation, code
or ordinance.
-11-
<PAGE>
5.26 EMPLOYEES. To the best of the Company's
knowledge, no officer of the Company or employee of the Company
whose annual compensation is in excess of $20,000 has any plans to
terminate his or her employment with the Company. The Company has
complied in all material respects with all laws relating to the
employment of labor, including provisions relating to wages, hours,
equal opportunity, collective bargaining and payment of Social
Security and other taxes, and the Company has not encountered any
material labor difficulties. To the knowledge of the Company, the
Company does not have any worker's compensation liabilities, except
those reflected in Exhibit 4 hereto.
5.27 ABSENCE OF RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS. To the best
of the Company's knowledge, no employee of the Company is subject
to any secrecy or non-competition agreement or any agreement or
restriction of any kind that would impede in any way the ability of
such employee to carry out fully all activities of such employee in
furtherance of the business of the Company. To the best of the
Company's knowledge, no employer or former employer of any employee
of the Company has any claim of any kind whatsoever in respect of
any of the rights described in Section 5.11 hereof.
5.28 SMALL BUSINESS CONCERN. The Company is a small
business concern within the meaning of such term as used in the
Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended, and the Rules
and Regulations thereunder, as now in effect. The Company has
heretofore furnished to each of the Purchasers which is a licensed
small business investment company (an "SBIC"), or will furnish to
each such Purchaser on or prior to the Closing Date, a completed
Size Status Declaration on SBA Form 480 and represents and warrants
that it has been accurately completed and that all objective facts
are correctly stated.
5.29 DISCLOSURE. The Company has not knowingly
withheld from the Purchasers any material facts relating to the
assets, business, operations, financial condition or prospects of
the Company. No representation or warranty in this Agreement or in
any certificate, schedule, statement or other document furnished or
to be furnished to any Purchaser pursuant hereto or in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby contains or will contain
any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to
state any material fact required to be stated herein or therein or
necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.
6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS. Each
of the Purchasers severally represents and warrants for itself that:
6.1 INVESTMENT INTENT. The Preferred Shares and
the Warrants being acquired by such Purchaser hereunder are being
purchased, and the Conversion Stock and the Warrant Stock acquired
by such Purchaser upon conversion of such Preferred Shares or
exercise of such Warrants will be acquired, for such Purchaser's
own account and not with the view to, or for resale in connection
with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the
meaning of the Securities Act. Such Purchaser understands that the
Preferred Shares and the Conversion Stock, and the Warrants and the
Warrant Stock, have not been registered under the Securities Act or
any applicable state laws by reason of their issuance or
contemplated issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and such
laws, and
-12-
<PAGE>
that the reliance of the Company and others upon this exemption is
predicated in part upon this representation and warranty. Such
Purchaser further understands that the Preferred Shares and
Conversion Stock, and the Warrants and the Warrant Stock, may not
be transferred or resold without (a) registration under the
Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or (b) an
exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws.
Such Purchaser understands that an exemption from such
registration is not presently available pursuant to Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act by the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") and that in any event such
Purchaser may not sell any securities pursuant to Rule 144 prior
to the expiration of a two-year period after such Purchaser has
acquired the securities. Such Purchaser understands that any
sales pursuant to Rule 144 may only be made in full compliance
with the provisions of Rule 144.
6.2 LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL OFFICE AND QUALIFICATION
AS ACCREDITED INVESTOR. The state in which such Purchaser's
principal office (or domicile, if such Purchaser is an individual)
is located is set forth in such Purchaser's address in Schedule A
hereto. Unless otherwise indicated on such Purchaser's
Certification attached to this Agreement, such Purchaser qualifies
as an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the
Securities Act for the reasons specified on such Certification.
Such Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and
business matters that such Purchaser is capable of evaluating the
merits and risks of the investment to be made hereunder by such
Purchaser. Such Purchaser has and has had access to all of the
Company's material books and records and access to the Company's
executive officers has been provided to such Purchaser or to such
Purchaser's qualified agents.
6.3 ACTS AND PROCEEDINGS. This Agreement has been
duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such
Purchaser, has been duly executed and delivered by such Purchaser,
and is a valid and binding agreement upon the part of such
Purchaser.
6.4 NO BROKERS OR FINDERS. No person, firm or
corporation has or will have, as a result of any act or omission by
such Purchaser, any right, interest or valid claim against the
Company for any commission, fee or other compensation as a finder
or broker, or in any similar capacity, in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Such Purchaser will
defend and indemnify and hold the Company harmless against any and
all liability with respect to any such commission, fee or other
compensation which may be payable or determined to be payable as a
result of the actions of such Purchaser in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
7. CONDITIONS OF EACH PURCHASER'S OBLIGATION. The
obligation to purchase and pay for the Preferred Shares and the
Warrants which each Purchaser has agreed to purchase on the Closing
Date is subject to the fulfillment prior to or on the Closing Date
of the following conditions. In the event that any such condition
is not satisfied to the satisfaction of each Purchaser, or in the
event that any of the Purchasers does not proceed with the purchase
of the number of Preferred Shares or Warrants it has committed to
purchase, then no Purchaser shall be obligated to proceed with the
purchase of such Preferred Shares or Warrants.
-13-
<PAGE>
7.1 NO ERRORS, ETC. The representations and
warranties of the Company under this Agreement shall be true in all
material respects as of the Closing Date with the same effect as
though made on and as of the Closing Date.
7.2 COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENT. The Company shall
have performed and complied with all agreements or conditions
required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it
prior to or as of the Closing Date.
7.3 CERTIFICATE OF OFFICERS. The Company shall
have delivered to the Purchasers a certificate, dated the Closing
Date, executed by the President and the senior financial officer of
the Company and certifying to the satisfaction of the conditions
specified in Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.5 hereof.
7.4 OPINION OF COMPANY'S COUNSEL. The Company
shall have delivered to each of the Purchasers an opinion or
opinions of Briggs and Morgan, counsel for the Company, dated the
Closing Date, to the effect that:
(a) The Company is a duly and validly organized
and existing corporation in good standing under the
laws of the State of Minnesota; has the corporate power
and authority to enter into this Agreement, to issue
and sell the Preferred Shares and the Conversion
Stock, and the Warrants and the Warrant Stock, as
contemplated by this Agreement, and to carry out the
provisions of this Agreement; and has the corporate
power and authority to own and hold its properties
owned and leased and to carry on the business in which
it is engaged.
(b) This Agreement and the Warrants have been
duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company,
and are legal, valid and binding agreements of the
Company enforceable in accordance with their respective
terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium,
reorganization or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and except
for judicial limitations on the enforcement of the
remedy of specific performance and other equitable
remedies.
(c) The Amendment, substantially in the form set
forth as Exhibit 1 hereto, has been duly adopted by all
necessary corporate action, and has been duly filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Minnesota
(no other or additional filing or recording being
necessary in order to perfect the rights and privileges
of the holders of the Preferred Shares).
(d) The Preferred Shares are entitled to the
rights, preferences and provisions of the Amendment,
subject to any limitations contained therein and under
Minnesota law.
(e) The Preferred Shares and the Warrants have
been duly authorized, issued and delivered by the
Company and are fully paid and nonassessable, and the
-14-
<PAGE>
Warrants and the certificates for the Preferred Shares
are in valid and sufficient form, and the Preferred
Shares and the Warrants are entitled to the benefits of
this Agreement applicable thereto, subject to any
limitations contained herein and under Minnesota law.
(f) The Conversion Stock and the Warrant Stock
have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance
upon conversion of the Preferred Shares and exercise of
the Warrants based upon the initial Conversion Price or
Purchase Price, and when issued upon such conversion or
exercise in accordance with the terms and conditions of
the Preferred Shares or the Warrants and those of this
Agreement the Conversion Stock and the Warrant Stock
will be duly authorized and issued and will be fully
paid and nonassessable.
(g) All corporate proceedings required by law or
by the provisions of this Agreement to be taken by the
Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Company
on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the offer,
issuance and sale of the Preferred Shares and the
Conversion Stock, and the Warrants and the Warrant
Stock, and in connection with the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been
duly and validly taken.
(h) The Company is authorized by its Articles of
Incorporation to issue 20,000,000 common shares and
10,000,000 preferred shares consisting of 5,000,000
series A convertible preferred shares and 5,000,000
series B convertible preferred shares. The Preferred
Shares are the only series A convertible preferred
shares that are issued and outstanding, and none of the
series B convertible preferred shares have ever been
issued and outstanding. There are 2,793,184 common
shares duly issued and outstanding, all of which are
fully paid and nonassessable. The issuance and sale of
such outstanding common shares were exempt from
registration under the Securities Act and such shares
were issued in conformity with the permit or
qualification requirements of all applicable state
securities laws. Except for such preferred shares and
such common shares, the Company has no other authorized
or outstanding series or class of capital stock, and,
to the knowledge of such counsel, there are no
outstanding securities convertible into common shares
of the Company or outstanding options, warrants or
other rights to acquire securities of the Company,
other than (a) the Preferred Shares and the Warrants,
and (b) options and warrants disclosed in Exhibit 3 to
this Agreement. To the knowledge of such counsel,
there are no agreements or understandings on the part
of the Company with respect to the registration of any
securities of the Company under the Securities Act,
other than those granted under this Agreement, and
there are no obligations on the part of the Company to
purchase or redeem any outstanding shares of capital
stock of the Company, other than as set forth in the
Amendment.
(i) To such counsel's knowledge, no security
holder of the Company is entitled to preemptive or
similar rights to subscribe for or to purchase any
shares of
-15-
<PAGE>
capital stock of the Company except as otherwise
contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any security
holder of the Company be entitled to any such rights
as a result of the execution or delivery of this
Agreement or the issuance of the Preferred Shares or
the Conversion Stock or the Warrants or the Warrant
Stock.
(j) Assuming the accuracy of the representations
of the Purchasers set forth in Section 6 hereof, the
Company has obtained the approval or consent of all
governmental agencies or bodies required to be obtained
by it for the legal and valid execution and delivery of
this Agreement and the legal and valid offer, issuance
and sale of the Preferred Shares and the Warrants and
the offer of the Conversion Stock and the Warrant Stock
to the Purchasers through conversion or exercise by
them of the Preferred Shares or the Warrants and for
the performance of the obligations of the Company under
any provisions of this Agreement. The Company is not
in violation of any term, provision or condition of its
Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, or, to such
counsel's knowledge, in violation of any agreement or
other instrument known to such counsel to which the
Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which
any of its properties, assets or business is subject or
any judgment, decree or order known to such counsel or
to such counsel's knowledge any statute, rule or
regulation; and the execution, delivery and performance
of this Agreement, the offer, issuance and sale of the
Preferred Shares and the Conversion Stock, and the
Warrants and the Warrant Stock, and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will
not result in any breach or violation of the terms or
provisions of, or constitute a default under, the
Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company
or, to such counsel's knowledge, in violation of any
agreement or other instrument known to such counsel to
which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or
to which any of its properties, assets or business is
subject or any judgment, decree or order known to such
counsel or to such counsel's knowledge any statute,
rule or regulation.
(k) Assuming the accuracy of the representations
of the Purchasers set forth in Section 6 hereof, the
offer, sale, issuance and delivery of the Preferred
Shares and the Warrants and the offer of the Conversion
Stock and the Warrant Stock to the Purchasers through
conversion or exercise by them of the Preferred Shares
or the Warrants under the circumstances contemplated by
the Amendment, the Warrants and this Agreement are
exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, and all
registrations, qualifications, permits and approvals,
if any, required under applicable state securities laws
for the lawful offer, sale, issuance and delivery of
the Preferred Shares and the Conversion Stock, and the
Warrants and the Warrant Stock, have been obtained.
(l) Such counsel have no knowledge of any
litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation
pending or threatened against the Company, its key
management employees, properties or business which, if
determined adversely to the Company, would have a
material adverse effect upon the financial condition,
operations, results of operations or business of the
Company.
-16-
<PAGE>
7.5 NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. There shall exist at the
time of Closing no condition or event which would constitute an
Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) or which, after notice or
lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
7.6 QUALIFICATION UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. All
registrations, qualifications, permits and approvals required under
applicable state securities laws for the lawful execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the offer, sale, issuance and
delivery of the Preferred Shares and the Warrants and the offer of
the Conversion Stock and the Warrant Stock shall have been obtained.
7.7 PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS. All corporate and
other proceedings and actions taken in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby and all certificates, opinions,
agreements, instruments and documents mentioned herein or incident
to any such transaction shall be satisfactory in form and substance
to the Purchasers and their special counsel.
7.8 STOCKHOLDER VOTING AGREEMENT. The Purchasers,
and Jay H. Wein, Joel H. Gottesman, Carl R. Bergquist, Jr., Mark W.
Sheffert, Neil Albert, Ron Tracey, VAR & Co. and Sheffert & Wein,
Inc. (each being a holder of more than 5% of the outstanding Common
Stock of the Company, and collectively referred to as the "5%
Common Stock Holders"), shall have entered into a Stockholder
Voting Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit 6 hereto,
pursuant to which the parties thereto shall agree to vote their
shares of capital stock of the Company in favor of the director
designees of St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company ("St.
Paul"), Norwest Equity Partners IV, a Minnesota Limited Partnership
("Norwest"), and Pathfinder Venture Capital Fund III, a Limited
Partnership ("Pathfinder").
7.9 CO-SALE AGREEMENTS. Each of the 5% Common
Stock Holders shall have entered into a Co-Sale Agreement with the
Purchasers substantially in the form of Exhibit 7 hereto.
7.10 KEY PERSON INSURANCE. The Company shall have a
binding commitment to obtain the key person life insurance
specified in Exhibit 8 hereto, and shall furnish each of the
Purchasers with reasonable evidence thereof.
7.11 EXECUTION OF SBA FORM 480. Each of the
Purchasers that is an SBIC and the Company shall have executed the
Size Status Declaration on SBA Form 480 referred to in Section 5.28
hereof, and each of such Purchasers shall have received an executed
copy of such Form for its records.
7.12 EXECUTION OF SBA FORM 652-D. Each of the
Purchasers that is an SBIC shall have received from the Company its
duly executed certification, dated the Closing Date, on SBA Form
652-D, that the Company will not illegally discriminate in its
operations, employment practices or facilities.
7.13 EMPLOYEE AGREEMENTS. Each employee of the
Company who has managerial duties or whose duties involve research
and development shall have executed and
-16-
<PAGE>
delivered to the Company an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to
the Purchasers and complying with Minnesota law, assigning irrevocably to the
Company any present or future invention, discovery, improvement, formula,
proprietary right or data, trade secret, shop right, idea or know-how,
whether patented or not, discovered, developed or otherwise acquired by such
employee during the term of such employee's employment with the Company, and
agreeing not to divulge to others information that is proprietary to the
Company.
7.14 EMPLOYEE OPTIONS. The Company shall have
reserved for issuance to employees, consultants and non-employee
directors of the Company upon exercise of options an aggregate
number of shares of Common Stock at least equal to fifteen percent
of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Closing
Date assuming, for purposes of calculating the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding, issuance of the Conversion Stock.
8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Subject to the provisions of
Section 14 hereof, the Company covenants and agrees that:
8.1 CORPORATE EXISTENCE. The Company will maintain
and cause each Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) to maintain its
corporate existence in good standing and comply with all applicable
laws and regulations of the United States or of any state or states
thereof or of any political subdivision thereof and of any
governmental authority where failure to so comply would have a
material adverse impact on the Company or its business or
operations.
8.2 BOOKS OF ACCOUNT AND RESERVES. The Company
will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep books of
record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made
of all of its and their respective dealings, business and affairs,
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The
Company will employ certified public accountants selected by the
Board of Directors of the Company who are "independent" within the
meaning of the accounting regulations of the Commission and who are
one of the so-called "Big Six" accounting firms, and have annual
audits made by such independent public accountants in the course of
which such accountants shall make such examinations, in accordance
with generally accepted auditing standards, as will enable them to
give such reports or opinions with respect to the financial
statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries as will satisfy the
requirements of the Commission in effect at such time with respect
to certificates and opinions of accountants.
8.3 FURNISHING OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
INFORMATION. The Company will deliver to each Purchaser:
(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event
within 30 days after the close of each month, unaudited
consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries as of the end of such month, together with
the related consolidated statements of operations and
cash flow for such month, setting forth the budgeted
figures for such month prepared and submitted in
connection with the Company's annual plan as required
under Section 8.5 hereof and in comparative form
figures for the corresponding month of the previous
fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and
-18-
<PAGE>
certified by an authorized accounting officer of the Company,
subject to year-end adjustments;
(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event
within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, as of the end of such fiscal year,
together with the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders' equity and cash flow for such
fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form figures
for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail
and duly certified by the Company's independent public
accountants, which accountants shall have given the
Company an opinion, unqualified as to the scope of the
audit, regarding such statements;
(c) concurrently with the delivery of any
financial statements referred to in paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this Section 8.3, current schedules of
Indebtedness for Borrowed Money and Senior
Indebtedness, as these terms are hereinafter defined,
together with a certificate of the President and the
principal accounting officer of the Company to the
effect that such schedules are accurate and correct and
that there exists no condition or event which
constitutes an event of default with respect to any
indebtedness of the Company, or, if any such condition
or event exists, specify the nature and period of
existence thereof and what action the Company is taking
or proposes to take with respect thereto;
(d) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal
year, written notice of the current Conversion Price
for the Preferred Shares and Purchase Price for the
Warrants, including a brief statement indicating any
adjustments reasonably anticipated;
(e) concurrently with the delivery in each year
of the financial statements referred to in
paragraph (b) of this Section 8.3, a statement and
report signed by the independent public accountants who
certified such financial statements to the effect that
they have read this Agreement and that in the course of
the audit upon which their certificate was based they
became aware of no condition or event which constituted
an Event of Default or which, after notice or lapse of
time or both, would constitute an Event of Default or
if such accountants did become aware of any such
condition or event, specifying the nature and period of
existence thereof;
(f) promptly after the submission thereof to the
Company, copies of all reports and recommendations
submitted by independent public accountants in
connection with any annual or interim audit of the
accounts of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries made
by such accountants;
(g) promptly upon transmission thereof, copies of
all reports, proxy statements, registration statements
and notifications filed by it with the Commission
pursuant to any act administered by the Commission or
furnished to stockholders of the Company or to any
national securities exchange;
-19-
<PAGE>
(h) with reasonable promptness, such other
financial data relating to the business, affairs and
financial condition of the Company and any Subsidiaries
as is available to the Company and as from time to time
the Purchasers may reasonably request;
(i) promptly following the issuance of any
Additional Shares of Common Stock or of any Convertible
Securities, or any options, warrants or other rights to
purchase Additional Shares of Common Stock or
Convertible Securities, as these terms are hereinafter
defined, written notice of the amount of securities so
issued and the total consideration received therefor;
(j) at least 20 days prior to the earlier of
(i) the execution of any agreement relating to any
merger or consolidation of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries with another corporation, or a plan of
exchange involving the outstanding capital stock of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or the sale,
transfer or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the property, assets or business of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries to another corporation, or
(ii) the holding of any meeting of the stockholders of
the Company for the purpose of approving such action,
written notice of the terms and conditions of such
proposed merger, consolidation, plan of exchange, sale,
transfer or other disposition; and
(k) within 15 days after the Company learns in
writing of the commencement or threatened commencement
of any material suit, legal or equitable, or of any
material administrative, arbitration or other
proceeding against the Company, any of its Subsidiaries
or their respective businesses, assets or properties,
written notice of the nature and extent of such suit or
proceeding.
8.4 INSPECTION. The Company will permit each
Purchaser and any of its partners, officers or employees, or any
outside representatives designated by such Purchaser and reasonably
satisfactory to the Company, to visit and inspect at such
Purchaser's expense any of the properties of the Company or its
Subsidiaries, including their books and records (and to make
photocopies thereof or make extracts therefrom), and to discuss
their affairs, finances, and accounts with their officers, lawyers
and accountants, except with respect to trade secrets and similar
confidential information, all to such reasonable extent and at such
reasonable times and intervals as such Purchaser may reasonably
request. Except as otherwise required by laws or regulations
applicable to a Purchaser, the Purchasers shall maintain, and shall
require their representatives to maintain, all information obtained
pursuant to Section 8.3 hereof, this Section 8.4, Section 8.5
hereof and Section 8.9 hereof on a confidential basis.
8.5 PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF BUDGETS. At least
one month prior to the beginning of each fiscal year of the
Company, the Company shall prepare and submit to its Board of
Directors, for its review and approval, an annual plan for such
year, which shall include monthly capital and operating expense
budgets, cash flow statements and profit and loss projections
itemized in such detail as the Board of Directors may reasonably
request. Each annual plan shall be modified as often as is
necessary in the judgment of the Board of Directors to reflect
changes required as a
-20-
<PAGE>
result of operating results and other events that occur, or may be
reasonably expected to occur, during the year covered by the annual
plan, and copies of each such modification shall be submitted to
the Board of Directors. The Company will, simultaneously with the
submission thereof to the Board of Directors, deliver a copy of
each such annual plan and modification thereof to each Purchaser.
8.6 PAYMENT OF TAXES AND MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.
The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to:
(a) pay and discharge promptly, or cause to be
paid and discharged promptly when due and payable, all
taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies
imposed upon it or upon its income or upon any of its
properties, as well as all material claims of any kind
(including claims for labor, material and supplies)
which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien or charge
upon its property; provided, however, that neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary shall be required to pay any
such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if the
amount, applicability or validity thereof shall
currently be contested in good faith and if the Company
or such Subsidiary as the case may be shall have set
aside on its books reserves (segregated to the extent
required by generally accepted accounting principles)
deemed adequate by it with respect thereto; and
(b) maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained
and kept, its properties in good repair, working order
and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and
from time to time make, or cause to be made, all
repairs and renewals and replacements which in the
opinion of the Company are necessary and proper so that
the business carried on in connection therewith may be
properly and advantageously conducted at all times; the
Company will maintain or cause to be maintained back-up
copies of all valuable papers and software.
8.7 INSURANCE. The Company will, and will cause
each Subsidiary to, obtain and maintain in force such property
damage, public liability, business interruption, worker's
compensation, indemnity bonds and other types of insurance as the
Company's executive officers, after consultation with an accredited
insurance broker, shall determine to be necessary or appropriate to
protect the Company from the insurable hazards or risks associated
with the conduct of the Company's business. The Company's
executive officers shall periodically report to the Board of
Directors on the status of such insurance coverage.
All insurance shall be maintained in at least such
amounts and to such extent as shall be determined to be
reasonable by the Board of Directors; and all such insurance
shall be effected and maintained in force under a policy or
policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility, except
that the Company or any Subsidiary may effect worker's
compensation or similar insurance in respect of operations in any
state or other jurisdiction either through an insurance fund
operated by such state or other jurisdiction or by causing to be
maintained a system or systems of self-insurance which is in
accord with applicable laws.
-21-
<PAGE>
8.8 PAYMENT OF INDEBTEDNESS AND DISCHARGE OF
OBLIGATIONS. The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to,
pay or cause to be paid the principal of and interest and premium,
if any, on all Indebtedness for Borrowed Money heretofore or
hereafter incurred or assumed by it when and as the same shall
become due and payable, unless such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money
is renewed or extended. The Company will, and will cause each
Subsidiary to, faithfully observe, perform and discharge all of the
material covenants, conditions and obligations which are imposed on
it by any and all indentures and other agreements securing or
evidencing such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money or pursuant to
which such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money is issued, and will not
permit the continuance of any act or omission which is or under the
provisions thereof may be declared to be a material default
thereunder, unless such default is waived pursuant to the
provisions thereof. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall
be required to make any payment or to take any other action by
reason of this Section 8.8 at any time while it shall be currently
contesting in good faith its obligations to make such payment or to
take such action provided that the Company or such Subsidiary, as
the case may be, shall have set aside on its books reserves
(segregated to the extent required by generally accepted accounting
principles) deemed adequate by it with respect thereto.
8.9 DIRECTORS' AND STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS. St.
Paul, Norwest and Pathfinder shall have the right to elect
directors of the Company as set forth in the Amendment and the
Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that the designees of
St. Paul, Norwest and Pathfinder are elected to the Board of
Directors.
The Company shall reimburse St. Paul, Norwest and
Pathfinder for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
them or the directors elected by them pursuant to the Amendment in
connection with the attending of meetings by their director
designees or carrying out any other duties by such director
designees that may be specified by the Board of Directors; shall
pay such director designees the same directors' fees paid to the
other non-employee directors of the Company; and shall maintain as
part of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws a provision for the
indemnification of its directors to the full extent permitted by
law.
So long as an officer or partner or employee of St. Paul,
Norwest or Pathfinder is not a director of the Company, the Company
shall notify such Purchaser of all regular meetings and special
meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company at least two
business days in advance of such meetings, and afford any
representative designated by such Purchaser the right and
opportunity to attend any such meeting. Such representative shall
be entitled to receive all written materials and other information
given to directors of the Company in connection with any such
meeting at the time such materials or information are given to such
directors.
The Company agrees, as a general practice, to hold a
meeting of its Board of Directors at least once every two months,
and during each year to hold its annual meeting of stockholders on
or approximately on the date provided in its Bylaws.
8.10 REPLACEMENT OF WARRANTS OR CERTIFICATES
REPRESENTING PREFERRED SHARES OR CONVERSION STOCK OR WARRANT STOCK.
Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of
the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Warrants or
certificates representing
-22-
<PAGE>
Preferred Shares or Conversion Stock or Warrant Stock, and, in the
case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of a
bond of indemnity satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of
any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of the
Warrants or certificates representing Preferred Shares or
Conversion Stock or Warrant Stock, as the case may be, the Company
will issue new Warrants or certificates representing Preferred
Shares or Conversion Stock or Warrant Stock, as the case may be, of
like tenor, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated
Warrants or certificates representing Preferred Shares or
Conversion Stock or Warrant Stock, as the case may be.
8.11 APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS. Unless otherwise
approved by the Purchasers, the net proceeds received by the
Company from the sale of the Preferred Shares shall be used
substantially for working capital purposes. Pending use of the
proceeds in the business, they shall be deposited in a bank or
banks having deposits of $150,000,000 or more, invested in money
market mutual funds having assets of $500,000,000 or more, or
invested in securities issued or guaranteed by the United States
Government.
8.12 RETIREMENT PLANS. The Company will cause each
retirement plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which
any employees of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries
participate that is subject to the provisions of ERISA and the
documents and instruments governing each such plan to be conformed
to when necessary, and to be administered in a manner consistent
with, those provisions of ERISA which may, from time to time,
become effective and operative with respect to such plans; if
requested by the Purchasers in writing from time to time, furnish
to the Purchasers a copy of any annual report with respect to each
such plan that the Company files with the Secretary of Labor
pursuant to ERISA; and at such time as such insurance shall be
available at rates deemed commercially reasonable by the Company,
maintain insurance against the contingent liability against the net
worth of the Company imposed in respect of each such plan by the
provisions of ERISA.
8.13 FILING OF REPORTS. The Company will, from and
after such time as it has securities registered pursuant to Section
12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or has
securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, make timely
filing of such reports as are required to be filed by it with the
Commission so that Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any
successor provision thereto will be available to the security
holders of the Company who are otherwise able to take advantage of
the provisions of such Rule.
8.14 PATENTS AND OTHER INTANGIBLE RIGHTS. The
Company will apply for, or obtain assignments of, or licenses to
use, all patents, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade
name rights and copyrights which in the opinion of a prudent and
experienced businessman operating in the industry in which the
Company is operating are desirable or necessary for the conduct and
protection of the business of the Company.
8.15 INSURANCE ON LIVES OF KEY PERSONNEL. The
Company will maintain life insurance under a policy or policies
issued by insurers of recognized standing in the amounts set forth
in Exhibit 8 hereto on the lives of the persons specified in such
Exhibit 8, to the extent such persons are insurable and so long as
they are employees of the Company. Such policy or policies
-23-
<PAGE>
shall name the Company as the beneficiary thereunder, and shall be
in addition to any policy or policies maintained by the Company to
fund potential stock repurchase obligations of the Company.
8.16 RIGHTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SECURITIES. If
the Company should decide to issue and sell additional shares of
any capital stock of the Company or any warrants, securities
convertible into capital stock of the Company or other rights to
subscribe for or to purchase any capital stock of the Company,
other than (a) shares of Common Stock sold to the public pursuant
to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, if such
offering is underwritten on a firm commitment basis by an
underwriter, or group of underwriters represented by an underwriter
or underwriters, which is a member of the New York Stock Exchange,
(b) shares of Common Stock awarded or issued upon the exercise of
options granted pursuant to employee and consultant benefit plans
adopted by the Company, and the grant of such options themselves,
provided that the aggregate number of shares thus awarded and
issued and issuable pursuant to the exercise of all such options
shall not be in excess of 1,000,000 (appropriately adjusted to
reflect stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations,
consolidations and similar changes effected after the Closing
Date), (c) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the
Preferred Shares or exercise of the Warrants, (d) additional series
A convertible preferred shares and warrants to purchase shares of
Common Stock issued pursuant to the third paragraph of Section 3
hereof, and shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion or
exercise thereof and (e) shares of Exchange Preferred (as that term
is defined in the Amendment), and shares of Common Stock issued
upon conversion thereof (all such capital stock, warrants,
securities convertible into capital stock and other rights, other
than securities referred to in (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above,
being hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as "Additional
Securities"), the Company shall first offer to sell to each of the
Purchasers, upon the same terms and conditions as the Company is
proposing to issue and sell such Additional Securities to others,
such Purchaser's pro rata share (as defined below) of such
Additional Securities. Such offer shall be made by written notice
given to each such Purchaser and specifying therein the amount of
the Additional Securities being offered, the purchase price and
other terms of such offer. Such Purchaser shall have a period of
30 days from and after the date of receipt by it of such notice
within which to accept such offer. If a Purchaser elects to accept
such offer in whole or in part, such Purchaser shall so accept by
written notice to the Company given within such 30-day period. If
a Purchaser fails to accept such offer in whole or in part within
such 30-day period, any of such Additional Securities not purchased
by such Purchaser pursuant to such offer may be offered for sale to
others by the Company for a period of 90 days from the last day of
such 30-day period, but only on the same terms and conditions as
set forth in the initial offer to such Purchaser, free and clear of
the restrictions imposed by this Section 8.16.
For purposes of the previous paragraph, a Purchaser's
"pro rata share" is the number of shares of Additional Securities
(rounded to the nearest whole share) as is equal to the product of
(a)(i) the number of shares of Common Stock issued, or issuable
upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible
Securities without the payment of any additional cash consideration
or with the payment of a nominal cash consideration, as the case
may be (collectively, "Fully Paid Securities"), to such Purchaser
immediately prior to the issuance of the Additional Securities
being offered divided by (ii) the total number of Fully Paid
Securities issued or issuable by the Company to the Purchasers as a
group immediately prior to the issuance of the Additional
Securities, multiplied by (b)(i) if so approved by the affirmative
vote of the holders of a majority of the shares
-24-
<PAGE>
of Purchased Stock (as hereinafter defined) held by Purchasers
entitled by this Section 8.16 to purchase a portion of such
Additional Securities, that portion of the offering of Additional
Securities that remains after considering binding commitments to
purchase that have been received from persons other than the
Purchasers, or (ii) if not so approved, the entire offering of
Additional Securities.
8.17 BANK LINE OF CREDIT. The Company shall use its
best efforts to secure a bank line of credit in the amount of at
least $2,000,000 as soon as possible after the Closing of the sale
to the Purchasers of the Preferred Shares and the Warrants
hereunder.
9. NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Subject to the provisions of
Section 14 hereof, the Company will be limited and restricted as
follows:
9.1 DIVIDENDS ON OR REDEMPTION OF JUNIOR STOCK.
Without the prior approval of the Purchasers, the Company will not
declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution on any
shares of Junior Stock (as hereinafter defined), other than those
payable solely in shares of Junior Stock, or purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire for any consideration (other than in exchange for
or out of the net cash proceeds of the contemporaneous issue or
sale of other shares of Junior Stock or debt securities convertible
into other shares of Junior Stock), or set aside a sinking fund or
other fund for the redemption or repurchase of any shares of Junior
Stock or any warrants, rights or options to purchase shares of
Junior Stock.
9.2 FUTURE REGISTRATION RIGHTS. Except for any
registration expressly permitted by Section 12 hereof, the Company
will not, without the prior approval of the Purchasers, agree with
the holders of any securities issued or to be issued by the Company
to register such securities under the Securities Act nor will it
grant any incidental registration rights.
9.3 OTHER RESTRICTIONS. The Company will not
without the prior approval of the Purchasers:
(a) guarantee, endorse or otherwise be or become
contingently liable, or permit any Subsidiary to
guarantee, endorse or otherwise become contingently
liable, in connection with the obligations, securities
or dividends of any person, firm, association or
corporation, other than the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, except that the Company and any
Subsidiary may endorse negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business; or
(b) make or permit any Subsidiary to make loans
or advances to any person (including without limitation
to any officer, director or stockholder of the Company
or any Subsidiary), firm, association or corporation,
except loans and advances to the Company and its
wholly-owned Subsidiaries and advances to suppliers and
employees made in the ordinary course of business; or
-25-
<PAGE>
(c) purchase or invest, or permit any Subsidiary
to purchase or invest, in the stock or obligations of
any other person, firm or corporation, other than a
wholly-owned Subsidiary; or
(d) pay, or permit any Subsidiary to pay,
compensation, whether by way of salaries, bonuses,
participations in pension or profit sharing plans, fees
under management contracts or for professional services
or fringe benefits to any officer in excess of amounts
fixed by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to
any payment to such officer; or
(e) prepay the indebtedness to Information
Advantage, Incorporated or its shareholders, which had
an outstanding principal balance of $450,000 on
December 31, 1992, prior to January 1, 1995; or
(f) make any material change in the nature of its
business as carried on at the date of this Agreement.
9.4 BOARD APPROVAL. The Company will not, without
prior approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, issue (i)
any additional Common Stock of the Company or securities
convertible into such Common Stock, or (ii) any options, warrants
or other rights to purchase Common Stock of the Company or
securities convertible into such Common Stock.
10. THE PREFERRED SHARES.
10.1 CONVERSION OF PREFERRED SHARES. Any holder of
any Preferred Shares may, at its option, at any time and from time
to time, convert such Preferred Shares, or any thereof, into
Conversion Stock at the rate and upon the terms and conditions and
subject to the adjustments set forth in the Amendment.
10.2 STOCK FULLY PAID; RESERVATION OF SHARES. The
Company covenants and agrees that all Conversion Stock that may be
issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares will, upon issuance
in accordance with the terms of the Amendment, be fully paid and
nonassessable, and that the issuance thereof shall not give rise to
any preemptive rights on the part of any person. The Company
further covenants and agrees that the Company will at all times
have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of its
Common Stock for the purpose of issue upon the conversion of the
Preferred Shares.
10.3 ADJUSTMENT OF NUMBER OF SHARES AND CONVERSION
PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of Preferred Shares and the Conversion Price with
respect thereto shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as
set forth in the Amendment.
10.4 MANDATORY CONVERSION OF PREFERRED SHARES. The
Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into shares of
Common Stock, without any act by the Company or the holders of the
Preferred Shares, concurrently with the closing of a public
offering by the Company
-26-
<PAGE>
of shares of Common Stock registered under the Securities Act that
meets the conditions set forth in the Amendment for such mandatory
conversion of the Preferred Shares.
10.5 REDEMPTION OF PREFERRED SHARES. The Company
will redeem and repurchase the Preferred Shares from the holders
thereof at the times and upon the terms and conditions set forth in
the Amendment to the extent funds are legally available to do so.
Optional redemptions of Preferred Shares by the Company shall not
be permitted.
11. THE WARRANTS.
11.1 EXERCISE OF WARRANTS. Any holder of any
Warrants may, at its option, at any time and from time to time,
exercise such Warrants, or any portion thereof, upon the terms and
conditions and subject to the adjustments set forth in Exhibit 2
hereto.
11.2 STOCK FULLY PAID; RESERVATION OF SHARES. The
Company covenants and agrees that all Warrant Stock that may be
issued upon the exercise of the Warrants will, upon issuance in
accordance with the terms of the Warrants, be fully paid and
nonassessable, and that the issuance thereof shall not give rise to
any preemptive rights on the part of any person. The Company
further covenants and agrees that, until expiration of the
Warrants, the Company will at all times have authorized and
reserved a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock for the
purpose of issue upon the exercise of the Warrants.
11.3 ADJUSTMENT OF NUMBER OF SHARES AND PURCHASE
PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of the Warrants and the Purchase Price with respect thereto shall
be subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in Exhibit
2 hereto.
12. REGISTRATION OF STOCK.
12.1 REQUIRED REGISTRATION. If the Company shall
receive a written request therefor from any record holder or
holders of an aggregate of at least a majority of the shares of
Purchased Stock not theretofore registered under the Securities Act
and sold, the Company shall prepare and file a registration
statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Purchased
Stock which are the subject of such request and shall use its best
efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.
In addition, upon the receipt of such request, the Company shall
promptly give written notice to all other record holders of shares
of Purchased Stock not theretofore registered under the Securities
Act and sold that such registration is to be effected. The Company
shall include in such registration statement such shares of
Purchased Stock for which it has received written requests to
register by such other record holders within 30 days after the
delivery of the Company's written notice to such other record
holders. The Company shall be obligated to prepare, file and cause
to become effective only two registration statements (other than on
Form S-3 or any successor form promulgated by the Commission ("Form
S-3")) pursuant to this Section 12.1, and to pay the expenses
associated with such registration statements; notwithstanding the
foregoing, the record holder or holders of an aggregate of at least
a majority of the shares of Purchased Stock not theretofore
registered under the Securities Act and sold may require, pursuant
to this Section 12.1, the Company to file, and to pay the expenses
associated with, any number of registration statements
-27-
<PAGE>
on Form S-3, if such form is then available for use by the Company
and such record holder or holders. In the event that the holders
of a majority of the Purchased Stock for which registration has
been requested pursuant to this Section 12.1 determine for any
reason not to proceed with a registration at any time before a
registration statement has been declared effective by the
Commission, and such registration statement, if theretofore filed
with the Commission, is withdrawn with respect to the Purchased
Stock covered thereby, and the holders of such Purchased Stock
agree to bear their own expenses incurred in connection therewith
and to reimburse the Company for the expenses incurred by it
attributable to the registration of such Purchased Stock, then the
holders of such Purchased Stock shall not be deemed to have
exercised their right to require the Company to register Purchased
Stock pursuant to this Section 12.1.
If, at the time any written request for registration is
received by the Company pursuant to this Section 12.1, the
Company has determined to proceed with the actual preparation and
filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act in
connection with the proposed offer and sale for cash of any of
its securities by it or any of its security holders, such written
request shall be deemed to have been given pursuant to
Section 12.2 hereof rather than this Section 12.1, and the rights
of the holders of Purchased Stock covered by such written request
shall be governed by Section 12.2 hereof.
Without the written consent of the holders of a
majority of the Purchased Stock for which registration has been
requested pursuant to this Section 12.1, neither the Company nor
any other holder of securities of the Company may include
securities in such registration if in the good faith judgment of
the managing underwriter of such public offering the inclusion of
such securities would interfere with the successful marketing of
the Purchased Stock or require the exclusion of any portion of
the Purchased Stock to be registered.
12.2 INCIDENTAL REGISTRATION. Each time the Company
shall determine to proceed with the actual preparation and filing
of a registration statement under the Securities Act in connection
with the proposed offer and sale for cash of any of its securities
by it or any of its security holders (other than a registration
statement on a form that does not permit the inclusion of shares by
its security holders), the Company will give written notice of its
determination to all record holders of Purchased Stock not
theretofore registered under the Securities Act and sold. Upon the
written request of a record holder of any shares of Purchased Stock
given within 30 days after receipt of any such notice from the
Company, the Company will, except as herein provided, cause all
such shares of Purchased Stock, the record holders of which have so
requested registration thereof, to be included in such registration
statement, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other
disposition by the prospective seller or sellers of the Purchased
Stock to be so registered; provided, however, that nothing herein
shall prevent the Company from, at any time, abandoning or delaying
any such registration initiated by it; provided further, however,
that if the Company determines not to proceed with a registration
after the registration statement has been filed with the Commission
and the Company's decision not to proceed is primarily based upon
the anticipated public offering price of the securities to be sold
by the Company, the Company shall promptly complete the
registration for the benefit of those selling security holders who
wish to proceed with a public offering of their securities and who
bear all expenses in excess of $25,000 incurred by the Company as
the result of such registration after the Company has decided not
to proceed. If any registration pursuant to this
-28-
<PAGE>
Section 12.2 shall be underwritten in whole or in part, the Company
may require that the Purchased Stock requested for inclusion
pursuant to this Section 12.2 be included in the underwriting on
the same terms and conditions as the securities otherwise being
sold through the underwriters. In the event that the Purchased
Stock requested for inclusion pursuant to this Section 12.2 would
constitute more than 25% of the total number of shares to be
included in a proposed underwritten public offering, and if in the
good faith judgment of the managing underwriter of such public
offering the inclusion of all of the Purchased Stock originally
covered by a request for registration would reduce the number of
shares to be offered by the Company or interfere with the
successful marketing of the shares of stock offered by the Company,
the number of shares of Purchased Stock otherwise to be included in
the underwritten public offering may be reduced pro rata (by number
of shares) among the holders thereof requesting such registration,
provided, however, that after any such required reduction the
Purchased Stock to be included in such offering shall constitute at
least 25% of the total number of shares to be included in such
offering. Those shares of Purchased Stock which are thus excluded
from the underwritten public offering shall be withheld from the
market by the holders thereof for a period, not to exceed 90 days,
which the managing underwriter reasonably determines is necessary
in order to effect the underwritten public offering.
12.3 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. If and whenever the
Company is required by the provisions of Section 12.1 or 12.2
hereof to effect the registration of shares of Purchased Stock
under the Securities Act, the Company will:
(a) prepare and file with the Commission a
registration statement with respect to such securities,
and use its best efforts to cause such registration
statement to become and remain effective for such
period as may be reasonably necessary to effect the
sale of such securities, not to exceed nine months;
(b) prepare and file with the Commission such
amendments to such registration statement and
supplements to the prospectus contained therein as may
be necessary to keep such registration statement
effective for such period as may be reasonably
necessary to effect the sale of such securities, not to
exceed nine months;
(c) furnish to the security holders participating
in such registration and to the underwriters of the
securities being registered such reasonable number of
copies of the registration statement, preliminary
prospectus, final prospectus and such other documents
as such underwriters may reasonably request in order to
facilitate the public offering of such securities;
(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify
the securities covered by such registration statement
under such state securities or blue sky laws of such
jurisdictions as such participating holders may
reasonably request in writing within 20 days following
the original filing of such registration statement,
except that the Company shall not for any purpose be
required to execute a general consent to service of
process or to qualify to do business as a foreign
corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so
qualified;
-29-
<PAGE>
(e) notify the security holders participating in
such registration, promptly after it shall receive
notice thereof, of the time when such registration
statement has become effective or a supplement to any
prospectus forming a part of such registration
statement has been filed;
(f) notify such holders promptly of any request
by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of
such registration statement or prospectus or for
additional information;
(g) prepare and file with the Commission,
promptly upon the request of any such holders, any
amendments or supplements to such registration
statement or prospectus which, in the opinion of
counsel for such holders (and concurred in by counsel
for the Company), is required under the Securities Act
or the rules and regulations thereunder in connection
with the distribution of the Purchased Stock by such
holder;
(h) prepare and promptly file with the Commission
and promptly notify such holders of the filing of such
amendment or supplement to such registration statement
or prospectus as may be necessary to correct any
statements or omissions if, at the time when a
prospectus relating to such securities is required to
be delivered under the Securities Act, any event shall
have occurred as the result of which any such
prospectus or any other prospectus as then in effect
would include an untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material fact necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
in which they were made, not misleading;
(i) advise such holders, promptly after it shall
receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the
issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending
the effectiveness of such registration statement or the
initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that
purpose and promptly use its best efforts to prevent
the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its
withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;
(j) not file any amendment or supplement to such
registration statement or prospectus to which a
majority in interest of such holders shall have
reasonably objected on the grounds that such amendment
or supplement does not comply in all material respects
with the requirements of the Securities Act or the
rules and regulations thereunder, after having been
furnished with a copy thereof at least five business
days prior to the filing thereof, unless in the opinion
of counsel for the Company the filing of such amendment
or supplement is reasonably necessary to protect the
Company from any liabilities under any applicable
federal or state law and such filing will not violate
applicable law; and
(k) at the request of any such holder, furnish:
(i) an opinion, dated as of the closing date, of the
counsel representing the Company for the purposes of
such registration, addressed to the underwriters, if
any, and to the holder or holders making
-30-
<PAGE>
such request, covering such matters as such underwriters
and holder or holders may reasonably request; and
(ii) letters dated as of the effective date of the registration
statement and as of the closing date, from the
independent certified public accountants of the
Company, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to
the holder or holders making such request, covering
such matters as such underwriters and holder or holders
may reasonably request.
12.4 EXPENSES. With respect to each registration,
including registrations pursuant to Form S-3, requested pursuant to
Section 12.1 hereof (except as otherwise provided in such Section
with respect to registrations voluntarily terminated at the request
of the requesting security holders) and with respect to each
inclusion of shares of Purchased Stock in a registration statement
pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof (except as otherwise provided in
Section 12.2 with respect to registrations initiated by the Company
but with respect to which the Company has determined not to
proceed), the Company shall bear the following fees, costs and
expenses: all registration, filing and NASD fees, printing
expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants for the
Company, fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriter or
underwriters of such securities (if the Company and/or selling
security holders are required to bear such fees and disbursements),
all internal Company expenses, all legal fees and disbursements and
other expenses of complying with state securities or blue sky laws
of any jurisdictions in which the securities to be offered are to
be registered or qualified, and the premiums and other costs of
policies of insurance against liability (if any) arising out of
such public offering. Fees and disbursements of counsel and
accountants for the selling security holders, underwriting
discounts and commissions and transfer taxes relating to the shares
included in the offering by the selling security holders, and any
other expenses incurred by the selling security holders not
expressly included above, shall be borne by the selling security
holders.
12.5 INDEMNIFICATION. In the event that any
Purchased Stock is included in a registration statement under
Section 12.1 or 12.2 hereof:
(a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless
each holder of shares of Purchased Stock which are
included in a registration statement pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 12, its directors and
officers, and any underwriter (as defined in the
Securities Act) for such holder and each person, if
any, who controls such holder or such underwriter
within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and
against, and will reimburse such holder and each such
underwriter and controlling person with respect to, any
and all loss, damage, liability, cost and expense
to which such holder or any such underwriter
or controlling person may become subject under the
Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
damages, liabilities, costs or expenses are caused by
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in such registration statement,
any prospectus contained therein or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon
the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
the circumstances in which they were made, not
misleading; provided, however, that the Company will
not be liable in any such case to the extent that any
such loss, damage, liability, cost
-31-
<PAGE>
or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission so made in conformity with information
furnished by such holder, such underwriter or such
controlling person in writing specifically for use in the
preparation thereof.
(b) Each holder of shares of Purchased Stock
which are included in a registration pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 12 will indemnify and hold
harmless the Company, its directors and officers, any
controlling person and any underwriter from and
against, and will reimburse the Company, its directors
and officers, any controlling person and any
underwriter with respect to, any and all loss, damage,
liability, cost or expense to which the Company or any
controlling person and/or any underwriter may become
subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar
as such losses, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses
are caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of
any material fact contained in such registration
statement, any prospectus contained therein or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are
based upon the omission or the alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances in which they were made, not
misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the
extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was so made
in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written
information furnished by such holder specifically for
use in the preparation thereof.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
party pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a) or
(b) of this Section 12.5 of notice of the commencement
of any action involving the subject matter of the
foregoing indemnity provisions such indemnified party
will, if a claim thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party pursuant to the provisions of said
paragraph (a) or (b), promptly notify the indemnifying
party of the commencement thereof; but the omission to
so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it
from any liability which it may have to any indemnified
party otherwise than hereunder. In case such action is
brought against any indemnified party and it notifies
the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the
indemnifying party shall have the right to participate
in, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with
any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to
assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory
to such indemnified party, provided, however, if the
defendants in any action include both the indemnified
party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified
party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be
legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified
parties which are different from or additional to those
available to the indemnifying party, or if there is a
conflict of interest which would prevent counsel for
the indemnifying party from also representing the
indemnified party, the indemnified party or parties
shall have the right to select separate counsel to
participate in the defense of such action on behalf of
such indemnified party or parties. After notice from
the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its
election so to assume the defense thereof, the
indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified
-32-
<PAGE>
party pursuant to the provisions of said paragraph
(a) or (b) for any legal or other expense
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in
connection with the defense thereof other than
reasonable costs of investigation, unless (i) the
indemnified party shall have employed counsel in
accordance with the proviso of the preceding sentence,
(ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed
counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to
represent the indemnified party within a reasonable
time after the notice of the commencement of the
action, or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized
the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at
the expense of the indemnifying party.
13. DEFAULT.
13.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following
events shall be an event of default (an "Event of Default") for
purposes of this Agreement:
(a) if the Company or any Subsidiary becomes
insolvent or bankrupt, or admits in writing its
inability to pay its debts as they mature, or makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or ceases
doing business as a going concern, or the Company or
any Subsidiary applies for or consents to the
appointment of a trustee or receiver for the Company or
any Subsidiary, or for the major part of the property
of either; or
(b) if a trustee or receiver is appointed for the
Company or any Subsidiary or for the major part of the
property of either and the order of such appointment is
not discharged, vacated or stayed within 30 days after
such appointment; or
(c) if any judgment, writ or warrant of
attachment or of any similar process in an amount in
excess of $50,000 shall be entered or filed against the
Company or any Subsidiary or against any of the
property or assets of either and remains unpaid,
unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of 30
days; or
(d) if an order for relief shall be entered in
any Federal bankruptcy proceeding in which the Company
or any Subsidiary is the debtor; or if bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation
proceedings, or other proceedings for relief under any
bankruptcy or similar law or laws for the relief of
debtors, are instituted by or against the Company or
any Subsidiary and, if instituted against the Company
or any Subsidiary, are consented to or, if contested by
the Company or the Subsidiary, are not dismissed by the
adverse parties or by an order, decree or judgment
within 30 days after such institution; or
(e) if the Company or any Subsidiary shall
default in any material respect in the due and punctual
performance of any covenant or agreement in any note,
bond, indenture, loan agreement, note agreement,
mortgage, security agreement or other instrument
evidencing or related to Indebtedness for Borrowed
Money, and such
-33-
<PAGE>
default shall continue for more than the period of
notice and/or grace, if any, therein specified and
shall not have been waived; or
(f) (i) if any representation or warranty made by
or on behalf of the Company in this Agreement or in any
certificate, report or other instrument delivered under
or pursuant to any term hereof or thereof shall prove
to have been untrue or incorrect in any material
respect as of the date of this Agreement or as of the
Closing Date, or (ii) if any report, certificate,
financial statement or financial schedule or other
instrument prepared or purported to be prepared by the
Company or any officer of the Company furnished or
delivered under or pursuant to this Agreement after the
Closing Date shall prove to be untrue or incorrect in
any material respect as of the date it was made,
furnished or delivered; or
(g) if default shall be made in the Company's
obligation to redeem Preferred Shares, as required by
the Amendment, whether or not funds are legally
available therefor, and such default shall have
continued for a period of 15 days after the date on
which such redemption was to have been effected; or
(h) if default shall be made in the due and
punctual performance or observance of any other term
contained in this Agreement, and such default shall
have continued for a period of 15 days after written
notice thereof to the Company by the holder of any
Preferred Shares.
13.2 REMEDIES UPON EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default as herein defined, and so long
as such Event of Default continues unremedied, then, unless such
Event of Default shall have been waived by the holders of a
majority of the Preferred Shares then outstanding, the holders of
a majority of the Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be
entitled to designate a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company as provided herein and in the Amendment.
13.3 DESIGNATION OF MAJORITY OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
In the event the holders of the Preferred Shares are entitled to
designate a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company
pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof and the Amendment, the Company
shall, immediately upon receiving written notice from the holders
of a majority of the Preferred Shares, call a special stockholders'
meeting to be held as soon as possible, but in any event within
fifteen days of the date of the notice of such meeting. At such
special stockholders' meeting a majority of the directors of the
Company shall be elected from designees nominated by the holders of
a majority of the Preferred Shares. Any right of the holders of the
Preferred Shares to continue to designate a majority of the Board
of Directors of the Company shall expire, and a stockholders'
meeting to elect new directors shall be called, two months after
the later of (a) the curing of the Event of Default upon which the
right was exercised, or (b) the curing of any Event of Default
occurring after the Event of Default upon which such right was
exercised.
13.4 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS. When, to its knowledge,
any Event of Default has occurred or exists, the Company agrees to
give written notice within three business days of such
-34-
<PAGE>
Event of Default to the holders of all outstanding Preferred
Shares. If the holder of any Preferred Shares shall give any notice
or take any other actions in respect of a claimed Event of Default,
the Company will forthwith give written notice thereof to all other
holders of Preferred Shares at the time outstanding, describing
such notice or action and the nature of the claimed Event of
Default.
13.5 SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT. In case any one or more
Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, unless
such Events of Default shall have been waived in the manner
provided in Section 13.2 hereof, the holders of a majority of the
Preferred Shares may proceed to protect and enforce their rights
under this Section 13 by suit in equity or action at law. It is
agreed that in the event of such action such holders of Preferred
Shares shall be entitled to receive all reasonable fees, costs and
expenses incurred, including without limitation such reasonable
fees and expenses of attorneys (whether or not litigation is
commenced) and reasonable fees, costs and expenses of appeals.
13.6 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. No right, power or remedy
conferred upon any holder of Preferred Shares shall be exclusive,
and each such right, power or remedy shall be cumulative and in
addition to every other right, power or remedy, whether conferred
hereby or by any such security or now or hereafter available at law
or in equity or by statute or otherwise.
13.7 REMEDIES NOT WAIVED. No course of dealing
between the Company and any Purchaser or the holder of any
Preferred Shares, and no delay in exercising any right, power or
remedy conferred hereby or by any such security or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, shall
operate as a waiver of or otherwise prejudice any such right, power
or remedy; provided, however, that this Section 13.7 shall not be
construed or applied so as to negate the provisions and intent of
any statute which is otherwise applicable.
14. TERMINATION OF CERTAIN COVENANTS. The obligations
of the Company under Sections 8 and 9 hereof, other than its
obligations under Sections 8.10 and 8.13 hereof, shall,
notwithstanding any provisions hereof apparently to the contrary,
terminate and shall be of no further force or effect from and after
the date on which less than 562,000 Preferred Shares (appropriately
adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations,
consolidations and similar changes hereafter effected) are
outstanding.
15. DEFINITIONS. Unless the context otherwise requires,
the terms defined in this Section 15 shall have the meanings herein
specified for all purposes of this Agreement, applicable to both
the singular and plural forms of any of the terms herein defined.
All accounting terms defined below shall, except as otherwise
expressly provided, be determined by reference to the Company's
books of account and in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles as applied to such books of account in the
opinion of the independent certified public accountants selected by
the Board of Directors of the Company as required under the
provisions of Section 8.3 hereof.
15.1 "Additional Shares of Common Stock" shall
mean all shares of Common Stock of the Company issued by the
Company on or after the Closing Date, except the Conversion Stock
and the Warrant Stock.
-35-
<PAGE>
15.2 "Common Stock" shall mean the Company's
authorized common shares, any additional common shares which may
be authorized in the future by the Company, and any stock into
which such common shares may hereafter be changed, and shall also
include stock of the Company of any other class which is not
preferred as to dividends or as to distributions of assets on
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company over any
other class of stock of the Company, and which is not subject to
redemption.
15.3 "Conversion Price" shall mean such price at
which the Preferred Shares are convertible into Common Stock
pursuant to Section 10 hereof and the Amendment.
15.4 "Convertible Securities" shall mean
evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock or other securities
which are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or
exchangeable for Additional Shares of Common Stock.
15.5 "Indebtedness for Borrowed Money" shall
include only indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries
incurred as the result of a direct borrowing of money and shall
not include any other indebtedness including, but not limited to,
indebtedness incurred with respect to trade accounts.
15.6 "Junior Stock" shall mean Common Stock and
all other shares of stock of any other class of the Company at
any time created and issued ranking junior to the Preferred
Shares with respect to the right to receive dividends and/or the
right to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of the Company.
15.7 "Permitted Liens" shall mean (a) liens for
taxes and assessments or governmental charges or levies not at
the time due or in respect of which the validity thereof shall
currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
and (b) liens in respect of pledges or deposits under worker's
compensation laws or similar legislation, carriers',
warehousemen's, mechanics', laborers' and materialmen's,
landlord's and statutory and similar liens, if the obligations
secured by such liens are not then delinquent or are being
contested in good faith, and liens and encumbrances incidental to
the conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary
which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money
or the obtaining of advances or credits and which do not in the
aggregate materially detract from the value of its property or
materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its
business.
15.8 "Purchase Price" shall mean such price at
which the Warrants are exercisable for Common Stock pursuant to
Section 11 hereof and Exhibit 2 hereto.
15.9 "Purchased Stock" shall mean the Preferred
Shares, the Conversion Stock, the Warrants, the Warrant Stock and
the stock or other securities of the Company issued in a stock
split or reclassification of, or a stock dividend or other
distribution on or in substitution or exchange for, or otherwise
in connection with, any of the foregoing securities, or in a
merger or consolidation involving the Company or a sale of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets. Nothing in this
Section 15.9 shall be deemed to require the Company to register
any Preferred Shares
-36-
<PAGE>
or Warrants, it being understood that the registration rights
granted by Section 12 hereof relate only to shares of Common Stock
and securities issued in substitution or exchange therefor.
15.10 "Senior Indebtedness" shall mean (a) the
principal of all Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the Company
and its Subsidiaries to banks, insurance companies or other
financial institutions, (b) the present value of net minimum
lease payments of all leases under which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries is the lessee and which are required to be
capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles,
(c) the principal of all indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries under installment purchase agreements, and
(d) the principal of all indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries to the owners of any real property leased by the
Company for leasehold improvements financed by such owners.
15.11 "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation,
association or other business entity more than a majority (by
number of votes) of the voting stock of which is owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or
more of its Subsidiaries or both.
16. CONSENTS; WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS. Except as
otherwise specifically provided herein, in each case in which
approval of the Purchasers is required by the terms of this
Agreement, such requirement shall be satisfied by a vote or the
written consent of Purchasers owning at least a majority of the
Purchased Stock then owned by the Purchasers (for purposes of this
Section 16, the holders of Preferred Shares shall have a number of
votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the
Preferred Shares are convertible, and the holders of Warrants shall
have a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common
Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants). With the written
consent of Purchasers owning at least a majority of the Purchased
Stock then owned by the Purchasers, the obligations of the Company
under this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a
particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), and
with the same approval the Company may enter into a supplementary
agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing
in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this
Agreement or of any supplemental agreement or modifying in any
manner the rights and obligations of the holders of the Purchased
Stock and of the Company; provided, however, that no such waiver or
supplemental agreement shall (a) amend the terms of the Preferred
Shares as set forth in the Amendment (any such amendment to the
terms of the Preferred Shares shall require the vote of the holders
of the Preferred Shares called for by the Amendment), or (b) reduce
the aforesaid percentage of Purchased Stock, the holders of which
are required to consent to any waiver or supplemental agreement,
without the consent of all of the record holders of shares whose
rights would be affected by such reduction, or (c) amend the basic
terms of the Warrants as to any holder of each Warrant so effected
who does not consent thereto. Written notice of any such waiver,
consent or agreement of amendment, modification or supplement shall
be given to the record holders of the Purchased Stock who have not
previously consented thereto in writing.
17. CHANGES, WAIVERS, ETC. Neither this Agreement nor
any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or
terminated orally, but only by a statement in writing signed by the
party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or
termination is sought, except to the extent provided in Section 16
hereof.
-37-
<PAGE>
18. PAYMENT OF FEES AND EXPENSES OF PURCHASERS. Upon
the consummation of the sale of Preferred Shares and Warrants
anticipated by this Agreement or upon failure by the Company to
consummate such sales, the Company will pay the reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Purchasers in connection
with the transactions herein contemplated, including without
limitation the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Faegre
& Benson for their services as special counsel to the Purchasers in
connection with the transactions herein contemplated. The Company
will also pay (a) all fees and expenses incurred by the Purchasers
with respect to any amendments or waivers requested by the Company
(whether or not the same become effective) under or in respect of
this Agreement or the agreements contemplated hereby, and (b) all
fees and expenses incurred by the Purchasers with respect to the
enforcement of the rights granted under this Agreement or the
agreements contemplated hereby.
19. UNDERSTANDING AMONG PURCHASERS. The determination
by each of the Purchasers to purchase Preferred Shares and Warrants
pursuant to this Agreement has been made by such Purchaser
independent of the other Purchasers, and independent of any
statements or opinions as to the advisability of such purchase or
as to the properties, business, prospects or condition (financial
or otherwise) of the Company which may have been made or given by
the other Purchasers or by any agent or employee of the other
Purchasers. In addition, it is acknowledged by each of the
Purchasers that the other Purchasers have not acted as such
Purchaser's agent in connection with making its investment
hereunder and that the other Purchasers will not be acting as such
Purchaser's agent in connection with monitoring such Purchaser's
investment hereunder.
20. SALE OF PURCHASED STOCK BY PURCHASERS. Each of the
Purchasers shall, at least ten business days prior to any sale or
other transfer for value of Purchased Stock owned by it, discuss
with the Company the possibility of the Company purchasing such
Purchased Stock. This provision shall not, however, be interpreted
to require such Purchasers to accept any offer by the Company to
purchase such Purchased Stock, or to refrain for any period beyond
such ten business days from selling or transferring such Purchased
Stock to a third party.
21. NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents and other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be delivered, or mailed first-class postage prepaid,
registered or certified mail,
(a) if to any holder of any Purchased Stock,
addressed to such holder at its address as shown on the
books of the Company, or at such other address as such
holder may specify by written notice to the Company, or
(b) if to the Company, addressed to the Company,
12900 Whitewater Drive, Suite 100, Minnetonka,
Minnesota 55343, attention President, or to such other
address as the Company may specify by written notice to
the Purchasers,
and such notices and other communications shall for all purposes
of this Agreement be treated as being effective or having been
given if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, when
received.
-38-
<PAGE>
22. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, ETC. All
representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation at any
time made by the Purchasers or on their behalf, and the sale and
purchase of the Preferred Shares and the Warrants and payment
therefor, but shall terminate on the fifth anniversary of the date
of this Agreement. All statements contained in any certificate,
instrument or other writing delivered by or on behalf of the
Company pursuant hereto or in connection with or contemplation of
the transactions herein contemplated (other than legal opinions)
shall constitute representations and warranties by the Company
hereunder.
23. PARTIES IN INTEREST. All the terms and provisions
of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the
parties hereto, whether so expressed or not, and, in particular,
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the holder or
holders at the time of any of the Purchased Stock.
24. HEADINGS. The headings of the Sections and
paragraphs of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of
reference only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.
25. CHOICE OF LAW. It is the intention of the parties
that the laws of Minnesota shall govern the validity of this
Agreement, the construction of its terms and the interpretation of
the rights and duties of the parties.
26. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed
concurrently in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one
and the same instrument.
If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign
the form of acceptance on the enclosed counterpart of this letter
and return the same to the undersigned, whereupon this letter
shall become a binding contract among you and the undersigned.
Very truly yours,
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By ___________________________
Its __________________________
-39-
<PAGE>
The foregoing Agreement is
hereby accepted as of the
date first above written.
ST. PAUL FIRE AND MARINE
INSURANCE COMPANY
By ______________________
Its ____________________
PATHFINDER VENTURE CAPITAL FUND III,
A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By PATHFINDER PARTNERS III,
A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Its General Partner
By __________________
Its _______________
NORWEST EQUITY PARTNERS IV,
A MINNESOTA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By ITASCA PARTNERS
Its General Partner
By ______________________
Its ___________________
_________________________
Jay H. Wein
_________________________
Joel H. Gottesman
JAMES T. DUNN CO. PENSION
PLAN AND TRUST
-40-
<PAGE>
By ______________________
Its ___________________
_________________________
Carl R. Bergquist, Jr.
_________________________
Gordon Siegel and Clari Wechter,
as Joint Tenants
_________________________
Dale S. Hanson
_________________________
Edward Ruch
-41-
<PAGE>
PURCHASER CERTIFICATION
The undersigned, in connection with the Stock Purchase Agreement
dated March 9, 1993 among Information Advantage, Inc. (the "Company") and
certain Purchasers listed in Schedule A thereto, hereby makes each of the
representations contained in Section 6 of such Stock Purchase Agreement. The
undersigned further represents either (a) that he/she/it qualifies as an
"accredited investor", as that term is used in Regulation D promulgated under
the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), because (check one):
(1) ___ it is a bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Act, or
a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in
Section 3(a)(5) of the Act, whether acting in its individual or
fiduciary capacity; a broker or dealer registered pursuant to
Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; an insurance
company as defined in Section 2(13) of the Act; an investment
company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a
business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that
act; a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small
Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small
Business Investment Act of 1958; a plan established and maintained
by a state, its political subdivisions, or any instrumentality of a
state or its subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if
such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; an employee
benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision
is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such
act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association,
insurance company or registered investment adviser, or if the
employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or,
if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by
persons that are accredited investors;
(2) ___ it is a private business development company as defined in Section
202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
(3) ___ it is an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of
the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation, Massachusetts or similar
business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose
of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of
$5,000,000;
(4) ___ he or she is a director or executive officer of the Company;
(5) ___ he or she is an individual who has an individual net worth, or joint
net worth with his or her spouse, in excess of $1,000,000;
(6) ___ he or she is an individual who had an income in excess of $200,000
in each of the two most recent years or joint income with his or her
spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and who
reasonably expects an income in excess of the same level in the
current year;
(7) ___ it is a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed
for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose
purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in
Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) under the Act; or
(8) ___ it is an entity, all of whose equity owners are accredited investors;
or
(b) he/she/it is not an accredited investor if none of the descriptions above
have been checked.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE A
Number of Number of
Preferred Shares Covered Aggregate
Name and Addresses of Shares to be by Warrants Purchase
Purchasers Purchased Purchased Price
- --------------------- ------------ -------------- -----------
St. Paul Fire and Marine 1,166,667 823,530 $700,000.20
Insurance Company
385 Washington Street
St. Paul, Minnesota 55102
Norwest Equity Partners 1,166,667 823,530 700,000.20
IV, a Minnesota limited
partnership
2800 Piper Jaffray Tower
222 South Ninth Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Pathfinder Venture 1,000,000 705,882 600,000.00
Capital Fund III, A Limited
Partnership
Suite 585, One Corporate Center
7300 Metro Boulevard
Edina, Minnesota 55439
Jay H. Wein 83,333 58,823 49,999.80(1)
Joel H. Gottesman 83,333 58,823 49,999.80(2)
James T. Dunn Co. 86,667 61,177 52,000.20(3)
Pension Plan and Trust
- -------------------------
(1) The Purchaser exchanged 76,923 shares of Common Stock,
purchased at $0.65 a share, for such Purchaser's Preferred Shares
and Warrants.
(2) The Purchaser exchanged 76,923 shares of Common Stock,
purchased at $0.65 a share, for such Purchaser's Preferred Shares
and Warrants.
(3) The Purchaser exchanged 80,000 shares of Common Stock,
purchased at $0.65 a share, for such Purchaser's Preferred Shares
and Warrants.
A-1
<PAGE>
Carl R. Bergquist, Jr. 166,667 117,647 100,000.20(4)
Gordon Siegel and Clari
Wechter, as Joint Tenants 41,666 29,411 24,999.60(5)
First Trust National
Association,
as trustee of the
Dale S. Hanson IRA 16,666 11,764 9,999.60(6)
Edward Ruch 83,333 58,823 49,999.80(7)
- -----------------
(4) The Purchaser exchanged 153,846 shares of Common Stock,
purchased at $0.65 a share, for such Purchaser's Preferred Shares
and and Warrants.
(5) The Purchaser exchanged 38,461 shares of Common Stock,
purchased at $0.65 a share, for such Purchaser's Preferred Shares
and and Warrants.
(6) The Purchaser exchanged 15,384 shares of Common Stock,
purchased at $0.65 a share, for such Purchaser's Preferred Shares
and and Warrants.
(7) The Purchaser exchanged 76,923 shares of Common Stock,
purchased at $0.65 a share, for such Purchaser's Preferred Shares
and and Warrants.
A-2
<PAGE>
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of
_________, 1997, between Information Advantage, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("the Company"), and Name ("Indemnitee").
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, Indemnitee performs a valuable service for the Company; and
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company have adopted Bylaws
(the "Bylaws") providing for the indemnification of the officers and
directors of the Company to the maximum extent authorized by Section 145 of
the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended ("Law"); and
WHEREAS, the Bylaws and the Law, by their nonexclusive nature, permit
contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with
respect to indemnification of such officers or directors; and
WHEREAS, in accordance with the authorization as provided by the
Law, the Company may purchase and maintain a policy or policies of director's
and officer's liability insurance ("D & O Insurance"), covering certain
liabilities which may be incurred by its officers or directors in the
performance of their obligations to the Company; and
WHEREAS, as a result of recent developments affecting the terms, scope
and availability of D & O Insurance there exists general uncertainty as to the
extent of protection afforded Company officers and directors by such D & O
Insurance and said uncertainty also exists under statutory and bylaw
indemnification provisions; and
WHEREAS, in recognition of past services and in order to induce
Indemnitee to continue to serve as an officer or director of the Company, the
Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee's continued service as
an officer or director after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as
follows:
1. INDEMNITY OF INDEMNITEE. The Company hereby agrees to hold
harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent authorized or permitted by
the provisions of the Law, as such may be amended from time to time, and
Article VIII of the Bylaws, as such may be amended. In furtherance of the
foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
<PAGE>
(a) PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE
COMPANY. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided
in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter
defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any
Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right
of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified
against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his
behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein,
if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal
Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
(b) PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY. Indemnitee
shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b)
if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a
party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the
Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 1(b),
Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably
incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that, if applicable law so
provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of
any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have
been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the
Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such
indemnification may be made.
(c) INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A PARTY WHO IS WHOLLY OR
PARTLY SUCCESSFUL. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to
the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and
is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be
indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually
and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If
Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the
merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or
matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all
Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection
with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this
Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in
such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be
a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
<PAGE>
2. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY. In addition to, and without regard to any
limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1, the Company shall
and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses,
judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate
Status he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any
Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company),
including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or
active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall
exist upon the Company's obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that
the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is
finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set
forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful under Delaware law.
3. CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY.
(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1
and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee
(or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), Company shall pay,
in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such
action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such
payment and Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it
may have against Indemnitee. Company shall not enter into any settlement of any
action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee
(or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such
settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against
Indemnitee.
(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the
Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee
shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or
settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in
which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such
action, suit or proceeding), Company shall contribute to the amount of expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion
to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or
employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with
Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the
one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which
such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion
determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to
conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of
Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than
Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such
action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand,
in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines
or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the
law may require to be considered. The relative fault of Company and all
officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee
<PAGE>
who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action,
suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand,
shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which
their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage,
the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary, and the degree
to which their conduct is active or passive.
(c) Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee
harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers,
directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who may be jointly
liable with Indemnitee.
4. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason
of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not
a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably
incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.
5. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, the Company shall advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or
on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of
Indemnitee's Corporate Status within ten days after the receipt by the Company
of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances
from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such
Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses
incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an
undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it
shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified
against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this
Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 5
shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the
Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified
under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within
thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to
reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however,
that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a
court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should
be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Company that
Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall
not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for
any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with
respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted
or lapsed).
6. PROCEDURES AND PRESUMPTIONS FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO
INDEMNIFICATION. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee
rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the law and
public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the
following procedures and
<PAGE>
presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:
(a) To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to,
the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this
Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including
therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably
available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to
what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the
Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification,
advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested
indemnification.
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification
pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination, if
required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement thereto
shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which
shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the
disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by independent
legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.
(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to
be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent
Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent
Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that
such selection be made by the Board of Directors). Indemnitee or the Company,
as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection
shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may
be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such
objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so
selected does not meet the requirements of "Independent Counsel" as defined in
Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with
particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely
objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a
written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected
may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is
withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If,
within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for
indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall
have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may
petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of
competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been
made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other's selection of Independent
Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected
by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the
person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so
appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The
Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent
Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant
to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and
expenses incident to the
<PAGE>
procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such
Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to
indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such
determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under
this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in
accordance with Section 6(a) of this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this
presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by
clear and convincing evidence.
(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if
Indemnitee's action is based on the records or books of account of the
Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to
Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or
on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records
given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public
accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by
the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act,
of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be
imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification
under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this
Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee
has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to
overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of
persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.
(f) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other
disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to
avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event
that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved
in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including,
without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or
without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that
Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit
or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the
burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.
(g) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under
Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall
not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the
Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to
indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be
entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a
material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee's
statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for
indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable
law; provided, however, that such 30 day period may be extended for a reasonable
time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or
entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification
in good
<PAGE>
faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating
documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further,
that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(g) shall not apply if the
determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the
stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within
fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such
determination the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if
appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for
their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy
five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or
(B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days
after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting
is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called
and such determination is made threat.
(h) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or
entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement to
indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon
reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not
privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably
available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any
Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors, or stockholder of the
Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination under
the Agreement of the Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification. Any costs or
expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in
so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination
shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to
Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies
and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
7. REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE.
(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to
Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification
under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant
to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to
indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement
within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification,
(iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within
ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or
(v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a
determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or
such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this
Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate
court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction,
of his entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such
proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which
Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this
Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee's right to seek any such
adjudication.
<PAGE>
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made
pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to
indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7
shall be conducted in all respects as a DE NOVO trial, on the merits and
Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section
6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the
Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding
commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent a prohibition of such
indemnification under applicable law.
(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7,
seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for
breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors' and officers'
liability insurance policies maintained by the Company the Company shall pay on
his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the
definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably
incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee
ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of
expenses or insurance recovery.
(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any
judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and
presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall
stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of
this Agreement.
8. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; SUBROGATION.
(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any
time be entitled under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation of the
Company, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of
directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement
or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under
this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in
his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the
extent that a change in the Law, whether by statute or judicial decision,
permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the
Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that
Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by
such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of
any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative
and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or
hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or
employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the
concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy
or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or
agents
<PAGE>
or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person
serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such
policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum
extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or
agent under such policy or policies.
(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the
Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights
of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all
action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as
are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any
payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that
Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance
policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
9. EXCEPTION TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification
under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or
any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such
claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (b)
such Proceeding is being brought by the Indemnitee to assert his rights under
this Agreement.
10. DURATION OF AGREEMENT. All agreements and obligations of the
Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an
officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the
Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue
thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any
proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status,
whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any
liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under
this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors
(including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation
or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the
Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal
representatives. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director of the Company or any
other enterprise at the Company's request.
11. SECURITY. To the extent requested by the Indemnitee and approved
by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from
time to time provide security to the Indemnitee for the Company's obligations
hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other
collateral. Any such security, once provided to the Indemnitee, may not be
revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.
<PAGE>
12. ENFORCEMENT.
(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has
entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in
order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company,
and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in
serving as an officer or director of the Company.
(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
13. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) "Corporate Status" describes the status of a person who is
or was a director, officer, employee or agent or fiduciary of the Company or of
any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan
or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the express written
request of the Company.
(b) "Disinterested Director" means a director of the Company who
is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification
is sought by Indemnitee.
(c) "Enterprise" shall mean the Company and any other
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request
of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
(d) "Expenses" shall include all reasonable attorneys' fees,
retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel
expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges,
postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the
types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing
to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to
be a witness in a Proceeding.
(e) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm, or a member of a law
firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently
is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company
or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with
respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other
indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party
to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Independent Counsel" shall not include
any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then
prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company
or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this
<PAGE>
Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent
Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and
all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
(f) "Proceeding" includes any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism,
investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened
or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or
otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which
Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the
fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company, by reason of any
action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or
director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at
the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; in each case
whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any
liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under
this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement;
and excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this
Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.
14. SEVERABILITY. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement
shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal
or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement
(including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement
containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that
is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by law; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this
Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this
Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be
construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
15. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER. No supplement, modification,
termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in
writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of
this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a
continuing waiver.
16. NOTICE BY INDEMNITEE. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the
Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena,
complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding
or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure
to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which
it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.
<PAGE>
17. NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i)
delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other
communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or
registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date
on which it is so mailed:
(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth below Indemnitee
signature hereto.
(b) If to the Company, to:
Information Advantage, Inc.
7905 Golden Triangle Drive, Suite 109
Minneapolis, MN 55344
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company
or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
18. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an
original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is
sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
19. HEADINGS. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are
inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this
Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
20. GOVERNING LAW. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be
governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the
State of Delaware without application of the conflict of laws principles
thereof.
21. GENDER. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include
usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
and as of the day and year first above written.
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By:
____________________________________
Larry J. Ford
President and Chief Executive
Officer
<PAGE>
_______________________________________
Name
Address:
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
1. PURPOSE
The purpose of this 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is to promote the
interests of Information Advantage, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the
"Company"), by providing employees, stockholders, officers and directors of the
Company and certain independent contractors with an opportunity to acquire a
proprietary or an additional proprietary interest in the Company, and thereby
develop a stronger incentive to contribute to the Company's continued success
and growth. In addition, the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in
the Company by the offering and availability of stock options will assist the
Company in attracting and retaining key personnel and consultants of outstanding
ability.
2. DEFINITIONS
Wherever used in the Plan, the following terms have the meanings set forth
below:
2.1 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
2.3 "Committee" means the Committee which may be designated from time to
time by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 3.5.
2.4 "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means a stock option which is
intended to qualify as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of
the Code.
2.5 "Non-Statutory Stock Option" or "NSO" means a stock option that is not
intended to, or does not, qualify as an incentive stock option as defined in
Section 422 of the Code.
2.6 "Option" means, where required by the context of the Plan, an ISO
and/or NSO granted pursuant to the Plan.
2.7 "Optionee" means a Participant in the Plan who has been granted one or
more Options under the Plan.
2.8 "Participant" means an individual described in Section 5 of this Plan
who may be granted Options under the Plan.
<PAGE>
2.9 "Stock" means the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company.
2.10 "Subsidiary" means any corporation, other than the Company, in an
unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the
corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns 50% or
more of the voting stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
3. ADMINISTRATION
3.1 The Plan shall be administered by the Board, which shall have full
power, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to grant Options, construe and
interpret the Plan, establish rules and regulations with respect to the Plan and
Options granted hereunder, and perform all other acts, including the delegation
of administrative responsibilities, that it believes reasonable and necessary.
3.2 The Board shall have the sole discretion, subject to the provisions of
the Plan, to determine the Participants eligible to receive Options pursuant to
the Plan and the amount, type, and terms of any Options and the terms and
conditions of option agreements relating to any Option.
3.3 The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile
any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted hereunder in the manner
and to the extent it shall deem necessary to carry out the terms of the Plan.
3.4 Any decision made, or action taken, by the Board arising out of or in
connection with the interpretation and administration of the Plan shall be
final, conclusive and binding upon all Optionees.
3.5 The Board may designate a Committee from time to time to administer
the Plan. If designated, the Committee shall be composed of not less than two
persons each of whom shall be members of the Board. If the Board has appointed a
Committee pursuant to this Section 3.5 of the Plan, then the Committee may
administer the Plan and exercise all of the rights and powers granted to the
Board in this Plan, including, without limitation, the right to grant Options
pursuant to the Plan and to establish the Option price as provided in the Plan.
4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
4.1 NUMBER. The total number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance
upon exercise of Options under the Plan is 250,000. Such shares shall consist
of authorized but unissued Stock. If any Option granted under the Plan lapses
or terminates for any reason before being completely exercised, the shares
covered by the unexercised portion of such Option may again be made subject to
Options under the Plan.
2
<PAGE>
4.2 CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. In the event of any change in the
outstanding shares of Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend,
split, or combination, the Board shall make corresponding adjustments in the
aggregate number of shares which may be subject to Options under the Plan and
the terms of any outstanding Option, including the number and kind of shares
subject to such Options and the purchase price per share thereof so as to
prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to or available for
Optionees. In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock
of the Company by reason of any recapitalization, reorganization, merger or
consolidation, the Board, in its sole discretion, may adjust the aggregate
number of shares which may be subject to Options under the Plan and the terms of
any outstanding Option, including the number and kind of shares subject to such
Options and the purchase price per share thereof, shall be adjusted by the
Board, if it so elects, in its sole discretion, to prevent substantial dilution
or enlargement of the rights granted to or available for Optionees.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in no event shall any fraction of a
share of Stock be issued upon the exercise of an Option.
5. ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANTS
The following persons are Participants eligible to participate in the Plan:
5.1 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only
to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary, including officers and directors
who are also employees of the Company or any Subsidiary.
5.2 NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTIONS. Non-statutory stock options may be
granted to (i) any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, including any
officer or director who is also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary;
(ii) any non-employee director of the Company or any Subsidiary; (iii) any
shareholder of the Company; and (iv) any consultant to, or other independent
contractor of, the Company.
6. GRANT OF OPTIONS
Subject to the terms, conditions, and limitations set forth in this Plan,
the Company, by action of its Board, may from time to time grant Options to
purchase shares of the Company's Stock to those eligible Participants as may be
selected by the Board, in such amounts and on such other terms as the Board in
its sole discretion shall determine. Such Options may be (i) "Incentive Stock
Options" so designated by the Board and which, when granted, are intended to
qualify as incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Code; (ii)
"Non-Statutory Stock Options" so designated by the Board and which, when
granted, are not intended to, or do not, qualify as incentive stock options
under Section 422 of the Code; or (iii) a combination of both. The date on
which the Board approves the granting of an Option shall be the date of grant of
such Option, unless a different date is specified by the Board on such date of
approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the grant of any
Incentive Stock Option under the Plan, the aggregate fair market
3
<PAGE>
value of Stock (determined as of the date the Option is granted) with respect
to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an
Optionee in any calendar year (under all such stock option plans of the
Company or Subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000. Each grant of an Option
under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written stock option agreement between
the Company and the Optionee setting forth the terms and conditions, not
inconsistent with the Plan, under which the Option so granted may be
exercised pursuant to the Plan and containing such other terms with respect
to the Option as the Board in its sole discretion may determine.
7. OPTION PRICE AND FORM OF PAYMENT
The purchase price for a share of Stock subject to an Incentive Stock
Option granted hereunder shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of
the Stock on the date of grant. The purchase price for a share of stock subject
to a Non-Statutory Stock Option granted hereunder may be less than the fair
market value of the stock at the date of grant, at the discretion of the Board.
For purposes of this Section 7, the "fair market value" of the Stock shall be
determined as follows:
(a) if the Stock of the Company is listed or admitted to unlisted
trading privileges on a national securities exchange, the fair market value
on any given day shall be the closing sale price for the Stock, or if no
sale is made on such day, the closing bid price for such day on such
exchange;
(b) if the Stock is not listed or admitted to unlisted trading
privileges on a national securities exchange, the fair market value on any
given day shall be the closing sale price for the Stock as reported on the
NASDAQ National Market System on such day, or if no sale is made on such
day, the closing bid price for such day as entered by a market maker for
the Stock;
(c) if the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, is
not admitted to unlisted trading privileges on any such exchange, and is
not eligible for inclusion in the NASDAQ National Market System, the fair
market value on any given day shall be the average of the closing
representative bid and asked prices as reported by the National Quotation
Bureau, Inc. or, if the Stock is not quoted on the National Association of
Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System, then as reported in any
publicly available compilation of the bid and asked prices of the Stock in
any over-the-counter market on which the Stock is traded; or
(d) if there exists no public trading market for the Stock, the fair
market value on any given day shall be an amount determined in good faith
by the Board in such manner as it may reasonably determine in its
discretion, provided that such amount shall not be less than the book value
per share as reasonably determined by the Board as of the date of
determination or less than the par value of the Stock.
4
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option
granted to any Optionee then owning more than 10% of the voting power of all
classes of the Company's stock, the purchase price per share of the Stock
subject to such Option shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of
the Stock on the date of grant of the Incentive Stock Option, determined as
provided above.
Except as provided herein, the purchase price of each share of Stock
purchased upon the exercise of any Option shall be paid:
(a) in United States dollars in cash or by check, bank draft or money
order payable to the order of the Company; or
(b) at the discretion of the Board, through the delivery of shares of
Stock, having initially or as a result of successive exchanges of shares,
an aggregate fair market value (as determined in the manner provided under
this Plan) equal to the aggregate purchase price for the Stock as to which
the Option is being exercised; or
(c) at the discretion of the Board, by a combination of both (a) and
(b) above; or
(d) by such other method as may be permitted in the written stock
option agreement between the Company and the Optionee.
If such form of payment is permitted, the Board shall determine procedures
for tendering Stock as payment upon exercise of an Option and may impose such
additional limitations and prohibitions on the use of Stock as payment upon the
exercise of an Option as it deems appropriate.
If the Board in its sole discretion so agrees, the Company may finance the
amount payable by an Optionee upon exercise of any Option upon such terms and
conditions as the Board may determine at the time such Option is granted under
this Plan.
8. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
8.1 MANNER OF EXERCISE. An Option, or any portion thereof, shall be
exercised by delivering a written notice of exercise to the Board and paying to
the Company the full purchase price of the Stock to be acquired upon the
exercise of the Option. Until certificates for the Stock acquired upon the
exercise of an Option are issued to an Optionee, such Optionee shall not have
any rights as a shareholder of the Company.
8.2 LIMITATIONS AND CONDITIONS ON EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. In addition to any
other limitations or conditions contained in this Plan or that may be imposed by
the Board from time to time or in the stock option agreement to be entered into
with respect to Options
5
<PAGE>
granted hereunder, the following limitations and conditions shall apply to
the exercise of Options granted under this Plan:
8.2.1 No Incentive Stock Option may be exercisable by its terms
after the expiration of 10 years from the date of the grant thereof.
8.2.2 No Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan to an
eligible Participant then owning more than 10% of the voting power of all
classes of the Company's stock may be exercisable by its terms after the
expiration of five years from the date of the grant thereof.
9. INVESTMENT PURPOSES
Unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is in
effect with respect to Stock to be purchased upon exercise of Options to be
granted under the Plan, the Company shall require that an Optionee agree with
and represent to the Company in writing that he or she is acquiring such shares
of Stock for the purpose of investment and with no present intention to
transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares of Stock other than by
transfers which may occur by will or by the laws of descent and distribution,
and no shares of Stock may be transferred unless, in the opinion of counsel to
the Company, such transfer would be in compliance with applicable securities
laws. In addition, unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933 is in effect with respect to the Stock to be purchased under the Plan, each
certificate representing any shares of Stock issued to an Optionee hereunder
shall have endorsed thereon a legend in substantially the following form:
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED WITHOUT
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT")
AND WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS,
IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTION(S) CONTAINED THEREIN. NO TRANSFER OF THESE
SHARES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE MADE EXCEPT PURSUANT TO
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS UNDER SAID LAWS UNLESS THE COMPANY
HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH
TRANSFER OR DISPOSITION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER SAID LAWS
AND, FOR ANY SALES UNDER RULE 144 OF THE ACT, SUCH EVIDENCE AS IT
SHALL REQUEST FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THAT RULE, OR APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.
6
<PAGE>
10. TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS
No Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable by an Optionee
(whether by sale, assignment, hypothecation or otherwise) other than by will or
the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the
Optionee's lifetime only by the Optionee.
11. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
11.1 GENERALLY. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11, if an
Optionee's employment with the Company or Subsidiary is terminated (hereinafter
"Termination") other than by death or Disability (as hereinafter defined), the
Optionee may exercise any Option granted under the Plan, to the extent the
Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of Termination, for a
period of thirty (30) days after the date of Termination or until the term of
the Option has expired, whichever date is earlier. Thereafter, all outstanding
Options of the Optionee shall terminate.
11.2 DEATH OR DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE. In the event of the death or
Disability of an Optionee prior to expiration of an Option held by him or her,
the following provisions shall apply:
11.2.1 If the Optionee is at the time of his or her Disability
employed by the Company or a Subsidiary and has been in continuous
employment (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) since the
date of grant of the Option, then the Option may be exercised by the
Optionee until the earlier of one year following the date of such
Disability or the expiration date of the Option, but only to the extent the
Optionee was entitled to exercise such Option at the time of his or her
Disability. For the purpose of this Section 11, the term "Disability"
shall mean a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3)
of the Code unless the Optionee is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary
pursuant to an employment agreement which contains a definition of
"Disability", in which case such definition shall control. The
determination of whether an Optionee has a Disability within the meaning of
Section 22(e)(3) or pursuant to a definition within an employment agreement
shall be made by the Board in its sole discretion.
11.2.2 If the Optionee is at the time of his or her death
employed by the Company or a Subsidiary and has been in continuous
employment (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) since the
date of grant of the Option, then the Option may be exercised by the
Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the
Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution, until the earlier
of one year from the date of the Optionee's death or the expiration date
of the Option, but only to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise
the Option at the time of death.
7
<PAGE>
11.2.3 If the Optionee dies within thirty (30) days after
Termination, the Option may be exercised until the earlier of nine months
following the date of death or the expiration date of the Option, by the
Optionee's estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the
Option by will or the laws of descent or distribution, but only to the
extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the time of
Termination.
11.3 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. If the employment of an Optionee is terminated
by the Company or a Subsidiary for cause, then Options granted to the Optionee
under the Plan shall terminate immediately.
12. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
12.1 The Board, may at any time and from time to time suspend or terminate
the Plan in whole or in part or amend it from time to time in such respects as
may be in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that no such
amendment shall be made without the approval of the shareholders if it would:
(a) materially modify the eligibility requirements for Participants as set forth
in Section 5 hereof; (b) increase the maximum aggregate number of shares of
Stock which may be issued pursuant to Options, except in accordance with
Section 4.2 of the Plan; (c) reduce the minimum Option price per share as set
forth in Section 7 of the Plan, except in accordance with Section 4.2 of the
Plan; (d) extend the period of granting Options; or (e) materially increase in
any other way the benefits accruing to Optionees.
12.2 No amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan shall, without
the Optionee's consent, alter or impair any of the rights or obligations under
any Option theretofore granted to him or her under the Plan.
12.3 The Board may amend the Plan, subject to the limitations cited above,
in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the granting of Incentive Stock
Options meeting the requirements of future amendments to the Code.
12.4 Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or upon a merger,
consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization as a result
of which the Company is not the surviving corporation or upon a sale of
substantially all the property or stock of the Company to another corporation,
any option granted hereunder shall terminate and no such event shall cause any
option to be exercisable for any shares other than those as to which it was
exercisable prior to such termination in accordance with its terms; provided,
however, that the Company may in its discretion and immediately prior to any
such transaction, cause a new option to be substituted for such option or cause
such old option to be assumed, by an employer corporation, or a parent or
subsidiary of such corporation; and such new or substituted option shall apply
to all shares issued in addition to or in substitution, replacement or
modification of the shares theretofore covered by such option; provided that:
8
<PAGE>
(a) the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the shares
subject to the option immediately after the substitution or assumption over
the aggregate option price of such shares shall not be more than the excess
of the aggregate fair market value of all shares subject to the option
immediately before such substitution or assumption over the aggregate
option price of such shares,
(b) the new option or the assumption of the existing option shall not
give the optionee additional benefits which he or she did not have under
the old option or prior to such assumption, and
(c) a propriety adjustment of the original option price shall be made
among original shares subject to the option and any additional share or
shares issued in substitution, replacement or modification thereof.
13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 RIGHT TO CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT. No person shall have any claim or
right to be granted an Option under the Plan, and the grant of an Option under
the Plan shall not be construed as giving an Optionee the right to continued
employment with the Company. The Company further expressly reserves the right
at any time to dismiss an Optionee or reduce an Optionee's compensation with or
without cause, free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan, except as
provided herein or in a stock option agreement.
13.2 WITHHOLDING TAXES. The Company shall have the right to require that
payment or provision for payment of any and all withholding taxes due upon the
grant or exercise of an Option hereunder or the disposition of any Stock or
other property acquired upon exercise of an Option be made by an Optionee. In
connection therewith, the Board shall have the right to establish such rules and
regulations or impose such terms and conditions in any agreement relating to an
Option granted hereunder with respect to such withholding as the Board may deem
necessary and appropriate.
13.3 GOVERNING LAW. The Plan shall be administered in the State of
Minnesota, and the validity, construction, interpretation, and administration of
the Plan and all rights relating to the Plan shall be determined solely in
accordance with the laws of such state, unless controlled by applicable federal
law, if any.
14. EFFECTIVE DATE
The effective date of the Plan is June 11, 1992. No Option may be granted
after June 11, 2002, provided, however, that the Plan and all outstanding
Options shall remain in effect until such outstanding Options have expired or
been canceled.
9
<PAGE>
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
Pursuant to the authority retained by the Company in Article 12, Section
12.1 of the Information Advantage, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), and
pursuant to action of the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of the Company
approved January 9, 1995, the Plan is hereby amended in the following respect:
Article 4, Section 4.1 is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by
the following language:
4.1 The total number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance
upon exercise of options under the Plan is 2,500,000. Such shares
shall consist of authorized but unissued Stock. If any Option granted
under the Plan lapses or terminates for any reason before being
completed exercised, the shares covered by the unexercised portion of
such Option may again be made subject to Options under the Plan.
This Amendment shall be effective as of January 9, 1995.
<PAGE>
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
Pursuant to the authority retained by the Company in Article 12, Section
12.1 of the Information Advantage, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), and
pursuant to action of the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of the Company
approved June 2, 1995, the Plan is hereby amended in the following respect:
Article 4, Section 4.1 is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by
the following language:
4.1 The total number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance
upon exercise of options under the Plan is 5,000,000. Such shares
shall consist of authorized but unissued Stock. If any Option granted
under the Plan lapses or terminates for any reason before being
completed exercised, the shares covered by the unexercised portion of
such Option may again be made subject to Options under the Plan.
This Amendment shall be effective as of June 2, 1995.
<PAGE>
AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
Pursuant to the authority retained by the Company in Article 12, Section
12.1 of the Information Advantage, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), and
pursuant to action of the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of the Company
approved February 27, 1997, the Plan is hereby amended in the following respect:
Article 4, Section 4.1 is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by
the following language:
4.1 The total number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance
upon exercise of options under the Plan is 6,000,000. Such shares
shall consist of authorized but unissued Stock. If any Option granted
under the Plan lapses or terminates for any reason before being
completed exercised, the shares covered by the unexercised portion of
such Option may again be made subject to Options under the Plan.
This Amendment shall be effective as of February 27, 1997.
<PAGE>
AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
Pursuant to the authority retained by the Company in Article 12, Section
12.1 of the Information Advantage, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), and
pursuant to action of the Board of Directors of the Company approved June 17,
1997, the Plan is hereby amended in the following respect:
Article 10 is hereby amended to include the following sentence:
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Non-Statutory Stock
Options may be transferred by an Optionee to an Optionee's spouse or
lineal descendant, or to a trust or an entity, the entire beneficial
interest of which is owned by one or more of the foregoing.
This Amendment shall be effective as of June 17, 1997.
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
(AS ADOPTED EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 24, 1997)
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
ARTICLE 2. ADMINISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
2.1 Committee Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
2.2 Committee Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
2.3 Committee for Non-Officer Grants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
ARTICLE 3. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.1 Basic Limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.2 Annual Increase in Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.3 Additional Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.4 Dividend Equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
ARTICLE 4. ELIGIBILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
4.1 Incentive Stock Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
4.2 Other Grants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
ARTICLE 5. OPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
5.1 Stock Option Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
5.2 Number of Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
5.3 Exercise Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
5.4 Exercisability and Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
5.5 Effect of Change in Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
5.6 Modification or Assumption of Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
5.7 Buyout Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
ARTICLE 6. PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
6.1 General Rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
6.2 Surrender of Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
6.3 Exercise/Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
6.4 Exercise/Pledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
6.5 Promissory Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
6.6 Other Forms of Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
ARTICLE 7. AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANTS TO OUTSIDE DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . .5
7.1 Initial Grants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
7.2 Annual Grants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
7.3 Accelerated Exercisability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
7.4 Exercise Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
7.5 Term. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
7.6 Affiliates of Outside Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
i
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
8.1 SAR Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
8.2 Number of Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
8.3 Exercise Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
8.4 Exercisability and Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
8.5 Effect of Change in Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
8.6 Exercise of SARs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
8.7 Modification or Assumption of SARs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
ARTICLE 9. RESTRICTED SHARES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
9.1 Restricted Stock Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
9.2 Payment for Awards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
9.3 Vesting Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
9.4 Voting and Dividend Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
ARTICLE 10. STOCK UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
10.1 Stock Unit Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
10.2 Payment for Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
10.3 Vesting Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
10.4 Voting and Dividend Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
10.5 Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units . . . . . . . . . . 10
10.6 Death of Recipient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
10.7 Creditors' Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ARTICLE 11. PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
11.1 Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
11.2 Dissolution or Liquidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
11.3 Reorganizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ARTICLE 12. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ARTICLE 13. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ARTICLE 14. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN SECURITIES. . . . . . . . . . 12
14.1 Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
14.2 Elections to Receive NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock
Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
14.3 Number and Terms of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock
Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ARTICLE 15. LIMITATION ON RIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
15.1 Retention Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
15.2 Stockholders' Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
15.3 Regulatory Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
ARTICLE 16. WITHHOLDING TAXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
16.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
16.2 Share Withholding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
ii
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 17. FUTURE OF THE PLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
17.1 Term of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
17.2 Amendment or Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
ARTICLE 18. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
18.1 Basic Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
18.2 Reduction of Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
18.3 Overpayments and Underpayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
18.4 Related Corporations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
ARTICLE 19. DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
ARTICLE 20. EXECUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
iii
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
1997 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION.
The Plan was adopted by the Board on September 23, 1997, effective as
of September 24, 1997. The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term
success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by (a) encouraging
Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants to focus on critical long-range
objectives, (b) encouraging the attraction and retention of Employees, Outside
Directors and Consultants with exceptional qualifications and (c) linking
Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants directly to stockholder interests
through increased stock ownership. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by
providing for Awards in the form of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, Options
(which may constitute incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options) or
stock appreciation rights.
The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of Delaware (except their choice-of-law provisions).
ARTICLE 2. ADMINISTRATION.
2.1 COMMITTEE COMPOSITION. The Plan shall be administered by the
Committee. The Committee shall consist exclusively of two or more directors of
the Company, who shall be appointed by the Board. In addition, the composition
of the Committee shall satisfy:
(a) Such requirements as the Securities and Exchange Commission
may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for
exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act; and
(b) Such requirements as the Internal Revenue Service may
establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for
exemption under section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.
2.2 COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES. The Committee shall (a) select the
Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants who are to receive Awards under the
Plan, (b) determine the type, number, vesting requirements and other features
and conditions of such Awards, (c) interpret the Plan and (d) make all other
decisions relating to the operation of the Plan. The Committee may adopt such
rules or guidelines as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. The
Committee's determinations under the Plan shall be final and binding on all
persons.
2.3 COMMITTEE FOR NON-OFFICER GRANTS. The Board may also appoint a
secondary committee of the Board, which shall be composed of one or more
directors of the Company who need not satisfy the requirements of Section 2.1.
Such secondary committee may administer the
<PAGE>
Plan with respect to Employees and Consultants who are not considered
officers or directors of the Company under section 16 of the Exchange Act,
may grant Awards under the Plan to such Employees and Consultants and may
determine all features and conditions of such Awards. Within the limitations
of this Section 2.3, any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include
such secondary committee.
ARTICLE 3. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS.
3.1 BASIC LIMITATION. Common Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be
authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. The aggregate number of
Options, SARs, Stock Units and Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall
not exceed (a) 2,500,000 plus (b) the aggregate number of Common Shares
remaining available for grants under the Predecessor Plan on the IPO Effective
Date, plus (c) the additional Common Shares described in Sections 3.2 and 3.3.
No additional grants shall be made under the Predecessor Plan on and after the
IPO Effective Date. The limitation of this Section 3.1 shall be subject to
adjustment pursuant to Article 11.
3.2 ANNUAL INCREASE IN SHARES. As of February 1 of each year, commencing
with the year 1999, the aggregate number of Options, SARs, Stock Units and
Restricted Shares that may be awarded under the Plan shall automatically
increase by a number equal to the lesser of (a) 3.5% of the total number of
Common Shares then outstanding or (b) 1,000,000.
3.3 ADDITIONAL SHARES. If Restricted Shares or Common Shares issued upon
the exercise of Options are forfeited, then such Common Shares shall again
become available for Awards under the Plan. If Stock Units, Options or SARs are
forfeited or terminate for any other reason before being exercised, then the
corresponding Common Shares shall again become available for Awards under the
Plan. If Stock Units are settled, then only the number of Common Shares (if
any) actually issued in settlement of such Stock Units shall reduce the number
available under Section 3.1 and the balance shall again become available for
Awards under the Plan. If SARs are exercised, then only the number of Common
Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such SARs shall reduce the
number available under Section 3.1 and the balance shall again become available
for Awards under the Plan. The foregoing notwithstanding, the aggregate number
of Common Shares that may be issued under the Plan upon the exercise of ISOs
shall not be increased when Restricted Shares or other Common Shares are
forfeited.
3.4 DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS. Any dividend equivalents paid or credited under
the Plan shall not be applied against the number of Restricted Shares, Stock
Units, Options or SARs available for Awards, whether or not such dividend
equivalents are converted into Stock Units.
ARTICLE 4. ELIGIBILITY.
4.1 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. Only Employees shall be eligible for the
grant of ISOs. In addition, an Employee who owns more than 10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company or any
of its Parents or Subsidiaries shall not be
2
<PAGE>
eligible for the grant of an ISO unless the requirements set forth in section
422(c)(6) of the Code are satisfied.
4.2 OTHER GRANTS. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall
be eligible for the grant of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, NSOs or SARs.
ARTICLE 5. OPTIONS.
5.1 STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall
be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.
Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be
subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The Stock
Option Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO. The
provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan
need not be identical. Options may be granted in consideration of a reduction
in the Optionee's other compensation. A Stock Option Agreement may provide that
a new Option will be granted automatically to the Optionee when he or she
exercises a prior Option and pays the Exercise Price in the form described in
Section 6.2.
5.2 NUMBER OF SHARES. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the
number of Common Shares subject to the Option and shall provide for the
adjustment of such number in accordance with Article 11. Options granted to any
Optionee in a single fiscal year of the Company shall not cover more than
250,000 Common Shares, except that Options granted to a new Employee in the
fiscal year of the Company in which his or her service as an Employee first
commences shall not cover more than 1,000,000 Common Shares. The limitations
set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment in accordance
with Article 11.
5.3 EXERCISE PRICE. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the
Exercise Price; provided that the Exercise Price under an ISO shall in no event
be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the date of
grant and the Exercise Price under an NSO shall in no event be less than 85% of
the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the date of grant. In the case of an
NSO, a Stock Option Agreement may specify an Exercise Price that varies in
accordance with a predetermined formula while the NSO is outstanding.
5.4 EXERCISABILITY AND TERM. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify
the date or event when all or any installment of the Option is to become
exercisable. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the
Option; provided that the term of an ISO shall in no event exceed 10 years from
the date of grant. A Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated
exercisability in the event of the Optionee's death, disability or retirement or
other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the
event of the termination of the Optionee's service. Options may be awarded in
combination with SARs, and such an Award may provide that the Options will not
be exercisable unless the related SARs are forfeited.
5.5 EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. Upon a Change in Control and subject to
the limitations set forth below, outstanding Options shall become exercisable as
to all of the
3
<PAGE>
Common Shares subject to such Options unless such Options are assumed by the
surviving corporation or its parent or the surviving corporation or its
parent substitutes options with substantially the same terms for such Options:
(a) In the case of an ISO, the acceleration of exercisability
shall not occur without the Optionee's written consent.
(b) If the Company and the other party to the transaction
constituting a Change in Control agree that such transaction is to be
treated as a "pooling of interests" for financial reporting purposes, and
if such transaction in fact is so treated, then the acceleration of
exercisability shall not occur to the extent that the Company's independent
accountants and such other party's independent accountants separately
determine in good faith that such acceleration would preclude the use of
"pooling of interests" accounting.
5.6 INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION. In the event of an Involuntary Termination
within twelve months following a Change in Control, the vesting of the
terminated Optionee's Options will accelerate and such Optionee will become
vested in an additional number of Common Shares subject to such Options, as if
the Optionee provided service to the Company for an additional twelve months.
5.7 MODIFICATION OR ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS. Within the limitations of the
Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding options or may
accept the cancellation of outstanding options (whether granted by the Company
or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new options for the same or a
different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price. The
foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the
consent of the Optionee, alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under
such Option.
5.8 BUYOUT PROVISIONS. The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out
for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Option previously granted or (b)
authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out an Option previously granted, in
either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the
Committee shall establish.
ARTICLE 6. PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARES.
6.1 GENERAL RULE. The entire Exercise Price of Common Shares issued upon
exercise of Options shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time
when such Common Shares are purchased, except as follows:
(a) In the case of an ISO granted under the Plan, payment shall
be made only pursuant to the express provisions of the applicable Stock
Option Agreement. The Stock Option Agreement may specify that payment may
be made in any form(s) described in this Article 6.
(b) In the case of an NSO, the Committee may at any time accept
payment in any form(s) described in this Article 6.
4
<PAGE>
6.2 SURRENDER OF STOCK. To the extent that this Section 6.2 is
applicable, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering,
or attesting to the ownership of, Common Shares that are already owned by the
Optionee. Such Common Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the
date when the new Common Shares are purchased under the Plan. The Optionee
shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Common Shares in payment of
the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize
compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the
Option for financial reporting purposes.
6.3 EXERCISE/SALE. To the extent that this Section 6.3 is applicable, all
or any part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by
delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) an irrevocable direction to a
securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of the Common
Shares being purchased under the Plan and to deliver all or part of the sales
proceeds to the Company.
6.4 EXERCISE/PLEDGE. To the extent that this Section 6.4 is applicable,
all or any part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by
delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) an irrevocable direction to
pledge all or part of the Common Shares being purchased under the Plan to a
securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and
to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company.
6.5 PROMISSORY NOTE. To the extent that this Section 6.5 is applicable,
all or any part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by
delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) a full-recourse promissory
note. However, the par value of the Common Shares being purchased under the
Plan, if newly issued, shall be paid in cash or cash equivalents.
6.6 OTHER FORMS OF PAYMENT. To the extent that this Section 6.6 is
applicable, all or any part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may
be paid in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations
and rules.
ARTICLE 7. AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANTS TO OUTSIDE DIRECTORS.
7.1 INITIAL GRANTS. Each Outside Director who first becomes a member of
the Board after the date of the Company's initial public offering shall receive
a one-time grant of an NSO covering 20,000 Common Shares (subject to adjustment
under Article 11). Such NSO shall be granted on the date when such Outside
Director first joins the Board and shall become exercisable with respect to 20%
of the Common Shares subject to the NSO upon the completion of 12 months of
service and with respect to 1/60th of the Common Shares upon the completion of
each month of service thereafter.
7.2 ANNUAL GRANTS. Upon the conclusion of each regular annual meeting of
the Company's stockholders held in the year 1998 or thereafter, each Outside
Director who will continue serving as a member of the Board thereafter shall
receive an NSO covering 4,000 Common Shares (subject to adjustment under Article
11), except that such NSO shall not be granted in the calendar year in which the
same Outside Director received the NSO described in
5
<PAGE>
Section 7.1. NSOs granted under this Section 7.2 shall become exercisable in
full on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant.
7.3 ACCELERATED EXERCISABILITY. All NSOs granted to an Outside Director
under this Article 7 shall also become exercisable in full in the event of:
(a) The termination of such Outside Director's service because
of death, total and permanent disability or retirement at or after age 65;
or
(b) A Change in Control with respect to the Company, except as
provided in the next following sentence.
If the Company and the other party to the transaction constituting a Change in
Control agree that such transaction is to be treated as a "pooling of interests"
for financial reporting purposes, and if such transaction in fact is so treated,
then the acceleration of exercisability shall not occur to the extent that the
Company's independent accountants and such other party's independent accountants
separately determine in good faith that such acceleration would preclude the use
of "pooling of interests" accounting.
7.4 EXERCISE PRICE. The Exercise Price under all NSOs granted to an
Outside Director under this Article 7 shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market
Value of a Common Share on the date of grant, payable in one of the forms
described in Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4.
7.5 TERM. All NSOs granted to an Outside Director under this Article 7
shall terminate on the earliest of (a) the 10th anniversary of the date of
grant, (b) the date three months after the termination of such Outside
Director's service for any reason other than death or total and permanent
disability or (c) the date six months after the termination of such Outside
Director's service because of death or total and permanent disability.
7.6 AFFILIATES OF OUTSIDE DIRECTORS. The Committee may provide that the
NSOs that otherwise would be granted to an Outside Director under this Article 7
shall instead be granted to an affiliate of such Outside Director. Such
affiliate shall then be deemed to be an Outside Director for purposes of the
Plan, provided that the service-related vesting and termination provisions
pertaining to the NSOs shall be applied with regard to the service of the
Outside Director.
ARTICLE 8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.
8.1 SAR AGREEMENT. Each grant of a SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced
by a SAR Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such SAR shall be
subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other
terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various
SAR Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. SARs may be
granted in consideration of a reduction in the Optionee's other compensation.
6
<PAGE>
8.2 NUMBER OF SHARES. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of
Common Shares to which the SAR pertains and shall provide for the adjustment of
such number in accordance with Article 11. SARs granted to any Optionee in a
single calendar year shall in no event pertain to more than 250,000 Common
Shares, except that SARs granted to a new Employee in the fiscal year of the
Company in which his or her service as an Employee first commences shall not
pertain to more than 1,000,000 Common Shares. The limitations set forth in the
preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 11.
8.3 EXERCISE PRICE. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price.
A SAR Agreement may specify an Exercise Price that varies in accordance with a
predetermined formula while the SAR is outstanding.
8.4 EXERCISABILITY AND TERM. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the date
when all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR
Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR. A SAR Agreement may provide
for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee's death, disability
or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of
its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee's service. SARs may be
awarded in combination with Options, and such an Award may provide that the SARs
will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited. A SAR may be
included in an ISO only at the time of grant but may be included in an NSO at
the time of grant or thereafter. A SAR granted under the Plan may provide that
it will be exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control.
8.5 EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. Upon a Change in Control and subject to
the following sentence, outstanding SARs shall become exercisable as to all of
the Common Shares subject to such SARs unless such SARs are assumed by the
surviving corporation or its parent or the surviving corporation or its parent
substitutes stock appreciation rights with substantially the same terms for such
SARs If the Company and the other party to the transaction constituting a
Change in Control agree that such transaction is to be treated as a "pooling of
interests" for financial reporting purposes, and if such transaction in fact is
so treated, then the acceleration of exercisability shall not occur to the
extent that the Company's independent accountants and such other party's
independent accountants separately determine in good faith that such
acceleration would preclude the use of "pooling of interests" accounting. In
the event of an Involuntary Termination within twelve months following a Change
in Control, the Optionee shall become vested in a portion of the SARs, as if the
Optionee performed services for the Company for an additional twelve months.
8.6 EXERCISE OF SARS. Upon exercise of a SAR, the Optionee (or any person
having the right to exercise the SAR after his or her death) shall receive from
the Company (a) Common Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of Common Shares
and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair
Market Value of Common Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the
aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of
surrender) of the Common Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price.
If, on the date when a SAR expires, the Exercise Price under such SAR is less
than the Fair Market Value on such date but any portion of such SAR has not been
exercised or surrendered,
7
<PAGE>
then such SAR shall automatically be deemed to be exercised as of such date
with respect to such portion.
8.7 MODIFICATION OR ASSUMPTION OF SARS. Within the limitations of the
Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding SARs or may accept
the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company or by
another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different
number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price. The foregoing
notwithstanding, no modification of a SAR shall, without the consent of the
Optionee, alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such SAR.
ARTICLE 9. RESTRICTED SHARES.
9.1 RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT. Each grant of Restricted Shares under the
Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement between the recipient
and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable
terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not
inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock
Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
9.2 PAYMENT FOR AWARDS. Subject to the following sentence, Restricted
Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the
Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents,
full-recourse promissory notes, past services and future services. To the
extent that an Award consists of newly issued Restricted Shares, the Award
recipient shall furnish consideration with a value not less than the par value
of such Restricted Shares in the form of cash, cash equivalents or past services
rendered to the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary), as the Committee may
determine.
9.3 VESTING CONDITIONS. Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be
subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon
satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement. A
Restricted Stock Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of
the Participant's death, disability or retirement or other events. Upon a
Change in Control and subject to the following sentence, Restricted Shares shall
become fully vested unless the repurchase rights related to such Restricted
Shares are assigned to the surviving corporation or its parent or the surviving
corporation or its parent substitutes restricted shares with substantially the
same terms for such Restricted Shares. If the Company and the other party to
the transaction constituting a Change in Control agree that such transaction is
to be treated as a "pooling of interests" for financial reporting purposes, and
if such transaction in fact is so treated, then the acceleration of vesting
shall not occur to the extent that the Company's independent accountants and
such other party's independent accountants separately determine in good faith
that such acceleration would preclude the use of "pooling of interests"
accounting. In the event of an Involuntary Termination within twelve months
following a Change in Control, the holder of Restricted Shares shall become
vested in an additional number of such Restricted Shares, as if such holder
performed services for the Company for an additional twelve months.
9.4 VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS. The holders of Restricted Shares awarded
under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend and other rights as the
Company's other
8
<PAGE>
stockholders. A Restricted Stock Agreement, however, may require that the
holders of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends received in additional
Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares shall be subject to the
same conditions and restrictions as the Award with respect to which the
dividends were paid.
ARTICLE 10. STOCK UNITS.
10.1 STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT. Each grant of Stock Units under the Plan shall
be evidenced by a Stock Unit Agreement between the recipient and the Company.
Such Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be
subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The
provisions of the various Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need
not be identical. Stock Units may be granted in consideration of a reduction in
the recipient's other compensation.
10.2 PAYMENT FOR AWARDS. To the extent that an Award is granted in the
form of Stock Units, no cash consideration shall be required of the Award
recipients.
10.3 VESTING CONDITIONS. Each Award of Stock Units may or may not be
subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon
satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Stock Unit Agreement. A Stock
Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the
Participant's death, disability or retirement or other events. Upon a Change in
Control and subject to the following sentence, each Award of Stock Units shall
become fully exercisable unless such Stock Units are assumed by the surviving
corporation or its parent or the surviving corporation or its parent substitutes
stock units with substantially the same terms for such Stock Units. If the
Company and the other party to the transaction constituting a Change in Control
agree that such transaction is to be treated as a "pooling of interests" for
financial reporting purposes, and if such transaction in fact is so treated,
then the acceleration of vesting shall not occur to the extent that the
Company's independent accountants and such other party's independent accountants
separately determine in good faith that such acceleration would preclude the use
of "pooling of interests" accounting. In the event of an Involuntary
Termination within twelve months following a Change in Control, the holder of
Stock Units shall become vested in an additional number of such Stock Units, as
if such holder performed services for the Company for an additional twelve
months.
10.4 VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS. The holders of Stock Units shall have
no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Stock Unit awarded
under the Plan may, at the Committee's discretion, carry with it a right to
dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the holder to be credited with an
amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Common Share while the Stock
Unit is outstanding. Dividend equivalents may be converted into additional
Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of
cash, in the form of Common Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to
distribution, any dividend equivalents which are not paid shall be subject to
the same conditions and restrictions as the Stock Units to which they attach.
9
<PAGE>
10.5 FORM AND TIME OF SETTLEMENT OF STOCK UNITS. Settlement of vested
Stock Units may be made in the form of (d) cash, (e) Common Shares or (f) any
combination of both, as determined by the Committee. The actual number of
Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number
included in the original Award, based on predetermined performance factors.
Methods of converting Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation)
a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Common Shares over a
series of trading days. Vested Stock Units may be settled in a lump sum or in
installments. The distribution may occur or commence when all vesting
conditions applicable to the Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed,
or it may be deferred to any later date. The amount of a deferred
distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend
equivalents. Until an Award of Stock Units is settled, the number of such
Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 11.
10.6 DEATH OF RECIPIENT. Any Stock Units Award that becomes payable
after the recipient's death shall be distributed to the recipient's
beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient of a Stock Units Award under
the Plan shall designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing
the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be
changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the
Award recipient's death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated
beneficiary survives the Award recipient, then any Stock Units Award that
becomes payable after the recipient's death shall be distributed to the
recipient's estate.
10.7 CREDITORS' RIGHTS. A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights
other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Stock Units represent
an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and
conditions of the applicable Stock Unit Agreement.
ARTICLE 11. PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION.
11.1 ADJUSTMENTS. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Common
Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in Common Shares, a declaration of a
dividend payable in a form other than Common Shares in an amount that has a
material effect on the price of Common Shares, a combination or consolidation of
the outstanding Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser
number of Common Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence,
the Committee shall make such adjustments as it, in its sole discretion, deems
appropriate in one or more of:
(a) The number of Options, SARs, Restricted Shares and Stock
Units available for future Awards under Article 3;
(b) The limitations set forth in Sections 5.2 and 8.2;
(c) The number of NSOs to be granted to Outside Directors under
Article 7;
10
<PAGE>
(d) The number of Common Shares covered by each outstanding
Option and SAR;
(e) The Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and SAR; or
(f) The number of Stock Units included in any prior Award which
has not yet been settled.
Except as provided in this Article 11, a Participant shall have no rights by
reason of any issue by the Company of stock of any class or securities
convertible into stock of any class, any subdivision or consolidation of shares
of stock of any class, the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase
or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.
11.2 DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. To the extent not previously exercised or
settled, Options, SARs and Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the
dissolution or liquidation of the Company.
11.3 REORGANIZATIONS. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger
or other reorganization, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of
merger or reorganization. Such agreement shall provide for (a) the continuation
of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is a surviving
corporation, (b) the assumption of the outstanding Awards by the surviving
corporation or its parent or subsidiary, (c) the substitution by the surviving
corporation or its parent or subsidiary of its own awards for the outstanding
Awards, (d) full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of the
outstanding Awards, (e) settlement of the full value of the outstanding Awards
in cash or cash equivalents followed by cancellation of such Awards, or (f)
cancellation and termination of the outstanding Awards.
ARTICLE 12. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS.
The Committee (in its sole discretion) may permit or require a Participant
to:
(a) Have cash that otherwise would be paid to such Participant
as a result of the exercise of a SAR or the settlement of Stock Units
credited to a deferred compensation account established for such
Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company's books;
(b) Have Common Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such
Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR converted into
an equal number of Stock Units; or
(c) Have Common Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such
Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR or the
settlement of Stock Units converted into amounts credited to a deferred
compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as
an entry on the Company's books. Such amounts shall be determined by
reference to the Fair
11
<PAGE>
Market Value of such Common Shares as of the date when they otherwise
would have been delivered to such Participant.
A deferred compensation account established under this Article 12 may be
credited with interest or other forms of investment return, as determined by the
Committee. A Participant for whom such an account is established shall have no
rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Such an account
shall represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company and shall be
subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement between such
Participant and the Company. If the deferral or conversion of Awards is
permitted or required, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may establish
rules, procedures and forms pertaining to such Awards, including (without
limitation) the settlement of deferred compensation accounts established under
this Article 12.
ARTICLE 13. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS.
The Company may grant awards under other plans or programs. Such awards
may be settled in the form of Common Shares issued under this Plan. Such
Common Shares shall be treated for all purposes under the Plan like Common
Shares issued in settlement of Stock Units and shall, when issued, reduce the
number of Common Shares available under Article 3.
ARTICLE 14. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN SECURITIES.
14.1 EFFECTIVE DATE. No provision of this Article 14 shall be effective
unless and until the Board has determined to implement such provision.
14.2 ELECTIONS TO RECEIVE NSOS, RESTRICTED SHARES OR STOCK UNITS. An
Outside Director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer payments and/or
meeting fees from the Company in the form of cash, NSOs, Restricted Shares or
Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. Such NSOs,
Restricted Shares and Stock Units shall be issued under the Plan. An election
under this Article 14 shall be filed with the Company on the prescribed form.
14.3 NUMBER AND TERMS OF NSOS, RESTRICTED SHARES OR STOCK UNITS. The
number of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units to be granted to Outside
Directors in lieu of annual retainers and meeting fees that would otherwise be
paid in cash shall be calculated in a manner determined by the Board. The terms
of such NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units shall also be determined by the
Board.
ARTICLE 15. LIMITATION ON RIGHTS.
15.1 RETENTION RIGHTS. Neither the Plan nor any Award granted under the
Plan shall be deemed to give any individual a right to remain an Employee,
Outside Director or Consultant. The Company and its Parents, Subsidiaries and
Affiliates reserve the right to terminate the service of any Employee, Outside
Director or Consultant at any time, with or without cause,
12
<PAGE>
subject to applicable laws, the Company's certificate of incorporation and
by-laws and a written employment agreement (if any).
15.2 STOCKHOLDERS' RIGHTS. A Participant shall have no dividend rights,
voting rights or other rights as a stockholder with respect to any Common Shares
covered by his or her Award prior to the time when a stock certificate for such
Common Shares is issued or, if applicable, the time when he or she becomes
entitled to receive such Common Shares by filing any required notice of exercise
and paying any required Exercise Price. No adjustment shall be made for cash
dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to such time,
except as expressly provided in the Plan.
15.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. Any other provision of the Plan
notwithstanding, the obligation of the Company to issue Common Shares under the
Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such
approval by any regulatory body as may be required. The Company reserves the
right to restrict, in whole or in part, the delivery of Common Shares pursuant
to any Award prior to the satisfaction of all legal requirements relating to the
issuance of such Common Shares, to their registration, qualification or listing
or to an exemption from registration, qualification or listing.
ARTICLE 16. WITHHOLDING TAXES.
16.1 GENERAL. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local
or foreign law, a Participant or his or her successor shall make arrangements
satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax
obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be
required to issue any Common Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan
until such obligations are satisfied.
16.2 SHARE WITHHOLDING. The Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy
all or part of his or her withholding or income tax obligations by having the
Company withhold all or a portion of any Common Shares that otherwise would be
issued to him or her or by surrendering all or a portion of any Common Shares
that he or she previously acquired. Such Common Shares shall be valued at their
Fair Market Value on the date when taxes otherwise would be withheld in cash.
ARTICLE 17. FUTURE OF THE PLAN.
17.1 TERM OF THE PLAN. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become
effective on September 24, 1997. The Plan shall remain in effect until it is
terminated under Section 17.2, except that no ISOs shall be granted on or after
the 10th anniversary of the later of (a) the date when the Board adopted the
Plan or (b) the date when the Board adopted the most recent increase in the
number of Common Shares available under Article 3 which was approved by the
Company's stockholders.
17.2 AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. The Board may, at any time and for any
reason, amend or terminate the Plan. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject
to the approval of the
13
<PAGE>
Company's stockholders only to the extent required by applicable laws,
regulations or rules. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the
termination thereof. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof,
shall not affect any Award previously granted under the Plan.
ARTICLE 18. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS.
18.1 BASIC RULE. Any provision of the Plan to the contrary
notwithstanding, in the event that the independent auditors most recently
selected by the Board (the "Auditors") determine that any payment or transfer by
the Company under the Plan to or for the benefit of a Participant (a "Payment")
would be nondeductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes because of
the provisions concerning "excess parachute payments" in section 280G of the
Code, then the aggregate present value of all Payments shall be reduced (but not
below zero) to the Reduced Amount; provided that the Committee, at the time of
making an Award under the Plan or at any time thereafter, may specify in writing
that such Award shall not be so reduced and shall not be subject to this
Article 18. For purposes of this Article 18, the "Reduced Amount" shall be the
amount, expressed as a present value, which maximizes the aggregate present
value of the Payments without causing any Payment to be nondeductible by the
Company because of section 280G of the Code.
18.2 REDUCTION OF PAYMENTS. If the Auditors determine that any Payment
would be nondeductible by the Company because of section 280G of the Code, then
the Company shall promptly give the Participant notice to that effect and a copy
of the detailed calculation thereof and of the Reduced Amount, and the
Participant may then elect, in his or her sole discretion, which and how much of
the Payments shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the
aggregate present value of the Payments equals the Reduced Amount) and shall
advise the Company in writing of his or her election within 10 days of receipt
of notice. If no such election is made by the Participant within such 10-day
period, then the Company may elect which and how much of the Payments shall be
eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the aggregate present
value of the Payments equals the Reduced Amount) and shall notify the
Participant promptly of such election. For purposes of this Article 18, present
value shall be determined in accordance with section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.
All determinations made by the Auditors under this Article 18 shall be binding
upon the Company and the Participant and shall be made within 60 days of the
date when a Payment becomes payable or transferable. As promptly as practicable
following such determination and the elections hereunder, the Company shall pay
or transfer to or for the benefit of the Participant such amounts as are then
due to him or her under the Plan and shall promptly pay or transfer to or for
the benefit of the Participant in the future such amounts as become due to him
or her under the Plan.
18.3 OVERPAYMENTS AND UNDERPAYMENTS. As a result of uncertainty in the
application of section 280G of the Code at the time of an initial determination
by the Auditors hereunder, it is possible that Payments will have been made by
the Company which should not have been made (an "Overpayment") or that
additional Payments which will not have been made by the Company could have been
made (an "Underpayment"), consistent in each case with the calculation of the
Reduced Amount hereunder. In the event that the Auditors, based upon the
assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or
the Participant
14
<PAGE>
which the Auditors believe has a high probability of success, determine that
an Overpayment has been made, such Overpayment shall be treated for all
purposes as a loan to the Participant which he or she shall repay to the
Company, together with interest at the applicable federal rate provided in
section 7872(f)(2) of the Code; provided, however, that no amount shall be
payable by the Participant to the Company if and to the extent that such
payment would not reduce the amount which is subject to taxation under
section 4999 of the Code. In the event that the Auditors determine that an
Underpayment has occurred, such Underpayment shall promptly be paid or
transferred by the Company to or for the benefit of the Participant, together
with interest at the applicable federal rate provided in section 7872(f)(2)
of the Code.
18.4 RELATED CORPORATIONS. For purposes of this Article 18, the term
"Company" shall include affiliated corporations to the extent determined by the
Auditors in accordance with section 280G(d)(5) of the Code.
ARTICLE 19. DEFINITIONS.
19.1 "AFFILIATE" means any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company
and/or one or more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity.
19.2 "AWARD" means any award of an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share or a
Stock Unit under the Plan.
19.3 "BOARD" means the Company's Board of Directors, as constituted from
time to time.
19.4 "CAUSE" means (a) the unauthorized use or disclosure of the
confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, which use causes
material harm to the Company, (b) conviction of a felony under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof, (c) gross negligence or (d) repeated failure
to perform lawful assigned duties for thirty days after receiving written
notification from the Board.
19.5 "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall mean:
(a) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company
with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if more
than 50% of the combined voting power of the continuing or surviving
entity's securities outstanding immediately after such merger,
consolidation or other reorganization is owned by persons who were not
stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation
or other reorganization;
(b) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets;
(c) A change in the composition of the Board, as a result of
which fewer than two-thirds of the incumbent directors are directors who
either
15
<PAGE>
(i) had been directors of the Company on the date 24 months prior to
the date of the event that may constitute a Change in Control (the
"original directors") or (ii) were elected, or nominated for election, to
the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the
aggregate of the original directors who were still in office at the time of
the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination
was previously so approved; or
(d) Any transaction as a result of which any person is the
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing at least
50% of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding
voting securities. For purposes of this Paragraph (d), the term "person"
shall have the same meaning as when used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange Act but shall exclude (i) a trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of a Parent or
Subsidiary and (ii) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the
stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of the common stock of the Company.
A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to
change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company
that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held
the Company's securities immediately before such transaction.
19.6 "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
19.7 "COMMITTEE" means a committee of the Board, as described in Article 2.
19.8 "COMMON SHARE" means one share of the common stock of the Company.
19.9 "COMPANY" means Information Advantage, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
19.10 "CONSULTANT" means a consultant or adviser who provides bona fide
services to the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate as an
independent contractor. Service as a Consultant shall be considered employment
for all purposes of the Plan, except as provided in Section 4.1.
19.11 "EMPLOYEE" means a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent,
a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.
19.12 "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
19.13 "EXERCISE PRICE," in the case of an Option, means the amount for
which one Common Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as
specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. "Exercise Price," in the
case of a SAR, means an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Agreement,
which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value of one Common Share in
determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.
16
<PAGE>
19.14 "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means the market price of Stock, determined
by the Committee as follows:
(a) If Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question
but was not traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market or The Nasdaq National Market,
then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the mean between the last
reported representative bid and asked prices quoted for such date by the
principal automated inter-dealer quotation system on which Stock is quoted
or, if the Stock is not quoted on any such system, by the "Pink Sheets"
published by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.;
(b) If Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question
and was traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market or The Nasdaq National Market,
then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last-transaction price
quoted for such date by The Nasdaq Stock Market or The Nasdaq National
Market;
(c) If the Stock was traded on a stock exchange on the date in
question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price
reported by the applicable composite transactions report for such date; and
(d) If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the
Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on
such basis as it deems appropriate.
Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall
be based on the prices reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or as reported
directly to the Company by Nasdaq or a comparable exchange. Such determination
shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
19.15 "INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION" means the termination of Optionee's
service which occurs by reason of:
(a) Optionee's involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company
for reasons other than for Cause; or
(b) Optionee's voluntary resignation following (i) a change in
Optionee's position with the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing
optionee) which materially reduces Optionee's level of responsibility, (ii)
a reduction in Optionee's level of compensation (including base salary,
fringe benefits and participation in corporate-performance based bonus or
incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent or (iii) a relocation of
the workplace of Optionee more than fifty miles away from the workplace
designated by the Company on Optionee's initial date of service.
19.16 "IPO EFFECTIVE DATE" means the date on which the Common Shares
are registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
17
<PAGE>
19.17 "ISO" means an incentive stock option described in section 422(b)
of the Code.
19.18 "NSO" means a stock option not described in sections 422 or 423
of the Code.
19.19 "OPTION" means an ISO or NSO granted under the Plan and entitling
the holder to purchase Common Shares.
19.20 "OPTIONEE" means an individual or estate who holds an Option or
SAR.
19.21 "OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" shall mean a member of the Board who is not an
Employee. Service as an Outside Director shall be considered employment for all
purposes of the Plan, except as provided in Section 4.1.
19.22 "PARENT" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an
unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the
corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other
corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent
on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing
as of such date.
19.23 "PARTICIPANT" means an individual or estate who holds an Award.
19.24 "PLAN" means this Information Advantage, Inc. 1997 Equity
Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
19.25 "RESTRICTED SHARE" means a Common Share awarded under the Plan.
19.26 "RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the
Company and the recipient of a Restricted Share which contains the terms,
conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Share.
19.27 "SAR" means a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan.
19.28 "SAR AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the Company and an
Optionee which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his
or her SAR.
19.29 "STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the Company
and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining
to his or her Option.
19.30 "STOCK UNIT" means a bookkeeping entry representing the
equivalent of one Common Share, as awarded under the Plan.
19.31 "STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the Company
and the recipient of a Stock Unit which contains the terms, conditions and
restrictions pertaining to such Stock Unit.
19.32 "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an
unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the
corporations other than the last
18
<PAGE>
corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other
corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a
Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a
Subsidiary commencing as of such date.
ARTICLE 20. EXECUTION.
To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the Company has caused
its duly authorized officer to execute this document in the name of the
Company.
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By: /s/ Brian D. Wenger
-----------------------------------
Title: Secretary
--------------------------------
19
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
(AS ADOPTED EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 24, 1997)
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-----
SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
(a) Committee Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
(b) Committee Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
SECTION 3. ENROLLMENT AND PARTICIPATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
(a) Offering Periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
(b) Accumulation Periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
(c) Enrollment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
(d) Duration of Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
(e) Applicable Offering Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
SECTION 4. EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
(a) Frequency of Payroll Deductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
(b) Amount of Payroll Deductions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
(c) Changing Withholding Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
(d) Discontinuing Payroll Deductions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
(e) Limit on Number of Elections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
SECTION 5. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
(a) Withdrawal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
(b) Re-Enrollment After Withdrawal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
SECTION 6. CHANGE IN EMPLOYMENT STATUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
(a) Termination of Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
(b) Leave of Absence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
(c) Death . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
SECTION 7. PLAN ACCOUNTS AND PURCHASE OF SHARES . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
(a) Plan Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
(b) Purchase Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
(c) Number of Shares Purchased. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
(d) Available Shares Insufficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
(e) Issuance of Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
(f) Unused Cash Balances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
(g) Stockholder Approval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
SECTION 8. LIMITATIONS ON STOCK OWNERSHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
(a) Five Percent Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
i
<PAGE>
(b) Dollar Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
SECTION 9. RIGHTS NOT TRANSFERABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
SECTION 10. NO RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
SECTION 11. NO RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
SECTION 12. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
SECTION 13. STOCK OFFERED UNDER THE PLAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
(a) Authorized Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
(b) Anti-Dilution Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
(c) Reorganizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
SECTION 14. AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
(a) Accumulation Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
(b) Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
(c) Change in Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
(d) Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
(e) Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
(f) Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
(g) Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
(h) Eligible Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
(i) Exchange Act. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
(j) Fair Market Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
(k) IPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(l) Offering Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(m) Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(n) Participating Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(o) Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(p) Plan Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(q) Purchase Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(r) Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(s) Subsidiary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SECTION 16. EXECUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ii
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.
The Plan was adopted by the Board on September 23, 1997, effective as of
September 24, 1997. The purpose of the Plan is to provide Eligible Employees
with an opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in the success of the
Company by purchasing Stock from the Company on favorable terms and to pay for
such purchases through payroll deductions. The Plan is intended to qualify
under section 423 of the Code.
SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.
(a) COMMITTEE COMPOSITION. The Plan shall be administered by the
Committee. The Committee shall consist exclusively of one or more directors of
the Company, who shall be appointed by the Board.
(b) COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES. The Committee shall interpret the Plan
and make all other policy decisions relating to the operation of the Plan. The
Committee may adopt such rules, guidelines and forms as it deems appropriate to
implement the Plan. The Committee's determinations under the Plan shall be
final and binding on all persons.
SECTION 3. ENROLLMENT AND PARTICIPATION.
(a) OFFERING PERIODS. While the Plan is in effect, two overlapping
Offering Periods shall commence in each calendar year. The Offering Periods
shall consist of the 18-month periods commencing on each February 1 and August
1, except that the first Offering Period shall commence on the date of the IPO
and end on July 31, 1999.
(b) ACCUMULATION PERIODS. While the Plan is in effect, two Accumulation
Periods shall commence in each calendar year. The Accumulation Periods shall
consist of the six-month periods commencing on each February 1 and August 1,
except that the first Accumulation Period shall commence on the date of the IPO
and end on July 31, 1999.
(c) ENROLLMENT. Any individual who, on the day preceding the first day of
an Offering Period, qualifies as an Eligible Employee may elect to become a
Participant in the Plan for such Offering Period by executing the enrollment
form prescribed for this purpose by the Committee. The enrollment form shall be
filed with the Company at the prescribed location not later than 10 days prior
to the commencement of such Offering Period.
(d) DURATION OF PARTICIPATION. Once enrolled in the Plan, a Participant
shall continue to participate in the Plan until he or she ceases to be an
Eligible Employee, withdraws from the Plan under Section 5(a) or reaches the end
of the Accumulation Period in which his or
<PAGE>
her employee contributions were discontinued under Section 4(d) or 8(b). A
Participant who discontinued employee contributions under Section 4(d) or
withdrew from the Plan under Section 5(a) may again become a Participant, if
he or she then is an Eligible Employee, by following the procedure described
in Subsection (c) above. A Participant whose employee contributions were
discontinued automatically under Section 8(b) shall automatically resume
participation at the beginning of the earliest Accumulation Period ending in
the next calendar year, if he or she then is an Eligible Employee.
(e) APPLICABLE OFFERING PERIOD. For purposes of calculating the Purchase
Price under Section 7(b), the applicable Offering Period shall be determined as
follows:
(i) Once a Participant is enrolled in the Plan for an Offering
Period, such Offering Period shall continue to apply to him or her until
the earliest of (A) the end of such Offering Period, (B) the end of his or
her participation under Subsection (d) above or (C) re-enrollment in a
subsequent Offering Period under Paragraph (ii) below.
(ii) In the event that the Fair Market Value of Stock on the last
trading day before the commencement of the Offering Period in which the
Participant is enrolled is higher than on the last trading day before the
commencement of any subsequent Offering Period, the Participant shall
automatically be re-enrolled for such subsequent Offering Period.
(iii) When a Participant reaches the end of an Offering Period but
his or her participation is to continue, then such Participant shall
automatically be re-enrolled for the Offering Period that commences
immediately after the end of the prior Offering Period.
SECTION 4. EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) FREQUENCY OF PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. A Participant may purchase shares of
Stock under the Plan solely by means of payroll deductions. Payroll deductions,
as designated by the Participant pursuant to Subsection (b) below, shall occur
on each payday during participation in the Plan.
(b) AMOUNT OF PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. An Eligible Employee shall designate on
the enrollment form the portion of his or her Compensation that he or she elects
to have withheld for the purchase of Stock. Such portion shall be a whole
percentage of the Eligible Employee's Compensation, but not less than 1% nor
more than 15%.
(c) CHANGING WITHHOLDING RATE. If a Participant wishes to change the rate
of payroll withholding, he or she may do so by filing a new enrollment form with
the Company at the prescribed location at any time. The new withholding rate
shall be effective as soon as reasonably practicable after such form has been
received by the Company. The new withholding rate shall be a whole percentage
of the Eligible Employee's Compensation, but not less than 1% nor more than 15%.
2
<PAGE>
(d) DISCONTINUING PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. If a Participant wishes to
discontinue employee contributions entirely, he or she may do so by filing a new
enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location at any time.
Payroll withholding shall cease as soon as reasonably practicable after such
form has been received by the Company. (In addition, employee contributions may
be discontinued automatically pursuant to Section 8(b).) A Participant who has
discontinued employee contributions may resume such contributions by filing a
new enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location. Payroll
withholding shall resume as soon as reasonably practicable after such form has
been received by the Company.
(e) LIMIT ON NUMBER OF ELECTIONS. No Participant shall make more than two
elections under Subsection (c) or (d) above during any Accumulation Period.
SECTION 5. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE PLAN.
(a) WITHDRAWAL. A Participant may elect to withdraw from the Plan by
filing the prescribed form with the Company at the prescribed location at any
time before the last day of an Accumulation Period. As soon as reasonably
practicable thereafter, payroll deductions shall cease and the entire amount
credited to the Participant's Plan Account shall be refunded to him or her in
cash, without interest. No partial withdrawals shall be permitted.
(b) RE-ENROLLMENT AFTER WITHDRAWAL. A former Participant who has
withdrawn from the Plan shall not be a Participant until he or she re-enrolls in
the Plan under Section 3(c). Re-enrollment may be effective only at the
commencement of an Offering Period.
SECTION 6. CHANGE IN EMPLOYMENT STATUS.
(a) TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Termination of employment as an Eligible
Employee for any reason, including death, shall be treated as an automatic
withdrawal from the Plan under Section 5(a). (A transfer from one Participating
Company to another shall not be treated as a termination of employment.)
(b) LEAVE OF ABSENCE. For purposes of the Plan, employment shall not be
deemed to terminate when the Participant goes on a military leave, a sick leave
or another BONA FIDE leave of absence, if the leave was approved by the Company
in writing. Employment, however, shall be deemed to terminate 90 days after the
Participant goes on a leave, unless a contract or statute guarantees his or her
right to return to work. Employment shall be deemed to terminate in any event
when the approved leave ends, unless the Participant immediately returns to
work.
(c) DEATH. In the event of the Participant's death, the amount credited
to his or her Plan Account shall be paid to a beneficiary designated by him or
her for this purpose on the prescribed form or, if none, to the Participant's
estate. Such form shall be valid only if it was filed with the Company at the
prescribed location before the Participant's death.
3
<PAGE>
SECTION 7. PLAN ACCOUNTS AND PURCHASE OF SHARES.
(a) PLAN ACCOUNTS. The Company shall maintain a Plan Account on its books
in the name of each Participant. Whenever an amount is deducted from the
Participant's Compensation under the Plan, such amount shall be credited to the
Participant's Plan Account. Amounts credited to Plan Accounts shall not be
trust funds and may be commingled with the Company's general assets and applied
to general corporate purposes. No interest shall be credited to Plan Accounts.
(b) PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price for each share of Stock purchased
at the close of an Accumulation Period shall be the lower of:
(i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the last trading
day in such Accumulation Period; or
(ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the last trading
day before the commencement of the applicable Offering Period (as
determined under Section 3(e)) or, in the case of the first Offering Period
under the Plan, 85% of the price at which one share of Stock is offered to
the public in the IPO.
(c) NUMBER OF SHARES PURCHASED. As of the last day of each Accumulation
Period, each Participant shall be deemed to have elected to purchase the number
of shares of Stock calculated in accordance with this Subsection (c), unless the
Participant has previously elected to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with
Section 5(a). The amount then in the Participant's Plan Account shall be
divided by the Purchase Price, and the number of shares that results shall be
purchased from the Company with the funds in the Participant's Plan Account.
The foregoing notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase more than 1,250
shares of Stock with respect to any Accumulation Period nor more than the
amounts of Stock set forth in Sections 8(b) and 13(a). The Committee may
determine with respect to all Participants that any fractional share, as
calculated under this Subsection (c), shall be (i) rounded down to the next
lower whole share or (ii) credited as a fractional share.
(d) AVAILABLE SHARES INSUFFICIENT. In the event that the aggregate number
of shares that all Participants elect to purchase during an Accumulation Period
exceeds the maximum number of shares remaining available for issuance under
Section 13(a), then the number of shares to which each Participant is entitled
shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares available for issuance
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares that such
Participant has elected to purchase and the denominator of which is the number
of shares that all Participants have elected to purchase.
(e) ISSUANCE OF STOCK. Certificates representing the shares of Stock
purchased by a Participant under the Plan shall be issued to him or her as soon
as reasonably practicable after the close of the applicable Accumulation Period,
except that the Committee may determine that such shares shall be held for each
Participant's benefit by a broker designated by the Committee (unless the
Participant has elected that certificates be issued to him or her). Shares may
be
4
<PAGE>
registered in the name of the Participant or jointly in the name of the
Participant and his or her spouse as joint tenants with right of survivorship
or as community property.
(f) UNUSED CASH BALANCES. An amount remaining in the Participant's Plan
Account that represents the Purchase Price for any fractional share shall be
carried over in the Participant's Plan Account to the next Accumulation Period.
Any amount remaining in the Participant's Plan Account that represents the
Purchase Price for whole shares that could not be purchased by reason of
Subsection (c) above, Section 8(b) or Section 13(a) shall be refunded to the
Participant in cash, without interest.
(g) STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. Any other provision of the Plan
notwithstanding, no shares of Stock shall be purchased under the Plan unless and
until the Company's stockholders have approved the adoption of the Plan.
SECTION 8. LIMITATIONS ON STOCK OWNERSHIP.
(a) FIVE PERCENT LIMIT. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding,
no Participant shall be granted a right to purchase Stock under the Plan if such
Participant, immediately after his or her election to purchase such Stock, would
own stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power or value of
all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company.
For purposes of this Subsection (a), the following rules shall apply:
(i) Ownership of stock shall be determined after applying the
attribution rules of section 424(d) of the Code;
(ii) Each Participant shall be deemed to own any stock that he or she
has a right or option to purchase under this or any other plan; and
(iii) Each Participant shall be deemed to have the right to
purchase 1,250 shares of Stock under this Plan with respect to each
Accumulation Period.
(b) DOLLAR LIMIT. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no
Participant shall purchase Stock with a Fair Market Value in excess of the
following limit:
(i) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that
commenced in the current calendar year, the limit shall be equal to
(A) $25,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the
Participant previously purchased in the current calendar year (under this
Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any
parent or Subsidiary of the Company).
(ii) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that
commenced in the immediately preceding calendar year, the limit shall be
equal to (A) $50,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the
Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee
stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or
5
<PAGE>
Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year
and in the immediately preceding calendar year.
(iii) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period
that commenced in the second preceding calendar year, the limit shall be
equal to (A) $75,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the
Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee
stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the
Company) in the current calendar year and in the two preceding calendar
years.
For purposes of this Subsection (b), the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be
determined in each case as of the beginning of the Offering Period in which such
Stock is purchased. Employee stock purchase plans not described in section 423
of the Code shall be disregarded. If a Participant is precluded by this
Subsection (b) from purchasing additional Stock under the Plan, then his or her
employee contributions shall automatically be discontinued and shall resume at
the beginning of the earliest Accumulation Period ending in the next calendar
year (if he or she then is an Eligible Employee).
SECTION 9. RIGHTS NOT TRANSFERABLE.
The rights of any Participant under the Plan, or any Participant's interest
in any Stock or moneys to which he or she may be entitled under the Plan, shall
not be transferable by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of
law, or in any other manner other than by beneficiary designation or the laws of
descent and distribution. If a Participant in any manner attempts to transfer,
assign or otherwise encumber his or her rights or interest under the Plan, other
than by beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution, then
such act shall be treated as an election by the Participant to withdraw from the
Plan under Section 5(a).
SECTION 10. NO RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE.
Nothing in the Plan or in any right granted under the Plan shall confer
upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of a Participating
Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise
restrict in any way the rights of the Participating Companies or of the
Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate
his or her employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.
SECTION 11. NO RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.
A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any
shares of Stock that he or she may have a right to purchase under the Plan until
such shares have been purchased on the last day of the applicable Accumulation
Period.
6
<PAGE>
SECTION 12. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.
Shares of Stock shall not be issued under the Plan unless the
issuance and delivery of such shares comply with (or are exempt from) all
applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder,
state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock
exchange or other securities market on which the Company's securities may
then be traded.
SECTION 13. STOCK OFFERED UNDER THE PLAN.
(a) AUTHORIZED SHARES. The aggregate number of shares of
Stock available for purchase under the Plan shall be 500,000, subject to
adjustment pursuant to this Section 13.
(b) ANTI-DILUTION ADJUSTMENTS. The aggregate number of
shares of Stock offered under the Plan, the 1,250-share limitation described
in Section 7(c) and the price of shares that any Participant has elected to
purchase shall be adjusted proportionately by the Committee for any increase
or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Stock resulting from a
subdivision or consolidation of shares or the payment of a stock dividend,
any other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt or
payment of consideration by the Company, the distribution of the shares of a
Subsidiary to the Company's stockholders or a similar event.
(c) REORGANIZATIONS. Any other provision of the Plan
notwithstanding, immediately prior to the effective time of a Change in
Control, the Offering Period and Accumulation Period then in progress shall
terminate and shares shall be purchased pursuant to Section 7. In the event
of a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a constituent
corporation and which does not constitute a Change in Control, the Plan shall
continue unless the plan of merger or consolidation provides otherwise. The
Plan shall in no event be construed to restrict in any way the Company's
right to undertake a dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation or other
reorganization.
SECTION 14. AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE.
The Board shall have the right to amend, suspend or terminate
the Plan at any time and without notice. Except as provided in Section 13,
any increase in the aggregate number of shares of Stock to be issued under
the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the
Company. In addition, any other amendment of the Plan shall be subject to
approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company to the extent required
by an applicable law or regulation.
SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS.
(a) "ACCUMULATION PERIOD" means a six-month period during
which contributions may be made toward the purchase of Stock under the Plan,
as determined pursuant to Section 3(b).
7
<PAGE>
(b) "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company, as
constituted from time to time.
(c) "CHANGE IN CONTROL" means:
(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company
with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if
more than 50% of the combined voting power of the continuing or
surviving entity's securities outstanding immediately after such
merger, consolidation or other reorganization is owned by persons who
were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger,
consolidation or other reorganization;
(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets;
(iii) A change in the composition of the Board, as a result
of which fewer than two-thirds of the incumbent directors are
directors who either (i) had been directors of the Company on the date
24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a Change
in Control (the "original directors") or (ii) were elected, or
nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at
least a majority of the aggregate of the original directors who were
still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the
directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved; or
(iv) Any transaction as a result of which any person is the
"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing at
least 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company's then
outstanding voting securities. For purposes of this Paragraph (d),
the term "person" shall have the same meaning as when used in sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude (i) a trustee or
other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of
the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary and (ii) a corporation owned
directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common
stock of the Company.
A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to
change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company
that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held
the Company's securities immediately before such transaction.
(d) "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(e) "COMMITTEE" means a committee of the Board, as described in
Section 2.
(f) "COMPANY" means Information Advantage, Inc., a Delaware
corporation.
8
<PAGE>
(g) "COMPENSATION" means (i) the total compensation paid in
cash to a Participant by a Participating Company, including salaries, wages,
bonuses, incentive compensation, commissions, overtime pay and shift
premiums, plus (ii) any pre-tax contributions made by the Participant under
section 401(k) or 125 of the Code. "Compensation" shall exclude all non-cash
items, moving or relocation allowances, cost-of-living equalization payments,
car allowances, tuition reimbursements, imputed income attributable to cars
or life insurance, severance pay, fringe benefits, contributions or benefits
received under employee benefit plans, income attributable to the exercise of
stock options, and similar items. The Committee shall determine whether a
particular item is included in Compensation.
(h) "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" means any employee of a Participating
Company who meets both of the following requirements:
(i) His or her customary employment is for more than five months
per calendar year and for more than 20 hours per week; and
(ii) He or she has been an employee of a Participating Company for
not less than three consecutive months, unless otherwise determined in
the sole discretion of the Committee.
The foregoing notwithstanding, an individual shall not be considered an
Eligible Employee if his or her participation in the Plan is prohibited by
the law of any country which has jurisdiction over him or her or if he or she
is subject to a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide for
participation in the Plan.
(i) "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
(j) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means the market price of Stock, determined
by the Committee as follows:
(i) If Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question
but was not traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market or The Nasdaq National
Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the mean between
the last reported representative bid and asked prices quoted for such
date by the principal automated inter-dealer quotation system on which
Stock is quoted or, if the Stock is not quoted on any such system, by
the "Pink Sheets" published by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.;
(ii) If Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question
and was traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market or The Nasdaq National Market,
then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last-transaction price
quoted for such date by The Nasdaq Stock Market or The Nasdaq National
Market;
(iii) If the Stock was traded on a stock exchange on the date in
question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price
reported by the applicable composite transactions report for such date;
and
9
<PAGE>
(iv) If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the
Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith
on such basis as it deems appropriate.
Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee
shall be based on the prices reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or as
reported directly to the Company by Nasdaq or a comparable exchange. Such
determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
(k) "IPO" means the initial offering of Stock to the public
pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities
and Exchange Commission.
(l) "OFFERING PERIOD" means a 24-month period with respect to
which the right to purchase Stock may be granted under the Plan, as
determined pursuant to Section 3(a).
(m) "PARTICIPANT" means an Eligible Employee who elects to
participate in the Plan, as provided in Section 3(c).
(n) "PARTICIPATING COMPANY" means (i) the Company and (ii)
each present or future Subsidiary designated by the Committee as a
Participating Company.
(o) "PLAN" means this Information Advantage, Inc. 1997
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.
(p) "PLAN ACCOUNT" means the account established for each
Participant pursuant to Section 7(a).
(q) "PURCHASE PRICE" means the price at which Participants
may purchase Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 7(b).
(r) "STOCK" means the Common Stock of the Company.
(s) "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation (other than the
Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if
each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken
chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
10
<PAGE>
SECTION 16. EXECUTION.
To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board on September
23, 1997, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By: /s/ Brian D. Wenger
----------------------------------
Title: Secretary
--------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
WITH LARRY J. FORD
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into effective as of the 19th day of April, 1995,
by and between INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the
"Company"), and LARRY J. FORD, a Connecticut resident ("Executive").
WHEREAS, the Company desires to engage Executive in the position of
President and Chief Executive Officer;
WHEREAS, Executive possesses certain unique skills, talents, contacts,
judgment and knowledge of the Company's businesses, strategies, ethics and
objectives; and
WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by the Company as its President
and Chief Executive Officer and to be assured of reasonable tenure and terms and
conditions of employment with the Company; and
WHEREAS, both parties recognize the critical importance to the Company, its
employees and investors, of preserving the confidentiality of the Company's
trade secrets and confidential information and of protecting the Company against
competition from former executives or other key employees of the Company
following their separation from the Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the parties'
mutual covenants and undertakings contained in this Agreement, the sufficiency
of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:
1. EMPLOYMENT AND TERM. Subject to the terms and conditions herein
provided, the Company hereby hires Executive, and Executive hereby accepts
employment by the Company for a term commencing as of the date hereof and
continuing for a minimum of one (1) year thereafter. The employment term shall
automatically extend for an additional one (1) year following the expiration of
each employment year (May 1 through April 30 of each year) unless, on or before
April 1 of each year, one party has notified the other party in writing that
this Agreement will not be extended for an additional year. In the event of
such a notification, the employment term of Executive will expire at the
expiration of the initial one (1) year employment term, or any extended term
hereunder as the case may be, without further obligation for either party,
except as described elsewhere in this Agreement or in any stock option
agreements then in effect between the Company and Executive. In addition, the
Company may terminate the employment of Executive upon thirty (30) days notice,
without cause, provided Company pays Executive severance pay as described in
paragraph 3.c. of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company may terminate Executive's employment
for cause without notice and without further obligation of any kind to
Executive. For purposes of this Agreement, "cause" means (a) an act or acts of
personal dishonesty taken by Executive and intended to result in substantial
personal enrichment of Executive at the expense of the Company, (b) repeated
violations by Executive of his obligations which are demonstrably willful and
deliberate on Executive's part and which are not remedied within a reasonable
period after Executive's receipt of written notice of such violations from the
Company, (c) the willful engaging by Executive in illegal conduct that is
materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company, (d) sexual harassment by
Executive of any other employee of the Company, as determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction, or (e) illegal use of drugs. No act, or failure to act,
on Executive's part shall be considered "dishonest", "willful" or "deliberate"
unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith and without
reasonable belief that Executive's action or omission was in the best interest
of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant
to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel
for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be
done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.
It is further agreed that the term of Executive's employment under this
Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of Executive's death. In
the event Executive becomes mentally or physically disabled during the term of
employment hereunder, his employment under this Agreement shall terminate as of
the date such disability is established. As used in this subparagraph, the term
"disabled" means suffering from any mental or physical condition, other than the
illegal use of drugs, which renders Executive unable to perform substantially
all of Executive's duties and services under this Agreement in a satisfactory
manner (an "impaired condition") for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days.
The date that Executive's disability is established shall be the ninety-first
(91st) day upon which such impaired condition exists. Upon termination for
disability, Executive shall be entitled to receive continuation of his base
salary (as herein defined) for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after
the date of such termination. If Company maintains a disability policy covering
Executive, then the amount of payments to be made by Company to Executive
pursuant to this provision shall be reduced by any amounts so paid to Executive
under any such insurance policy.
2. DUTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF EXECUTIVE. During Executive's
employment hereunder, he shall serve as Company's President and Chief Executive
Officer and will have the day-to-day responsibility for making decisions
relating to all aspects of the Company's affairs, including product development,
financing, marketing, sales and service programs, and personnel assignment and
management, and shall have authority to and shall perform such functions and
exercise such powers and duties as are customary for such position, subject
always to the control of the Company's Board of Directors. Executive shall
devote his full time, attention, knowledge and skill exclusively to the loyal
service of Company and shall perform all duties reasonably assigned to him by
said Board of Directors. Additionally, Executive shall do such traveling as may
reasonably be required by the Company in connection with the performance of his
duties and responsibilities. Executive represents and warrants to the Company
that (a) his acceptance of employment under this Agreement and
2
<PAGE>
his performance of the duties contemplated herein are not in conflict with
any obligation, undertaking or agreement between Executive and any third
party including, without limitation, any of Executive's former employers, and
(b) he has not and will not, during the course of his employment with the
Company, disclose or utilize without permission any confidential or
proprietary information, trade secrets, materials, documents, or property
owned by any third party including, without limitation, any of Executive's
former employers.
3. COMPENSATION. The Company shall pay to Executive the following
compensation beginning on May 1, 1995 (or such earlier date as Executive shall
commence employment:
a. BASE SALARY. The Company shall pay to Executive an annual base
salary of One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($175,000), payable in
periodic installments in accordance with the standard payroll practices of
Company in effect from time to time. Executive's base salary shall be
reviewed for potential adjustment on the basis of performance from time to
time.
b. BONUSES. Bonuses shall be paid to Executive as the Board of
Directors of the Company may determine in its discretion from time to time.
For calendar year 1995, Executive's bonus target shall be based on an
annualized amount of $75,000, which amount shall be pro rated on the basis
of the period of employment during the calendar year or $56,250 for such
partial year. Executive's bonus shall be tied to achievement of the
business plan and other periodic objectives established by the Company's
Board of Directors.
c. SEVERANCE PAY. In the event the Company gives notice to the
Executive that this Agreement will not be extended or upon termination of
the Executive's employment by the Company, other than for cause as defined
in paragraph 1, the Executive shall be entitled to receive his then current
base salary for an additional six (6) months following the date of
termination, to be paid as though the employee had remained in the employ
of the Company. The severance pay shall be in lieu of any other
compensation of any other kind otherwise payable to the Executive under
this Agreement. Executive shall not be entitled to severance pay if the
Executive voluntarily terminates employment with the Company or gives
notice of nonrenewal pursuant to paragraph 1 above. However, if
Executive's employment is terminated with the Company without cause
following a "change of control" of the Company (defined to mean the
acquisition by a person not currently a shareholder of the Company of
shares of Company stock representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the
voting power of the outstanding shares) Executive will be entitled to
receive his then current base salary for an additional twelve (12) months
following the date of termination.
d. STOCK OPTION PLAN. Executive and Company shall enter into two
separate Incentive Stock Option Agreements pursuant to the Company's 1992
Stock Option Plan, each agreement to be dated effective May 1, 1995,
whereby Executive is granted two sets of Incentive Stock Options to
purchase shares of Company's
3
<PAGE>
common stock, which Agreements are attached hereto as Exhibit "A (1)"
(providing for a 5 year vesting schedule) and "A (2)" (providing for
a 10 year vesting schedule). Company is in the process of raising
additional equity through an offering of convertible preferred
stock, which offering Company intends to conclude within the next three (3)
months (the "Offering"). The parties agree that Executive shall receive
options to purchase a total number of shares of common stock equal to 5% of
the aggregate outstanding number of shares of common and preferred stock as
determined on a post-Offering and fully diluted basis ("Option Shares");
provided that the dollar amount of the Offering taken into account for
purposes of computing the number of Option Shares shall not exceed
$6,000,000, including the conversion of $2,000,000 of convertible bridge
financing extended to the Company. Upon conclusion of the Offering
Company and Executive shall enter into the Incentive Stock Option
Agreements. The Option Shares granted shall be split as follows: (i) an
option representing eighty percent (80%) of the Option Shares shall be in
the form of Exhibit A (1); and (ii) an option representing twenty percent
(20%) of the Option Shares shall be in the form of Exhibit A (2).
e. RELOCATION EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT. The Company will reimburse
Executive for up to Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) of out-of-pocket
moving and relocation expenses relating to the relocation of Executive's
personal residence from Greenwich, Connecticut to the Twin Cities Area,
including real estate brokers' fees, closing costs relating to the purchase
and sale of personal residences and house hunting expenses, any income tax
costs incurred by Executive as a result of the nondeductibility of any of
the expenses for which he receives reimbursement from the Company pursuant
to this paragraph, and temporary housing and living expenses. In addition,
the Company will reimburse Executive for one trip for Executive and his
wife for an initial house hunting trip. If during the first employment
year of the term of this Agreement Executive's employment is terminated:
(i) by Company without cause; or (ii) as a result of death or disability of
Executive, then Company will reimburse Executive, or his estate, for up to
Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) of out-of-pocket moving and relocation
expenses relating to the relocation of Executive's family residence from
the Twin Cities to Greenwich, Connecticut.
4. ADDITIONAL BENEFITS. Executive shall be entitled to those additional
Company benefits and perquisites which may be customarily made available to
other executive employees of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing,
Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension plan, or group life,
health or accident insurance, or any such other plan or policy which may
presently be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by Company for the
benefit of its executive employees and corporate officers generally.
Furthermore, Executive shall be entitled to the following additional benefits:
a. EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT. During the term of Executive's
employment under this Agreement, the Company shall bear reasonable and
ordinary business expenses incurred by Executive in performing his duties,
including travel and living expenses while away from home on business in
the service of the Company, long distance home telephone expenses, provided
that Executive accounts promptly for
4
<PAGE>
such expenses to the Company in the manner reasonably prescribed from
time to time by the Company.
b. VACATION. During the term of Executive's employment under this
Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to take up to three (3) weeks of
vacation per year with pay, at such times as shall be mutually convenient
to Company and Executive. Vacation time must be used within the applicable
employment year and may not be accumulated.
5. CONFIDENTIALITY. Executive hereby agrees to sign the Company's
Confidentiality and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as
Exhibit "B" and by this reference incorporated herein. All of Company's trade
secrets, and all other confidential information, including, but not limited to,
any patents, copyrights, processes, technology, machines, equipment, material,
ideas, concepts, techniques, conditions of operation, or customer lists,
relating to the business of Company shall be the sole property of Company, and
Company shall have exclusive rights to such property, and the Executive
acknowledges and agrees that any information or data Executive has received
concerning such trade secrets and/or confidential information was received by
Executive in confidence and as a fiduciary of Company. Executive shall not
divulge to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity for any
reason or purpose whatsoever, or use in any manner, directly or indirectly, for
any purpose whatsoever, any of the trade secrets or confidential information of
Company, except in Company's best interest. In addition, Executive will use
reasonable and prudent care to safeguard, protect and prevent the unauthorized
use and disclosure of confidential information. The obligations contained in
this paragraph will survive for as long as the Company in its sole judgment
considers the information to be confidential information.
6. RETURN OF PROPRIETARY PROPERTY. Executive agrees that all property in
Executive's possession belonging to Company, including, without limitation, all
documents, reports, manuals, memoranda, computer printouts, customer lists,
credit cards, keys, identification, products, access cards and all other
property relating in any way to the business of the Company are the exclusive
property of the Company, even if Executive authored, created or assisted in
authoring or creating such property. Executive shall return to the Company all
such documents and property immediately upon termination of employment or at
such earlier time as the Company may reasonably request.
7. KEY-MAN INSURANCE. Executive agrees that Company may add additional
"Key-Man" life and/or disability insurance on his life. Company will pay
premiums and be the beneficiary. In addition, Executive agrees to submit to the
usual and customary medical examination and otherwise to cooperate with Company
in connection with the procurement of any such insurance, and any claims
thereunder. In addition, Company agrees to pay all expenses, not to exceed
$3,500 per year, for Executive's current Term Insurance Policy in place. The
Key-Man life insurance policy upon the life of Executive to be procured by the
Company shall provide for a benefit payable to beneficiaries designated by
Executive.
5
<PAGE>
8. RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Executive acknowledges that the Company needs
to be protected against the potential for unfair competition and impairment of
the Company's goodwill by Executive's use of the Company's training, assistance,
confidential information and trade secrets in direct competition with the
Company. Executive therefore agrees that for the greater of (a) six months, or
(b) the period of time that Executive is entitled to receive severance pay from
the Company pursuant to paragraph 3.c. of this Agreement, Executive shall not
operate, join, control, be employed by or participate in ownership, management,
operation or control of, or be connected in any manner as an independent
contractor, consultant or otherwise, with any person or organization engaged in
any business activity which is the same as, similar to, or competitive with any
business of the Company or any successor of the Company as of the expiration or
termination date of this Agreement within the states of the United States of
America. Executive expressly agrees the provisions of this paragraph 8 shall
survive the expiration or the termination of this Agreement, whether such
termination be voluntary or involuntary or with or without cause.
Executive agrees that in addition, but not to the exclusion of any other
available remedy, Company shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this
non-competition agreement by applying for and obtaining temporary and permanent
restraining orders or injunctions from a court of competent jurisdiction without
the necessity of filing a bond therefor. In any such court action, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs from the other party.
9. COVENANT NOT TO RECRUIT. Executive recognizes that Company's work
force constitutes an important and vital aspect of its business. Executive
agrees that for a period of two (2) years following the expiration or
termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, he shall not solicit,
or assist anyone else in the solicitation of, any of the Company's then current
employees to terminate their employment with the Company, and to become employed
by any business enterprise with which the Executive may then be associated or
connected, whether as an owner, employee, partner, agent, investor, consultant,
contractor or otherwise.
10. ASSIGNMENT. The rights and obligations of the Company under this
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors
and assigns of the Company. The Executive may not assign this Agreement nor any
rights hereunder. Any purported or attempted assignment or transfer by
Executive of this Agreement or any of Executive's duties, responsibilities or
obligations hereunder shall be void.
11. NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands and other communications
under this Agreement shall be in writing, shall be deemed to have been duly
given on the date of service if personally served on the parties to whom notice
is to be given, or on the second day after mailing if mailed to the parties to
whom notice is given, by first class mail, postage prepaid, and properly
addressed as follows:
6
<PAGE>
If to Company, at:
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
Attn: Jay H. Wein
One Corporate Center, Suite 500
7401 Metro Boulevard
Edina, MN 55439
If to Executive, at:
LARRY J. FORD
18 Hedgerow Lane
Greenwich, CT 06831
Any party may change the address for the purpose of this paragraph by
giving the other written notice of the new address in the manner set forth
above.
12. CONSTRUCTION AND SEVERABILITY. The validity, interpretation,
performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of
the State of Minnesota. In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be
held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not
in any way affect the legality or validity of any other provision hereof, It is
the intention of the parties hereto that Company be given the broadest possible
protection respecting its confidential information and trade secrets and
respecting competition by Executive following his separation from the Company.
13. ARBITRATION. Except as provided in subparagraph 13.b. below, any
claims or disputes of any nature between the parties arising from or related to
the performance, breach, termination, expiration, application or meaning of this
Agreement shall be resolved exclusively by arbitration before the American
Arbitration Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota, pursuant to the Association's
rules for commercial arbitration.
a. The decision of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding upon
both parties. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In the event of
submission of any dispute to arbitration, each party shall, not later than
thirty (30) days prior to the date set for hearing, provide to the other
party and to the arbitrator(s) a copy of all exhibits upon which the party
intends to rely at the hearing and a list of all persons whom each party
intends to call as witnesses at the hearing.
b. This section shall have no application to claims by the Company
asserting violation of or seeking to enforce, by injunction or otherwise,
the terms of paragraphs 5, 6, 8 and 9 above. Such claims may be maintained
by the Company in a lawsuit subject to the terms of paragraph 14 below.
7
<PAGE>
14. VENUE. Any action at law, suit in equity or judicial proceeding
arising directly, indirectly or otherwise in connection with, out of, related to
or from this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be litigated only in the
courts of the State of Minnesota, County of Hennepin. Executive waives any
right Executive may have to transfer or change the venue of any litigation
brought against Executive by the Company.
15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement
between Company and Executive with respect to his employment by the Company and
there are no undertakings, covenants or commitments other than as set forth
herein. This Agreement may not be altered or amended, except by a writing
executed by the party against whom such alteration or amendment is to be
enforced. This Employment Agreement supersedes any and all prior understandings
or agreements between the parties.
16. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be simultaneously executed in any
number of counterparts, and such counterparts executed and delivered, each as an
original, shall constitute but one in the same instrument.
17. CAPTIONS AND HEADINGS. The captions and paragraph headings used in
this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not affect the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any of the provisions
hereof.
18. SURVIVAL. The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that the
provisions of this Agreement which by their express or implied terms extend
beyond the expiration of this Agreement or the termination of Executive's
employment hereunder, shall continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding
Executive's termination of employment hereunder or the expiration of this
Agreement.
19. WAIVERS. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no
delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy
hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right or remedy granted hereby or by any related document or by law.
20. RELIANCE BY THIRD PARTIES. This Agreement is intended for the sole
and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs,
executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and permitted
assigns, and no other person or entity shall have any right to rely on this
Agreement or to claim or derive any benefit therefrom absent the express written
consent of the party to be charged with such reliance or benefit.
8
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed
and the Executive has hereunto set his name as of the day and year first above
written.
EXECUTIVE: COMPANY:
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
/s/ Larry J. Ford By: /s/ Promod Haque
- -------------------------------------- ---------------------------
Larry J. Ford Promod Haque
Member of Board of Directors
By: /s/ Joel H. Gottesman
---------------------------
Joel H. Gottesman
Member of Board of Directors
9
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT "A (1) AND (2)"
TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
WITH LARRY J. FORD
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENTS
A-1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT "A (1)"
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made this _____ day of April, 1995, by and between
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), and LARRY
J. FORD (the "Optionee");
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Optionee on the date hereof is an employee of the Company or a
Subsidiary of the Company;
WHEREAS, to induce the Optionee to continue in its employ and to further
the Optionee's efforts in its behalf, the Company desires to grant to the
Optionee an incentive stock option to purchase shares of its Common Stock;
WHEREAS, the Company's Board of Directors has adopted a stock option plan
providing for the grant of incentive stock options known as the 1992 Stock
Option Plan (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan"); and
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company's Board of Directors (or, if so
appointed and empowered by the Board, the Board's Stock Option Committee)
authorized the grant of this incentive stock option to the Optionee;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, the Company and the Optionee hereby agree as follows:
1. GRANT OF OPTION. The Company hereby grants to the Optionee, on the
date of this Agreement, an "ISO" option to purchase _______ shares of Common
Stock of the Company (the "Option Stock") subject to the terms and conditions
herein contained, and subject only to adjustment in such number of shares as
provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.
2. OPTION PRICE. During the term of this option, the purchase price for
the shares of Option Stock granted herein is forty-five cents (45CENTS) per
share (not less than the fair market value as of date of grant), subject only to
adjustment of such price as provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.
3. TERM OF OPTION. Unless terminated earlier under the provisions of
Section 11 of the Plan, this option shall terminate as of the close of the
business on April 30, 2005. Except as provided below and subject to the
provisions of paragraph 11 of this Agreement, this option shall be exercisable
as to one-fifth (1/5) of the total number of shares of Option
<PAGE>
Stock commencing May 1, 1996 (the "First Year Vested Amount"), and as to an
additional one-sixtieth (1/60) on the first day of each consecutive month
thereafter, commencing June 1, 1996. If during the first employment year of
the term of Optionee's employment agreement, Optionee's employment is
terminated (i) by Company without cause, or (ii) as a result of death or
disability of Optionee, then Optionee shall be vested in one-twelfth (1/12)
of the First Year Vested Amount for each full calendar month of Optionee's
employment (beginning May 1, 1995) prior to such termination. If the
Optionee does not purchase in any month the full number of shares which the
Optionee is entitled to purchase that month, the Optionee may purchase in any
subsequent month such previously unpurchased shares in addition to those the
Optionee is otherwise entitled to purchase.
4. PERSONAL EXERCISE OF OPTIONEE. This option shall, during the lifetime
of the Optionee, be exercisable only by said Optionee and shall not be
transferable by the Optionee, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution.
5. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTION. This option is to be exercised by the
Optionee (or by the Optionee's successor or successors) by giving written notice
to the Company of an election to exercise such option. Such notice shall
specify the number of shares to be purchased hereunder and shall be accompanied
by payment in full of the exercise price of the shares to be purchased at such
time. Upon receipt of such notice and payment, subject to the provisions of
paragraph 9 below, the Company shall deliver to the optionee certificates for
the shares so purchased. Payment for shares of Option Stock may be made in the
form of cash, certified check, Common Stock of the Company, or any combination
thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its
then "fair market value" as provided in the Plan. All requisite original issue
or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.
6. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. The Optionee or a transferee of this option
shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by this
option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such shares.
No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in
cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the
record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued, except as
provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.
7. STOCK OPTION PLAN. The option evidence by this Agreement is granted
pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan is attached hereto or has been made
available to the Optionee and is hereby made a part of this Agreement. This
Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided
in the Plan. The Plan governs this option and the Optionee, and in the event of
any question as to the construction of this Agreement or of a conflict between
the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan or the
Agreement otherwise provides.
2
<PAGE>
8. WITHHOLDING TAXES ON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION BY OPTIONEE. In the
event of a disqualifying disposition of Option Stock by Optionee, Optionee
hereby agrees to inform the Company of such disposition. Upon notice of a
disqualifying disposition or upon independently learning of such a disposition,
the Company shall withhold from whatever payments are due Optionee appropriate
state and federal income taxes as the Company determines may be required by law.
In the event the Company is unable to withhold such taxes, for whatever reason,
Optionee hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the
Company would otherwise be required to withhold under state or federal law.
9. INVESTMENT PURPOSE. The Company requires as a condition to the grant
and exercise of this option that any stock acquired pursuant to this option is
acquired for only investment if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such
is required or deemed advisable under securities laws or in any applicable law,
regulation or rule of any government or government agency. In this regard, if
requested by the Company, the Optionee, prior to the acquisition of any shares
pursuant to this option, shall execute an investment letter to the effect that
the Optionee is acquiring shares pursuant to the option for investment purposes
only and not with the intention of making any distribution of such shares and
will not dispose of the shares in violation of the applicable federal and state
securities laws.
10. RESTRICTIONS ON COMMON STOCK ACQUIRED. No shares of Option Stock
acquired by the Optionee hereunder shall be transferable prior to the Company's
initial public offering except in connection with a sale or merger of the
Company. Prior to such event, Optionee may offer shares acquired hereunder to
the Company and the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase all or
any portion of the Option Stock at a price per share equal to the option price
set forth in paragraph 2 hereof. All certificates evidencing Option Stock
acquired by the Optionee shall bear a legend conspicuously appearing thereon
stating that the shares may not be transferred and are subject to the
restrictions set forth in this paragraph.
11. SALES, MERGERS OR CHANGES IN CONTROL. Notwithstanding the provisions
of paragraph 3 of this Agreement, this option shall become immediately
exercisable in full upon the happening of either of the following events: (a)
the sale of the Company of substantially all of its assets and the consequent
discontinuance of its business, or (b) a "change in control" of the Company
(defined to mean the acquisition by a person or entity not currently a
shareholder of the Company of shares of Company stock representing more than 50%
of the voting power of the outstanding shares) which results in termination of
Optionee's employment, a substantial change in scope of the Optionee's
employment responsibilities, or job relocation. In the event of a change of
control, this option shall be exercisable by Optionee for a period of twelve
(12) months after the effective date of such change of control. If the Company
is a party to an agreement providing for a consolidation or merger of the
Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with a subsidiary
or a merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and which does
not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the class issuable upon exercise of this
Option) or in case of any sale or conveyance
3
<PAGE>
to another corporation of the property of the Company as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety (any such occurrence is hereinafter referred to
as an "Event"), the Company agrees that the Optionee shall have the right
thereafter upon payment of the option price, to exercise this Option to
purchase the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and
property receivable by the shareholders of the Company upon such Event, if
any, which the Optionee would have received had this option been exercised
immediately prior to such Event. The option price shall remain in the
aggregate amount as provided in paragraph 2 hereof and shall be allocated as
determined by the Board of the Company as appropriate to such other stock and
other securities and property. Upon any such Event, the Company agrees to
amend this option to reflect the changes to the option price and stock or
securities to be substituted for the Option Stock resulting from such Event.
12. TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE. If Optionee's employment with the Company
is terminated without cause (as defined in Optionee's employment agreement with
Company), notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, Optionee may
exercise any Option granted hereunder, to the extent Optionee was entitled to
exercise the Option on the date of such termination, for a period of six (6)
months after the date of termination.
13. SCOPE OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall bind and insure to the
benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Optionee and any
successor or successors of the Optionee permitted by paragraph 4 hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Optionee have executed this
Agreement in the manner appropriate to each, as of the date and year first above
written.
OPTIONEE: COMPANY:
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By
- --------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Larry J. Ford Its
-----------------------------
4
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT "A (2)"
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made this _____ day of April, 1995, by and between
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), and LARRY
J. FORD (the "Optionee");
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Optionee on the date hereof is an employee of the Company or a
Subsidiary of the Company;
WHEREAS, to induce the Optionee to continue in its employ and to further
the Optionee's efforts in its behalf, the Company desires to grant to the
Optionee an incentive stock option to purchase shares of its Common Stock;
WHEREAS, the Company's Board of Directors has adopted a stock option plan
providing for the grant of incentive stock options known as the 1992 Stock
Option Plan (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan"); and
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company's Board of Directors (or, if so
appointed and empowered by the Board, the Board's Stock Option Committee)
authorized the grant of this incentive stock option to the Optionee;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, the Company and the Optionee hereby agree as follows:
1. GRANT OF OPTION. The Company hereby grants to the Optionee, on the
date of this Agreement, an "ISO" option to purchase _______ shares of Common
Stock of the Company (the "Option Stock") subject to the terms and conditions
herein contained, and subject only to adjustment in such number of shares as
provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.
2. OPTION PRICE. During the term of this option, the purchase price for
the shares of Option Stock granted herein is forty-five cents (45CENTS) per
share (not less than the fair market value as of date of grant), subject only to
adjustment of such price as provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.
3. TERM OF OPTION. Unless terminated earlier under the provisions of
Section 11 of the Plan, this option shall terminate as of the close of the
business on April 30, 2005. Except as provided below and subject to the
provisions of paragraph 11 of this Agreement, this option shall be exercisable
as to one-tenth (1/10) of the total number of shares of
<PAGE>
Option Stock commencing May 1, 1996 (the "First Year Vested Amount"), and as
to an additional one-one hundred twentieth (1/120) on the first day of each
month consecutive month thereafter, commencing June 1, 1996. If during the
first employment year of the term of Optionee's employment agreement,
Optionee's employment is terminated (i) by Company without cause, or (ii) as
a result of death or disability of Optionee, then Optionee shall be vested in
one-twelfth (1/12) of the First Year Vested Amount for each full calendar
month of Optionee's employment (beginning May 1, 1995) prior to such
termination. If the Optionee does not purchase in any month the full number
of shares which the Optionee is entitled to purchase that month, the Optionee
may purchase in any subsequent month such previously unpurchased shares in
addition to those the Optionee is otherwise entitled to purchase.
4. PERSONAL EXERCISE OF OPTIONEE. This option shall, during the lifetime
of the Optionee, be exercisable only by said Optionee and shall not be
transferable by the Optionee, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution.
5. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTION. This option is to be exercised by the
Optionee (or by the Optionee's successor or successors) by giving written notice
to the Company of an election to exercise such option. Such notice shall
specify the number of shares to be purchased hereunder and shall be accompanied
by payment in full of the exercise price of the shares to be purchased at such
time. Upon receipt of such notice and payment, subject to the provisions of
paragraph 9 below, the Company shall deliver to the optionee certificates for
the shares so purchased. Payment for shares of Option Stock may be made in the
form of cash, certified check, Common Stock of the Company, or any combination
thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its
then "fair market value" as provided in the Plan. All requisite original issue
or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.
6. RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. The Optionee or a transferee of this option
shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by this
option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such shares.
No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in
cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the
record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued, except as
provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.
7. STOCK OPTION PLAN. The option evidence by this Agreement is granted
pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan is attached hereto or has been made
available to the Optionee and is hereby made a part of this Agreement. This
Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided
in the Plan. The Plan governs this option and the Optionee, and in the event of
any question as to the construction of this Agreement or of a conflict between
the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan or the
Agreement otherwise provides.
2
<PAGE>
8. WITHHOLDING TAXES ON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION BY OPTIONEE. In the
event of a disqualifying disposition of Option Stock by Optionee, Optionee
hereby agrees to inform the Company of such disposition. Upon notice of a
disqualifying disposition or upon independently learning of such a disposition,
the Company shall withhold from whatever payments are due Optionee appropriate
state and federal income taxes as the Company determines may be required by law.
In the event the Company is unable to withhold such taxes, for whatever reason,
Optionee hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the
Company would otherwise be required to withhold under state or federal law.
9. INVESTMENT PURPOSE. The Company requires as a condition to the grant
and exercise of this option that any stock acquired pursuant to this option is
acquired for only investment if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such
is required or deemed advisable under securities laws or in any applicable law,
regulation or rule of any government or government agency. In this regard, if
requested by the Company, the Optionee, prior to the acquisition of any shares
pursuant to this option, shall execute an investment letter to the effect that
the Optionee is acquiring shares pursuant to the option for investment purposes
only and not with the intention of making any distribution of such shares and
will not dispose of the shares in violation of the applicable federal and state
securities laws.
10. RESTRICTIONS ON COMMON STOCK ACQUIRED. No shares of Option Stock
acquired by the Optionee hereunder shall be transferable prior to the Company's
initial public offering except in connection with a sale or merger of the
Company. Prior to such event, Optionee may offer shares acquired hereunder to
the Company and the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase all or
any portion of the Option Stock at a price per share equal to the option price
set forth in paragraph 2 hereof. All certificates evidencing Option Stock
acquired by the Optionee shall bear a legend conspicuously appearing thereon
stating that the shares may not be transferred and are subject to the
restrictions set forth in this paragraph.
11. SALES, MERGERS OR CHANGES IN CONTROL; INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING .
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 3 of this Agreement, this option
shall become immediately exercisable in full upon the happening of either of the
following events: (a) the sale of the Company of substantially all of its
assets and the consequent discontinuance of its business, or (b) a "change in
control" of the Company (defined to mean the acquisition by a person or entity
not currently a shareholder of the Company of shares of Company stock
representing more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding shares) which
results in termination of Optionee's employment, a substantial change in scope
of the Optionee's employment responsibilities, or job relocation. In the event
of a change of control, this option shall be exercisable by Optionee for a
period of twelve (12) months after the effective date of such change of control.
If the Company is a party to an agreement providing for a consolidation or
merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with
a subsidiary or a merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and
which does not result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other
change of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the class issuable upon exercise
of this
3
<PAGE>
Option) or in case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation of
the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety (any
such occurrence is hereinafter referred to as an "Event"), the Company agrees
that the Optionee shall have the right thereafter upon payment of the option
price, to exercise this Option to purchase the kind and amount of shares of
stock and other securities and property receivable by the shareholders of the
Company upon such Event, if any, which the Optionee would have received had this
option been exercised immediately prior to such Event. The option price shall
remain in the aggregate amount as provided in paragraph 2 hereof and shall be
allocated as determined by the Board of the Company as appropriate to such other
stock and other securities and property. Upon any such Event, the Company
agrees to amend this option to reflect the changes to the option price and stock
or securities to be substituted for the Option Stock resulting from such Event.
Further, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 3 of this Agreement, in the
event the Company makes an initial public offering of its common stock on or
prior to May 1, 1997 (or such later time within six (6) months thereafter as the
Company's underwriter suggests a postponement due to adverse stock market
conditions in general) the vesting provisions of the Option Stock shall
accelerated and this option shall be exercisable as to one-fifth (1/5) of the
total number of shares of Option Stock commencing May 1, 1996, and as to an
additional one-sixtieth (1/60) on the first day of each month consecutive month
thereafter, commencing June 1, 1996.
12. TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE. If Optionee's employment with the Company
is terminated without cause (as defined in Optionee's employment agreement with
Company), notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, Optionee may
exercise any Option granted hereunder, to the extent Optionee was entitled to
exercise the Option on the date of such termination, for a period of six (6)
months after the date of termination.
13. SCOPE OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall bind and insure to the
benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Optionee and any
successor or successors of the Optionee permitted by paragraph 4 hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Optionee have executed this
Agreement in the manner appropriate to each, as of the date and year first above
written.
OPTIONEE: COMPANY:
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By
- ----------------------------------- ----------------------------------
Its
-------------------------------
4
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT "B"
TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
WITH LARRY J. FORD
CONFIDENTIALITY AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT
B-1
<PAGE>
CONFIDENTIALITY AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT
I recognize that INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC., a Minnesota corporation,
hereinafter called "Company", together with its subsidiaries, is engaged in (1)
a continuous program of research and development respecting its business,
present and future, including fields generally related to its business, and (2)
providing consulting services to its customers and prospective customers with
respect to the research and development programs of Company as they apply to
products licensed or sold by the Company.
I understand that:
A. As part of my job with Company, I am expected to make new
contributions and inventions of value to Company.
B. My employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between
me and Company with respect to any information of a confidential or secret
nature: (1) applicable to the business of Company and its subsidiaries, and (2)
applicable to the business of any customer of Company, which may be made known
to me by Company or its subsidiaries or by any customer of Company or learned by
me during the period of my employment (hereinafter called "Proprietary
Information").
C. By way of illustration, not limitation, Proprietary Information
includes: (i) software licensed by the Company; (ii) trade secrets, processes,
formulae, data, know-how, improvements, inventions and techniques; (iii)
customer lists and related information; (iv) information concerning design,
construction, configuration, size, dimensions, geometry, internal mechanisms,
internal working and internal functions of software; (v) cost or expense of
research, development, fabrication, manufacture, assembly, installation,
developing, marketing, marketing surveys or analyses; and (vi) pricing or
licensing, as well as other financial data pertaining to any and all present
and/or future developments, processes or devices, or component parts thereof,
relating to Company's business.
In consideration of my employment or continued employment as the case may
be and the compensation received from time to time, I hereby agree as follows:
1. CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATION. At all times, both during my employment
and after its termination, I will keep in confidence and trust the Proprietary
Information. I will not use such Proprietary Information other than in the
course of my work for Company, nor disclose any of such Proprietary Information
or anything related thereto to any third party without the consent of Company.
2. OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION. In the event of the termination of my
employment by me or by Company for any reason, I will deliver to Company all
documents and data of any nature pertaining to my work and I shall not take with
me any documents
<PAGE>
or data of any description or any reproduction of any description containing
or pertaining to any Proprietary Information.
3. OBLIGATIONS REGARDING INVENTIONS. With respect to information,
inventories and discoveries, including improvements, developed, made or
conceived by me, either alone or with others, at any time, within or without
normal working hours, during my employment by the Company, arising out of such
employment, or pertinent to any field of business or research in which, during
such employment, the Company is engaged or (if such is known to or ascertainable
by me) is considering engaging, I agree:
(a) That all such information, inventions and discoveries, whether or
not patented or patentable, shall be and remain the sole property of the
Company.
(b) To disclose promptly to an authorized representative of the
Company all information, inventions and discoveries, and all information in my
possession as to possible applications thereof to industry and other uses
thereof or therefor.
(c) Not to file any patent applications or copyright registrations
relating to any such invention or discovery except with the prior consent of an
authorized representative of the Company.
(d) At the request of the Company, and without expense to me, to
execute such documents and perform such other acts as the Company deems
necessary to obtain patents or to register copyrights on such inventions and
discoveries in any jurisdiction or jurisdictions and to assign to the Company or
its designees such inventions and discoveries and any patent applications,
whether or not active, any patents relating thereto, and any copyrights therein.
4. EXCEPTIONS. My obligation to assign inventions to the Company does
not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or trade
secret information of the Company was used and was developed entirely on my own
time, and (a) which does not relate (1) to the business of the Company or (2) to
the Company's actual or demonstrable anticipated research or development, or (b)
which does not result from any work performed by me for the Company.
5. EXISTING INVENTIONS. As a matter of record, I attach hereto a
complete list of inventions which have been made or conceived or first reduced
to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my employment, which I
desire to remove from the operation of this agreement; and I covenant that such
list is complete. If no such list is attached to this agreement, I represent
that I have not made, conceived or reduced to practice any such inventions and
improvements at the time of signing this agreement.
6. PRESUMPTION REGARDING DATE OF INVENTION. If any application for any
United States or foreign patent related to or useful in the business of Company
or its subsidiaries or any customer of Company shall be filed by me or for me
during the period of (1) year
2
<PAGE>
after the termination of my employment, the subject matter covered thereby
shall be presumed to have been conceived during my employment with Company.
7. OTHER CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENTS. I represent that my performance of
all the terms of this agreement, and as an employee of Company, does not and
will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information
acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with Company and
I agree not to enter into any agreement either written or oral in conflict
herewith.
8. EFFECTIVE DATE. This agreement shall be effective as of the first day
of my employment by Company.
Dated: 4/19/95 /s/ Larry J. Ford
------------------------------
Signature of Employee
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By: /s/ Joel H. Gottesman
-------------------------------
Its: Director
-------------------------------
3
<PAGE>
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
AMENDMENT TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
WITH LARRY J. FORD
THIS AMENDMENT is entered into effective as of the 23rd day of May, 1995,
by and between INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the
"Company"), and LARRY J. FORD, a Connecticut resident ("Executive").
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into an employment
agreement, dated April 19, 1995 (the "Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend a provision in the Agreement as
provided below.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the parties'
mutual covenants and undertakings contained in this Amendment and the Agreement,
the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Executive
agree as follows:
1. STOCK OPTION PLAN. Section 3(d) of the Agreement is hereby modified
in its entirety to provide as follows:
a. STOCK OPTION PLAN. Executive and Company shall enter into two
separate Incentive Stock Option Agreements pursuant to the Company's 1992
Stock Option Plan, each agreement to be dated effective May 1, 1995,
whereby Executive is granted two sets of Incentive Stock Options to
purchase shares of Company's common stock, which Agreements are attached
hereto as Exhibit "A (1)" (providing for a 5 year vesting schedule) and "A
(2)" (providing for a 10 year vesting schedule). Company is in the process
of raising additional equity through an offering of convertible preferred
stock, which offering Company intends to conclude within the next three (3)
months (the "Offering"). The parties agree that Executive shall receive
options to purchase a total number of shares of common stock equal to 5% of
the aggregate outstanding number of shares of common and preferred stock as
determined on a post-Offering and fully diluted basis ("Option Shares");
provided that the dollar amount of the Offering taken into account for
purposes of computing the number of Option Shares shall not exceed
$7,100,000, including the conversion of $2,000,000 of convertible bridge
financing extended to the Company. Upon conclusion of the Offering
Company and Executive shall enter into the Incentive Stock Option
Agreements. The Option Shares granted shall be split as follows: (i) an
option representing eighty percent (80%) of the Option Shares shall be in
the form of Exhibit A (1); and (ii) an option representing twenty percent
(20%) of the Option Shares shall be in the form of Exhibit A (2).
<PAGE>
2. SCOPE OF AMENDMENT. Except as modified herein, the Agreement shall
remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have caused this Amendment to
be executed as of the day and year first above written.
EXECUTIVE: COMPANY:
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
/s/ Larry J. Ford By:
- ----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Larry J. Ford Promod Haque
Member of Board of Directors
By: /s/ Joel H. Gottesman
-----------------------------------
Joel H. Gottesman
Member of Board of Directors
2
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT ("Employment Agreement")
originally made and entered into effective June 11, 1992 and amended and
restated effective April 27, 1995 by and between Information Advantage, Inc., a
Minnesota corporation ("Employer") and Richard L. Tanler ("Executive").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Employer and Executive entered into an employment contract, dated
June 11, 1992 (the "Agreement"), in conjunction with the acquisition by Employer
of substantially all of the assets of Information Advantage, Incorporated; and
WHEREAS, the Employer and Executive desire to amend and restate the
Agreement; and
WHEREAS, Employer desires to continue to employ Executive in the capacity
and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Executive has agreed
to accept such terms and conditions.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises
hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP. Employer hereby employs Executive as the
Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and Business Development, subject to
the direction of the Board of Directors of the Employer. Executive accepts such
employment and agrees to devote his loyalty, skills and his full-time efforts to
the conduct of the Employer's business operations.
2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. Subject to SECTION 4 hereof, the term of this
Employment Agreement and the performance of Executive's services shall continue
under the terms hereof through April 30, 1996. In addition and subject to
SECTION 4 hereof, the employment term shall automatically extend for an
additional one (1) year following the expiration of each employment year (May 1
through April 30 of each year) unless, on or before April 1 of each year, one
party has notified the other party in writing that this Agreement will not be
extended for an additional year. In the event of such a notification, the
employment term of Executive will expire on April 30 in the year such notice is
given, without further obligation for either party, except as described
elsewhere in this Agreement or in any stock option agreements then in effect
between the Company and Executive. The initial term and subsequent one-year
terms shall be called the "Term".
3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. For all services rendered by Executive to
Employer, Executive shall be compensated by Employer in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth herein:
<PAGE>
3.1 BASE SALARY. The base salary of Executive shall be determined by
the Board of Directors from time to time during the Term ("Base Salary")
and shall be payable in accordance with the Employer's normal payroll
procedures and policies for executive employees.
3.2 BONUS. Executive shall be entitled to a bonus only upon written
action of the Board of Directors of Employer.
3.3 FRINGE BENEFITS. Executive shall be entitled to those employee
benefits as are available to all other employees of Employer, and such
other benefits as determined by written action of the Board of Directors.
3.4 EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS. Executive is authorized to incur
reasonable expenses, including travel expense, in connection with the
business of the Employer. Employer will reimburse Executive for all such
reasonable expenses.
3.5 VACATION. Executive shall be entitled to two weeks of vacation
during each year of this Agreement
3.6 STOCK OPTION PLAN. Employer is in the process of raising
additional equity through an offering of convertible preferred stock, which
offering Employer intends to conclude within the next three (3) months (the
"Offering"). In conjunction with the Offering, the parties agree that
Executive shall receive options to purchase shares of common stock in an
amount such that the total number of shares of common stock that Executive
is entitled to purchase pursuant to all options granted by Employer to
Executive since the beginning of his employment shall be equal to 2 1/2% of
the aggregate outstanding number of shares of common and preferred stock
determined on a post-Offering and fully diluted basis ("Option Shares");
provided that the dollar amount of the Offering taken into account for
purposes of computing the number of Option Shares shall not exceed
$7,100,000, including the conversion of $2,000,000 of convertible bridge
financing extended to the Company. The purchase price for each of the new
Option Shares to be granted to Executive in connection with the Offering
(the "New Option Shares") shall be forty-five cents ($.45). The vesting
period for the Option Share shall be split as follows: (i) an option
representing eighty percent (80%) of the New Option Shares shall vest over
a five-year period from the date of grant; and (ii) an option representing
twenty percent (20%) of the New Option Shares shall vest over a ten-year
period; provided, however, in the event Employer makes an initial public
offering of its common stock on or prior to May 1, 1997 (or such later time
within six (6) months thereafter as Employer's underwriter suggests a
postponement due to adverse stock market conditions in general) the vesting
provisions for such New Option Shares shall be accelerated and such New
Option Shares shall vest over a five-year period from the date of grant.
2
<PAGE>
3.7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO VESTING OF OPTION SHARES. The
option agreements to be entered into with respect to the New Option Shares
shall provide, and the existing option agreements for the grant of other
non-vested Option Shares shall be amended to provide the following with
respect to vesting of the Option Shares: In the event Company terminates
Executive's employment without cause to be effective on or prior to
December 31, 1996, or in the event notice of nonrenewal of the term of
Executive's Employment Agreement is given by Company pursuant to SECTION 2
thereof, to be effective on April 30, 1996, then in either case, vesting
under all of Executive's option agreements shall continue on a monthly
basis through and including December, 1996.
4. TERMINATION. Executive's employment pursuant to this Agreement shall
continue for the period set forth in SECTION 2 hereof, subject to the following:
4.1 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. Employer may terminate Executive's
employment with Employer for cause, effective upon notice in writing to the
Executive. "Cause", for purposes of this Agreement, is defined as an
indictment, charge or admission of a felony, fraud against Employer,
misappropriation of Employer's assets or embezzlement. Upon the giving of
such notice, Executive's employment shall immediately terminate.
4.2 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR NON-RENEWAL. Employer may terminate
Executive's employment without cause at any time during the Term upon
thirty (30) days' written notice to Executive. If Executive's employment
is terminated without cause or if Company gives notification of non-renewal
under SECTION 2, Executive shall be paid an amount equal to his then Base
Salary per month at the end of each of the six (6) months immediately
following the date of termination. However, such severance payments shall
cease at such time as Executive obtains other employment.
4.3 RESIGNATION. Executive may resign from his position and
terminate his employment at any time upon 30 days written notice to
Employer.
4.4 DISABILITY. The determination of whether Executive has suffered
a total and permanent disability ("Disability") shall be the inability of
Executive to fully perform his duties hereunder for a period of 90 days or
more (with any working periods of less than 15 business days not to be
construed as interrupting such disability period) . Executive shall be
entitled to the continuation of Base Salary and fringe benefits as provided
in SECTIONS 3.1 AND 3.3 hereof through the end of such 90 day period. All
determinations as to whether Executive has suffered a Disability shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of Employer in its reasonable
discretion.
4.5 DEATH. In the event of Executive's death, Executive's Base
Salary as provided in SECTION 3.1 shall be continued only through the end
of the pay period in which Executive dies. Employer shall have no further
obligations to Executive, his heirs, personal representatives or
Executive's estate after the end of such period,
3
<PAGE>
except to the extent Employer is required to continue certain fringe
benefits as requested by law or the terms of the applicable fringe benefit
plans in effect on the date of Executive's death.
4.6 TERMINATION OF COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. Except as required by
law or as provided in SECTION 4.2 hereof, Executive shall not be entitled
to the continuation of the Base Salary under SECTION 3.1, Bonus under
SECTION 3.2, fringe benefits under SECTION 3.3 hereof or expense
reimbursement (unless incurred in the ordinary course of business prior to
termination) under SECTION 3.4 hereof, after termination of his employment
hereunder.
4.7 MATERIALS. Upon termination under SECTION 4 hereof, Executive
shall return to Employer any materials and property owned by Employer, and
in the event of Executive's failure to do so, Employer may, in addition to
any other remedy provided by law, withhold any amounts due Executive until
full compliance with this provision. If Employer believes that Executive
has failed to return certain materials or property to Employer, Employer
shall give the Executive notice of such materials or property with
reasonable specificity. Upon receipt of such materials and property, or
evidence satisfactory to Employer that Executive does not have such
materials or property, Employer shall promptly forward the amounts owed
Executive to Executive.
5. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE. During the Term and, for such period after
the expiration of the Term as the Employer pays Executive an amount equal to
one-half of the Executive's Base Salary at the end of the Term, but in no event
longer than two (2) years after the end of the Term, Executive shall not,
directly or indirectly, through an existing or to be existing corporation,
unincorporated business, affiliated party, successor employer or otherwise,
compete with Employer. Severance payments made to Executive pursuant to SECTION
4.2 shall be credited in full against the covenant not to compete payments
specified herein. This covenant not to compete shall not prevent Executive from
being employed by a division or subsidiary of an entity which is not competing
with Employer where that entity has another division or subsidiary which
competes with Employer provided that Executive is in no way involved with such
competing division or subsidiary. Before beginning employment, Executive shall
provide a copy of this Agreement to any employer of his during the two year
period immediately following the end of the Term. This covenant not to compete
shall apply to activities of Executive which directly or indirectly compete with
Employer in the United States, the United Kingdom and any other countries in
which Employer is engaged in business during the Term.
6. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
6.1 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement:
A. "Confidential Information" means information or material,
techniques, formulas, processes or procedures, which are proprietary
to Employer or designated as Confidential Information by Employer and
not
4
<PAGE>
generally known independently by non-Employer personnel, which
Executive developed or has or may obtain knowledge of or access to
through or as a result of his relationship with Employer (including,
but not limited to, information conceived, originated, discovered,
improved or developed in whole or in part by Executive). Confidential
Information includes, but is not limited to, the following types of
information and other information of a similar nature (whether or not
reduced to writing) : discoveries, ideas, inventions, concepts,
technologies, computer programs and software, whether application or
operating programs, and associated source and object codes, modules,
components, routines, formats, files and all documentation related
thereto, designs, secrets, drawings, specifications, techniques,
models, data, documentation, diagrams, flow charts, research
development, processes, procedures, know-how, marketing techniques and
materials, marketing and development plans, customer names and other
information related to customers, price lists, pricing policies and
financial information. Confidential Information also includes any
information described above which Executive obtains from another party
(including, for example, customers or vendors of Employer) and which
Employer treats as proprietary or designates as Confidential
Information, whether or not owned by Employer. In the event Executive
is uncertain whether any particular information constitutes
Confidential Information, he will seek clarification from Employer.
B. "Inventions" includes discoveries, improvements, techniques,
models, processes, procedures, designs, diagrams and ideas (whether
patentable or not).
C. "Works" of authorship includes writings, drawings, software,
and other works of authorship (whether or not they are copyrightable).
6.2 CONFIDENTIALITY COVENANT.
A. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Executive shall not, both during
and after the end of the Term, directly or indirectly divulge,
communicate, use to the detriment of Employer, or any of its
affiliates, successors or assigns, or for the benefit of any other
person or entity, or misuse any Confidential Information. Confidential
Information shall not be used by Executive for any purpose whatsoever
except as required to perform the work Employer requests under the
terms of this Agreement. Employer reserves the right to demand the
return of any such information at any time. Upon any termination of
this Agreement, Executive shall immediately return any such
information in his possession to Employer. This paragraph shall
survive the termination of this Agreement indefinitely.
B. INVENTIONS AND WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP. With respect to
inventions or works of authorship, Executive shall: (i) promptly
disclose to Employer in
5
<PAGE>
writing all inventions and works of authorship which are or were
conceived, made, discovered, written or created by Executive alone
or jointly with someone else while employed at Employer during the
Term and the two (2) year period immediately after the end of the
Term, and Executive hereby assigns all rights to these inventions
and works of authorship to Employer; and (ii) gives Employer all
assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect, and use its
rights to inventions and works of authorship. In particular,
Executive will sign all documents, do all things, and supply all
information that Employer considers necessary or desirable to
transfer or record the transfer of his entire right, title and
interest in inventions and works of authorship; and to enable
Employer to obtain patent, copyright, or other legal protection for
inventions and works of authorship. Any out-of-pocket expenses
will be paid by Employer. This paragraph shall survive the
termination of this Agreement indefinitely.
6.3 EXCLUSIONS. NOTICE: Minnesota law exempts from this Employment
Agreement "AN INVENTION FOR WHICH NO EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, FACILITY OR TRADE
SECRET INFORMATION OF THE EXECUTIVE WAS USED AND WHICH WAS DEVELOPED
ENTIRELY ON THE EXECUTIVE'S TIME, AND (1) WHICH DOES NOT RELATE (A)
DIRECTLY TO THE BUSINESS OF THE EMPLOYER OR (B) TO THE EMPLOYER'S ACTUAL OR
DEMONSTRABLY ANTICIPATED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT, OR (2) WHICH DOES NOT
RESULT FROM ANY WORK PERFORMED BY THE EXECUTIVE FOR THE EMPLOYER."
Executive does not currently claim to own or control rights in any
inventions or works of authorship and will not assert any such rights
against the Employer.
7. SOLICITATION OF SUPPLIERS AND CUSTOMERS. During the Term, and for two
years after the termination of this Agreement, Executive shall not directly,
through an existing or to be existing corporation, unincorporated business,
affiliated party, successor employer, or otherwise, reveal the name or related
information of, solicit or interfere with, or endeavor to entice from the
Employer, or an affiliate of Employer, any of its suppliers or customers during
the Term.
8. SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES. Executive during the Term and for two
years after the termination of the Term, Executive shall not directly or
indirectly, through an existing or to be existing corporation, unincorporated
business, affiliated party, successor employer or otherwise, solicit, hire for
employment, or work with, on a part-time, consulting, advising or any other
basis, any employee or independent contractor of Employer, or any of its
affiliates, successors and assigns, during the Term and the two year period
after the end of the Term.
9. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF. In the event that Executive breaches this
Agreement, he agrees that Employer could not be adequately compensated by money
damages. In addition, Employer, or its successors and assigns, shall be
entitled, in addition to any other right and
6
<PAGE>
remedy available to them, to an injunction restraining such breach or a
potential breach and no bond or other security shall be required in
connection therewith. Executive hereby consents to the issuance of such
injunction and agrees that Employer or any of its affiliates, successors and
assigns, will be irreparably harmed by Executive's breach of any provision in
this Agreement. If Executive breaches any provision of this Agreement and
Employer and/or any of its successors and assigns, brings an action against
Executive because of the breach, Executive shall be liable to such
entity(ies) for all damages, costs and expenses,, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, incurred by such entity(ies) which are related to such
breach or action. The damages, costs and expenses shall be paid promptly
upon demand from such entity(ies).
10. NOTICES. All notices given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
personally served or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, addressed as follows:
To Employer:
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
Attn: Larry J. Ford, President and CEO
One Corporate Center, Suite 500
7401 Metro Boulevard
Edina, MN 55439
To Executive:
Richard L. Tanler
10187 Phaeton Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55347
11. MISCELLANEOUS.
11.1 COMPLETE AGREEMENT. This Employment Agreement is the entire
Employment Agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter
hereof and supersedes and replaces any existing arrangement between the
parties hereto relating to Executive's employment. Employer and Executive
hereby acknowledge that there are no other agreements regarding Executive's
employment, apart from this Employment Agreement.
11.2 NO WAIVER. No failure on the part of Employer or Executive to
exercise, and no delay in exercising any right hereunder will operate as a
waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right
hereunder by Employer or Executive preclude any other or further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right.
11.3 SEVERABILITY. It is further agreed and understood by the parties
hereto that if any part, term or provision of this Agreement should be held
unenforceable
7
<PAGE>
in the jurisdiction in which either party seeks enforcement of the
contract, it shall be construed as if not containing the invalid
provision or provisions, and the remaining portions or provisions shall
govern the rights and obligations of the parties.
11.4 GOVERNING LAW. This Employment Agreement shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota,
without regard to conflicts of law provisions.
11.5 ASSIGNMENT. This Employment Agreement is personal in nature and
cannot be assigned by Executive. This Employment Agreement can be assigned
by Employer. The terms, conditions and covenants herein shall be binding
upon the heirs and personal representatives of Executive, and the
successors, assigns of Employer and any subsidiary or "affiliate" of
Employer.
11.6 REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE. No remedy conferred hereunder is
intended to be exclusive, and each shall be cumulative and shall be in
addition to every other remedy. The election of any one or more remedies
shall not constitute a waiver of any other remedy.
11.7 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. In the event of Executive's
termination of employment all obligations of Employer to Executive under
this Agreement shall terminate with the exception as to the continuation of
certain payments and fringe benefits as specified in SECTION 4. Executive's
obligations under SECTIONS 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 AND 9 shall survive the
termination of employment.
11.8 CAPTIONS. Captions and section headings used herein are for
convenience only and are not a part of this Employment Agreement, and shall
not be used in construing it.
8
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Employment
Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
EMPLOYER: INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By
-----------------------------
Larry J. Ford
Its President and Chief
Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE:
-------------------------------
Richard L. Tanler
9
<PAGE>
PROMISSORY NOTE
$70,000.00 Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 11, 1996
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned promises to pay to the order of
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC. ("Holder") the principal sum of SEVENTY THOUSAND AND
NO/100 DOLLARS ($70,000.00), in lawful money of the United States of America,
with interest at the rate of 5.33% per annum, payable sixty (60) days after
demand by the Holder hereof; provided, however, that this Note shall be
immediately due and payable if (a) the Maker shall voluntarily resign his
employment with Holder, (b) the Maker breaches any provisions in his amended and
restated employment agreement with the Holder, dated April 27, 1995 ("Employment
Agreement") or (c) Maker's employment shall be terminated by Holder for cause,
as defined in his Employment Agreement.
This Note may be prepaid at any time in whole or in part without premium or
penalty. Payments on this Note shall first be applied to accrued interest and
thereafter in reduction of principal.
The undersigned hereby waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of
dishonor, protest and notice of protest. The undersigned agrees to pay all
reasonable costs of collection (including reasonable attorney's fees) incurred
by the Holder hereof in enforcing this Note. This Note shall be governed by the
laws of Minnesota.
/s/ Richard L. Tanler
-------------------------------------
Richard L. Tanler
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT ("Employment Agreement") made and entered into effective the
11th day of June, 1992 by and between I. A. ACQUISITION, INC., a Minnesota
corporation ("Employer") and Richard S. Parker ("Executive").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Employer has entered into an asset purchase agreement with
Information Advantage, Incorporated (the "Seller") pursuant to which Employer
agreed to purchase substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the
Seller; and
WHEREAS, Seller is engaged in the business of client/server software
applications, system installation and consultation (the "Business");
WHEREAS, Executive was an officer of Seller and has been actively involved
in the business of Seller; and
WHEREAS, as a condition of purchasing substantially all of the assets and
liabilities of the Seller, Employer requires that Executive enter into this
Employment Agreement prior to engaging in any employment activities on behalf of
Employer, including, without limitation, the prohibitions on competition with
Employer and its subsidiaries, the use of confidential information and the
solicitation of customers, vendors and employees of Employer; and
WHEREAS, Employer desires to employ Executive in the capacity and on the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Executive has agreed to accept
such terms and conditions.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises
hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP. Employer hereby employs Executive as
Director - Marketing, subject to the direction of the Shareholders and Board of
Directors of the Employer. Executive accepts such employment and agrees to
devote his loyalty, skills and his full-time efforts to the conduct of the
Employer's business operations.
2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. Subject to Section 4 hereof, the term of this
Employment Agreement and the performance of Executive's services shall commence
as of the date of this Employment Agreement and shall continue for three (3)
years from the date of this Agreement. Upon expiration of the initial
three-year term, this Agreement shall be renewable for additional
<PAGE>
one-year terms, subject to the mutual agreement of the parties and the
provisions on termination set forth in Section 4 hereof. The initial three
year term and subsequent one year terms shall be called the "Term".
3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. For all services rendered by Executive to
Employer, Executive shall be compensated by Employer in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth herein:
3.1 BASE SALARY. The base salary of Executive shall be $82,000 on an
annualized basis during the Term ("Base Salary") payable in accordance
with the Employer's normal payroll procedures and policies for
executive employees. Such salary may be increased at any time
pursuant to action taken by the Board of Directors of Employer.
3.2 BONUS. Executive shall be entitled to a bonus only upon written
action of the Board of Directors of Employer.
3.3 FRINGE BENEFITS. Executive shall be entitled to those employee
benefits as are available to all other employees of Employer, and such
other benefits as determined by written action the Board of Directors.
3.4 EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS. Executive is authorized to incur reasonable
expenses, including travel expense, in connection with the business of
the Employer. Employer will reimburse Executive for all such
reasonable expenses.
3.5 VACATION. Executive shall be entitled to two weeks of vacation during
each year of this Agreement
3.6 STOCK OPTION. Employer intends to establish a Stock Option Plan
within thirty (30) days after the date hereof. Executive shall be
entitled to participate in the initial grant of options thereunder.
4. TERMINATION. Executive's employment pursuant to this Agreement shall
continue for the period set forth in SECTION 2 hereof, subject to the following:
4.1 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. Employer may terminate Executive's employment
with Employer for cause, effective upon notice in writing to the
Executive. "Cause", for purposes of this Agreement, is defined as an
indictment, charge or admission of a felony, fraud against Employer,
misappropriation of Employer's assets or embezzlement. Upon the
giving of such notice, Executive's employment shall immediately
terminate.
2
<PAGE>
4.2 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE. Employer may terminate Executive's
employment without cause at any time during the Term upon 30 days
written notice to Executive. If Executive's employment is terminated
without cause, Executive shall be paid an amount equal to his Base
Salary per month at the end of each of the six (6) months immediately
following the date of termination. However, such severance payments
shall cease at such time as Executive obtains other employment.
4.3 RESIGNATION. Executive may resign from his position and terminate his
employment at any time upon 30 days written notice to Employer.
4.4 DISABILITY. The determination of whether Executive has
suffered a total and permanent disability ("Disability") shall be
the inability of Executive to fully perform his duties hereunder
for a period of 90 days or more (with any working periods of less
than 15 business days not to be construed as interrupting such
disability period). Executive shall be entitled to the continuation
of Base Salary and fringe benefits as provided in SECTIONS 3.1 AND
3.3 hereof through the end of such 90 day period. All determinations
as to whether Executive has suffered a Disability shall be determined
by the Board of Directors of Employer in its reasonable discretion.
4.5 DEATH. In the event of Executive's death, Executive's Base Salary as
provided in SECTION 3.1 shall be continued only through the end of the
pay period in which Executive dies. Employer shall have no further
obligations to Executive, his heirs, personal representatives or
Executive's estate after the end of such period, except to the extent
Employer is required to continue certain fringe benefits as requested
by law or the terms of the applicable fringe benefit plans in effect
on the date of Executive death.
4.6 TERMINATION OF COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. Except as required by law
or as provided in SECTION 4.2 hereof, Executive shall not be entitled
to the continuation of the Base Salary under SECTION 3.1, Bonus under
SECTION 3.2, fringe benefits under SECTION 3.3 hereof or expense
reimbursement (unless incurred in the ordinary course of business
prior to termination) under SECTION 3.4 hereof, after termination of
his employment hereunder.
4.7 MATERIALS. Upon termination under SECTION 4 hereof, Executive shall
return to Employer any materials and property owned by Employer, and
in the event of Executive's failure to do so, Employer may, in
addition to any other remedy provided by law, withhold any amounts
3
<PAGE>
due Executive until full compliance with this provision. If Employer
believes that Executive has failed to return certain materials or
property to Executive, Employer shall give the Executive notice of
such materials or property with reasonable specificity. Upon receipt
of such materials and property, or evidence satisfactory to Employer
that Executive does not have such materials or property, Employer
shall promptly forward the amounts owed Executive to Executive.
5. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE. During the Term and, for such period after
the expiration of the Term as the Employer pays Executive an amount equal to
one-half of the Executive's Base Salary at the end of the Term, but in no event
longer than two (2) years after the end of the Term, Executive shall not,
directly or indirectly, through an existing or to be existing corporation,
unincorporated business, affiliated party, successor employer or otherwise,
compete with Employer. Severance payments made to Executive pursuant to
SECTION 4.2 shall be credited in full against the covenant not to compete
payments specified herein. This covenant not to compete shall not prevent
Executive from being employed by a division or subsidiary of an entity which is
not competing with Employer where that entity has another division or subsidiary
which competes with Employer provided that Executive is in no way involved with
such competing division or subsidiary. Before beginning employment, Executive
shall provide a copy of this Agreement to any employer of his during the two
year period immediately following the end of the Term. This covenant not to
compete shall apply to activities of Executive which directly or indirectly
compete with Employer in the United States, the United Kingdom and any other
countries in which Employer is engaged in business during the Term.
6. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
6.1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement:
A. "Confidential Information" means information or material,
techniques, formulas, processes or procedures, which are proprietary to Employer
or designated as Confidential Information by Employer and not generally known
independently by non-Employer personnel, which Executive developed or has or may
obtain knowledge of or access to through or as a result of his relationship with
Employer (including, but not limited to, information conceived, originated,
discovered, improved or developed in whole or in part by Executive).
Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the following types of
information and other information of a similar nature (whether or not reduced to
writing): discoveries, ideas, inventions, concepts, technologies, computer
programs and software, whether application or operating programs, and associated
source and object codes, modules, components, routines, formats, files and all
documentation related
4
<PAGE>
thereto, designs, secrets, drawings, specifications, techniques, models,
data, documentation, diagrams, flow charts, research development, processes,
procedures, know-how, marketing techniques and materials, marketing and
development plans, customer names and other information related to customers,
price lists, pricing policies and financial information. Confidential
Information also includes any information described above which Executive
obtains from another party (including, for example, customers or vendors of
Employer) and which Employer treats as proprietary or designates as
Confidential Information, whether or not owned by Employer. In the event
Executive is uncertain whether any particular information constitutes
Confidential Information, he will seek clarification from Employer.
B. "Inventions" includes discoveries, improvements, techniques,
models, processes, procedures, designs, diagrams and ideas (whether patentable
or not).
C. "Works" of authorship includes writings, drawings, software,
and other works of authorship (whether or not they are copyrightable).
6.2. CONFIDENTIALITY COVENANT.
A. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Executive shall not, both during
and after the end of the Term, directly or indirectly divulge, communicate, use
to the detriment of Employer, or any of its affiliates, successors or assigns,
or for the benefit of any other person or entity, or misuse any Confidential
Information. Confidential Information shall not be used by Executive for any
purpose whatsoever except as required to perform the work Employer requests
under the terms of this agreement. Employer reserves the right to demand the
return of any such information at any time. Upon any termination of this
agreement, Executive shall immediately return any such information in his
possession to Employer. This paragraph shall survive the termination of this
Agreement indefinitely.
B. INVENTIONS AND WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP. With respect to
inventions or works of authorship, Executive shall: (i) promptly disclose to
Employer in writing all inventions and works of authorship which are or were
conceived, made, discovered, written or created by Executive alone or jointly
with someone else while employed at Employer during the Term and the two (2)
year period immediately after the end of the Term, and Executive hereby assign
all rights to these inventions and works of authorship to Employer; and (ii)
give Employer all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect, and use
its rights to inventions and works of authorship. In particular, Executive will
sign all documents, do all things, and supply all information that Employer
considers necessary or desirable to transfer or record the transfer of his
entire right, title and interest in inventions and works of
5
<PAGE>
authorship; and to enable Employer to obtain patent, copyright, or other
legal protection for inventions and works of authorship. Any out-of-pocket
expenses will be paid by Employer. This paragraph shall survive the
termination of this agreement indefinitely.
6.3. EXCLUSIONS. NOTICE: Minnesota law exempts from this Employment
Agreement "AN INVENTION FOR WHICH NO EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, FACILITY OR TRADE
SECRET INFORMATION OF THE EXECUTIVE WAS USED AND WHICH WAS DEVELOPED ENTIRELY ON
THE EXECUTIVE'S TIME, AND (1) WHICH DOES NOT RELATE (A) DIRECTLY TO THE BUSINESS
OF THE EMPLOYER OR (B) TO THE EMPLOYER'S ACTUAL OR DEMONSTRABLY ANTICIPATED
RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT, OR (2) WHICH DOES NOT RESULT FROM ANY WORK PERFORMED BY
THE EXECUTIVE FOR THE EMPLOYER. Also excluded from this Employment Agreement
are the following inventions and works of authorship which Executive owns or
controls and WHICH WERE CONCEIVED, MADE, WRITTEN, OR CREATED BY EXECUTIVE PRIOR
TO EMPLOYMENT WITH THE EMPLOYER, although they would be useful to the Employer,
its subsidiaries or affiliates:
(1)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
(2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
(3)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Other than these, Executive does not claim to own or control rights in any
inventions or works of authorship and will not assert any such rights against
the Employer.
7. SOLICITATION OF SUPPLIERS AND CUSTOMERS. During the Term, and for two
years after the termination of this Agreement, Executive shall not directly,
through an existing or to be existing operation, unincorporated business,
affiliated party, successor employer, or otherwise, reveal the name or related
information of, solicit or interfere with, or endeavor to entice from the
Employer, or an affiliate of Employer, any of its suppliers or customers during
the Term.
8. SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES. Executive during the Term and for two
years after the termination of the Term, Executive shall not directly or
indirectly, through an existing or to be existing corporation, unincorporated
business, affiliated party, successor employer or otherwise, solicit, hire for
employment, or work with, on a part-time, consulting, advising or any other
basis, any employee or independent contractor of Employer, or any of its
affiliates, successors and assigns, during the Term and the two year period
after the end of the Term.
9. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF. In the event that Executive breaches this
Agreement, he agrees that Employer could not be adequately compensated by money
damages. In addition, Employer, or its successors and assigns, shall be
entitled, in addition to any other right and remedy available to them, to an
injunction restraining such breach or a potential breach and no bond or other
security
6
<PAGE>
shall be required in connection therewith. Executive hereby consents to the
issuance of such injunction and agrees that Employer or any of its
affiliates, successors and assigns, will be irreparably harmed by Executive's
breach of any provision in this Agreement. If Executive breaches any
provision of this Agreement and Employer and/or any of its successors and
assigns, brings an action against Executive because of the breach, Executive
shall be liable to such entity(ies) for all damages, costs and expenses,
including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by such entity(ies) which are
related to such breach or action. The damages, costs and expenses shall be
paid promptly upon demand from such entity(ies).
10. NOTICES. All notices given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
personally served or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, addressed as follows:
To Employer:
I. A. Acquisition, Inc.
12900 Whitewater Drive
Suite 100
Minnetonka, MN 55343
To Executive:
Richard S. Parker
4737 Woodridge Rd.
Minnetonka, MN 55345
11. MISCELLANEOUS.
11.1 COMPLETE AGREEMENT. This Employment Agreement is the entire
Employment Agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter
hereof and supersedes and replaces any existing arrangement between
the parties hereto relating to Executive's employment. Employer and
Executive hereby acknowledge that there are no other agreements
regarding Executive's employment, apart from this Employment
Agreement.
11.2 NO WAIVER. No failure on the part of Employer or Executive to
exercise, and no delay in exercising any right hereunder will operate
as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any
right hereunder by Employer or Executive preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
11.3 SEVERABILITY. It is further agreed and understood by the parties
hereto that if any part, term or provision of this Agreement should be
held unenforceable in the jurisdiction in which either party seeks
enforcement of
7
<PAGE>
the contract, it shall be construed as if not containing the
invalid provision or provisions, and the remaining portions or
provisions shall govern the rights and obligations of the parties.
11.4 GOVERNING LAW. This Employment Agreement shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of
Minnesota, without regard to conflicts of law provisions.
11.5 ASSIGNMENT. This Employment Agreement is personal in nature and
cannot be assigned by Executive. This Employment Agreement can be
assigned by Employer. The terms, conditions and covenants herein
shall be binding upon the heirs and personal representatives of
Executive, and the successors, assigns of Employer and any subsidiary
or "affiliate" of Employer.
11.6 REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE. No remedy conferred hereunder is intended to
be exclusive, and each shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy. The election of any one or more remedies shall
not constitute a waiver of any other remedy.
11.7 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. In the event of Executive's termination of
employment all obligations of Employer to Executive under this
Agreement shall terminate with the exception as to the continuation of
certain payments and fringe benefits as specified in SECTION 4.
Executive's obligations under SECTIONS 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 AND 9 shall
survive the termination of employment.
11.8 CAPTIONS. Captions and section headings used herein are for
convenience only and are not a part of this Employment Agreement, and
shall not be used in construing it.
8
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Employment
Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
EMPLOYER: I. A. ACQUISITION, INC.
By /s/ Jay H. Wein
-------------------------------------
Jay H. Wein
Its Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE: /s/ Richard S. Parker
-------------------------------------
Richard S. Parker
9
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT ("Employment Agreement") made and entered into effective the
11th day of June, 1992 by and between I. A. ACQUISITION, INC., a Minnesota
corporation ("Employer") and Rory Terrien ("Executive").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Employer has entered into an asset purchase agreement with
Information Advantage, Incorporated (the "Seller") pursuant to which Employer
agreed to purchase substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the
Seller; and
WHEREAS, Seller is engaged in the business of client/server software
applications, system installation and consultation (the "Business");
WHEREAS, Executive was an officer of Seller and has been actively involved
in the business of Seller; and
WHEREAS, as a condition of purchasing substantially all of the assets and
liabilities of the Seller, Employer requires that Executive enter into this
Employment Agreement prior to engaging in any employment activities on behalf of
Employer, including, without limitation, the prohibitions on competition with
Employer and its subsidiaries, the use of confidential information and the
solicitation of customers, vendors and employees of Employer; and
WHEREAS, Employer desires to employ Executive in the capacity and on the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Executive has agreed to accept
such terms and conditions.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises
hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP. Employer hereby employs Executive as Vice
President - Development, subject to the direction of the Shareholders and Board
of Directors of the Employer. Executive accepts such employment and agrees to
devote his loyalty, skills and his full-time efforts to the conduct of the
Employer's business operations.
2. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. Subject to Section 4 hereof, the term of this
Employment Agreement and the performance of Executive's services shall commence
as of the date of this Employment Agreement and shall continue for three (3)
years from the date of this Agreement. Upon expiration of the initial
three-year term, this Agreement shall be renewable for additional
<PAGE>
one-year terms, subject to the mutual agreement of the parties and the
provisions on termination set forth in Section 4 hereof. The initial three
year term and subsequent one year terms shall be called the "Term".
3. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. For all services rendered by Executive to
Employer, Executive shall be compensated by Employer in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth herein:
3.1 BASE SALARY. The base salary of Executive shall be $87,000 on an
annualized basis during the Term ("Base Salary") payable in accordance
with the Employer's normal payroll procedures and policies for
executive employees. Such salary may be increased at any time
pursuant to action taken by the Board of Directors of Employer.
3.2 BONUS. Executive shall be entitled to a bonus only upon written
action of the Board of Directors of Employer.
3.3 FRINGE BENEFITS. Executive shall be entitled to those employee
benefits as are available to all other employees of Employer, and such
other benefits as determined by written action the Board of Directors.
3.4 EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS. Executive is authorized to incur reasonable
expenses, including travel expense, in connection with the business of
the Employer. Employer will reimburse Executive for all such
reasonable expenses.
3.5 VACATION. Executive shall be entitled to three weeks of vacation
during each year of this Agreement
3.6 STOCK OPTION. Employer intends to establish a Stock Option Plan
within thirty (30) days after the date hereof. Executive shall be
entitled to participate in the initial grant of options thereunder.
4. TERMINATION. Executive's employment pursuant to this Agreement shall
continue for the period set forth in SECTION 2 hereof, subject to the following:
4.1 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. Employer may terminate Executive's employment
with Employer for cause, effective upon notice in writing to the
Executive. "Cause", for purposes of this Agreement, is defined as an
indictment, charge or admission of a felony, fraud against Employer,
misappropriation of Employer's assets or embezzlement. Upon the
giving of such notice, Executive's employment shall immediately
terminate.
2
<PAGE>
4.2 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE. Employer may terminate Executive's
employment without cause at any time during the Term upon 30 days
written notice to Executive. If Executive's employment is terminated
without cause, Executive shall be paid an amount equal to his Base
Salary per month at the end of each of the six (6) months immediately
following the date of termination. However, such severance payments
shall cease at such time as Executive obtains other employment as a
full-time salaried employee.
4.3 RESIGNATION. Executive may resign from his position and terminate his
employment at any time upon 30 days written notice to Employer.
4.4 DISABILITY. The determination of whether Executive has suffered a
total and permanent disability ("Disability") shall be the inability
of Executive to fully perform his duties hereunder for a period of 90
days or more (with any working periods of less than 15 business days
not to be construed as interrupting such disability period).
Executive shall be entitled to the continuation of Base Salary and
fringe benefits as provided in SECTIONS 3.1 AND 3.3 hereof through the
end of such 90 day period. All determinations as to whether Executive
has suffered a Disability shall be determined by the Board of
Directors of Employer in its reasonable discretion.
4.5 DEATH. In the event of Executive's death, Executive's Base Salary as
provided in SECTION 3.1 shall be continued only through the end of the
pay period in which Executive dies. Employer shall have no further
obligations to Executive, his heirs, personal representatives or
Executive's estate after the end of such period, except to the extent
Employer is required to continue certain fringe benefits as requested
by law or the terms of the applicable fringe benefit plans in effect
on the date of Executive death.
4.6 TERMINATION OF COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. Except as required by law
or as provided in SECTION 4.2 hereof, Executive shall not be entitled
to the continuation of the Base Salary under SECTION 3.1, Bonus under
SECTION 3.2, fringe benefits under SECTION 3.3 hereof or expense
reimbursement (unless incurred in the ordinary course of business
prior to termination) under SECTION 3.4 hereof, after termination of
his employment hereunder.
4.7 MATERIALS. Upon termination under SECTION 4 hereof, Executive shall
return to Employer any materials and property owned by Employer, and
in the event of Executive's failure to do so, Employer may, in
addition
3
<PAGE>
to any other remedy provided by law, withhold any amounts due
Executive until full compliance with this provision. If Employer
believes that Executive has failed to return certain materials or
property to Employer, Employer shall give the Executive notice of such
materials or property with reasonable specificity. Upon receipt of
such materials and property, or evidence satisfactory to Employer that
Executive does not have such materials or property, Employer shall
promptly forward the amounts owed Executive to Executive.
5. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE. During the Term and, for such period after
the expiration of the Term as the Employer pays Executive an amount equal to
two-thirds (66.66%) of the Executive's Base Salary at the end of the Term, but
in no event longer than two (2) years after the end of the Term, Executive shall
not, directly or indirectly, through an existing or to be existing corporation,
unincorporated business, affiliated party, successor employer or otherwise,
compete with Employer. Severance payments made to Executive pursuant to
SECTION 4.2 shall be credited in full against the covenant not to compete
payments specified herein. This covenant not to compete shall not prevent
Executive from being employed by a division or subsidiary of an entity which is
not competing with Employer where that entity has another division or subsidiary
which competes with Employer provided that Executive is in no way involved with
such competing division or subsidiary. Before beginning employment, Executive
shall provide a copy of this Agreement to any employer of his during the two
year period immediately following the end of the Term. This covenant not to
compete shall apply to activities of Executive which directly or indirectly
compete with Employer in the United States, the United Kingdom and any other
countries in which Employer is engaged in business during the Term.
6. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
6.1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement:
A. "Confidential Information" means information or material,
techniques, formulas, processes or procedures, which are proprietary to Employer
or designated as Confidential Information by Employer and not generally known
independently by knowledgeable non-Employer personnel, which Executive developed
or has or may obtain knowledge of or access to through or as a result of his
relationship with Employer (including, but not limited to, information
conceived, originated, discovered, improved or developed in whole or in part by
Executive). Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the
following types of information and other information of a similar nature
(whether or not reduced to writing): discoveries, ideas, inventions, concepts,
technologies, computer programs and software, whether application or operating
programs, and associated source and object codes,
4
<PAGE>
modules, components, routines, formats, files and all documentation related
thereto, designs, secrets, drawings, specifications, techniques, models,
data, documentation, diagrams, flow charts, research development, processes,
procedures, know-how, marketing techniques and materials, marketing and
development plans, customer names and other information related to customers,
price lists, pricing policies and financial information. Confidential
Information also includes any information described above which Executive
obtains from another party (including, for example, customers or vendors of
Employer) and which Employer treats as proprietary or designates as
Confidential Information, whether or not owned by Employer. In the event
Executive is uncertain whether any particular information constitutes
Confidential Information, he will seek clarification from Employer.
B. "Inventions" includes discoveries, improvements,
techniques, models, processes, procedures, designs, diagrams and ideas (whether
patentable or not).
C. "Works" of authorship includes writings, drawings, software,
and other works of authorship (whether or not they are copyrightable).
6.2. CONFIDENTIALITY COVENANT.
A. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Executive shall not, both during
and after the end of the Term, directly or indirectly divulge, communicate, use
to the detriment of Employer, or any of its affiliates, successors or assigns,
or for the benefit of any other person or entity, or misuse any Confidential
Information. Confidential Information shall not be used by Executive for any
purpose whatsoever except as required to perform the work Employer requests
under the terms of this agreement. Employer reserves the right to demand the
return of any such information at any time. Upon any termination of this
agreement, Executive shall immediately return any such information in his
possession to Employer. This paragraph shall survive the termination of this
Agreement indefinitely.
B. INVENTIONS AND WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP. With respect to
inventions or works of authorship, Executive shall: (i) promptly disclose to
Employer in writing all inventions and works of authorship which are or were
conceived, made, discovered, written or created by Executive alone or jointly
with someone else while employed at Employer during the Term and the two (2)
year period immediately after the end of the Term, and Executive hereby assign
all rights to these inventions and works of authorship to Employer; and (ii)
give Employer all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect, and use
its rights to inventions and works of authorship. In particular, Executive will
sign all documents, do all things, and supply all information that Employer
considers necessary or desirable to transfer or record the transfer
5
<PAGE>
of his entire right, title and interest in inventions and works of
authorship; and to enable Employer to obtain patent, copyright, or other
legal protection for inventions and works of authorship. Any out-of-pocket
expenses will be paid by Employer. This paragraph shall survive the
termination of this agreement indefinitely. Executive will be paid (on a
monthly basis) (at least) at a rate equivalent to his ending salary for time
spent.
6.3. EXCLUSIONS. NOTICE: Minnesota law exempts from this Employment
Agreement "AN INVENTION FOR WHICH NO EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, FACILITY OR TRADE
SECRET INFORMATION OF THE EXECUTIVE WAS USED AND WHICH WAS DEVELOPED ENTIRELY ON
THE EXECUTIVE'S TIME, AND (1) WHICH DOES NOT RELATE (A) DIRECTLY TO THE BUSINESS
OF THE EMPLOYER OR (B) TO THE EMPLOYER'S ACTUAL OR DEMONSTRABLY ANTICIPATED
RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT, OR (2) WHICH DOES NOT RESULT FROM ANY WORK PERFORMED BY
THE EXECUTIVE FOR THE EMPLOYER. Also excluded from this Employment Agreement
are the following inventions and works of authorship which Executive owns or
controls and WHICH WERE CONCEIVED, MADE, WRITTEN, OR CREATED BY EXECUTIVE PRIOR
TO EMPLOYMENT WITH THE EMPLOYER, although they would be useful to the Employer,
its subsidiaries or affiliates:
(1)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
(2)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
(3)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Other than these, Executive does not claim to own or control rights in any
inventions or works of authorship and will not assert any such rights against
the Employer.
7. SOLICITATION OF SUPPLIERS AND CUSTOMERS. During the Term, and for two
years after the termination of this Agreement, Executive shall not directly,
through an existing or to be existing operation, unincorporated business,
affiliated party, successor employer, or otherwise, reveal the name or related
information of, solicit or interfere with, or endeavor to entice from the
Employer, or an affiliate of Employer, any of its suppliers or customers during
the Term.
8. SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES. Executive during the Term and for two
years after the termination of the Term, Executive shall not directly or
indirectly, through an existing or to be existing corporation, unincorporated
business, affiliated party, successor employer or otherwise, solicit, hire for
employment, or work with, on a part-time, consulting, advising or any other
basis, any employee or independent contractor of Employer, or any of its
affiliates, successors and assigns, during the Term and the two year period
after the end of the Term.
9. NOTICES. All notices given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
personally served or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, addressed as follows:
6
<PAGE>
To Employer:
I. A. Acquisition, Inc.
12900 Whitewater Drive
Suite 100
Minnetonka, MN 55343
To Executive:
Rory Terrien
1421 E. 99th St.
Bloomington, MN 55425
10. MISCELLANEOUS.
11.1 COMPLETE AGREEMENT. This Employment Agreement is the entire
Employment Agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter
hereof and supersedes and replaces any existing arrangement between
the parties hereto relating to Executive's employment. Employer and
Executive hereby acknowledge that there are no other agreements
regarding Executive's employment, apart from this Employment
Agreement.
11.2 NO WAIVER. No failure on the part of Employer or Executive to
exercise, and no delay in exercising any right hereunder will operate
as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any
right hereunder by Employer or Executive preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
11.3 SEVERABILITY. It is further agreed and understood by the parties
hereto that if any part, term or provision of this Agreement should be
held unenforceable in the jurisdiction in which either party seeks
enforcement of the contract, it shall be construed as if not
containing the invalid provision or provisions, and the remaining
portions or provisions shall govern the rights and obligations of the
parties.
11.4 GOVERNING LAW. This Employment Agreement shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of
Minnesota, without regard to conflicts of law provisions.
11.5 ASSIGNMENT. This Employment Agreement is personal in nature and
cannot be assigned by Executive. This Employment Agreement can be
assigned by Employer. The terms, conditions and covenants herein
shall be binding upon the heirs and personal representatives of
Executive,
7
<PAGE>
and the successors, assigns of Employer and any subsidiary or
"affiliate" of Employer.
11.6 REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE. No remedy conferred hereunder is intended to
be exclusive, and each shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy. The election of any one or more remedies shall
not constitute a waiver of any other remedy.
11.7 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. In the event of Executive's termination of
employment all obligations of Employer to Executive under this
Agreement shall terminate with the exception as to the continuation of
certain payments and fringe benefits as specified in SECTION 4.
Executive's obligations under SECTIONS 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 AND 9 shall
survive the termination of employment.
11.8 CAPTIONS. Captions and section headings used herein are for
convenience only and are not a part of this Employment Agreement, and
shall not be used in construing it.
8
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Employment
Agreement as of the date and year first above written.
EMPLOYER: I. A. ACQUISITION, INC.
By /s/ Jay H. Wein
--------------------------------
Jay H. Wein
Its Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE: /s/ Rory Terrien 6-11-92
--------------------------------
Rory Terrien
9
<PAGE>
March 6, 1996
Mr. Robin L. Pederson
1940 Rose Creek Drive
Fargo, ND 58104
Dear Robin:
Information Advantage is pleased to offer you a position as Corporate Officer
and Vice President - Worldwide Sales. In this role, you will be responsible for
all aspects of our sales strategy. As a Corporate Officer you will be expected
to strongly influence the overall direction of the business, which will include
active involvement with the Board of Directors. You will be initially focused
on building our presence in North America through the expansion of both direct
and indirect sales channels. Additionally, you will be the lead executive in
creating our "sales" culture throughout the business.
The specific elements of this employment offer are as follows:
COMPENSATION:
Your on-target earnings will be $225,000. This compensation will be structured
with a base salary, quarterly MBO's and quarterly incentives. Specifically:
Base Salary $150,000
Quarterly MBO's 16,000 ($4,000/quarter)
Quarterly Incentive 40,000 ($10,000/quarter)
Annual Incentive 19,000
------
$225,000
--------
--------
Initially, the Quarterly and Annual incentives will be based on revenue
attainment. This will shift over time to an earnings-based measurement. The
Quarterly incentive will be paid proportionately, for achievement above 90% of
the plan. The Annual incentive is paid for 100% of plan.
<PAGE>
OVER ACHIEVEMENT INCENTIVE:
You will be eligible for an Annual Over Achievement bonus based on total
software revenue as follows:
ATTAINMENT PAYMENT/MILLION
100-150% 1.25%
151-200% 1.75%
Above 200% 2.5%
For example:
- - Assuming annual software plan of $8,000,000
- - 150% attainment earns potential compensation of $275,000 (i.e. $225,000 on-
target earnings plus $50,000 for over achievement of $4,000,000 software
revenue at 1.25% payout)
- - 200% attainment earns potential compensation of $345,000 (i.e., $225,000
plus $120,000 for over achievement of $8,000,000 at 1.25% for 1st
$4,000,000 and 1.75% for 2nd $4,000,000)
ANNUAL COMPENSATION REVIEW:
The compensation committee of the Board of Directors will review your overall
compensation package annually to ensure that your incentive opportunities are
consistent with your contributions and value to the firm.
STOCK OPTIONS:
You will receive 430,000 incentive stock options (1.7% of the outstanding shares
as of your first date of employment). These options will vest annually over
five years and be valid for ten years. The price is $.45 per share which is
consistent for all employees. Additional stock option grants are made
periodically to key members of the organization that have high long term value
to the business. These options will be qualified Incentive Stock Options
subject to applicable tax law. As part of an IPO, the Company will file an
incentive stock option plan (subject to normal underwritten requirements) that
allows same day sales. To the extent that this letter is inconsistent with the
terms of the Company's 1992 Stock Option Plan, this letter will control. If it
becomes necessary, we will amend the plan to affect the terms of this letter.
<PAGE>
CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP:
In the event of a change of ownership, 50% of your unvested stock options will
vest immediately and the remaining 50% will vest over the subsequent 24 months
(50% per year) unless they would have vested earlier, provided you remain
employed at a comparable capacity in the acquiring entity or in the entity
resulting from the change of ownership. A comparable capacity will mean senior
management position of equal or higher pay, with an executive level office in
Minneapolis and with comparable duties and responsibilities. If your employment
should terminate (for reasons other than cause) or if you are not employed in a
comparable capacity, as described above, as a consequence of an acquisition or a
change of ownership, you will have 100% vesting acceleration up to a potential
maximum gain of $4,000,000 on such accelerated ownership, and a severance
payment equal to 12 months of base compensation. All options previously vested
prior to acquisition or change of ownership shall not count toward the
$4,000,000. This provision dealing with vesting and severance will apply in the
event of termination without cause during the 12 months following a change of
ownership or acquisition. If you are terminated for reasons other than cause,
or not employed in a comparable capacity, as described above, at anytime during
the twelve month period following an acquisition or change in ownership, it
shall conclusively be deemed a consequence of the acquisition or change in
ownership.
BENEFITS:
Information Advantage has a full range of benefits that are quite strong for a
company at our stage of development. This includes medical, dental and 401(k)
plans. Transition costs will be paid.
GUARANTEE:
You will receive a 100% guarantee of your MBO and quarterly incentive payment
during the first 90 days of employment and a 75% guarantee for the next two
quarters. The annual incentive will be paid for over 75% attainment.
RELOCATION:
A relocation payment of $50,000 will be provided in two (2) phases; $20,000 at
the time of your move and $30,000 at the time your home sells. An additional
$50,000 will be paid if your relocation costs escalate unexpectedly.
CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-COMPETE:
All employees are required to sign the attached confidentiality and non-compete
agreement prior to their first day of employment.
<PAGE>
FIRST DAY OF EMPLOYMENT:
Let's target March 20, 1996 as your first date of employment.
Robin, I am looking forward to having you on the team. Your diverse
talents and strong leadership skills will accelerate our development as
an organization and success in the marketplace. IA is well positioned
for growth and profitability. We have a lot of important work ahead; but
the journey promises to be both rewarding and exciting. Please let me
know if any parts of this offer require clarification or further dialog.
Very truly yours,
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
Larry J. Ford
President and Chief Executive Officer
LJF/ss
Enclosures
OFFER ACCEPTED BY:
- ------------------------------- ------------------------
Robin L. Pederson Date
<PAGE>
October 22, 1996
Mr. Donald W. Anderson
1731 Simpson Street
Falcon Heights, MN 55113
Dear Don:
Information Advantage is pleased to offer you an executive position as Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer. In this role, you will be responsible
for all aspects of our financial, administrative, human resource and internal
operational systems. As a Corporate Officer, you will be expected to strongly
influence the overall direction of the business, which will include active
involvement with the Board of Directors. You will be the lead executive for the
development of our business planning activity and the preparation for a future
IPO.
The specific elements of this employment offer are as follows:
COMPENSATION:
Your on-target earnings will be $160,000. This compensation will be structured
with a base salary, quarterly MBO's, quarterly incentives and an annual
incentive. Specifically:
Base Salary $126,000
Quarterly MBO's 12,000 ($3,000/quarter)
Quarterly Incentive 12,000 ($3,000/quarter)
Annual Incentive 10,000
--------
$160,000
Initially, the Quarterly and Annual Incentives will be based on revenue
attainment. This will shift over time to an earnings-based incentive. The
Quarterly Incentive will be paid proportionately, for achievement about 90% of
plan. The Annual Incentive is paid for 100% of plan.
ANNUAL COMPENSATION REVIEW:
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will review your overall
compensation package annually to ensure that your incentive opportunities are
consistent with your contributions and value to the firm.
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTIONS:
You will receive a grant of 200,000 incentive stock options. These options vest
over five (5) years and will be valid for ten years. The price will be
consistent with all other employees hired during this time period. Based on
the current conditions of the business, these incentive stock options have been
priced at $.45 per share. Additional stock grants are made periodically to key
members of the organization that have high, long term value to the business.
The details of the Company's Incentive Stock Option Plan are attached.
CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP:
In the event of a change of ownership, you will receive accelerated vesting of
your incentive stock options, unless you remain employed in a comparable
capacity in the acquiring entity or in the entity resulting from the change of
ownership. A comparable capacity will mean senior financial management position
of equal or higher responsibility or compensation, with an executive level
responsibility in Minneapolis and with comparable duties and responsibilities.
If your employment should terminate (for reasons other than cause) or if you are
not employed in a comparable capacity, as described above, as a consequence of
acquisition or change in ownership, you will have a severance payment equal to
twelve (12) months of base compensation and vesting acceleration as follows:
Change of Ownership Timing Accelerated Vesting
-------------------------- -------------------------------
- If change of ownership 75% - up to a maximum gain of
occurs within two (2) $1.2 million
years of your first day
of employment and the
Company is still
private
- If change of ownership 100%
occurs after IPO
GUARANTEE AND SEVERANCE:
You will receive a 100% guarantee of your MBO and Quarterly Incentive payment
during the remainder of 1996 and a 75% guarantee for the first quarter of 1997.
If you are terminated for any reason (other than cause) you will receive a
severance payment equal to twelve (12) months of base compensation.
BENEFITS:
Information Advantage has a full range of benefits that are quite strong for a
company at our stage of development. This includes medical, dental and 401(k)
plans. A summary of our plan is attached.
<PAGE>
CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-COMPETE:
All employees are required to sign the attached confidentiality and non-compete
agreement prior to their first day of employment.
FIRST DAY OF EMPLOYMENT:
Let's target November 24, 1996 as your first date of employment.
Don, I am looking forward to having you on the team. Your diverse talents and
strong leadership skills will accelerate our development as an organization and
success in the marketplace. IA is well positioned for growth and profitability.
We have a lot of important work ahead; but the journey promises to be both
rewarding and exciting. Please let me know if any parts of this offer require
clarification or further dialog.
Very truly yours,
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
Larry J. Ford
President and Chief Executive Officer
LJF/ss
Enclosures
IF YOU ARE IN AGREEMENT WITH THIS OFFER LETTER, PLEASE SIGN BELOW, NOTE YOUR
INTENDED START DATE AND RETURN TO LARRY J. FORD.
Accepted by Date: Start Date:
----------------------- ------------ ------------
Donald W. Anderson
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
Borrower: INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC. Lender: Silicon Valley Bank
7905 Golden Triangle Drive #190 3003 Tasman Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55344-7220 Santa Clara, CA 95054
===============================================================================
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT between INFORMATION
ADVANTAGE, INC. ("Borrower") and Silicon Valley Bank ("Lender") is made and
executed on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior
commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan
or loans and other financial accommodations, including those which may be
described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement. All such
loans and financial accommodations, together with all future loans and
financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower, are referred to in this
Agreement individually as the "Loan" and collectively as the "Loans."
Borrower understands and agrees that: (a) in granting, renewing, or extending
any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower's representations, warranties, and
agreements, as set forth in this Agreement; (b) the granting, renewing, or
extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender's
sole judgment and discretion; and (c) all such Loans shall be and shall
remain subject to the following terms and conditions of this Agreement.
TERM. This Agreement shall be effective as of SEPTEMBER 3, 1997, and shall
continue thereafter until all Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender has been
performed in full and the parties terminate this Agreement in writing.
DEFINITIONS. The following words shall have the following meanings when used
in this Agreement. Terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have
the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. All
references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United
States of America.
AGREEMENT. The word "Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Business
Loan Agreement, as this Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement may be
amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and
schedules attached to this Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement
from time to time.
BORROWER. The word "Borrower" means INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC. The word
"Borrower" also includes, as applicable, all subsidiaries and affiliates
of Borrower as provided below in the paragraph titled "Subsidiaries and
Affiliates."
CERCLA. The word "CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
CASH FLOW. The words "Cash Flow" mean net income after taxes, and
exclusive of extraordinary gains and income, plus depreciation and
amortization.
COLLATERAL. The word "Collateral" means and includes without limitation
all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether
real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether
granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security
interest, mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, chattel mortgage,
chattel trust, factor's lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust
receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or
consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien
interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.
DEBT. The word "Debt" means all of Borrower's liabilities excluding
Subordinated Debt.
ERISA. The word "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended.
EVENT OF DEFAULT. The words "Event of Default" mean and include without
limitation any of the Events of Default set forth below in the section
titled "EVENTS OF DEFAULT."
GRANTOR. The word "Grantor" means and includes without limitation each and
all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any
Collateral for the Indebtedness, including without limitation all Borrowers
granting such a Security Interest.
GUARANTOR. The word "Guarantor" means and includes without limitation each
and all of the guarantors, sureties, and accommodation parties in
connection with any Indebtedness.
INDEBTEDNESS. The word "Indebtedness" means and includes any and all
Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, now or hereafter arising or incurred,
including, without limitation, the Indebtedness evidenced by the Note,
including all principal and interest, together with all other indebtedness
and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this
Agreement or under any Related Documents.
LENDER. The word "Lender" means Silicon Valley Bank, its successors and
assigns.
2
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
LIQUID ASSETS. The words "Liquid Assets" mean Borrower's cash on hand plus
Borrower's readily marketable securities.
LOAN. The word "Loan'' or "Loans" means and includes without limitation
any and all commercial loans and financial accommodations from Lender to
Borrower, whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced
including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations
described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this
Agreement from time to time.
NOTE. The word "Note" means and includes without limitation Borrower's
promissory note or notes, if any, evidencing Borrower's Loan obligations in
favor of Lender, as well as any substitute, replacement or refinancing note
or notes therefor.
PERMITTED LIENS. The words "Permitted Liens'' mean (a) liens and security
interests securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (b) liens for
taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being
contested in good faith; (c) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen,
or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business
and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (d) purchase money
liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired
or held by Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure
indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be
incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled "Indebtedness and
Liens"; (e) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this
Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing;
and (f) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate
constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to
the net value of Borrower's assets.
RELATED DOCUMENTS. The words "Related Documents" mean and include without
limitation all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements,
environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds
of trust, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now
or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.
SECURITY AGREEMENT. The words "Security Agreement" mean and include
without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements,
understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or
otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security
Interest.
3
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
SECURITY INTEREST. The words "Security Interest" mean and include without
limitation any type of collateral security, whether in the form of a lien,
charge, mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, chattel mortgage,
chattel trust, factor's lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust
receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as
a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever,
whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.
SARA. The word "SARA" means the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization
Act of 1986 as now or hereafter amended.
SUBORDINATED DEBT. The words "Subordinated Debt" mean indebtedness and
liabilities of Borrower which have been subordinated by written agreement
to indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender in form and substance acceptable
to Lender.
TANGIBLE NET WORTH. The words "Tangible Net Worth" mean Borrower's total
assets excluding all intangible assets (i.e., goodwill, trademarks,
patents, copyrights, organizational expenses, and similar intangible items,
but including leaseholds and leasehold improvements) less total Debt.
WORKING CAPITAL. The words "Working Capital" mean Borrower's current
assets, excluding prepaid expenses, less Borrower's current liabilities.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE. Lender's obligation to make the initial
Loan Advance and each subsequent Loan Advance under this Agreement shall be
subject to the fulfillment to Lender's satisfaction of all of the conditions set
forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.
LOAN DOCUMENTS. Borrower shall provide to Lender in form satisfactory to
Lender the following documents for the Loan: (a) the Note, (b) Security
Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral, (c)
Financing Statements perfecting Lender's Security Interests; (d) evidence
of insurance as required below; and (e) any other documents required under
this Agreement or by Lender or its counsel, including without limitation
any subordinations described below.
BORROWER'S AUTHORIZATION. Borrower shall have provided in form and
substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly
authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the
Related Documents, and such other
4
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
authorizations and other documents and instruments as Lender or its
counsel, in their sole discretion, may require.
PAYMENT OF FEES AND EXPENSES. Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees,
charges, and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in
this Agreement or any Related Document.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and warranties set
forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or
certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.
NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. There shall not exist at the time of any advance a
condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as
of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of Loan
proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan,
and at all times any Indebtedness exists:
ORGANIZATION. Borrower is a corporation which is duly organized, validly
existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota and
is validly existing and in good standing in all states in which Borrower is
doing business. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its
properties and to transact the businesses in which it is presently engaged
or presently proposes to engage. Borrower also is duly qualified as a
foreign corporation and is in good standing in all states in which the
failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its
businesses or financial condition.
AUTHORIZATION. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement
and all Related Documents by Borrower, to the extent to be executed,
delivered or performed by Borrower, have been duly authorized by all
necessary action by Borrower; do not require the consent or approval of any
other person, regulatory authority or governmental body; and do not
conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (a)
any provision of its articles of incorporation or organization, or bylaws,
or any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (b) any law,
governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower.
5
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
FINANCIAL INFORMATION. Each financial statement of Borrower supplied to
Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower's financial condition as of
the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in
Borrower's financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent
financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent
obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.
LEGAL EFFECT. This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement
required hereunder to be given by Borrower when delivered will constitute
legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against
Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.
PROPERTIES. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously
disclosed in Borrower's financial statements or in writing to Lender and as
accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not
presently due and payable, Borrower owns and has good title to all of
Borrower's properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has not
executed any security documents or financing statements relating to such
properties. All of Borrower's properties are titled in Borrower's legal
name, and Borrower has not used, or filed a financing statement under, any
other name for at least the last five (5) years.
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. The terms "hazardous waste," "hazardous substance,"
"disposal," "release," and "threatened release," as used in this Agreement,
shall have the same meanings as set forth in the "CERCLA," "SARA," the
Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq.,
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et
seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and
Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or Federal
laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant to any of the foregoing.
Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower
represents and warrants that: (a) During the period of Borrower's ownership
of the properties, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage,
treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any hazardous waste
or substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the properties.
(b) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been
(i) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal,
release, or threatened release of any hazardous waste or substance on,
under, about or from the properties by any prior owners or occupants of any
of the properties, or (ii) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of
any kind by any person relating to such matters. (c) Neither Borrower nor
any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the
6
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
properties shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of, or
release any hazardous waste or substance on, under, about or from any of
the properties; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with
all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances,
including without limitation those laws, regulations and ordinances
described above. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon
the properties to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem
appropriate to determine compliance of the properties with this section of
the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at
Borrower's expense and for Lender's purposes only and shall not be
construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender
to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties
contained herein are based on Borrower's due diligence in investigating the
properties for hazardous waste and hazardous substances. Borrower hereby
(a) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or
contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other
costs under any such laws, and (b) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties,
and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer
resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a
consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release
or threatened release occurring prior to Borrower's ownership or interest
in the properties, whether or not the same was or should have been known to
Borrower. The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the
obligation to indemnify, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and
the termination or expiration of this Agreement and shall not be affected
by Lender's acquisition of any interest in any of the properties, whether
by foreclosure or otherwise.
LITIGATION AND CLAIMS. No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative
proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against
Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which
may materially adversely affect Borrower's financial condition or
properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that
have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.
TAXES. To the best of Borrower's knowledge, all tax returns and reports of
Borrower that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all
taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full,
except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith
in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have
been provided.
7
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
LIEN PRIORITY. Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing,
Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or
permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or
affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment
of Borrower's Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be
superior to Lender's Security Interests and rights in and to such
Collateral.
BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements directly
or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower's Loan and Note and all of the
Related Documents are binding upon Borrower as well as upon Borrower's
successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in
accordance with their respective terms.
COMMERCIAL PURPOSES. Borrower intends to use the Loan proceeds solely for
business or commercial related purposes.
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Each employee benefit plan as to which Borrower may
have any liability complies in all material respects with all applicable
requirements of law and regulations, and (i) no Reportable Event nor
Prohibited Transaction (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to
any such plan, (ii) Borrower has not withdrawn from any such plan or
initiated steps to do so, (iii) no steps have been taken to terminate any
such plan, and (iv) there are no unfunded liabilities other than those
previously disclosed to Lender in writing.
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT. Borrower is not an "investment company" or a
company "controlled" by an "investment company," within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT. Borrower is not a "holding company," or
a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company". or an "affiliate" of a
"holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company,"
within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 as
amended.
REGULATIONS G, T AND U. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of
its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulations G, T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System).
8
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
LOCATION OF BORROWER'S OFFICES AND RECORDS. Borrower's place of business,
or Borrower's Chief executive office, if Borrower has more than one place
of business, is located at 7905 Golden Triangle Drive #190, Eden Prairie,
MN 55344-7220. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing this
location is also the office or offices where Borrower keeps its records
concerning the Collateral.
INFORMATION. All information heretofore or contemporaneously herewith
furnished by Borrower to Lender for the purposes of or in connection with
this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby is, and all
information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Lender will
be, true and accurate in every material respect on the date as of which
such information is dated or certified; and none of such information is or
will be incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make
such information not misleading.
CLAIMS AND DEFENSES. There are no defenses or counterclaims, offsets or
other adverse claims, demands or actions of any kind, personal or
otherwise, that Borrower, Grantor, or any Guarantor could assert with
respect to the Note, Loan, Indebtedness, this Agreement, or the Related
Documents.
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower understands and agrees
that Lender, without independent investigation, is relying upon the above
representations and warranties in extending Loan Advances to Borrower.
Borrower further agrees that the foregoing representations and warranties
shall be continuing in nature and shall remain in full force and effect
until such time as Borrower's Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until
this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever
is the last to occur.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, while
this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will:
LITIGATION. Promptly inform Lender in writing of (a) all material adverse
changes in Borrower's financial condition, and (b) all existing and all
threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings
or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could
materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial
condition of any Guarantor.
FINANCIAL RECORDS. Maintain its books and records in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis,
and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower's books and records at all
reasonable times.
9
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Furnish Lender with, as soon as available, but in no
event later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year,
Borrower's balance sheet and income statement for the year ended, audited
by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender, and, as soon as
available, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the end of
each month, Borrower's balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the
period ended, prepared and certified as correct to the best knowledge and
belief by Borrower's chief financial officer or other officer or person
acceptable to Lender. All financial reports required to be provided under
this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by
Borrower as being true and correct.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Furnish such additional information and statements,
lists of assets and liabilities, agings of receivables and payables,
inventory schedules, budgets, forecasts, tax returns, and other reports
with respect to Borrower's financial condition and business operations as
Lender may request from time to time.
FINANCIAL COVENANTS AND RATIOS. Comply with the following covenants and
ratios: Borrower shall maintain on a monthly basis, a minimum Liquidity of
$1,500,000.00; and a minimum Tangible Net Worth plus Subordinated Debt of
$1,800,000.00 for the three month period ended July 31, 1997, $1,000,000.00
for the three month period ending October 31, 1997, and $850,000.00 for the
three month period ending January 31, 1998 and thereafter. Furthermore,
Borrower shall achieve profitability on a quarterly basis; however,
Borrower may incur losses, provided such losses shall not exceed
$2,100,000.00 for the three month period ended July 31, 1997, $775,000.00
for the three month period ending October 31, 1997, $150,000.00 for the
three month period ending January 31, 1998, and $775,000.00 for the three
month period ending April 30, 1998.
In the event Borrower begins capitalizing software development costs, these
amounts will be treated as expenses for covenant calculation purposes.
Liquidity shall be defined as Borrower's Liquid Assets plus availability
under the line of credit facility.
Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance
with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a
consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.
10
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ACCOUNTS PAYABLE. Provide to Lender not later than
twenty (20) days after and as of the end of each month, with a borrowing
base certificate and aged lists of accounts receivable and accounts
payable. Lender shall conduct an audit of Borrower's accounts receivable on
an annual basis, provided, however, if the results of Lender's September
1997 audit are not satisfactory to Lender, such audits shall be conducted
on a semi-annual basis. Borrower's deposit account will be debited for the
audit expense and a notification will be mailed to Borrower.
INSURANCE. Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability
insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to
Borrower's properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with
insurance companies reasonably acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request
of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or
certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including
stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at
least ten (10) days' prior written notice to Lender. Each insurance policy
also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of
Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of
Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering
assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the
Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such loss payable or other
endorsements as Lender may require.
INSURANCE REPORTS. Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on
each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may
reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (a) the
name of the insurer; (b) the risks insured; (c) the amount of the policy:
(d) the properties insured; (e) the then current property values on the
basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining
those values; and (f) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon
request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will
have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as
applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral.
The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.
SUBORDINATION. Prior to disbursement of any Loan proceeds, deliver to
Lender a subordination agreement on Lender's forms, executed by Borrower's
creditor named below, subordinating all of Borrower's indebtedness to such
creditor, or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Lender in writing,
and any security interests in collateral securing that indebtedness to the
Loans and security interests of Lender.
11
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
NAME OF CREDITOR AMOUNT
---------------- ------
Comdisco $1,500,000.00
OTHER AGREEMENTS. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other
agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any
other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in
connection with any other such agreements.
LOAN PROCEEDS. Use all Loan proceeds solely for Borrower's business
operations, unless specifically consented to the contrary by Lender in
writing.
TAXES, CHARGES AND LIENS. Pay and discharge when due all of its
indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments,
taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature,
imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the
date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if
unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower's properties,
income, or profits. Provided however, Borrower will not be required to pay
and discharge any such assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien or claim so long
as (a) the legality of the same shall be contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, and (b) Borrower shall have established on its
books adequate reserves with respect to such contested assessment, tax,
charge, levy, lien, or claim in accordance with generally accepted
accounting practices. Borrower, upon demand of Lender, will furnish to
Lender evidence of payment of the assessments, taxes, charges, levies,
liens and claims and will authorize the appropriate governmental official
to deliver to Lender at any time a written statement of any assessments,
taxes, charges, levies, liens and claims against Borrower's properties,
income, or profits.
PERFORMANCE. Perform and comply with all terms, conditions, and provisions
set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents in a timely
manner, and promptly notify Lender if Borrower learns of the occurrence of
any event which constitutes an Event of Default under this Agreement or
under any of the Related Documents.
OPERATIONS. Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially
the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and
management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any change in
executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a
reasonable and prudent manner and in compliance with all applicable
federal, state and municipal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations
respecting its properties, charters, businesses and
12
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
operations, including without limitation, compliance with the Americans
With Disabilities Act and with all minimum funding standards and other
requirements of ERISA and other laws applicable to Borrower's employee
benefit plans.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES. Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower's
expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be
requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance
defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under any applicable federal,
state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, or any waste or
by-product thereof, at or affecting any property or any facility owned,
leased or used by Borrower.
INSPECTION. Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to
inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower's other
properties and to examine or audit Borrower's books, accounts, and records
and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower's books, accounts, and
records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records
(including without limitation computer generated records and computer
software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of
a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to
permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to
provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower's
expense.
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. Unless waived in writing by Lender, provide Lender
monthly, within thirty (30) days, with a certificate executed by Borrower's
chief financial officer, or other officer or person acceptable to Lender,
certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this
Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and
further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Event of
Default exists under this Agreement.
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE AND REPORTS. Borrower shall comply in all respects
with all environmental protection federal, state and local laws, statutes,
regulations and ordinances; not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an
intentional or unintentional action or omission on its part or on the part
of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any
environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless
such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the
conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local
governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event
within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice,
summons, lien citation, directive, letter or other communication from any
governmental agency or
13
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or
omission on Borrower's part in connection with any environmental
activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or
other natural resources.
ADDITIONAL ASSURANCES. Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory
notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, financing
statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its
attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to
perfect all Security Interests.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this
Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of
Lender:
INDEBTEDNESS AND LIENS. (a) Except for trade debt incurred in the normal
course of business and indebtedness to Lender contemplated by this
Agreement, create, incur or assume indebtedness for borrowed money,
including capital leases, (b) except as allowed as a Permitted Lien, sell,
transfer, mortgage, assign, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or
encumber any of Borrower's assets, or (c) sell with recourse any of
Borrower's accounts, except to Lender.
CONTINUITY OF OPERATIONS. (a) Engage in any business activities
substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged,
(b) cease operations, liquidate, merge, transfer, acquire or consolidate
with any other entity, change ownership, change its name, dissolve or
transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, (c) pay
any dividends on Borrower's stock (other than dividends payable in its
stock), provided, however that notwithstanding the foregoing, but only so
long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result
from the payment of dividends, if Borrower is a "Subchapter S Corporation"
(as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Borrower may
pay cash dividends on its stock to its shareholders from time to time in
amounts necessary to enable the shareholders to pay income taxes and make
estimated income tax payments to satisfy their liabilities under federal
and state law which arise solely from their status as Shareholders of a
Subchapter S Corporation because of their ownership of shares of stock of
Borrower, or (d) purchase or retire any of Borrower's outstanding shares or
alter or amend Borrower's capital structure.
LOANS, ACQUISITIONS AND GUARANTIES. (a) Loan, invest in or advance money or
assets, (b) purchase, create or acquire any interest in any other
enterprise or entity, or (c) incur any obligation as surety or guarantor
other than in the ordinary course of business.
14
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
CESSATION OF ADVANCES. If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to
Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender
shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if:
(a) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or
any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any
Guarantor has with Lender; (b) Borrower or any Guarantor becomes insolvent,
files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a
bankrupt; (c) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower's financial
condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any
Collateral securing any Loan; or (d) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise
attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor's guaranty of the Loan or any
other loan with Lender.
LOAN ADVANCES. Lender, in its discretion, will make loans to Borrower, in
amounts determined by Lender, up to the amounts as defined and permitted in
Agreement and the Related Documents, including, but not limited to, any
Promissory Notes, executed by Borrower (the "Credit Limit"). Borrower is
responsible for monitoring the total amount of Loans and Indebtedness
outstanding from time to time, and Borrower shall not permit the same, at any
time to exceed the Credit Limit. If at any time the total of all outstanding
Loans and Indebtedness exceeds the Credit Limit, Borrower shall immediately pay
the amount of the excess to Lender, without notice or demand.
BORROWING BASE FORMULA. Funds shall be advanced under the Borrower's line of
credit facility according to a borrowing base formula, as determined by Lender,
defined as follows: the lesser of (i) $2,000,000.00, minus the face amount of
all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of
Credit) or (ii) seventy percent (70%) of Eligible Accounts Receivable, minus the
face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but
unreimbursed Letters of Credit). Eligible Accounts Receivable shall be defined
as those accounts that arise in the ordinary course of Borrower's business,
including those accounts outstanding less than 90 days from the date of invoice,
but shall exclude foreign, government, contra and intercompany accounts, and
exclude accounts wherein 50% or more of the account is outstanding more than 90
days from the date of invoice. Any account which alone exceeds 25% of total
accounts will be ineligible to the extent said account exceeds 25% of total
accounts. Lender shall also deem ineligible any credit balances which are aged
past 90 days, and accounts generated by the sale of demonstration or promotional
equipment. The standards of eligibility shall be fixed from time to time by
Lender, in Lender's reasonable judgment upon notification to Borrower. Lender
reserves the right to exclude any accounts the collection of which Lender
reasonably determines to be doubtful.
15
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
LETTERS OF CREDIT. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender
agrees to issue or cause to be issued Letters of Credit for the account of
Borrower in an aggregate face amount not to exceed (i) the lesser of
$2,000,000.00 or the Borrowing Base Formula minus (ii) the then outstanding
principal balance of the line of credit facility; provided that the face amount
of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of
Credit) shall not in any case exceed Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars
($500,000.00). Each such Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date no later
than one hundred eighty (180) days after the maturity date of the line of credit
facility provided that Borrower's Letter of Credit reimbursement obligation
shall be secured by cash on terms acceptable to Lender at any time after the
maturity date of the line of credit facility if the term is not extended by
Lender. All such Letters of Credit shall be, in form and substance, acceptable
to Lender in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and
conditions of Lender's form of application and Letter of Credit agreement.
Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold Lender harmless from any loss, cost,
expense or liability, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees,
arising out of or in connection with any Letters of Credit.
Borrower may request that Lender issue a Letter of Credit payable in a currency
other than United States Dollars. If a demand for payment is made under any such
Letter of Credit, Lender shall treat such demand as an advance to Borrower of
the equivalent of the amount thereof (plus cable charges) in United States
currency at the then prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California,
for sales of that other currency for cable transfer in the country of which it
is the currency.
Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a currency other than
United States Dollars, Lender shall create a reserve (the "Letter of Credit
Reserve") under the line of credit facility for Letters of Credit against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates in an amount equal to ten percent (10%)
of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of such reserve may be
amended by Lender from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange
rate. The availability of funds under the line of credit facility shall be
reduced by the amount of such reserve for so long as such Letter of Credit
remains outstanding.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default
under this Agreement:
DEFAULT ON INDEBTEDNESS. Failure of Borrower to make any payment when due
on the Loans.
16
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
OTHER DEFAULTS. Failure of Borrower or any Grantor to comply with or to
perform when due any other term, obligation, covenant or condition
contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents, or failure
of Borrower to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation,
covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and
Borrower.
DEFAULT IN FAVOR OF THIRD PARTIES. Should Borrower or any Grantor default
under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales
agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person
that may materially affect any of Borrower's property or Borrower's or any
Grantor's ability to repay the Loans or perform their respective
obligations under this Agreement or any of the Related Documents.
FALSE STATEMENTS. Any warranty, representation or statement made or
furnished to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower or any Grantor under this
Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material
respect at the time made or furnished, or becomes false or misleading at
any time thereafter.
DEFECTIVE COLLATERALIZATION. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents
ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any Security
Agreement to create a valid and perfected Security Interest) at any time
and for any reason.
INSOLVENCY. The dissolution or termination of Borrower's existence as a
going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver
for any part of Borrower's property, any assignment for the benefit of
creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any
proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.
CREDITOR OR FORFEITURE PROCEEDINGS. Commencement of foreclosure or
forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help,
repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower, any creditor
of any Grantor against any collateral securing the Indebtedness, or by any
governmental agency. This includes a garnishment, attachment, or levy on or
of any of Borrower's deposit accounts with Lender.
EVENTS AFFECTING GUARANTOR. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect
to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or
becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability
under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.
17
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%)
or more of the common stock of Borrower.
ADVERSE CHANGE. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower's financial
condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the
Indebtedness is impaired.
EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default shall occur, except where
otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments
and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any
other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make
Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender's option, all Indebtedness
immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to
Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described
in the "Insolvency" subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and
not optional. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies
provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise.
Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender's rights and
remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently.
Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other
remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an
obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender's right to
declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.
DEFAULT RATE. Following an Event of Default, including failure to pay upon final
maturity, Lender, at its option, may do one or both of the following: (a)
increase the variable interest rate on the Note to five percentage points
(5.000%) over the otherwise effective interest rate payable thereunder, and (b)
add any unpaid accrued interest to principal and such sum will bear interest
therefrom until paid at the interest rate provided in the Note.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of
this Agreement:
AMENDMENTS. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents,
constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the
matters set forth in this Agreement. All prior agreements, understandings,
representations, warranties and negotiations between the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, if any, are merged
into this Agreement, provided, that any UCC-1 financing statements, or
amendments thereto, or filings with respect to Borrower's intellectual
property, filed by Lender to secure the Indebtedness of Borrower shall
remain in full force and effect. No alteration of or amendment to this
Agreement
18
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or
parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.
AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT. This Amended and Restated Business Loan
Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without
novation all of the terms and conditions of that certain Loan and Security
Agreement dated September 22, 1993, as amended (the "Original Agreement").
All security interests granted under the Original Agreement are hereby
confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Indebtedness under
this Agreement.
APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO LENDER AND ACCEPTED BY
LENDER IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. IF THERE IS A LAWSUIT, BORROWER AGREES
UPON LENDER'S REQUEST TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF SANTA
CLARA COUNTY, THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. LENDER AND BORROWER HEREBY WAIVE
THE RIGHT TO ANY JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM
BROUGHT BY EITHER LENDER OR BORROWER AGAINST THE OTHER. (INITIAL HERE
_____) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
CAPTION HEADINGS. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience
purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions
of this Agreement.
MULTIPLE PARTIES; CORPORATE AUTHORITY. All obligations of Borrower under
this Agreement shall be joint and several, and all references to Borrower
shall mean each and every Borrower. This means that each of the persons
signing below is responsible for all obligations in this Agreement.
CONSENT TO LOAN PARTICIPATION. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender's
sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation
interests in the Loans to one or more purchasers, whether related or
unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever,
to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or
knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other maker relating
to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy it may have
with respect to such makers. Borrower additionally waives any and all
notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any
repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the
purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the
absolute owners of such interests in the Loans and will have all the rights
granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale
of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of
offset or counterclaim that it may have
19
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a
participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or
such purchaser may enforce Borrower's obligation under the Loans
irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest
in the Loans. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such
participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any
personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.
BORROWER INFORMATION. Borrower consents to the release of information on or
about Borrower by Lender in accordance with any court order, law or
regulation and in response to credit inquiries concerning Borrower.
NON-LIABILITY OF LENDER. The relationship between Borrower and Lender is a
debtor and creditor relationship and not fiduciary in nature, nor is the
relationship to be construed as creating any partnership or joint venture
between Lender and Borrower. Borrower is exercising its own judgment with
respect to Borrower's business. All information supplied to Lender is for
Lender's protection only and no other party is entitled to rely on such
information. There is no duty for Lender to review, inspect, supervise, or
inform Borrower of any matter with respect to Borrower's business. Lender
and Borrower intend that Lender may reasonably rely on all information
supplied by Borrower to Lender, together with all representations and
warranties given by Borrower to Lender, without investigation or
confirmation by Lender and that any investigation or failure to investigate
will not diminish Lender's right to so rely.
NOTICE OF LENDER'S BREACH. Borrower must notify Lender in writing of any
breach of this Agreement or the Related Documents by Lender and any other
claim, cause of action or offset against Lender within thirty (30) days
after the occurrence of such breach or after the accrual of such claim,
cause of action or offset. Borrower waives any claim, cause of action or
offset for which notice is not given in accordance with this paragraph.
Lender is entitled to rely on any failure to give such notice.
BORROWER INDEMNIFICATION. Borrower shall indemnify and hold Lender harmless
from and against all claims, costs, expenses, losses, damages, and
liabilities of any kind, including but not limited to attorneys' fees and
expenses, arising out of any matter relating directly or indirectly to the
Indebtedness, whether resulting from internal disputes of the Borrower,
disputes between Borrower and any Guarantor, or whether involving any third
parties, or out of any other matter whatsoever related to this Agreement or
the Related Documents, but excluding any claim or liability which arises as
a direct result of Lender's gross negligence or willful misconduct. This
20
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
indemnity shall survive full repayment and satisfaction of the Indebtedness
and termination of this Agreement.
COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each
of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
COSTS AND EXPENSES. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender's
expenses, including without limitation attorneys' fees, incurred in
connection with the preparation, execution, enforcement, modification and
collection of this Agreement or in connection with the Loans made pursuant
to this Agreement. Lender may pay someone else to help collect the Loans
and to enforce this Agreement, and Borrower will pay that amount. This
includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender's attorneys'
fees and Lender's legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit,
including attorneys' fees for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to
modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any
anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also will pay any
court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.
NOTICES. All notices required to be given under this Agreement shall be
given in writing, may be sent by telefacsimile, and shall be effective when
actually delivered or when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight
courier or deposited in the United States mail, first class, postage
prepaid, addressed to the party to whom the notice is to be given at the
address shown above. Any party may change its address for notices under
this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties,
specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party's address.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, if there is more than one
Borrower, notice to any Borrower will constitute notice to all Borrowers.
For notice purposes, Borrower will keep Lender informed at all times of
Borrower's current address(es).
SEVERABILITY. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of
this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable as to any person or
circumstance, such finding shall not render that provision invalid or
unenforceable as to any other persons or circumstances. If feasible. any
such offending provision shall be deemed to be modified to be within the
limits of enforceability or validity; however, if the offending provision
cannot be so modified, it shall be stricken and all other provisions of
this Agreement in all other respects shall remain valid and enforceable.
21
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES OF BORROWER. To the extent the context of any
provisions of this Agreement makes it appropriate, including without
limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word "Borrower" as
used herein shall include all subsidiaries and affiliates of Borrower.
Notwithstanding the foregoing however, under no circumstances shall this
Agreement be construed to require Lender to make any Loan or other
financial accommodation to any subsidiary or affiliate of Borrower.
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. All covenants and agreements contained by or on
behalf of Borrower shall bind its successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of Lender, its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not,
however, have the right to assign its rights under this Agreement or any
interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.
SURVIVAL. All warranties, representations, and covenants made by Borrower
in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by
Borrower to Lender under this Agreement shall be considered to have been
relied upon by Lender and will survive the making of the Loan and delivery
to Lender of the Related Documents, regardless of any investigation made by
Lender or on Lender's behalf.
TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence in the performance of this
Agreement.
WAIVER. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this
Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No
delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall
operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of
a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of
Lender's right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or
any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any
course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any
Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender's rights or of any
obligations of Borrower or of any Grantor as to any future transactions.
Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the
granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute
continuing consent in subsequent instances where such consent is required,
and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole
discretion of Lender.
BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AMENDED AND
RESTATED BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT, AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS
AGREEMENT IS DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 3, 1997.
22
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
BORROWER:
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By:
----------------------------------
Name:
--------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
LENDER:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:
---------------------------------
Name:
--------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
23
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
PROMISSORY NOTE
Borrower: INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC. Lender: Silicon Valley Bank
7905 Golden Triangle Drive #190 3003 Tasman Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55344-7220 Santa Clara, CA 95054
==============================================================================
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $2,000,000.00 INITIAL RATE: 10.250% DATE OF NOTE:
SEPTEMBER 3, 1997
PROMISE TO PAY. INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC. ("Borrower") promises to pay to
Silicon Valley Bank ("Lender"), or order, in lawful money of the United States
of America, the principal amount of Two Million & 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00)
or so much as may be outstanding, together with interest on the unpaid
outstanding principal balance of each advance. Interest shall be calculated from
the date of each advance until repayment of each advance.
PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in one payment of all outstanding principal
plus all accrued unpaid interest on September 2, 1998. In addition, Borrower
will pay regular monthly payments of accrued unpaid interest beginning October
2, 1997, and all subsequent interest payments are due on the same day of each
month after that. Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/360 simple interest
basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the annual interest rate over a year of
360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the
actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. Borrower will pay
Lender at Lender's address shown above or at such other place as Lender may
designate in writing. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law,
payments will be applied first to accrued unpaid interest, then to principal,
and any remaining amount to any unpaid collection costs and late charges.
VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this Note is subject to change
from time to time based on changes in an index which is Lender's Prime Rate
(the "Index"). This is the rate Lender charges, or would charge, on 90-day
unsecured loans to the most creditworthy corporate customers. This rate may
or may not be the lowest rate available from Lender at any given time. Lender
will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon Borrower's request. Borrower
understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The
interest rate change will not occur more often than each time the prime rate
is adjusted by Silicon Valley Bank. THE INDEX CURRENTLY IS 8.500% PER ANNUM.
THE INTEREST RATE TO BE APPLIED TO THE UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS NOTE
WILL BE AT A RATE OF 1.750 PERCENTAGE POINTS OVER THE INDEX, RESULTING IN AN
INITIAL RATE OF 10.250% PER ANNUM. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the
interest rate on this Note be more than the maximum rate allowed by
applicable law.
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
PROMISSORY NOTE
(CONTINUED)
PREPAYMENT. Borrower agrees that all loan fees and other prepaid finance charges
are earned fully as of the date of the loan and will not be subject to refund
upon early payment (whether voluntary or as a result of default), except as
otherwise required by law. Except for the foregoing, Borrower may pay without
penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early
payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of
Borrower's obligation to continue to make payments of accrued unpaid interest.
Rather, they will reduce the principal balance due.
DEFAULT. Borrower will be in default if any of the following happens: (a)
Borrower fails to make any payment when due. (b) Borrower breaks any promise
Borrower has made to Lender, or Borrower fails to comply with or to perform when
due any other term, obligation, covenant, or condition contained in this Note or
any agreement related to this Note, or in any other agreement or loan Borrower
has with Lender. (c) Borrower defaults under any loan, extension of credit,
security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in
favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of
Borrower's property or Borrower's ability to repay this Note or perform
Borrower's obligations under this Note or any of the Related Documents. (d) Any
representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on
Borrower's behalf is false or misleading in any material respect either now or
at the time made or furnished. (e) Borrower becomes insolvent, a receiver is
appointed for any part of Borrower's property, Borrower makes an assignment for
the benefit of creditors, or any proceeding is commenced either by Borrower or
against Borrower under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws. (f) Any creditor tries
to take any of Borrower's property on or in which Lender has a lien or security
interest. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower's accounts with Lender.
(g) Any guarantor dies or any of the other events described in this default
section occurs with respect to any guarantor of this Note. (h) A material
adverse change occurs in Borrower's financial condition, or Lender believes the
prospect of payment or performance of the Indebtedness is impaired.
LENDER'S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal
balance on this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, without
notice, and then Borrower will pay that amount. Upon Borrower's failure to pay
all amounts declared due pursuant to this section, including failure to pay upon
final maturity, Lender, at its option, may also, if permitted under applicable
law, do one or both of the following: (a) increase the variable interest rate on
this Note to 5.000 percentage points over the otherwise effective interest rate,
and (b) add any unpaid accrued interest to principal and such sum will bear
interest therefrom until paid at the rate provided in this Note (including any
increased rate). Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note
if Borrower does not pay. Borrower also will pay Lender that amount. This
includes, subject to any limits under
2
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
PROMISSORY NOTE
(CONTINUED)
applicable law, Lender's attorneys' fees and Lender's legal expenses whether
or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys' fees and legal expenses for
bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic
stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection
services. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other
sums provided by law. THIS NOTE HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO LENDER AND ACCEPTED BY
LENDER IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. IF THERE IS A LAWSUIT, BORROWER AGREES
UPON LENDER'S REQUEST TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF SANTA
CLARA COUNTY, THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. LENDER AND BORROWER HEREBY WAIVE RIGHT
TO ANY JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY
EITHER LENDER OR BORROWER AGAINST THE OTHER. (INITIAL HERE _________) THIS
NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
NOTE OF CREDIT. This Note evidences a revolving line of credit. Advances under
this Note, as well as directions for payment from Borrower's accounts, may be
requested orally or in writing by Borrower or by an authorized person. Lender
may, but need not, require that all oral requests be confirmed in writing.
Borrower agrees to be liable for all sums either: (a) advanced in accordance
with the instructions of an authorized person or (b) credited to any of
Borrower's accounts with Lender. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Note
at any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Note or by Lender's
internal records, including daily computer print-outs. Lender will have no
obligation to advance funds under this Note if: (a) Borrower or any guarantor is
in default under the terms of this Note or any agreement that Borrower or any
guarantor has with Lender, including any agreement made in connection with the
signing of this Note; (b) Borrower or any guarantor ceases doing business or is
insolvent; (c) any guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit,
modify or revoke such guarantor's guarantee of this Note or any other loan with
Lender; or (d) Borrower has applied funds provided pursuant to this Note for
purposes other than those authorized by Lender.
REQUEST TO DEBIT ACCOUNTS. Borrower will regularly deposit funds received from
its business activities in accounts maintained by Borrower at Silicon Valley
Bank. Borrower hereby requests and authorizes Lender to debit any of Borrower's
accounts with Lender, specifically, without limitation, Account Number
_______________________, for payments of principal and interest due on the loan
and any other obligations owing by Borrower to Lender. Lender will notify
Borrower of all debits which Lender makes against Borrower's accounts. Any such
debits against Borrower's accounts in no way shall be deemed a set-off.
AMENDED AND RESTATED BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT. This Amended and Restated
Promissory Note is subject to and shall be governed by all the terms and
conditions of the Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement of even date
herewith, between
3
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
PROMISSORY NOTE
(CONTINUED)
Lender and Borrower, as such agreement may be amended from time to time,
which Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement is incorporated herein by
reference.
PAYMENT OF LOAN FEE. This Note is subject to a loan fee in the amount of Twenty
Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($20,000.00) plus all out-of-pocket expenses.
AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT. This Amended and Restated Promissory Note is intended
to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the terms and
conditions of the obligations of Borrower under that certain Revolving
Promissory Note dated September 22, 1993, as amended (the "Original Note") from
Borrower to Lender. All advances or indebtedness outstanding under the Original
Note are and shall continue to be outstanding under this Amended and Restated
Promissory Note. Nothing contained in this Amended and Restated Promissory Note
shall be deemed to create or represent the issuance of new indebtedness or
exchange by Borrower of the Original Note for a new Promissory Note.
GENERAL PROVISIONS. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or
remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who
signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any
applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, protest and
notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless
otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as
maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from
liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly
and for any length of time) this loan, or release any party or guarantor or
collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender's security
interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender
without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that
Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other
than the party with whom the modification is made.
4
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
PROMISSORY NOTE
(CONTINUED)
PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE, BORROWER READ AND
UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE,
INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE AND ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED
COPY OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE.
BORROWER:
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By:
-----------------------------------
Name:
----------------------------------
Title:
---------------------------------
5
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
Borrower: INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC. Lender: Silicon Valley Bank
7905 Golden Triangle Drive #190 3003 Tasman Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55344-7220 Santa Clara, CA 95054
===============================================================================
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into between
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC. (referred to below as "Grantor"); and Silicon Valley
Bank (referred to below as "Lender"). For valuable consideration, Grantor grants
to Lender a security interest in the Collateral to secure the Indebtedness and
agrees that Lender shall have the rights stated in this Agreement with respect
to the Collateral, in addition to all other rights which Lender may have by law.
DEFINITIONS. The following words shall have the following meanings when used in
this Agreement. Terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the
meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. All references
to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of
America.
AGREEMENT. The word "Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Commercial
Security Agreement, as this Amended and Restated Commercial Security
Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all
exhibits and schedules attached to this Amended and Restated Commercial
Security Agreement from time to time.
COLLATERAL. The word "Collateral" means the following described property of
Grantor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or
hereafter arising, and wherever located:
INVENTORY, CHATTEL PAPER, INVESTMENT PROPERTY, ACCOUNTS, CONTRACT
RIGHTS, DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS, INSTRUMENTS, DOCUMENTS, EQUIPMENT, GENERAL
INTANGIBLES AND FIXTURES
In addition, the word "Collateral" includes all the following, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and
wherever located:
(a) All attachments, accessions, accessories, tools, parts, supplies,
increases, and additions to and all replacements of and substitutions
for any property described above.
(b) All products and produce of any of the property described in this
Collateral section.
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
(c) All accounts, general intangibles, instruments, rents, monies,
payments, and all other rights, arising out of a sale, lease, or other
disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral
section.
(d) All proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from the sale,
destruction, loss, or other disposition of any of the property
described in this Collateral section.
(e) All records and data relating to any of the property described in
this Collateral section, whether in the form of a writing, photograph,
microfilm, microfiche, or electronic media, together with all of
Grantor's right, title, and interest in and to all computer software
required to utilize, create, maintain, and process any such records or
data on electronic media.
EVENT OF DEFAULT. The words "Event of Default" mean and include without
limitation any of the Events of Default set forth below in the section
titled "Events of Default."
GRANTOR. The word "Grantor" means INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC., its
successors and assigns
GUARANTOR. The word "Guarantor" means and includes without limitation each
and all of the guarantors, sureties, and accommodation parties in
connection with the Indebtedness.
INDEBTEDNESS. The word "Indebtedness" means any and all Indebtedness of
Borrower to Lender, now or hereafter arising or incurred, including,
without limitation, the Indebtedness evidenced by the Note, including all
principal and interest, together with all other indebtedness and costs and
expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under
any of the Related Documents.
LENDER. The word "Lender" means Silicon Valley Bank, its successors and
assigns.
NOTE. The word "Note" means the notes, letters of credit or credit
agreements in any principal amount from Borrower to Lender, together with
all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of,
consolidations of and substitutions for the notes, letters of credit or
credit agreements.
2
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
RELATED DOCUMENTS. The words "Related Documents" mean and include without
limitation all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements,
environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds
of trust, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now
or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.
RIGHT OF SETOFF. Grantor hereby grants Lender a contractual possessory security
interest in and hereby assigns, conveys, delivers, pledges, and transfers all of
Grantor's right, title and interest in and to Grantor's accounts with Lender
(whether checking, savings, or some other account), including all accounts held
jointly with someone else and all accounts Grantor may open in the future,
excluding, however, all IRA and Keogh accounts, and all trust accounts for which
the grant of a security interest would be prohibited by law. Grantor authorizes
Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all
Indebtedness against any and all such accounts.
OBLIGATIONS OF GRANTOR. Grantor warrants and covenants to Lender as follows:
PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTEREST. Grantor agrees to execute such financing
statements and to take whatever other actions are requested by Lender to
perfect and continue Lender's security interest in the Collateral. Upon
request of Lender, Grantor will deliver to Lender any and all of the
documents evidencing or constituting the Collateral, and Grantor will note
Lender's interest upon any and all chattel paper if not delivered to Lender
for possession by Lender. Grantor hereby appoints Lender as its irrevocable
attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing any documents necessary to
perfect or to continue the security interest granted in this Agreement.
Lender may at any time, and without further authorization from Grantor,
file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of any financing
statement or of this Agreement for use as a financing statement. Grantor
will reimburse Lender for all expenses for the perfection and the
continuation of the perfection of Lender's security interest in the
Collateral. Grantor promptly will notify Lender before any change in
Grantor's name including any change to the assumed business names of
Grantor. THIS IS A CONTINUING SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WILL CONTINUE IN
EFFECT EVEN THOUGH ALL OR ANY PART OF THE INDEBTEDNESS IS PAID IN FULL AND
EVEN THOUGH FOR A PERIOD OF TIME GRANTOR MAY NOT BE INDEBTED TO LENDER.
NO VIOLATION. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate
any law or agreement governing Grantor or to which Grantor is a party, and
its certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws do not prohibit any
term or condition of this Agreement.
3
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
ENFORCEABILITY OF COLLATERAL. To the extent the Collateral consists of
accounts, chattel paper, or general intangibles, the Collateral is
enforceable in accordance with its terms, is genuine, and complies with
applicable laws concerning form, content and manner of preparation and
execution, and all persons appearing to be obligated on the Collateral have
authority and capacity to contract and are in fact obligated as they appear
to be on the Collateral.
LOCATION OF THE COLLATERAL. Grantor, upon request of Lender, will deliver
to Lender in form satisfactory to Lender a schedule of real properties and
Collateral locations relating to Grantor's operations, including without
limitation the following: (a) all real property owned or being purchased by
Grantor; (b) all real property being rented or leased by Grantor; (c) all
storage facilities owned, rented, leased, or being used by Grantor; and (d)
all other properties where Collateral is or may be located. Except in the
ordinary course of its business, Grantor shall not remove the Collateral
from its existing locations without the prior written consent of Lender.
REMOVAL OF COLLATERAL. Grantor shall keep the Collateral (or to the extent
the Collateral consists of intangible property such as accounts, the
records concerning the Collateral) at Grantor's address shown above, or at
such other locations as are acceptable to Lender. Except in the ordinary
course of its business, including the sales of inventory, Grantor shall not
remove the Collateral from its existing locations without the prior written
consent of Lender. To the extent that the Collateral consists of vehicles,
or other titled property, Grantor shall not take or permit any action which
would require application for certificates of title for the vehicles
outside the State of California, without the prior written consent of
Lender.
TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING COLLATERAL. Except for inventory sold or accounts
collected in the ordinary course of Grantor's business, Grantor shall not
sell, offer to sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Collateral.
While Grantor is not in default under this Agreement, Grantor may sell
inventory, but only in the ordinary course of its business and only to
buyers who qualify as a buyer in the ordinary course of business. A sale in
the ordinary course of Grantor's business does not include a transfer in
partial or total satisfaction of a debt or any bulk sale. Grantor shall not
pledge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise permit the Collateral to be subject
to any lien, security interest, encumbrance, or charge, other than the
security interest provided for in this Agreement, without the prior written
consent of Lender. This includes security interests even if junior in right
to the security interests granted under this Agreement. Unless waived by
Lender, all proceeds from any disposition of the Collateral (for whatever
reason) shall be held in trust for Lender and shall not be
4
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
commingled with any other funds; provided however, this requirement shall
not constitute consent by Lender to any sale or other disposition. Upon
receipt, Grantor shall immediately deliver any such proceeds to Lender.
TITLE. Grantor represents and warrants to Lender that it holds good and
marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of all liens and
encumbrances except for the lien of this Agreement. No financing statement
covering any of the Collateral is on file in any public office other than
those which reflect the security interest created by this Agreement or to
which Lender has specifically consented. Grantor shall defend Lender's
rights in the Collateral against the claims and demands of all other
persons.
COLLATERAL SCHEDULES AND LOCATIONS. Insofar as the Collateral consists of
inventory, Grantor shall deliver to Lender, as often as Lender shall
require, such lists, descriptions, and designations of such Collateral as
Lender may require to identify the nature, extent, and location of such
Collateral. Such information shall be submitted for Grantor and each of its
subsidiaries or related companies.
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF COLLATERAL. Grantor shall maintain all
tangible Collateral in good condition and repair. Grantor will not commit
or permit damage to or destruction of the Collateral or any part of the
Collateral. Lender and its designated representatives and agents shall have
the right at all reasonable times to examine, inspect, and audit the
Collateral wherever located. Grantor shall immediately notify Lender of all
cases involving the return, rejection, repossession, loss or damage of or
to any Collateral; of any request for credit or adjustment or of any other
dispute arising with respect to the Collateral; and generally of all
happenings and events affecting the Collateral or the value or the amount
of the Collateral.
TAXES, ASSESSMENTS AND LIENS. Grantor will pay when due all taxes,
assessments and liens upon the Collateral, its use or operation, upon this
Agreement, upon any promissory note or notes evidencing the Indebtedness,
or upon any of the other Related Documents. Grantor may withhold any such
payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith
conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and
so long as Lender's interest in the Collateral is not jeopardized in
Lender's sole opinion. If the Collateral is subjected to a lien which is
not discharged within fifteen (15) days, Grantor shall deposit with Lender
cash, a sufficient corporate surety bond or other security satisfactory to
Lender in an amount adequate to provide for the discharge of the lien plus
any interest, costs, attorneys' fees or other charges that could accrue as
a result of foreclosure or sale of the
5
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
Collateral. In any contest Grantor shall defend itself and Lender and
shall satisfy any final adverse judgment before enforcement against the
Collateral. Grantor shall name Lender as an additional obligee under
any surety bond furnished in the contest proceedings.
COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS. Grantor shall comply promptly
with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of all governmental
authorities, now or hereafter in effect, applicable to the ownership,
production, disposition, or use of the Collateral. Grantor may contest in
good faith any such law, ordinance or regulation and withhold compliance
during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Lender's
interest in the Collateral, in Lender's opinion, is not jeopardized.
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. Grantor represents and warrants that the Collateral
never has been, and never will be so long as this Agreement remains a lien
on the Collateral, used for the generation, manufacture, storage,
transportation, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any
hazardous waste or substance, as those terms are defined in the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of
1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. ("CERCLA"), the Superfund
Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 ("SARA"),
the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et
seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901.
et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health
and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or
Federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant to any of the
foregoing. The terms "hazardous waste" and "hazardous substance" shall also
include, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any
fraction thereof and asbestos. The representations and warranties contained
herein are based on Grantor's due diligence in investigating the Collateral
for hazardous wastes and substances. Grantor hereby (a) releases and waives
any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event
Grantor becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and
(b) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims
and losses resulting from a breach of this provision of this Agreement.
This obligation to indemnify shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness
and the satisfaction of this Agreement.
MAINTENANCE OF CASUALTY INSURANCE. Grantor shall procure and maintain all
risks insurance, including without limitation fire, theft and liability
coverage together with such other insurance as Lender may require with
respect to the Collateral, in form, amounts, coverages and basis reasonably
acceptable to Lender and issued by a company or companies reasonably
acceptable to Lender. Grantor, upon request of
6
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or
certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including
stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished
without at least ten (10) days' prior written notice to Lender and
not including any disclaimer of the insurer's liability for failure
to give such a notice. Each insurance policy also shall include an
endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be
impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Grantor or any
other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which
Lender holds or is offered a security interest, Grantor will provide
Lender with such loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.
If Grantor at any time fails to obtain or maintain any insurance as
required under this Agreement, Lender may (but shall not be obligated to)
obtain such insurance as Lender deems appropriate, including if it so
chooses "single interest insurance," which will cover only Lender's
interest in the Collateral.
APPLICATION OF INSURANCE PROCEEDS. Grantor shall promptly notify Lender of
any loss or damage to the Collateral. Lender may make proof of loss if
Grantor fails to do so within fifteen (15) days of the casualty. All
proceeds of any insurance on the Collateral, including accrued proceeds
thereon, shall be held by Lender as part of the Collateral. If Lender
consents to repair or replacement of the damaged or destroyed Collateral,
Lender shall, upon satisfactory proof of expenditure, pay or reimburse
Grantor from the proceeds for the reasonable cost of repair or restoration.
If Lender does not consent to repair or replacement of the Collateral,
Lender shall retain a sufficient amount of the proceeds to pay all of the
Indebtedness, and shall pay the balance to Grantor. Any proceeds which have
not been disbursed within six (6) months after their receipt and which
Grantor has not committed to the repair or restoration of the Collateral
shall be used to prepay the Indebtedness.
INSURANCE RESERVES. Lender may require Grantor to maintain with Lender
reserves for payment of insurance premiums, which reserves shall be created
by monthly payments from Grantor of a sum estimated by Lender to be
sufficient to produce, at least fifteen (15) days before the premium due
date, amounts at least equal to the insurance premiums to be paid. If
fifteen (15) days before payment is due, the reserve funds are
insufficient, Grantor shall upon demand pay any deficiency to Lender. The
reserve funds shall be held by Lender as a general deposit and shall
constitute a non-interest-bearing account which Lender may satisfy by
payment of the insurance premiums required to be paid by Grantor as they
become due. Lender does not hold the reserve funds in trust for Grantor,
and Lender is not the agent of Grantor for payment of the insurance
premiums required to be paid by Grantor. The responsibility for the payment
of premiums shall remain Grantor's sole responsibility.
7
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
INSURANCE REPORTS. Grantor, upon request of Lender, shall furnish to Lender
reports on each existing policy of insurance showing such information as
Lender may reasonably request including the following: (a) the name of the
insurer; (b) the risks insured; (c) the amount of the policy; (d) the
property insured; (e) the then current value on the basis of which
insurance has been obtained and the manner of determining that value; and
(f) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, Grantor shall upon
request by Lender (however not more often than annually) have an
independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the
cash value or replacement cost of the Collateral.
GRANTOR'S RIGHT TO POSSESSION. Until default, Grantor may have possession of the
tangible personal property and beneficial use of all the Collateral and may use
it in any lawful manner not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related
Documents, provided that Grantor's right to possession and beneficial use shall
not apply to any Collateral where possession of the Collateral by Lender is
required by law to perfect Lender's security interest in such Collateral. If
Lender at any time has possession of any Collateral, whether before or after an
Event of Default, Lender shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in
the custody and preservation of the Collateral if Lender takes such action for
that purpose as Grantor shall request or as Lender, in Lender's sole discretion,
shall deem appropriate under the circumstances, but failure to honor any request
by Grantor shall not of itself be deemed to be a failure to exercise reasonable
care. Lender shall not be required to take any steps necessary to preserve any
rights in the Collateral against prior parties, nor to protect, preserve or
maintain any security interest given to secure the Indebtedness.
EXPENDITURES BY LENDER. If not discharged or paid when due, Lender may (but
shall not be obligated to) discharge or pay any amounts required to be
discharged or paid by Grantor under this Agreement, including without limitation
all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances, and other claims, at the
time levied or placed on the Collateral. Lender also may (but shall not be
obligated to) pay all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving the
Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes
will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date
incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Grantor. All such
expenses shall become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender's option, will
(a) be payable on demand, (b) be added to the balance of the Note and be
apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due
during either (i) the term of any applicable insurance policy or (ii) the
remaining term of the Note, or (c) be treated as a balloon payment which will be
due and payable at the Note's maturity. This Agreement also will secure payment
of these amounts. Such right shall be in addition to all other rights and
remedies to which Lender may be entitled upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default.
8
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default
under this Agreement:
DEFAULT ON INDEBTEDNESS. Failure of Grantor to make any payment when due on
the Indebtedness.
OTHER DEFAULTS. Failure of Grantor to comply with or to perform any other
term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in
any of the Related Documents or in any other agreement between Lender and
Grantor.
DEFAULT IN FAVOR OF THIRD PARTIES. Should Borrower or any Grantor default
under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales
agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person
that may materially affect any of Borrower's property or Borrower's or any
Grantor's ability to repay the Loans or perform their respective
obligations under this Agreement or any of the Related Documents.
FALSE STATEMENTS. Any warranty, representation or statement made or
furnished to Lender by or on behalf of Grantor under this Agreement, the
Note or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material
respect, either now or at the time made or furnished.
DEFECTIVE COLLATERALIZATION. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents
ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral
documents to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any
time and for any reason.
INSOLVENCY. The dissolution or termination of Grantor's existence as a
going business, the insolvency of Grantor, the appointment of a receiver
for any part of Grantor's property, any assignment for the benefit of
creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any
proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Grantor.
CREDITOR OR FORFEITURE PROCEEDINGS. Commencement of foreclosure or
forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help,
repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Grantor or by any
governmental agency against the Collateral or any other collateral securing
the Indebtedness. This includes a garnishment of any of Grantor's deposit
accounts with Lender.
9
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
EVENTS AFFECTING GUARANTOR. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect
to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or such Guarantor dies or
becomes incompetent.
ADVERSE CHANGE. A material adverse change occurs in Grantor's financial
condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the
Indebtedness is impaired.
RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT. If an Event of Default occurs under this
Agreement, at any time thereafter, Lender shall have all the rights of a secured
party under the California Uniform Commercial Code. In addition and without
limitation, Lender may exercise any one or more of the following rights and
remedies:
ACCELERATE INDEBTEDNESS. Lender may declare the entire Indebtedness,
including any prepayment penalty which Grantor would be required to pay,
immediately due and payable, without notice.
ASSEMBLE COLLATERAL. Lender may require Grantor to deliver to Lender all or
any portion of the Collateral and any and all certificates of title and
other documents relating to the Collateral. Lender may require Grantor to
assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at a place to be
designated by Lender. Lender also shall have full power to enter upon the
property of Grantor to take possession of and remove the Collateral. If the
Collateral contains other goods not covered by this Agreement at the time
of repossession, Grantor agrees Lender may take such other goods, provided
that Lender makes reasonable efforts to return them to Grantor after
repossession.
SELL THE COLLATERAL. Lender shall have full power to sell, lease, transfer,
or otherwise deal with the Collateral or proceeds thereof in its own name
or that of Grantor. Lender may sell the Collateral at public auction or
private sale. Unless the Collateral threatens to decline speedily in value
or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Lender will give
Grantor reasonable notice of the time after which any private sale or any
other intended disposition of the Collateral is to be made. The
requirements of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice is given at
least ten (10) days, or such lesser time as required by state law, before
the time of the sale or disposition. All expenses relating to the
disposition of the Collateral, including without limitation the expenses of
retaking, holding, insuring, preparing for sale and selling the Collateral,
shall become a part of the Indebtedness secured by this Agreement
10
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
and shall be payable on demand, with interest at the Note rate from date
of expenditure until repaid.
APPOINT RECEIVER. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender shall
have the following rights and remedies regarding the appointment of a
receiver: (a) Lender may have a receiver appointed as a matter of right,
(b) the receiver may be an employee of Lender and may serve without bond,
and (c) all fees of the receiver and his or her attorney shall become part
of the Indebtedness secured by this Agreement and shall be payable on
demand, with interest at the Note rate from date of expenditure until
repaid.
COLLECT REVENUES, APPLY ACCOUNTS. Lender, either itself or through a
receiver, may collect the payments, rents, income, and revenues from the
Collateral. Lender may at any time in its discretion transfer any
Collateral into its own name or that of its nominee and receive the
payments, rents, income, and revenues therefrom and hold the same as
security for the Indebtedness or apply it to payment of the Indebtedness in
such order of preference as Lender may determine. Insofar as the Collateral
consists of accounts, general intangibles, insurance policies, instruments,
chattel paper, choses in action, or similar property, Lender may demand,
collect, receipt for, settle, compromise, adjust, sue for, foreclose, or
realize on the Collateral as Lender may determine, whether or not
Indebtedness or Collateral is then due. For these purposes, Lender may, on
behalf of and in the name of Grantor, receive, open and dispose of mail
addressed to Grantor; change any address to which mail and payments are to
be sent; and endorse notes, checks, drafts, money orders, documents of
title, instruments and items pertaining to payment, shipment, or storage of
any Collateral. To facilitate collection, Lender may notify account debtors
and obligors on any Collateral to make payments directly to Lender.
OBTAIN DEFICIENCY. If Lender chooses to sell any or all of the Collateral,
Lender may obtain a judgment against Grantor for any deficiency remaining
on the Indebtedness due to Lender after application of all amounts received
from the exercise of the rights provided in this Agreement. Grantor shall
be liable for a deficiency even if the transaction described in this
subsection is a sale of accounts or chattel paper.
OTHER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. Lender shall have all the rights and remedies of
a secured creditor under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, as
may be amended from time to time. In addition, Lender shall have and may
exercise any or all other rights and remedies it may have available at law,
in equity, or otherwise.
11
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. All of Lender's rights and remedies, whether evidenced
by this Agreement or the Related Documents or by any other writing, shall
be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by
Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy,
and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an
obligation of Grantor under this Agreement, after Grantor's failure to
perform, shall not affect Lender's right to declare a default and to
exercise its remedies.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of
this Agreement:
AMENDMENTS. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents,
constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the
matters set forth in this Agreement. All prior agreements, understandings,
representations, warranties and negotiations between the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, if any, are merged
into this Agreement, PROVIDED, that any UCC-1 financing statements, or
amendments thereto, or filings with respect to Borrower's intellectual
property, filed by Lender to secure the Indebtedness of Borrower shall
remain in full force and effect. No alteration of or amendment to this
Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the
party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or
amendment.
AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT. This Amended and Restated Commercial Security
Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without
novation, all of the terms and conditions of that certain Loan and Security
Agreement dated September 22, 1993, as amended (the "Original Agreement").
All security interests granted under the Original Agreement are hereby
confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Indebtedness under
this Agreement.
APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO LENDER AND ACCEPTED BY
LENDER IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. IF THERE IS A LAWSUIT, GRANTOR AGREES
UPON LENDER'S REQUEST TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF SANTA
CLARA COUNTY, THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. LENDER AND GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVE THE
RIGHT TO ANY JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT
BY EITHER LENDER OR GRANTOR AGAINST THE OTHER. (INITIAL HERE_______) THIS
AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
12
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
ATTORNEYS' FEES; EXPENSES. Grantor agrees to pay upon demand all of
Lender's costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and Lender's legal
expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement.
Lender may pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Grantor
shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses
include Lender's attorneys' fees and legal expenses whether or not there is
a lawsuit, including attorneys' fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy
proceedings (and including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay
or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection
services. Grantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees
as may be directed by the court.
CAPTION HEADINGS. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience
purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions
of this Agreement.
MULTIPLE PARTIES; CORPORATE AUTHORITY. All obligations of Grantor under
this Agreement shall be joint and several, and all references to Grantor
shall mean each and every Grantor. This means that each of the persons
signing below is responsible for ALL obligations in this Agreement.
NOTICES. All notices required to be given under this Agreement shall be
given in writing, may be sent by telefacsimile, and shall be effective when
actually delivered or when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight
courier or deposited in the United States mail, first class. postage
prepaid, addressed to the party to whom the notice is to be given at the
address shown above. Any party may change its address for notices under
this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties,
specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party's address.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, if there is more than one
Grantor, notice to any Grantor will constitute notice to all Grantors. For
notice purposes, Grantor will keep Lender informed at all times of
Grantor's current address(es).
POWER OF ATTORNEY. Grantor hereby appoints Lender as its true and lawful
attorney-in-fact, irrevocably, with full power of substitution to do the
following: (a) to demand, collect, receive, receipt for, sue and recover
all sums of money or other property which may now or hereafter become due,
owing or payable from the Collateral; (b) to execute, sign and endorse any
and all claims, instruments, receipts, checks, drafts or warrants issued in
payment for the Collateral; (c) to settle or compromise any and all claims
arising under the Collateral, and, in the place and stead of Grantor, to
execute and deliver its release and settlement for the claim: and (d) to
file any claim or claims or to take any action or institute or take part in
any proceedings, either in its own name or in the name of Grantor, or
otherwise, which in the discretion of
13
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
Lender may seem to be necessary or advisable. This power is given as
security for the Indebtedness and the authority hereby conferred is and
shall be irrevocable and shall remain in full force and effect until
renounced by Lender.
PREFERENCE PAYMENTS. Any monies Lender pays because of an asserted
preference claim in Borrower's bankruptcy will become a part of the
Indebtedness and, at Lender's option, shall be payable by Borrower as
provided above in the "EXPENDITURES BY LENDER" paragraph.
SEVERABILITY. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of
this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable as to any person or
circumstance, such finding shall not render that provision invalid or
unenforceable as to any other persons or circumstances. If feasible, any
such offending provision shall be deemed to be modified to be within the
limits of enforceability or validity; however, if the offending provision
cannot be so modified, it shall be stricken and all other provisions of
this Agreement in all other respects shall remain valid and enforceable.
SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. Subject to the limitations set forth above on transfer
of the Collateral, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns.
WAIVER. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this
Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No
delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall
operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of
a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of
Lender's right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or
any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any
course of dealing between Lender and Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of
any of Lender's rights or of any of Grantor's obligations as to any future
transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this
Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not
constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is
required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the
sole discretion of Lender.
WAIVER OF CO-OBLIGOR'S RIGHTS. If more than one person is obligated for the
Indebtedness, Borrower irrevocably waives, disclaims and relinquishes all
claims against such other person which Borrower has or would otherwise have
by virtue of
14
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT
(CONTINUED)
payment of the Indebtedness or any part thereof, specifically
including but not limited to all rights of indemnity, contribution or
exoneration.
ADDITIONAL PROVISION. If any law is passed that requires additional action on
the part of Lender, Borrower and/or Grantor shall fully cooperate with Lender in
complying with the law and accordingly, shall reimburse Lender for all costs and
expenses which Lender incurs in compliance with the law.
GRANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED
COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT, AND GRANTOR AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS AGREEMENT
IS DATED SEPTEMBER 3, 1997.
GRANTOR:
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By:
------------------------------------
Name:
----------------------------------
Title:
---------------------------------
15
<PAGE>
PROMISSORY NOTE
Borrower: INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC. Lender: Silicon Valley Bank
7905 Golden Triangle Drive #190 3003 Tasman Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55344-7220 Santa Clara, CA 95054
===============================================================================
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $400,000.00 INITIAL RATE: 10.250% DATE OF NOTE: SEPTEMBER 3,
1997
PROMISE TO PAY. INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC. ("Borrower") promises to pay to
Silicon Valley Bank ("Lender"), or order, in lawful money of the United States
of America, the principal amount of Four Hundred Thousand & 00/100 Dollars
($400,000.00), together with interest on the unpaid principal balance from
September 3, 1997, until paid in full.
PAYMENT. Subject to any payment changes resulting from changes in the Index,
Borrower will pay this loan in accordance with the following payment schedule:
THE DRAW PERIOD SHALL BEGIN AS OF THIS DATE AND SHALL END ON MARCH 3, 1998
(THE "DRAW PERIOD"). DURING THE DRAW PERIOD, BORROWER WILL PAY REGULAR
MONTHLY PAYMENTS OF ALL ACCRUED UNPAID INTEREST, AT THE VARIABLE INTEREST
RATE DEFINED BELOW, DUE AS OF EACH PAYMENT DATE, BEGINNING OCTOBER 3, 1997
AND ALL SUBSEQUENT INTEREST PAYMENTS WILL BE DUE ON THE SAME DAY OF EACH
MONTH THEREAFTER. FOLLOWING THE DRAW PERIOD, BORROWER MAY ELECT EITHER THE
VARIABLE INTEREST RATE OR THE FIXED INTEREST RATE DEFINED BELOW, TO REPAY
THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OWING AT THE END OF THE DRAW PERIOD. THE
OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE ON MARCH 3, 1998 WILL BE PAYABLE IN (i)
THIRTY (30) EVEN PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL PLUS INTEREST, (AT THE VARIABLE
INTEREST RATE), DUE AS OF EACH PAYMENT DATE, BEGINNING APRIL 3, 1998 AND
ALL SUBSEQUENT PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL PLUS INTEREST WILL BE DUE ON THE SAME
DAY OF EACH MONTH THEREAFTER OR (ii) THIRTY (30) EVEN PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
AND INTEREST (AT THE FIXED INTEREST RATE), DUE AS OF EACH PAYMENT DATE,
BEGINNING APRIL 3, 1998, AND ALL SUBSEQUENT PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND
INTEREST WILL BE DUE ON THE SAME DAY OF EACH MONTH THEREAFTER. THE FINAL
PAYMENT, DUE ON SEPTEMBER 3, 2000, WILL BE FOR ALL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
PLUS ALL ACCRUED INTEREST NOT YET PAID.
Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/360 simple interest basis; that is,
by applying the ratio of the annual interest rate over a year of 360 days
multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number
of days the principal balance is outstanding. Borrower will pay Lender at
Lender's address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in
writing. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments are
applied first to accrued unpaid interest, then to principal, and any remaining
amount to any unpaid collection costs and late charges.
<PAGE>
PROMISSORY NOTE
(CONTINUED)
INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to
time based on changes in an index which is Lender's Prime Rate (the "Index")
This is the rate Lender charges, or would charge, on 90-day unsecured loans to
the most creditworthy corporate customers This rate may or may not be the lowest
rate available from Lender at any given time. Lender will tell Borrower the
current Index rate upon Borrower's request. Borrower understands that Lender may
make loans based on other rates as well. The interest rate change will not
occur more often than each time the prime rate is adjusted by Silicon Valley
Bank. THE INDEX CURRENTLY IS 8.500% PER ANNUM. THE INTEREST RATE TO BE APPLIED
TO THE UNPAID PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS NOTE THROUGH THE DRAW PERIOD WILL BE AT
A RATE OF 1.750 PERCENTAGE POINTS OVER THE INDEX, RESULTING IN AN INITIAL RATE
OF 10.250% PER ANNUM (THE "VARIABLE INTEREST RATE"). FOLLOWING THE DRAW PERIOD,
BORROWER MAY CHOOSE, EITHER (a) THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE, AS DESCRIBED ABOVE
OR (b) A FIXED INTEREST RATE EQUAL TO A THREE (3) YEAR TREASURY YIELD PERCENTAGE
PLUS 375 BASIS POINTS (THE "FIXED INTEREST RATE"). NOTICE: UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE INTEREST RATE ON THIS NOTE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM RATE
ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
For purposes of this Note, Treasury Yield Percentage shall be defined as the
most recent weekly average yield on actively traded U.S. Treasury obligations
having a final maturity approximate to the then remaining average life of the
principal amount to be repaid as determined by reference to the week ending
figures published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release which
shall become available at least two business days prior to the date as of which
such yield is to be determined or if a Statistical Release is not then
published, the arithmetic average (rounded to the nearest .01%) of the per annum
yields to maturity for each business day during the week ending at least two
business days prior to the date such determination is made, of all issues of
actively traded marketable United States Treasury fixed interest rate securities
with a constant maturity equal to, or not more than 30 days longer or 30 days
shorter than the average life of the payments of principal and interest that are
avoided by any prepayment (excluding all such securities which can be
surrendered at the option of the holder at the face value of payment of any
Federal estate tax, or which provide for tax benefits to the holder).
PREPAYMENT. Borrower agrees that all loan fees and other prepaid finance charges
are earned fully as of the date of the loan and will not be subject to refund
upon early payment (whether voluntary or as a result of default), except as
otherwise required by law. During such time as the Variable Interest Rate is in
effect, Borrower may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed
earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in
writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower's obligation to continue to make payments
of accrued unpaid interest. Rather, they will reduce the principal balance due.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Note, in the event Borrower elects
the Fixed Interest Rate option, the following pre-payment penalty shall apply.
"Prepayment
2
<PAGE>
PROMISSORY NOTE
(CONTINUED)
Penalty" means with respect to prepayment of all or any portion of the amount
owed which is subject to a fixed rate of interest (the "Fixed Obligations") a
fee equal to the greater of (i) zero or (ii) the Mark to Market Adjustment
"Mark to Market Adjustment" means the amount, calculated on the Prepayment
Date, equal to the difference between (a) the principal amount of the Fixed
Obligations or portion thereof to be prepaid as of such Prepayment Date less
(b) the Mark to Market Value of the Fixed Obligations or portion of thereof
to be prepaid on such Prepayment Date. "Mark to Market Value" means the
amount, calculated on any Prepayment Date, equal to the sum of the present
values of each prospective payment of principal and interest which without
such full or partial prepayment could otherwise have been received by Lender
over the remaining contractual life of the Fixed Obligations to be prepaid if
Lender had instead invested the Fixed Obligations proceeds on the funding
date of such Fixed Obligations at the Initial Blended Money Market Funds
Rate. The individual discount rate used to evaluate each prospective payment
of interest or principal shall be the Current Blended Money Market Funds Rate
for the maturity matching that of each specific payment of principal or
interest. "Current Blended Money Market Funds Rate" means that zero-coupon
rate, calculated on the applicable Prepayment Date, which would be attainable
by Lender if it borrowed funds on such Prepayment Date in a maturity matching
a specific principal or interest payment date. Such funds would be borrowed
in one or more wholesale funding markets available to Lender including
negotiable certificates of deposit, Federal Funds or others. A separate
Current Blended Money Market Funds Rate will be calculated for each principal
repayment or interest payment date. The calculation of the Current Blended
Money Market Funds Rate shall be at the sole discretion of Lender. "Initial
Blended Money Market Funds Rate" means that borrowing rate calculated on the
funding date with respect to any Fixed Obligation and including costs
incurred by Lender for FDIC insurance, reserve requirements, and other such
explicit or implicit costs levied upon Lender by any regulatory agency which
would be attainable by Lender had it borrowed funds with an interest payment
frequency and principal repayment schedule matching that of such Fixed
Obligation. Such funds would be borrowed in one or more wholesale funding
markets available to Lender, including negotiable certificates of deposit,
Federal Funds or others. Borrower acknowledges that Lender may not actually
fund the Fixed Obligation with any such specific matched set or mix of
instruments. The calculation of the Initial Blended Money Market Funds Rate
shall be at the sole discretion of Lender.
DEFAULT. Borrower will be in default if any of the following happens: (a)
Borrower fails to make any payment when due. (b) Borrower breaks any promise
Borrower has made to Lender, or Borrower fails to comply with or to perform when
due any other term, obligation, covenant, or condition contained in this Note or
any agreement related to this Note, or in any other agreement or loan Borrower
has with Lender. (c) Borrower defaults under any loan, extension of credit,
security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other
3
<PAGE>
PROMISSORY NOTE
(CONTINUED)
agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially
affect any of Borrower's property or Borrower's ability to repay this Note or
perform Borrower's obligations under this Note or any of the Related
Documents. (d) Any representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by
Borrower or on Borrower's behalf is false or misleading in any material
respect either now or at the time made or furnished. (e) Borrower becomes
insolvent, a receiver is appointed for any part of Borrower's property,
Borrower makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any proceeding
is commenced either by Borrower or against Borrower under any bankruptcy or
insolvency laws. (f) Any creditor tries to take any of Borrower's property on
or in which Lender has a lien or security interest. This includes a
garnishment of any of Borrower's accounts with Lender. (g) Any guarantor dies
or any of the other events described in this default section occurs with
respect to any guarantor of this Note. (h) A material adverse change occurs
in Borrower's financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment
or performance of the Indebtedness is impaired.
LENDER'S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal
balance on this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, without
notice, and then Borrower will pay that amount. Upon Borrower's failure to pay
all amounts declared due pursuant to this section, including failure to pay upon
final maturity, Lender, at its option, may also, if permitted under applicable
law, increase the variable interest rate on this Note to 5.000 percentage points
over the otherwise effective interest rate. Lender may hire or pay someone else
to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower also will pay
Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law,
Lender's attorneys' fees and Lender's legal expenses whether or not there is a
lawsuit, including attorneys' fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings
(including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction),
appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also
will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law. THIS
NOTE HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO LENDER AND ACCEPTED BY LENDER IN THE STATE OF
CALIFORNIA. IF THERE IS A LAWSUIT, BORROWER AGREES UPON LENDER'S REQUEST TO
SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF SANTA CLARA COUNTY, THE STATE OF
CALIFORNIA. LENDER AND BORROWER HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO ANY JURY TRIAL IN ANY
ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER LENDER OR BORROWER AGAINST
THE OTHER. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
NOTE OF CREDIT. This Note evidences a straight line of credit through the end of
the Draw Period. Once the total amount of principal has been advanced, Borrower
is not entitled to further loan advances. Advances under this Note, as well as
directions for payment from Borrower's accounts, may be requested orally or in
writing by Borrower or by an authorized person. Lender may, but need not,
require that all oral requests be confirmed in writing. Borrower agrees to be
liable for all sums either: (a) advanced in
4
<PAGE>
PROMISSORY NOTE
(CONTINUED)
accordance with the instructions of an authorized person or (b) credited to
any of Borrowers accounts with Lender. The unpaid principal balance owing on
this Note at any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Note or by
Lenders internal records, including daily computer print-outs. Lender will
have no obligation to advance funds under this Note if: (a) Borrower of any
guarantor is in default under the terms of this Note or any agreement that
Borrower or guarantor has with Lender, including any agreement made in
connection with the signing of this Note; (b) Borrower or any guarantor
ceases doing business or is insolvent; (c) any guarantor seeks, claims or
otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such guarantor's guarantee of
this Note or any other loan with Lender; and (d) Borrower has applied funds
provided pursuant to this Note for purposes other than those authorized by
Lender.
AMENDED AND RESTATED BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT. This Note is subject to and shall
be governed by all the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Business
Loan Agreement of even date herewith, between Borrower and Lender, as such
agreement may be amended from time to time, which Amended and Restated Business
Loan Agreement is incorporated herein by this reference.
PAYMENT OF LOAN FEE. This Note is subject to a loan fee in the amount of Two
Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000.00) plus all out-of-pocket expenses.
REQUEST TO DEBIT ACCOUNTS. Borrower will regularly deposit funds received from
its business activities in accounts maintained by Borrower with Silicon Valley
Bank. Borrower hereby requests and authorizes Lender to debit any of Borrower
accounts with Lender, specifically, without limitation, Account Number for
payments of principal and interest due on the loan and any other obligations
owing from Borrower to Lender. Lender will notify Borrower of all debits which
Lender makes against Borrower's accounts. Any such debits against Borrower is
accounts in no way shall be deemed a set-off.
ADVANCE RATE. At any time from the date hereof through the end of the Draw
Period, Borrower may request advances (each an "Advance" and collectively, the
"Advances") from Lender in an aggregate amount not to exceed the principal
amount of this Note. To evidence the Advances, Borrower shall deliver to Lender,
at the time of each Advance request, an invoice for the equipment to be
purchased, the date of which shall not be greater than 90 days from the date of
each Advance. The Advances shall only be used to purchase equipment and shall
not exceed one-hundred percent (100%) of the invoice amount approved from time
to time by Lender. Softcosts may, however, comprise up to eleven percent (11%)
of aggregate Advances and Software may comprise up to twenty percent 20% of
aggregate Advances.
5
<PAGE>
PROMISSORY NOTE
(CONTINUED)
GENERAL PROVISIONS. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or
remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who
signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any
applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, protest and
notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless
otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs the Note, whether as
maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from
liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly
and for any length of time) this loan, or release any party or guarantor or
collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender's security
interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender
without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that
Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other
than the party with whom the modification is made.
PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF
THIS NOTE, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS. BORROWER AGREES TO
THE TERMS OF THE NOTE AND ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THE NOTE.
BORROWER:
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By:
------------------------------------
Name:
----------------------------------
Title:
---------------------------------
6
<PAGE>
SUBORDINATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of April 12, 1996, is entered
into by and between Information Advantage, Inc. a Minnesota corporation, with
its chief executive office, and principal place of business located at 7401
Metro Blvd., Suite 500, Edina, Minnesota 55439 (the "Borrower") and Comdisco,
Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business located at
6111 North River Road, Rosemont, Illinois 60018 (the "Lender" or sometimes,
"Comdisco"). In consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the
parties hereto agree as follows:
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Borrower desires to borrow from the Lender hereunder the
principal amount of ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND and 00/100 Dollars
($1,500,000.00).
WHEREAS, Lender is willing to lend said amount to Borrower on the terms
and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual
agreements contained herein, Borrower and Lender hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
1.1 "Copyrights" means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by
Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest:
(i) all copyrights, whether registered or unregistered, held pursuant to
the laws of the United States, any State thereof or of any other country;
(ii) registrations, applications and recordings in the United States
Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States,
any state thereof or any other country; (iii) any continuations, renewals
or extensions thereof; and (iv) any registrations to be issued in any
pending applications.
1.2 "Copyright License" means any written agreement granting any right to use
any Copyright or Copyright registration now owned or hereafter acquired by
Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
1.3 "Excluded Agreements" means (i) the Warrant Agreement of even date
herewith, and any other warrants to acquire, or agreements governing the
rights of the holders of, any equity security of Borrower, (ii) any stock
of the Borrower issued or purchased
<PAGE>
pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, and (iii) the Master Lease Agreement
dated as of September 27, 1995 between Borrower, as lessee, and Lender, as
lessor, including, without limitation, any Equipment Schedules and Summary
Equipment Schedules to the Master Lease Agreement executed or delivered by
Borrower pursuant thereto and any other modifications or amendments
thereof, whereby Borrower (as lessee) leases equipment, software, or goods
from Lender (as lessor) to Borrower (as lessee).
1.4 "Facility Fee" means one and one-half (1.5%) percent of the principal
amount of the Loan due at the Funding Date.
1.5 "Closing Date" means the funding date of the Loan.
1.6 "General Intangibles" means any "general intangibles," as such term is
defined in Section 9106 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by
Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest
and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all right, title and
interest which Borrower may now or hereafter have in or under any contract,
all customer lists, Copyrights, Trademarks, Patents, rights to Intellectual
Property, interests in partnerships, joint ventures and other business
associations, Licenses, permits, trade secrets, proprietary or confidential
information, inventions (whether or not patented or patentable), technical
information, procedures, designs, knowledge, know-how, software, data
bases, data, skill, expertise, recipes, experience, processes, models,
drawings, materials and records, goodwill (including, without limitation,
the goodwill associated with any Trademark, Trademark registration or
Trademark licensed under any Trademark License), claims in or under
insurance policies, including unearned premiums, uncertificated securities,
cash and other forms of money or currency, deposit accounts (including as
defined in Section 9105(e) of the UCC), rights to sue for past, present and
future infringement of Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents, rights to
receive tax refunds and other payments and rights of indemnification.
1.7 "Intellectual Property" means all Copyrights, Trademarks, Patents, trade
secrets, source codes, customer lists, proprietary or confidential
information, inventions (whether or not patented or patentable), technical
information, procedures, designs, knowledge, know-how, software, data
bases, skill, expertise, experience, processes, models, drawings, materials
and records.
1.8 "License" means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or
other license of rights or interests now held or hereafter acquired by
Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest
and any renewals or extensions thereof.
1.9 "Loan Documents" shall mean and include this Agreement, the Note, and any
other documents executed in connection with the Secured Obligations or the
transactions contemplated hereby, as the same may from time to time be
amended, modified, supplemented or restated, PROVIDED, that the Loan
Documents shall NOT include any of the Excluded Agreements.
2
<PAGE>
1.10 "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect upon: (i) the
business, operations, properties, assets or conditions (financial or
otherwise) of Borrower; or (ii) the ability of Borrower to perform, or of
Lender to enforce, the Obligations.
1.11 "Note" shall mean a Subordinated Promissory Note substantially in the form
attached as Exhibit A hereto, as the same may from time to time be amended,
modified, supplemented or restated.
1.12 "Loan Agreement" means the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and
Senior Creditor dated as of September 22, 1993 that evidences the Senior
Debt as defined herein.
1.13 "Patent License" means any written agreement granting any right with
respect to any invention on which a Patent is in existence now owned or
hereafter acquired by Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter
acquires any interest.
1.14 "Patents" means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by
Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest:
(a) letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto in, the United
States or any other county, all registrations and recordings thereof, and
all applications for letters patent of, or rights corresponding thereto in,
the United States or any other country, including, without limitation,
registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and
Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States,
any State thereof or any other country; (b) all reissues, continuations,
continuations-in-part or extensions thereof; (c) all petty patents,
divisionals, and patents of addition; and (d) all patents to issue in any
such applications.
1.15 "Permitted Liens" means any and all of the following: (i) liens in favor of
Lender, or (ii) liens related to, or arising in connection with, Senior
Debt.
1.16 "Receivables" shall mean and include all of the Borrowers accounts,
instruments, documents, chattel paper and general intangibles whether
secured or unsecured, whether now existing or hereafter created or arising,
and whether or not specifically sold or assigned to Lender hereunder.
1.17 "Secured Obligations" shall mean and include all principal, interest, fees,
costs, or other liabilities or obligations for monetary amounts owed by
Borrower to Lender, whether due or to become due, matured or unmatured,
liquidated or unliquidated, contingent or noncontingent, and all covenants
and duties regarding such amounts, of any kind of nature, present or
future, arising under this Agreement, the Note, or any of the other Loan
Documents, whether or not evidenced by any Note, Agreement or other
instrument, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified,
supplemented or restated, provided, that the Secured Obligations shall not
include any indebtedness or obligations of Borrower arising under or in
connection with the Excluded Agreements.
3
<PAGE>
1.18 "Senior Creditor" means Silicon Valley Bank.
1.19 "Senior Debt" means the obligations of Borrower to Senior Creditor now
existing or hereafter arising, together with all costs of collecting such
obligations (including attorneys' fees), including, without limitation, all
interest accruing after the commencement by or against Borrower of any
bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding, and all obligations under
the Loan Agreement between Borrower and Senior Creditor dated as of
September 22, 1993.
1.20 "Subordination Agreement" means the Subordination Agreement of even date
herewith, entered into between Borrower, Lender and Senior Creditor.
1.21 "Trademark License" means any written agreement granting any right to use
any Trademark or Trademark registration now owned or hereafter acquired by
Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.
1.22 "Trademarks" means any of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by
Borrower or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires any interest:
(a) any and all trademarks, tradenames, corporate names, business names,
trade styles, service marks, logos, other source or business identifiers,
prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear,
designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter
adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and any
applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation,
registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and
Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States,
any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof
and (b) any reissues, extensions or renewals thereof.
1.23 "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to
time, be in effect in the State of Illinois. Unless otherwise defined
herein, terms that are defined in the UCC and used herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the UCC.
1.24 "Warrant Agreement" shall mean (i) the agreement of even date herewith
pursuant to which Borrower granted Lender the right to purchase that number
of shares of Preferred Stock of Borrower as more particularly set forth
therein.
SECTION 2. THE LOAN
2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender shall lend to
Borrower the aggregate original principal amount of $1,500,000.00 (the
"Loan") with interest at the rate of thirteen and one-half (13.5%) percent
per annum as reflected in the Note and payable by Borrower to the Lender in
monthly installments as set forth in the Note.
4
<PAGE>
2.2 Borrower shall have the option to prepay the outstanding principal amount
of the Note, in whole or in part, as of any payment due date after the
Funding Date by paying to Lender such principal amount being prepaid
together with all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to such
principal amount, as of the date of such prepayment.
2.3 (a) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Note, or any
other Loan Document, it is not the parties' intent to contract for,
charge or receive interest at a rate that is greater than the maximum
rate permissible by law which a court of competent jurisdiction shall
deem applicable hereto (which under the laws of the State of Illinois
shall be deemed to be the laws relating to permissible rates of
interest on commercial loans) (the "Maximum Rate"). If the Borrower
actually pays Lender an amount of interest, chargeable on the total
aggregate principal Secured Obligations of Borrower under this
Agreement and the Note (as said rate is calculated over a period of
time from the date of this Agreement through the end of time that any
principal is outstanding on the Note), which amount of interest
exceeds interest calculated at the Maximum Rate on said principal
chargeable over said period of time, then such excess interest
actually paid by Borrower shall be applied first, to the payment of
principal outstanding on the Note; second, after all principal is
repaid, to the payment of Lender's out of pocket costs, expenses, and
professional fees which are owed by Borrower to Lender under this
Agreement or the Loan Documents; and third, after all principal,
costs, expenses, and professional fees owed by Borrower to Lender are
repaid, the excess (if any) shall be refunded to Borrower, and the
effective rate of interest will be automatically reduced to the
Maximum Rate.
(b) In the event any interest is not paid when due hereunder, delinquent
interest shall be added to principal and shall bear interest on
interest, compounded at the rate set forth in section 2.1.
(c) Upon and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, all
Secured Obligations, including principal, interest, compounded
interest, and professional fees, shall bear interest at a rate per
annum equal to the rate set forth in section 2.1. plus four percent
(4%) per annum ("Default Rate").
SECTION 3. SECURITY INTEREST
As security for the payment of all Secured Obligations, the Borrower hereby
assigns to the Lender, and grants to the Lender a perfected security interest
in, all the Borrower's right, title, and interest in and to the following types
of property whether now owned or hereafter acquired: (i) all of Borrower's
Receivables; (ii) all rights and remedies as an unpaid vendor or lienor and all
returned, rejected and repossessed goods; (iii) all additional amounts due to
Borrower from any customer in any way obligated on or in connection with any
Receivable; (iv) all "equipment" (as defined in the UCC); (v) all other items of
real or personal property in which Borrower has granted or may grant a security
interest to Lender
5
<PAGE>
to secure the obligations; (vi) all the Borrowers right, title, and interest
in and to all General Intangibles and (vii) all proceeds, products,
replacements, additions to, substitutions for and accessions to any and all
of the foregoing types of property including, without limitation, the
proceeds applicable to the insurance referred to in Section 5 hereof;
(collectively, "Collateral").
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER
The Borrower represents, warrants and agrees that;
4.1 Borrower owns all right title and interest in and to the Collateral, free
of all liens, security interests, encumbrances and claims whatsoever,
except for Permitted Liens.
4.2 Borrower has the full power and authority to, and does hereby grant and
convey to the Lender, a perfected security interest in the Collateral as
security for the Secured Obligations, free of all liens, security
interests, encumbrances and claims, other than Permitted Liens and shall
execute such Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in connection
herewith as the Lender may reasonably request. Except as set forth herein,
no other lien, security interest, adverse claim or encumbrance has been
created by Borrower or is known by Borrower to exist with respect to any
Collateral.
4.3 Borrower is a corporation duly organized, legally existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and is duly qualified as
a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions where the property owned of the
business transacted by it make such qualifications necessary.
4.4 Borrower's execution, delivery and performance of the Note, this Agreement,
all financing statements, all other Loan Documents required to be delivered
or executed in connection herewith, and the Excluded Agreements have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Borrower, the
individual or individuals executing the Loan Documents and the Excluded
Agreements were duly authorized to do so; and the Loan Documents and the
Excluded Agreements constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws
generally affecting the enforcement of the rights of creditors.
4.5 Borrower shall not relocate any item of the Collateral except: (i) with the
prior written consent of the Lender not to be unreasonably withheld; and
(ii) if such relocation shall be within the continental United States. If
permitted to relocate Collateral pursuant to the foregoing sentence, unless
otherwise agreed in writing by Lender, Borrower shall first (a) cause to be
filed and/or delivered to the Lender all Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements, certificates or other documents or instruments necessary to
continue in effect the perfected security interest of the Lender in the
Collateral, and (b) have given the Lender no less than thirty (30) days
prior written notice of such relocation. All of the equipment which is part
of the
6
<PAGE>
Collateral is personal property as used by Borrower and is not and
will not become fixtures under applicable law.
4.6 This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Excluded Agreements do not
and will not violate any provisions of Borrower's Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation, bylaws or any contract, agreement, law,
regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which the
Borrower is subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien,
security interest or other encumbrance upon the Collateral, other than
those created by this Agreement.
4.7 The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other Loan
Documents and the Excluded Agreements do not require the consent or
approval of any other person or entity including, without limitation, any
regulatory authority or governmental body of the United States or any state
thereof or any political subdivision of the United States or any state
thereof.
4.8 No event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.
4.9 No fact or condition exists that would (or would, with the passage of time,
the giving of notice, or both) constitute a default under the Loan
Agreement between Borrower and Senior Creditor.
SECTION 5. INSURANCE
5.1 So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding, Borrower shall
cause to be carried and maintained comprehensive general liability
insurance against risks customarily insured against in Borrower's line of
business. Such risks shall include, without limitation, the risks of death,
bodily injury and property damage. So long as there are any Secured
Obligations outstanding, Borrower shall also cause to be carried and
maintained insurance upon the Collateral and Borrower's business, covering
casualty, hazard and such other property risks customarily insured against
in Borrower's line of business. Borrower shall deliver to Lender lender's
loss payable endorsements (Form BFU 438 or equivalent) naming Lender as
loss payee or additional insured, as appropriate. Borrower shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to cause all policies evidencing such
insurance to provide for at least thirty (30) days prior written notice by
the underwriter or insurance company to Lender in the event of cancellation
or expiration. Such policies shall be issued by such insurers and in such
amounts as are reasonably acceptable to Lender.
5.2 Borrower shall and does hereby indemnify and hold Lender, its agents and
shareholders harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses,
damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, such claims, costs,
expenses, damages and liabilities based on liability in tort, including
without limitation, strict liability in tort), including reasonable
attorneys' fees, arising out of the disposition or utilization of the
7
<PAGE>
Collateral, other than claims arising at or caused by Lender's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.
SECTION 6. COVENANTS OF BORROWER
Borrower covenants and agrees as follows at all times while any of the
Secured Obligations remain outstanding:
6.1 Borrower shall furnish to Lender the financial statements listed
hereinafter, each prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied (the "Financial Statements"):
(a) the end of each month, unaudited interim financial statements as of
the end of such month (prepared on a consolidated and consolidating
basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and related statements
of income and cash flows accompanied by a report detailing any
material contingencies (including the commencement of any material
litigation by or against Borrower) or any other occurrence that could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all
certified by Borrower's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial
Officer to be true and correct;
(b) as soon as practicable (and in any event within ninety (90) days)
after the end of each fiscal year, unqualified audited financial
statements as of the end of such year (prepared on a consolidated and
consolidating basis, if applicable), including balance sheet and
related statements of income and cash flows, and setting forth in
comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal
year, certified by a firm of independent certified public accountants
selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender, accompanied
by any management report from such accountants;
(c) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, as the case may be,
copies of any proxy statements, financial statements or reports which
Borrower has made available to its shareholders and copies of any
regular, periodic and special reports or registration statements which
Borrower files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
governmental authority which may be substituted therefor, or any
national securities exchange; and
(d) promptly, any additional information, financial or otherwise
(including, but not limited, to tax returns and names of principal
creditors) as Lender reasonably believes necessary to evaluate
Borrower's continuing ability to meet its financial obligations.
6.2 Borrower shall permit any authorized representative of Lender and its
attorneys and accountants on reasonable notice to inspect, examine and make
copies and abstracts of the books of account and records of Borrower at
reasonable times during normal business hours. In addition, such
representative of Lender and its attorneys and
8
<PAGE>
accountants shall have the right to meet with management and officers
of the Company to discuss such books of account and records.
6.3 Borrower will from time to time execute, deliver and file, alone or with
Lender, any financing statements, security agreements or other documents;
procure any instruments or documents as may be requested by Lender; and
take all further action that may be necessary or desirable, or that Lender
may request, to confirm, perfect, preserve and protect the security
interests intended to be granted hereby, and in addition, and for such
purposes only, Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to execute and deliver on
behalf of Borrower and to file such financing statements, security
agreement and other documents without the signature of Borrower either in
Lender's name or in the name of Borrower as agent and attorney-in-fact for
Borrower. The-parties agree that a carbon, photographic or other
reproduction of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement
and may be filed in any appropriate office in lieu thereof.
6.4 Borrower shall protect and defend Borrower's title as well as the interest
of the Lender against all persons claiming any interest adverse to Borrower
or Lender and shall at all times keep the Collateral free and clear from
any legal process, liens or encumbrances whatsoever (except any placed
thereon by Lender) and shall give Lender immediate written notice thereof.
6.5 Upon notice by Lender, Borrower shall give Lender access to Borrower's
books and records, including bank statements, for the purpose of performing
an audit to assure Lender of Borrower's compliance with this Agreement.
6.6 Without Lender's prior written consent, Borrower shall not (a) grant any
material extension of the time of payment of any of the Receivables, (b) to
any material extent, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than
the full amount thereof, (c) release, wholly or partly, any Person liable
for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon
other than trade discounts granted in the ordinary course of business of
Borrower.
6.7 Borrower shall maintain and protect its properties, assets and facilities,
including without limitation, its equipment and fixtures, in good order and
working repair and condition (taking into consideration ordinary wear and
tear) and from time to time make or cause to be made all necessary and
proper repairs, renewals and replacements thereto and shall competently
manage and care for its property in accordance with prudent industry
practices.
6.8 Borrower shall not merge with and into any other entity; or sell or convey
all or substantially all of its assets or stock to any other person or
entity without notifying Lender a minimum of thirty (30) days prior to the
closing date and requesting Lender's consent to the assignment of all of
Borrower's Secured Obligations hereunder to the successor entity in form
and substance satisfactory to Lender. In the
9
<PAGE>
event Lender does not consent to such assignment the parties agree Borrower
shall prepay the loan in accordance with Section 1.2 hereof.
6.9 Provided Borrower is able to pay its debts in the ordinary course, it shall
have the right to declare or pay any cash dividend or make a distribution
on any class of stock other than pursuant to employee repurchase plans upon
an employee's death or termination of employment. Borrower shall not,
without the prior consent of Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld, transfer, sell, lease, lend or in any other manner convey any
equitable, beneficial or legal interest in any material portion of the
assets of Borrower (except inventory sold in the normal course of
business).
6.10 Upon the request of Lender, Borrower shall, during business hours, make the
equipment available to Lender for inspection at the place where it is
normally located and shall make Borrower's log and maintenance records
pertaining to the equipment available to Lender for inspection. Borrower
shall take all action necessary to maintain such logs and maintenance
records in a correct and complete fashion.
6.11 Borrower covenants and agrees to pay when due, all taxes, fees or other
charges of any nature whatsoever (together with any related interest or
penalties) now or hereafter imposed or assessed against Borrower, Lender or
the Collateral or upon Borrower's ownership, possession, use, operation or
disposition thereof or upon Borrower's rents, receipts or earnings arising
therefrom. Borrower shall file on or before the due date therefor all
personal property tax returns in respect of the Collateral.
SECTION 7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOAN
The obligation of Lender to fund the Loan on the Closing Date shall be
subject to satisfaction by Borrower or waiver by Lender, in Lender's sole
discretion, of the following conditions:
7.1 DOCUMENT DELIVERY. Borrower, on or prior to the Closing Date, shall have
delivered to Lender the following:
(a) executed originals of this Agreement, the Note, the Warrant and all
other Loan Documents, including any documents reasonably required by
Lender to effectuate the liens of Lender, with respect to all
Collateral;
(b) certified copy of resolutions of Borrower's board of directors
evidencing approval of the borrowing and other transactions evidenced
by the Loan Documents and the Excluded Agreements;
(c) certified copies of the Amended and Restated Articles of
Incorporation, and the Bylaws, of Borrower;
10
<PAGE>
(d) certificate of good standing for Borrower from its state of
incorporation and similar certificates from all other jurisdictions in
which it does business and where the failure to be qualified would
have a Material Adverse Effect;
(e) payment of the Facility Fee (Lender acknowledges that prior to the
date hereof Borrower has delivered to Lender a Commitment Fee in the
amount of TWO THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED and 00/100 Dollars ($2500.00),
which amount shall be applied on the Closing Date toward payment of
the Facility Fee);
(f) Borrower's written instructions to Lender regarding the manner of
disbursement of the Loan, which must be reasonably satisfactory to
Lender; and
(g) such other documents as Lender may reasonably request.
7.2 PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS. Borrower shall have taken or caused to
be taken such actions requested by Lender to grant Lender a valid and
perfected security interest in all of the Collateral, subject only to
Permitted Liens. Such actions shall include, without limitation, the
delivery to Lender of all appropriate financing statements, executed by
Borrower, as to the Collateral granted by Borrower for all jurisdictions as
may be necessary or desirable to perfect the security interest of Lender in
such Collateral
7.3 ABSENCE OF EVENTS OF DEFAULTS. As of the Closing Date, no fact or
condition exists that would (or would, with the passage of time, the giving
of notice, or both) constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or
any of the Loan Documents and no fact or condition exists that would (or
would, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both) constitute
a default under the Loan Agreement between Borrower and Senior Creditor.
7.4 MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT. As of the Closing Date, no event which has had or
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred
and is continuing.
SECTION 8. DEFAULT
The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (herein called
"Events of Default") shall constitute a default hereunder and under the Note and
other Loan Documents:
8.1 Borrower defaults in the payment of any principal, interest or other
Secured Obligation involving the payment of money under this Agreement, the
Note or any of the other Loan Documents, and such default continues for
more than five (5) days after the due date thereof; or
11
<PAGE>
8.2 Borrower defaults in the performance of any other covenant or Secured
Obligation of Borrower hereunder or under the Note or any of the other Loan
Documents, and such default continues for more than ten (10) days after
Lender has given notice of such default to Borrower; or
8.3 Any representation or warranty made herein by Borrower shall prove to have
been false or misleading in any material respect; or
8.4 Borrower shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall
admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or
shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or shall file any petition
or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition,
readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present
or future statute, law or regulation pertinent to such circumstances, or
shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee,
receiver, or liquidator of Borrower or of all or any substantial part (20%
or more) of the properties of Borrower; or Borrower or its directors or
majority shareholders shall take any action initiating the dissolution or
liquidation of Borrower; or
8.5 Sixty (60) days shall have expired after the commencement of an action
against Borrower seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition,
readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present
or future statute, law or regulation, without such action being dismissed
or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the
business of Borrower being stayed; or a stay of any such order or
proceedings shall thereafter be set aside and the action setting it aside
shall not be timely appealed; or Borrower shall file any answer admitting
or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against
Borrower in any such proceedings; or the court in which such proceedings
are pending shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any
such proceedings; or
8.6 Sixty (60) days shall have expired after the appointment, without the
consent or acquiescence of Borrower, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator
of Borrower or of all or any substantial part of the properties of Borrower
without such appointment being vacated; or
8.7 The default by Borrower under any Loan Documents, any other promissory note
or agreement for borrowed money, any lease or any other agreement between
Borrower and Lender; or
8.8 The occurrence of any default under any lease or other agreement or
obligation of Borrower involving an amount in excess of $100,000.00 or
having a Material Adverse Effect; or the entry of any judgment against
Borrower in excess of $100,000.00 or that would have a Material Adverse
Effect, that has not been bonded or stayed on appeal within thirty (30)
days; or
12
<PAGE>
8.9 The occurrence of any default under the Loan Agreement; or
8.10 The occurrence of any default under the Excluded Agreements.
SECTION 9. REMEDIES
Upon the occurrence of any one or more Events of Default, Lender, at its
option, may declare the Note and all of the other Secured Obligations to be
accelerated and immediately due and payable (PROVIDED, that upon the occurrence
of an Event of Default of the type described in Subsections 8.4 or 8.5, the Note
and all of the other Secured Obligations shall automatically be accelerated and
made due and payable without any further act), whereupon the unpaid principal of
and accrued interest on such Note and all other outstanding Secured Obligations
shall become immediately due and payable, and shall thereafter bear interest at
the Default Rate set forth in, and calculated according to, Section 2.3 (c) of
this Agreement. Lender may exercise all rights and remedies with respect to the
Collateral under the Loan Documents or otherwise available to it under
applicable law, including the right to release, hold or otherwise dispose of all
or any part of the Collateral and the right to occupy, utilize, process and
commingle the Collateral.
Upon the happening and during the continuance of any Event of Default,
Lender may then, or at any time thereafter and from time to time, apply,
collect, sell in one or more sales, lease or otherwise dispose of, any or all of
the Collateral, in its then condition or following any commercially reasonable
preparation or processing, in such order as Lender may elect, and any such sale
may be made either at public or private sale at its place of business or
elsewhere. Borrower agrees that any such public or private sale may occur upon
five (5) calendar days' notice to Borrower. Lender may require Borrower to
assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at a place designated by
Lender which is reasonably convenient to Lender and Borrower. The proceeds of
any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the
Collateral shall be distributed by Lender in the following order of priorities:
First, to Lender in an amount sufficient to pay in full Lender's costs
and professionals' and advisors' fees and expenses;
Second, to Lender in an amount equal to the then unpaid amount of the
Secured Obligations in such order and priority as Lender may choose in
its sole discretion; and
Finally, upon payment in full of all of the Secured Obligations, to
Borrower or its representatives or as a court of competent
jurisdiction may direct.
Lender shall be deemed to have acted reasonably in the custody,
preservation and disposition of any of the Collateral if it complies with the
obligations of a secured party under Section 9207 of the UCC.
13
<PAGE>
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 CONTINUATION OF SECURITY INTEREST. This is a continuing Agreement and the
grant of a security interest hereunder shall remain in full force and
effect and all the rights, powers and remedies of Lender hereunder shall
continue to exist until the Secured Obligations are paid in full as the
same become due and payable and until Lender has executed a written
termination statement (which Lender shall execute within a reasonable time
after full payment of the Secured Obligations hereunder), reassigning to
Borrower, without recourse, the Collateral and all rights conveyed hereby
and returning possession of the Collateral to Borrower. The rights, powers
and remedies of Lender hereunder shall be in addition to all rights, powers
and remedies given by statute or rule of law and are cumulative. The
exercise of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies provided
herein shall not be construed as a waiver of or election of remedies with
respect to any other rights, powers and remedies of Lender.
10.2 SEVERABILITY. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable
law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or
invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the
extent and duration of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating
the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this
Agreement.
10.3 NOTICE. Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices and service of
process required, contemplated, or permitted hereunder or with respect to
the subject matter hereof shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have
been validly served, given or delivered upon the earlier of: (i) the first
business day after transmission by facsimile or hand delivery or deposit
with an overnight express service or overnight mail delivery service; or
(ii) the third calendar day after deposit in the United States mails, with
proper first class postage prepaid, and shall be addressed to the party to
be notified as follows:
(a) If to Lender: COMDISCO, INC.
Legal Department
Attention: General Counsel
6111 North River Road
Rosemont, IL 60018
Facsimile: (847) 518-5088
With a copy to: COMDISCO, INC./COMDISCO VENTURES
6111 North River Road
Rosemont, IL 60018
Facsimile: (847) 518-5465
14
<PAGE>
(b) If to Borrower: INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
Attention: John N. McCormick, Chief Financial Officer
7401 Metro Blvd., Suite 500
Edina, MN 55439
Facsimile: (612) 820-0712
with copy to: Briggs and Morgan
Attention: Brian Wenger, Esq.
2400 IDS Center
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Facsimile: (612) 334-8650
or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice.
10.4 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS. This Agreement, the Note, and the other Loan
Documents, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties
hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede
and replace in their entirety any prior proposals, term sheets, letters,
negotiations or other documents or agreements, whether written or oral,
with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof (including, without
limitation, Lender's proposal letter dated December 21, 1995), all of which
are merged herein and therein. None of the terms of this Agreement, the
Note, any of the other Loan Documents or Excluded Agreements may be amended
except by an instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.
10.5 HEADINGS. The various headings in this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this
Agreement or any provisions hereof.
10.6 NO WAIVER. The powers conferred upon Lender by this Agreement are solely
to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty
upon Lender to exercise any such powers. No omission, or delay, by Lender
at any time to enforce any right or remedy reserved to it, or to require
performance of any of the terms, covenants or provisions hereof by Borrower
at any time designated, shall be a waiver of any such right or remedy to
which Lender is entitled, nor shall it in any way affect the right of
Lender to enforce such provisions thereafter.
10.7 SURVIVAL. All agreements, representations and warranties contained in this
Agreement, the Note, the other Loan Documents and the Excluded Agreements
or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall be for the
benefit of Lender and shall survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the expiration or other termination of this Agreement.
10.8 SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS. The provisions of this Agreement, the other Loan
Documents and the Excluded Agreements shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding on Borrower and its permitted assigns (if any). Borrower shall not
assign its
15
<PAGE>
obligations under this Agreement, the Note, any of the other Loan Documents
or the Excluded Agreements, without Lender's express written consent, and
any such attempted assignment shall be void and of no effect. Lender may
assign, transfer, or endorse its rights hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents or Excluded Agreements without prior notice to Borrower, and all
of such rights shall inure to the benefit of Lender's successors and
assigns.
10.9 FURTHER INDEMNIFICATION. Borrower agrees to pay, and to save Lender
harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from
any delay in paying, any and all excise, sales or other similar taxes
which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of
the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement.
10.10 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement, the Note, the other Loan Documents and
the Excluded Agreements have been negotiated and delivered to Lender
in the State of Illinois, and shall not become effective until
accepted by Lender in the State of Illinois. Payment to Lender by
Borrower of the Secured Obligations is due in the State of Illinois.
This Agreement, the Note, the other Loan Documents and the Excluded
Agreements shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois, excluding conflict
of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any
other jurisdiction.
10.11 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND VENUE. All judicial proceedings arising
in or under or related to this Agreement, the Note, any of the other
Loan Documents or Excluded Agreements may be brought in any state or
federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of
Illinois. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party
hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal
jurisdiction in Cook County, State of Illinois; (b) waives any
objection as to jurisdiction or venue in Cook County, State of
Illinois; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of
jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably
agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with
this Agreement, the Note, the other Loan Documents or Excluded
Agreements. Service of process on any party hereto in any action
arising out of or relating to this agreement shall be effective if
given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in
Subsection 10.3, above and shall be deemed effective and received as
set forth in Subsection 10.3, above. Nothing herein shall affect the
right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall
limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of
any other jurisdiction.
10.12 MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Because disputes arising in connection
with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically
resolved by an experienced and expert person and the parties wish
applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration
rules), the parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge
applying such applicable laws. EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER
SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY
CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM
16
<PAGE>
THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, "CLAIMS") ASSERTED
BY BORROWER AGAINST LENDER OR ITS ASSIGNEE AND/OR BY LENDER OR ITS
ASSIGNEE AGAINST BORROWER. This waiver extends to all such Claims,
including, without limitation, Claims which involve persons or entities
other than Borrower and Lender; Claims which arise out of or are in any
way connected to the relationship between Borrower and Lender; and any
Claims for damages, breach of contract arising out of this Agreement,
any other Loan Document or any of the Excluded Agreements, specific
performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind.
10.13 CONFIDENTIALITY. Lender acknowledges that certain items of
Collateral, including, but not limited to trade secrets, source codes,
customer lists and certain other items of Intellectual Property,
constitute proprietary and confidential information of the Borrower
(the "Confidential Information"). Accordingly, Lender agrees that any
Confidential Information it may obtain in the course of acquiring,
perfecting or foreclosing on the Collateral, provided such
Confidential Information is marked as confidential by Borrower at the
time of disclosure, shall be received in the strictest confidence and
will not be disclosed to any other person or entity in any manner
whatsoever, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of
the Borrower, unless and until Lender has acquired indefeasible title
thereto.
10.14 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or
supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, and
by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which
counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
17
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower and the Lender have duly executed and
delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
BORROWER: INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
By: /s/ John N. McCormick
------------------------------------
Name: John N. McCormick
----------------------------------
Title: Chief Financial Officer
---------------------------------
Accepted in Rosemont, Illinois:
LENDER: COMDISCO, INC.
By: /s/ James P. Labe
------------------------------------
Name: James P. Labe
----------------------------------
Title: President, Venture Lease Division
---------------------------------
</TABLE>
18
<PAGE>
SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE
$1,500,000.00 Date: April 12, 1996
Due: April 11, 1999
For value received, Information Advantage, Inc. a Minnesota corporation (the
"Borrower") hereby promises to pay to the order of Comdisco, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Lender") at P.O. Box 91744, Chicago, IL 60693 or such
other place of payment as the holder of this Secured Promissory Note (this
"Note") may specify from time to time in writing, in lawful money of the
United States of America, the principal amount of ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED
THOUSAND and 00/100 Dollars ($1,500,000.00) together with interest at the
rate per annum provided in the Loan Agreement (as defined below), from the
date of this Note to maturity of each installment on the principal hereof
remaining from time to time unpaid, such principal and interest to be paid in
6 equal monthly installments of interest only in the amount of $16,875.00
each, commencing May 11, 1996 and on the same day of each month thereafter to
and including October 11, 1996, followed by twenty-nine (29) equal monthly
installments of principal and interest in the amount of $50,903.00 each
commencing November 11, 1996 and on the same day of each month thereafter to
and including March 11, 1999, followed by one final monthly payment of
$336,493.00 to be paid on April 11, 1999, such installments to be applied
first to accrued and unpaid interest and the balance to unpaid principal.
Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year consisting of twelve months
of thirty days each.
This Note is the Note referred to in, and is executed and delivered in
connection with, that certain Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement dated
as of April 12, 1996 by and between Borrower and Lender (as the same may from
time to time be amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with its
terms, the "Loan Agreement"), and is entitled to the benefit and security of
the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan
Agreement), to which reference is made for a statement of all of the terms
and conditions thereof. All terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall have
the same definitions when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.
THIS NOTE IS EXPRESSLY SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN SUBORDINATION
AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN LENDER AND SENIOR CREDITOR DATED APRIL 12, 1996. IN
THE EVENT OF ANY CONTRADICTION OR INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THIS NOTE AND THE
SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL
CONTROL.
The Borrower waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor,
protest and notice of protest and any other notice as permitted under the UCC
or any applicable law.
<PAGE>
This Note has been negotiated and delivered to Lender and is payable in the
State of Illinois, and shall not become effective until accepted by Lender in
the State of Illinois. This Note shall be governed by and construed and
enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois, excluding any
conflicts of law rules or principles that would cause the application of the
laws of any other jurisdiction.
BORROWER INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
Signature: /s/ John N. McCormick
------------------------------
Print Name: John N. McCormick
-----------------------------
Title: Chief Financial Officer
----------------------------------
Accepted in Rosemount,
Illinois:
LENDER: COMDISCO, INC.
Signature: /s/ James P. Labe
------------------------------
Print name: James P. Labe
-----------------------------
Title: President, Venture Lease Division
----------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 11.1
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE SOFTWARE, INC.
COMPUTATION OF PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER SHARE (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR
ENDED FOR THE SIX
JANUARY 31, MONTHS ENDED
1997 JULY 31, 1997
--------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Weighted average common shares outstanding....................................... 1,019,199 1,081,179
Common stock equivalents:
Assumed conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock (2)............... 9,483,334 9,483,334
Cheap stock (3):
Options outstanding at October 8, 1997....................................... 800,100 800,100
Warrants outstanding at October 8, 1997...................................... 20,210 20,210
Less: Treasury stock repurchase of cheap stock attributed to options
and warrants (assumed $9.00 price)......................................... (222,208) (222,208)
--------------- -------------
Pro forma weighted average common and common equivalent shares
outstanding.................................................................... 11,100,635 11,162,615
--------------- -------------
--------------- -------------
Net loss......................................................................... $ (8,476,000) $(4,649,000)
--------------- -------------
--------------- -------------
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share........................................... $ (0.76) $ (0.42)
--------------- -------------
--------------- -------------
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) This exhibit should be read in conjunction with the "Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies-- Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share" in Note 2 of
the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) Assumes the conversion of the Company's convertible redeemable preferred
stock into 9,483,334 shares of common stock effective February 1, 1996.
Because of the significant impact of the assumed conversion on the Company's
capital structure and earnings per share, historical earnings per share has
been excluded.
(3) Cheap stock includes stock options granted and warrants issued subsequent to
October 11, 1996 (one year prior to filing) pursuant to SAB Topic 4-D.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES
OF
INFORMATION ADVANTAGE, INC.
1. Information Advantage GmbH, an organization formed under the laws of
Germany.
2. Information Advantage International Limited, an organization formed under
the laws of England.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 25, 1997, except as
to Note 14, which is as of October 8, 1997, relating to the financial statements
of Information Advantage Software, Inc., which appears in such Prospectus. We
also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Prospectus.
/s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Minneapolis Minnesota
October 8, 1997
1
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
UNAUDITED, CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
JULY 31, 1997. AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> JAN-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> FEB-01-1997
<PERIOD-END> JUL-31-1997
<CASH> 3,100
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 3,897
<ALLOWANCES> (101)
<INVENTORY> 0
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 7,576
<PP&E> 2,822
<DEPRECIATION> (1,362)
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 9,159
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 7,512
<BONDS> 1,030
24,410
0
<COMMON> 11
<OTHER-SE> (23,804)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 9,159
<SALES> 0
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 10,148
<CGS> 0
<TOTAL-COSTS> 3,501
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 11,256
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 122
<INCOME-PRETAX> (4,649)
<INCOME-TAX> 0
<INCOME-CONTINUING> (4,649)
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> (4,649)
<EPS-PRIMARY> 0<F1>
<EPS-DILUTED> (0.42)<F2>
<FN>
<F1>Because of the significant impact of assumed conversion of P/S into C/S on
historical earnings per share, this amount has been excluded from the F/S.
<F2>Diluted EPS includes the pro forma effect of P/S conversion, plus cheap stock
in accordance with SAB Topic 4-D.
</FN>
</TABLE>